Books
- DigitalJennifer Butler, Alpesh Amin, Laura Fitzmaurice, Christine Kim.Summary: "The FIRST textbook to cover the principles and practice of ObGyn Hospitalist Medicine. ObGyn Hospitalist Medicine: Principles and Practice is the first text to encompass the core competencies in the emerging field of ObGyn Hospitalist Medicine. This groundbreaking text delivers comprehensive coverage of every aspect of ObGyn hospitalist medicine, encompassing clinical practice as well as program development and system implementation of ObGyn hospitalists. Readers will find a concise approach to the care of obstetrical and gynecologic emergencies in the hospital setting, with information that will be of value to physicians and physician extenders working in labor & delivery wards and ERs/ICUs. High-quality, easily approachable and comprehensive medical education material on the burgeoning field of ObGyn Hospitalist Medicine. Includes video clips of common obstetrical and gynecologic procedures and laboratory simulations. Chapters include learning objectives, clinical case presentations, key patient hand-off points, and abundant clinical images and illustrations"-- Provided by publisher
Contents:
Part I: OBH: the OBH specialty. General hospitalist movement / Alpesh N. Amin
Introduction to the OB/GYN hospitalist specialty / Rob Olson, Brendan Carroll, and Brian Monks
Starting a successful OB/GYN hospitalist program / Vani Dandolu and Rob Olson
Performance of OB/GYN hospitalist programs / Brian K. Iriye
Regionalized perinatal care: the OB/GYN hospitalist and efforts to reduce perinatal morbidity and mortality / Brigid McCue
Coding and billing for the OB/GYN hospitalist / Lori-Lynne A. Webb
The OB/GYN hospitalist and medical education / Alyse Sherwin Blanchette, Joseph Cioffi, and Anthony M. Vintzileos Part II: OBH medicine: healthcare system issues in OBH medicine. Patient-centered care and patient experience metrics / Solange Elondou and Zishan K. Siddiqui
Ethical issues faced by the OB/GYN hosptalist / Steven J. Ralston and Ruth M. Farrell
Evidence-based medicine / Baotran N. Vo
Hospital finance / Ajay Sial, Jaklin T. Orlowski, and Bhan Sial
Leadership development / Michael D. Moxley, Jennifer R. Butler,and Alpesh N. Amin
Patient safety / Douglas G. Merrill
Principles of quality improvement / Douglas G. Merrill
Risk management and the hospital-based obstetrician/gynecologist / Peter Schneider
Burnout and physician well-being / Hrayr Attarian and Phyllis C. Zee
Transitions of care / Israel De Alba and Alpesh N. Amin
Team-based medicine / John Hann
The role of simulation for the OB hospitalist / Corey K. Nelson, Christine M. Kim, and Adam Crosland Part III: Clinical conditions and procedures in OBH medicine, A: Core obstetric conditions. Asthma in pregnancy / Richard A. Lee and Dharmi B. Patel
Blood product replacements / Minh-Ha Tran
Cardiac disease in pregnancy / Sarah E. Paraghamian and Afshan B. Hameed
Cervical insufficiency / Cindy Tung Chau and Lili S. Wei
Diabetes in pregnancy / Carol A. Major and Jonathan G. Steller
Dermatologic conditions in pregnancy / Lance W. Chapman ... [et al.]
Obstetrical pharmacology / Catherine S. Sitka
Electronic fetal heart monitoring for the OB/GYN hospitalist / Thomas J. Garite, Jennifer Y. Duffy, and Emily Hamilton
Headaches in pregnancy / Baotran N. Vo and Estern Danphuong Ho Wang
Human immunodeficiency virus in pregnancy / Laura Sienas, Carey Moreno-Hunt, and Douglas Gilbert
Hyperemesis / Sarah Lynn Lovell Frey
Hypertension in pregnancy / Sherri McElvy and Rosa H. Won
Intrahepatic choleostasis of pregnancy / Rachel A. Newman and Judith H. Chung
Infectious diseases in pregnancy / Lanny Hsiesh and Miki Watanabe
Infections that affect the fetus / Robert J. Fagnant
Stillbirth / Cindy Tung Chau
Intrauterine growth restriction / Tamera Hatfield
Labor management / Jane van Dis
Maternal code blue / Catherine Gordon and Vasiliki Tatsis
Multiple gestations / Cariz Mercurio and Melissa Westermann
Neonatal resuscitation for the OB/GYN provider / Johanah M. Carrera
Obstetric emergencies / M. Shane Miller and Tara M. Vick
Obstetric anesthesia / Corey K. Nelson, Ho J. Choi, and Dmitry Portnoy
Placental abnormalities / Robert C. Johnston and Deborah A. Wing
Postpartum complications / Nisha Garg, Jennifer R. Butler, and Olivia Sanchez
Preterm labor / Thoa K. Ha
Preterm premature rupture of membranes / Isabelle J. Cohen ... [et al.]
Psychiatric disorders in pregnancy / Shannon L. Clark and Nuria S. Garcia-Ruiz
Opioid use in pregnancy / Kelley A. Sala, Jordana Price, and Tirah Samura
Thromboembolic disease in pregnancy / Priya Rajan
Trauma in pregnancy / Michael E. Lekawa, Christine M. Kim, Sebastian D. Schubl, and Lauren Yu
Assessment of fetal acid-base status / Rebecca L. Cyper
Trial of labor after Cesarean section and vaginal birth after Cesarean / Alissa Dangel and Linda Kleeman Part III: Clinical conditions and procedures in OBH medicine, B: Core gynecologic topics. Management of acute, abnormal uterine bleeding / Kathryn Merriam and Lynn Amy Boardman
First-trimester bleeding / Janet C. Jacobson and Shannon Connolly
Pelvic pain / Maureen C. Ries and Marcie Rome
Vulvar and vaginal tearing / Jeannette Lager, Mzimeli Morris, and Kavita Mishra Part III: Clinical conditions and procedures in OBH medicine, C: Core OBH proedures. Amniocentesis / Laura E. Fitzmaurice
Inpatient female sterilization procedures / Marisa Liu and Dayna Smith
Breech delivery / William M. Gilbert
Cesarean delivery / Lorene A. Temming and Eric A. Strand
Perioperative management of cystotomies / Bobby Garcia and Felicia Lane
Episiotomy and perineal laceration repair / Virginia Tancioco and Laura E. Fitzmaurice
External cephalic version / Joshua I. Rosenbloom and Shayna N. Conner
Hypogastric artery ligation / Tashsa Serna-Gallegos and Robert E. Bristow
Obstetric ultrasound / Manuel Porto and Megan C. Oakes
Manual rotation of the occiput posterior or occiput transverse fetus in labor / Jean Maunder
Operative vaginal deliveries / Michael D. Moxley
Postpartum hemorrhage procedures / Katherine Coakley and Laura E. Fitzmaurice
Pudendal nerve blocks / Tusani Illangasekare
Vulvar and vaginal hematoma / Lauren A. CadishDigital Access AccessObGyn 2019 - DigitalDebra S. Heller.Contents:
1. Getting the best answer: specimen handling and a quick review of the workings of the pathology laboratory
2. Normal histology of the female genital tract
3. Diseases of the vulva and anal neoplasia
4. Diseases of the vagina and urethra
5. Diseases of the cervix
6. Diseases of the endometrium
7. Diseases of the myometrium
8. Diseases of the fallopian tube
9. Diseaes of the ovary
10. Diseases of the broad ligaments and peritoneum
11. Pathology of the female genital tract related to pregnancy
12. Pathology of the placenta
13. Gestational trophoblastic neoplasia
14. Gynecologic cytology
Index.Digital Access Springer 2015 - Digital[edited by] Amanda Mularz, Steven Dalati, Ryan Pedigo.Contents:
Top 100 secrets
The menstrual cycle
Premenstrual syndrome and dysmenorrhea
Abnormal uterine bleeding
Endometriosis and adenomyosis
Leiomyomatous uterus
Anovulation
Female sexual dysfunction
Menopause
Benign lesions of the vulva and vagina
Lower genital tract infections
Pelvic inflammatory disease
Ectopic pregnancy
Induced abortion
Contraception
Benign adnexal masses
Acute and chronic pelvic pain
Urinary incontinence
Pelvic organ prolapse
Breast disease
Intimate partner violence
Puberty
Amenorrhea
Infertility
Ovulation induction and in vitro fertilization
Spontaneous abortion and recurrent pregnancy loss
Hirsutism and polycystic ovarian syndrome
Precancerous lesions of the lower genital tract
Vulvar and vaginal cancer
Cervical cancer
Endometrial hyperplasia and uterine cancer
Ovarian cancer
Gestational trophoblastic disease
Normal physiology of pregnancy
Pathophysiology of the placenta
Preconception counseling
Comprehensive prenatal care
Nutrition and exercise in pregnancy
Obstetric ultrasound
Prenatal diagnosis
Antepartum fetal surveillance
Genetics in pregnancy
Cervical insufficiency and cerclage
Nausea and vomiting in pregnancy
Disorders of fetal growth
Amniotic fluid disorders
Alloimmunization
Renal disease in pregnancy
Pregestational and gestational diabetes
Hypertension in pregnancy
Thyroid disease in pregnancy
Autoimmune diseases in pregnancy
Neurologic issues in pregnancy
Pulmonary disease in pregnancy
Cardiovascular disease in pregnancy
Infections in pregnancy
Surgery during pregnancy
Trauma in pregnancy
Alcohol and drug abuse during pregnancy
Obesity in pregnancy
Multiple gestation
Labor and vaginal delivery
Intrapartum fetal surveillance
Cesarean delivery and vaginal birth after cesarean delivery
Obstetric anesthesia
Preterm labor and preterm premature rupture of membranes
Placenta previa and placental abruption
Malpresentation
Postpartum hemorrhage
Newborn resuscitation
Postpartum care.Digital Access ClinicalKey 2017 - DigitalShamim I. Ahmad, Syed Khalid Imam, editors.Contents:
1. White Adipose Tissues: Beyond Fat Storage
2. Brown Adipose Tissue and Obesity
3. Long-Chain Omega-3 Polyunsaturated Fatty Acids and Obesity
4. Leptin and Obesity
5. Role of Neuro-Endocrine System in Obesity
6. Oxidative Stress and Obesity
7. Genetics of Obesity
8. Obesity and Coronary Heart Disease
9. Obesity and Diabetes
10. Obesity and Breathing Related Sleep Disorder
11. Gastro-Oesophageal Reflux Disease and Obesity: Pathophysiology and Putative Treatment
12. Obesity and Gastrointestinal Disorder in Children
13. Non-Alcoholic Fatty Liver Disease in Obesity
14. Obesity, Cardiometabolic Risk, and Chronic Kidney Disease
15. Polycystic Ovary Syndrome and Obesity
16. Obesity and Cancer
17. Obesity and Thyroid Cancer
18. Depression and Obesity
19. Obesity in Orthopedics and Trauma Surgery
20. New Technology in the Assessment and Treatment of Obesity
21. Obstetrical Risk in Obesity
22. Bariatric Surgery in Obesity
23. Decoding the Code: Underlying Physiological Mechanisms of Bariatric Surgery
24. Infant Nutrition and Obesity
25. Disordered Eating and Obesity
26. Physical Activity in Obesity and Diabetes
27. Obesity Prevention in Young Children. - DigitalPaolo Sbraccia, Nicholas Finer, editors.Summary: This book presents the latest advances in our understanding of the pathophysiologic basis that induces the chronic positive energy balance necessary to progressively store excessive amounts of fat mass. It highlights the clinical complications of obesity, while also focusing on the major scientific advances that have highlighted the role of genetics, adipose tissue endocrinology and the environment in the mechanisms and causes of obesity. Particular attention is given to the consequences of obesity, including an ever -increasing number of other diseases such as type 2 diabetes, cardiovascular diseases and cancer, as well as conditions such as arthropathy, asthma, non-alcoholic liver disease, and dementia. Increasingly recognized uniting causes highlight the role of systemic, local and paracrine actions of adipocytokines in causing inflammation. As we come to better understand how hypothalamic control of energy balance is influenced by endocrine signaling from the gut and adipose tissue, it paves the way for new therapeutic targets and a resurgence of pharmacological and surgical approaches to treatment. Written by respected experts in the field, this volume is intended as a major reference source for endocrinologists, nutritionists, basic and clinical scientists alike.
Contents:
Epidemiology
Genetics
Epigenetics and fetal programming
Neuroendocrinology of energy balance
The adipose organ
Role of gut hormones
Pathogenesis
Environmental factors: pollutants, viruses food
Food, metabolism and longevity
The microbiota and energy balance
Eating disorders
Clinical assessment of the patient with overweight or obesity
Obesity and NAFLD
Obesity and type 2 diabetes
Obesity and hypertension
Obesity and dyslipidemia
Obesity and obstructive sleep apnoea syndrome
Impact of obesity on cardiovascular disease
Obesity and psychiatry
Obesity in Children
Dietary treatment
Physical exercise
Cognitive and behavioral approaches
Pharmacological approaches
Surgical approaches
An integrated view of treatment options. - DigitalRobin P. Blackstone.Contents:
1. Epidemiology, measurement, cost of obesity
2. Prejudice, discrimation, and the preferred approach to the patient with obesity
3. The biology of weight regulation and genetic resetting
4. The biology of adipose tissue
5. Obesity-related diseases and syndromes: insulin resistance, Type 2 diabetes mellitus, non-alcoholic fatty liver disease, cardiovascular disease, and metabolic syndrome
6. Obesity-related diseases and syndromes: cancer, endocrine disease, pulmonary disease, pseudotumor cerebri, and disordered sleep
7. Pediatric obesity
8. Fundamentals of diet, exercise, and behavior modification
9. The assessment of the adult patient with overweight and obesity
10. Beyond traditional management: the use of medications in the treatment of obesity
11. Bariatric surgery
12. Population health management of obesity
Index.Digital Access Springer 2016 - DigitalSanjay Agrawal, editor.Contents:
Section I. Obesity and metabolic syndrome
Section II. Introduction to bariatric surgery
Section III. Perioperative assessment for bariatric surgery
Section IV. Laparoscopic Roux-en-Y Gastric Bypass (LRYGB): techniques, complications, outcomes, and controversies
Section V. Laparoscopic Sleeve Gastrectomy (LSG): technique, complications, outcomes, and controversies
Section VI. Laparoscopic Adjustable Gastric Banding (LAGB): technique, complications, outcomes and controversies
Section VII. Advances in minimally invasive bariatric surgery
Section VIII. Revisional bariatric surgery
Section IX. Other operations for obesity
Section X. Endoscopic approaches in obesity and bariatric surgery
Section XI. Metabolic effects of bariatric surgery
Section XII. Training, reporting, and practice in bariatric surgery
Section XIII. Miscellaneous topics
Section XIV. Special topics.Digital Access Springer 2016 - DigitalJun Yu, editor.Contents:
1. Introduction
2. Epidemiology and etiologic associations of non-alcoholic fatty liver disease and associated HCC
3. Pathogenesis of NASH: how metabolic complications of overnutrition favour lipotoxicity and pro-inflammatory fatty liver disease
4. Chemokines and chemokine receptors in the development of NAFLD
5. NAFLD related-HCC: the relationship with metabolic disorders
6. Hepatocellular carcinoma in obesity: finding a needle in the haystack?
7. Dysregulated epigenetic modifications in the pathogenesis of NAFLD-HCC
8. The influence of gut microbial metabolism on the development and progression of non-alcoholic fatty liver disease
9. Microbiota, obesity and NAFLD
10. Autophagy, NAFLD and NAFLD-related HCC
11. Animal models of non-alcoholic fatty liver diseases and its associated liver cancer
12. Current prevention and treatment options for NAFLD. - DigitalSaverio Cinti.Contents:
The Adipose Organ
Brown Adipose Tissue (BAT)
White Adipose Tissue (WAT)
The Adipose Organ: Cold Acclimation
BAT
WAT
The Adipose Organ: Warm Acclimation: BAT
The Obese Adipose Organ: BAT
The Fasted Adipose Organ: WAT
BAT
The Adipose Organ During Lactation: WAT
BAT
The Fetal Adipose Organ
The Adipose Organ In Genetically Modified Models.Digital Access Springer 2018 - DigitalKristy A. Brown, Evan R. Simpson.Summary: Obesity is a risk factor for breast cancer in older women. A number of adipose-derived and obesity-related factors have been shown to affect tumour cell growth. These include adipokines, insulin, IGF-1 and oestrogens. The majority of obesity-related postmenopausal breast cancers are oestrogen-dependent. Since the ovaries no longer produce oestrogens after menopause, and that circulating levels are negligible, it is evident that it is the oestrogens produced locally within the breast adipose that are responsible for the increased growth of breast cancer cells. Aromatase is the enzyme that converts androgens into oestrogens and its regulation is dependent on the activity of a number of tissue-specific promoters.Targeting oestrogen biosynthesis in obesity may be useful for the prevention of breast cancer.Aromatase inhibitors are efficacious at treating postmenopausal breast cancer and recent studies suggest that they may also be useful in the prevention setting. However, these compounds inhibit the catalytic activity of aromatase and as a consequence lead to a number of undesirable side-effects, including arthralgia and possible cognitive defects due to inhibition of aromatase in the bone and brain, respectively. Novel therapies, such as those employed to treat obesity-associated disease, including anti-diabetics, may prove successful at inhibiting aromatase specifically within the breast.This SpringerBrief will explore all of these issues in depth and the authorsare in a unique position to write about this topic,havingextensive experience in the field of aromatase research.
Contents:
Estrogens, adiposity and the menopause
The link between obesity and breast cancer: Epidemiological evidence
Adipose-derived and obesity-related factors and breast cancer
Estrogen biosynthesis
Therapies aimed at breaking the linkage between obesity and breast cancer
Conclusions.Digital Access Springer 2014 - DigitalTobias Pischon, Katharina Nimptsch, editors.Contents:
Obesity and risk of cancer: an introductory overview
Obesity and colorectal cancer
Obesity and breast cancer
Obesity and oesophageal cancer
Obesity and kidney cancer
Obesity and pancreatic cancer
Obesity and endometrial cancer
Obesity and prostate cancer
Obesity and ovarian cancer
Obesity and liver cancer
Obesity biomarkers, metabolism and risk of cancer: an epidemiological perspective
Biological mechanisms for the effect of obesity on cancer risk: experimental evidence
Obesity as an avoidable cause of cancer (attributable risks).Digital Access Springer 2016 - Digitaleditors, Krista R. Casazza, Lynae J. Hanks.Contents:
Obesity and childhood / Krista R. Casazza & Lynae J. Hanks
Conceptualization and predictive environmental factors for childhood obesity / Sandra Verbeken, Ellen Moens, Lien Goossens & Caroline Braet
Genetic contributors to pediatric obesity : beyond more iterations of BMI / Lynae J. Hanks, Anna L. Newton, Danielle Lorch, Pranayraj Kondapally & Krista R. Casazza
Parenting and management of pediatric obesity / Moria Golan
Role as a public health concern: need for prevention across the lifecycle / Mary Jo Messito
Dietary intake and childhood obesity / Abigail E. Duffine & Stella L. Volpe
Psychosocial stresses in pediatric obesity : what comes into the room with an obese child and their parents? / Gerri Minshall & Shirley Alexander
Ask the experts : differences in interventions : special considerations for sex, stage of development and ethnicity / Krista R. Casazza and Lynae J. Hanks
Multiple choice questions : answers. - DigitalJoel Faintuch, Salomão Faintuch, editors.Summary: This timely and clinically oriented book uniquely addresses the entire spectrum of treatment for severe obesity and diabetes. It thoroughly examines all aspects from robotic surgery to cell therapy, from the latest antidiabetic drugs to endoscopic procedures and devices, from appetite-inhibiting signals and nutrients to gastric arterial embolization. It offers objective and authoritative information for practicing professionals; not only are successful interventions discussed and updated, but cutting-edge and experimental pathways are also anticipated. Obesity is the foremost nutritional challenge worldwide. Its companion is type-2 diabetes, the most prevalent metabolic disease. Together they represent the diabesity epidemic, which is draining resources, overwhelming healthcare facilities, and impacting life expectancy and quality of life everywhere. No country has been spared, and most medical specialties have been affected. Many books focus on the surgical options for obesity and diabetes, namely bariatric and metabolic operations. Information on the clinical and pharmacological treatment is also available, conveyed by standard texts on internal medicine and endocrinology. Yet endoscopic maneuvers and prostheses, cell therapy for diabetes, and other innovative approaches are hard to come by, as conventional texts overlook such therapies. This timely publication bridges the gaps between all different therapeutic options, also covering advances in the conservative, surgical and parasurgical domains. This book will appeal to seasoned specialists, students and healthcare professionals in training alike.
Contents:
The Dual Problem of Obesity and Diabetes: Old Problems Die Hard
Cost of Obesity Recurrence
Recent Trends in Bariatric and Metabolic Surgery
Perspectives of Robotic Bariatric Surgery
Sleeve Gastrectomy and Transit Bipartition
Surgical Options in Type 2 Diabetes
Endoscopic Therapeutic Options for Type 2 Diabetes
Ileal Transposition Surgery: Mechanisms of Weight Loss and Diabetes Improvements
Left Gastric Artery Embolization to Treat Obesity: Rationale, Technique, Experimental and Clinical Studies
Pharmacologic Approach to Type 2 Diabetes in Obese Patients
Peripheral Signals and Food Intake Control
Appetite-Inhibiting Properties of Proteins
Cell Therapy for Diabetes
Stem Cells Derived Insulin-Secreting Cells for Insulin-Dependent Diabetes Mellitus: Exploiting Laboratory Discoveries. - Digitalguest editors Christopher F. Bolling, Michael Dedekian.Summary: "AM:STARs is the official publication of the AAP Section on Adolescent Health. Published 2 times per year, it offers adolescent specialists and primary care physicians timely information on matters relating to adolescent health and wellness. The AM:STARs Obesity and Diabetes in the Adolescent covers a wide variety of topics including: type I and type II diabetes - diagnosis/evaluation/treatment & future treatments being developed; how to distinguish between type I and type II; insulin resistance; pre-diabetes and the metabolic syndrome; dyslipidemia evaluation and treatment; disorders of growth and puberty in obesity; overlooked complications of obesity; laboratory evaluation of obesity; nutritional management of obesity; hypertension and sleep apnea; behavioral approaches in adolescent weight management; weight bias/stigma in overweight adolescents; adolescent weight management in the primary care setting; physical activity promotion in the adolescent patient; [and] genetics of obesity"--Publisher's description.
Contents:
Adolescent weight management in the primary care setting
Laboratory evaluation of obesity in adolescents: recommendations and controversies
Avoiding weight bias and stigma
Motivational interviewing in adolescent weight management
Dietary approaches and behavioral strategies for adolescent weight management
Physical activity promotion in the adolescent patient
Serious but overlooked complications of obesity: nonalcoholic fatty liver disease, hypertension, and obstructive sleep apnea
Disorders of growth and puberty in obesity
Genetic and epigenetic causes of obesity
Management of type 2 diabetes and prediabetes in children and adolescents
Type 1 diabetes mellitus in adolescents
Pumps, sensors, and emerging artificial pancreas technology.Digital Access AAP ebooks 2017 - DigitalEmily S. Jungheim, editor.Contents:
Introduction to Obesity and Fertility
Obesity and the HPO axis
Childhood and Adolescent Obesity: Implications for Reproductive Health and Function
Nutrition in Human Fertility
Preconceptional Obesity and Fetal Outcomes?Transdisciplinary Evidence for Obesity?s Effects on Fertility
Fertility Treatment Outcomes in Obese Women
Early Pregnancy in Obese Women
Obesity in Pregnancy
Contraceptive Counseling in Obese Women
Obesity and Ovarian Aging (Diminished Ovarian Reserve and Menopause)
Obesity, Reproductive Outcomes, and Access to Infertility Treatments: A Clinical and Ethical Debate
Surgical Interventions and Reproductive Function in Obese Women
Conclusions: Establishing an Ethically and Medically Sound Framework for Integrating BMI Limits Into Infertility Care for Obese Women.Digital Access Springer 2015 - DigitalMethil Kannan Kutty, Asita Elengoe, editors.Summary: This book summarizes the effects of obesity on health and its correlation with a wide range of debilitating and life-threatening conditions in humans. It discusses the possible pathological mechanisms that are involved in the development of obesity and highlights obesity-associated molecular mechanisms that contribute to reproductive dysfunctions in men and women. The book provides mechanistic insights on the role of obesity in cardiovascular and respiratory disorders, and examines the role of the complementary molecular mechanism of the gut microbiota in the development of obesity. It also reviews the interaction between the metabolic system and immune cells in the pathogenesis of obesity-associated diseases. Lastly, it assesses the latest advances in nanomedicine as an emerging strategy for the treatment of obesity.
Contents:
Chapter 1. Introduction
Chapter 2. The Economics of Obesity-A Public Policy Perspective
Chapter 3. Obesity and skin problems
Chapter 4. Obesity and endometriosis
Chapter 5. Hypogonadism
Chapter 6. Effect of obesity in cardiovascular system
Chapter 7. Impact of obesity on vaccination
Chapter 8. Obesity-linked diseases (Comorbidities)
Chapter 9. Imaging as a tool for measuring body fat
Chapter 10. Extrapolation from clinical trial to practice: current pharmacotherapy on obesity
Chapter 11. Nanotechnology in the context of obesity
Chapter 12. Computational approach in drug development for obesity. - DigitalAyse Basak Engin, Atilla Engin, editors.Summary: "Due to the resultant health consequences and considerable increase in prevalence, obesity has become a major worldwide health problem. "Obesity and Lipotoxicity" is a comprehensive review of the recent researches to provide a better understanding of the lipotoxicity-related mechanisms of obesity and the potential for the development of new treatment strategies. This book overviews the biochemical pathways leading to obesity-related metabolic disorders that occur subsequent to lipotoxicity. Chapters examine the deleterious effects of nutrient excess at molecular level including the cellular and molecular aspects of breast cancer, resistance to leptin, insulin, adiponectin, and interconnection between the circadian clock and metabolic pathways during high-fat feeding. "Lipotoxicity and Obesity" will be a useful resource for clinicians and basic science researchers, such as biochemists, toxicologists, immunologists, nutritionists, adult and pediatric endocrinologists, cardiologists, as well as students who are thought in this field"--Publisher's description.
Contents:
The definition and prevalence of obesity and metabolic syndrome / Atilla Engin
Circadian rhythms in diet-induced obesity / Atilla Engin
Eat and death: chronic over-eating / Atilla Engin
Obesity, persistent organic pollutants and related health problems / Loukia Vassilopoulou, Christos Psycharakis, Demetrios Petrakis, John Tsiaoussis [and others]
Human protein kinases and obesity / Atilla Engin
Fat cell and fatty acid turnover in obesity / Atilla Engin
Adipose tissue function and expandability as determinants of lipotoxicity and the metabolic syndrome / Stefania Carobbio, Vanessa Pellegrinelli, Antonio Vidal-Puig
What is lipotoxicity? / Ayse Basak Engin
The pathogenesis of obesity-associated adipose tissue inflammation / Atilla Engin
Microbiota and lipotoxicity / Evren Doruk Engin
Endoplasmic reticulum stress and obesity / Erkan Yilmaz
Insulin resistance, obesity and lipotoxicity / Dilek Yazıcı, Havva Sezer
Adipose tissue hypoxia in obesity and its impact on preadipocytes and macrophages: hypoxia hypothesis / Atilla Engin
Adipocyte-macrophage cross-talk in obesity / Ayse Basak Engin
Endothelial dysfunction in obesity / Atilla Engin
Diet-induced obesity and the mechanism of leptin resistance / Atilla Engin
Influence of antioxidants on leptin metabolism and its role in the pathogenesis of obesity / Harald Mangge, Christian Ciardi, Kathrin Becker, Barbara Strasser, Dietmar Fuchs [and others]
Adiponectin-resistance in obesity / Atilla Engin
Non-alcoholic fatty liver disease / Atilla Engin
Lipotoxicity-related hematological disorders in obesity / Ibrahim Celalettin Haznedaroglu, Umit Yavuz Malkan
MicroRNA and adipogenesis / Ayse Basak Engin
The interactions between kynurenine, folate, methionine and pteridine pathways in obesity / Ayse Basak Engin, Atilla Engin
Eligibility and success criteria for bariatric/metabolic surgery / Manuel F. Landecho, Víctor Valentí, Rafael Moncada, Gema Frühbeck
Does bariatric surgery improve obesity associated comorbid conditions / Atilla Engin
Obesity-associated breast cancer: analysis of risk factors / Atilla Engin
Lipotoxicity in obesity: benefit of olive oil / Saad Elias, Sbeit Wisam, Arraf Luai, Barhoum Massad, Assy.Digital Access Springer 2017 - DigitalJürgen Ordemann, Ulf Elbelt, editors.Summary: Procedures and perspectives of obesity and metabolic surgery This book presents the surgical therapy of obesity and metabolic diseases in a practice-oriented and detailed way. The specific surgical procedures with their indications, performance and risks are described precisely in words and pictures. Special emphasis is placed on the choice of the appropriate surgical procedure for the individual patient. In addition to the mechanisms of action, interdisciplinary preoperative evaluation of the patient and postoperative aftercare are explained. Furthermore, surgical, internal and psychosomatic complications and complication management are described. Information on obesity center organization and alternative bariatric therapies complete the volume. This book is a translation of the original German 1st edition Adipositas- und metabolische Chirurgie by Jurgen Ordemann & Ulf Elbelt, published by Springer-Verlag GmbH Germany, part of Springer Nature in 2017. The translation was done with the help of artificial intelligence (machine translation by the service DeepL.com). A subsequent human revision was done primarily in terms of content, so that the book will read stylistically differently from a conventional translation. Springer Nature works continuously to further the development of tools for the production of books and on the related technologies to support the authors. The Content: Obesity, Conservative obesity therapy, Weight-loss surgery, Metabolic surgery, Preoperative evaluation, Anesthesia, Surgical procedure, Roux-en-Y gastric bypass, Sleeve gastrectomy, Omega-loop bypass, Gastric banding, Biliopancreatic diversion, Redo-operation, Postoperative aftercare, Complications and management of complications The Editors: Professor Dr. med. Jurgen Ordemann, former holder of the professorship for Obesity Surgery at the Charite Universitatsmedizin Berlin and since 2018 Head of the Department of Obesity and Metabolic Surgery, Vivantes Klinikum Berlin-Spandau Priv.-Doz. Dr. med. Ulf Elbelt, former Senior Physician at the Medical Department of Endocrinology and Metabolic Diseases, Charite - Universitatsmedizin Berlin and since 2019 Senior Physician for Endocrinology at Brandenburg Medical School.
Contents:
Conservative therapy of obesity
Surgical therapy of obesity
Metabolic surgery
Surgical preparation
Anaesthesia
Laparoscopic gastric banding
Laparoscopic tube
Laparoscopic gastric bypass
Laparoscopic mini.-bypass/omega
Laparoscopic biliopancreatic diversion (BDP according to Scopinaro)
Laparoscopic biliopancreatic diversion with duodenal switch Postoperative management
Redo operations
Special patient groups in bariatric surgery
Obesity center
Obesity surgery environment and outlook on new developments. - DigitalWanda Nicholson, Kesha Baptiste-Roberts, editors.Contents:
Section I. Introduction
1. Introduction: Breaking the Cycle of Obesity in Mothers and Children
2. Obesity and infertility
3. Preconception and Pregnancy Care in Overweight or Obese Women
4. hared Decision-Making and Labor Management in Parturients
Section II. Translating the Metabolism of Pregnancy
5. Epidemiologic Trends and Maternal Factors Predicting Postpartum Weight
6. Relationship between depressive mood and maternal obesity- implications for postpartum depression
7. Body Image as a Contributor to Weight in Pregnancy and Postpartum
Section III. The Event
8. Promoting a Healthy Weight After Delivery
9. Obesity and Physical Activity During Pregnancy and Postpartum: Evidence, Guidelines, and Recommendations
10. Maternal obesity, gestational weight gain, and childhood growth in the first year of life
Section IV. Meeting the Challenges
11. ernal Obesity and Implications for the Long-term Health of the Offspring
12. Family- centered interventions to reduce maternal and child obesity
13. Obesity Screening Recommendations and Emerging Policies.Digital Access Springer 2014 - Digitaleditors, Louis J. Aronne and Rekha B. Kumar.Summary: Comprised exclusively of clinical cases illustrating current strategies for obesity management across various types of conditions, this concise, practical casebook will provide obesity medicine specialists and all physicians who treat obesity with the best real-world strategies to properly diagnose and treat patients struggling with weight management. Each section includes a pair of cases that open with a unique clinical presentation, followed by a description of the diagnosis, assessment and management technique recommended and employed, as well as the case outcome and clinical pearls and pitfalls. Cases included in the first sections depict issues involved in obesity management in metabolic syndrome, cardiovascular disease, insulin resistance syndromes, genetic predisposition, and type 2 diabetes. Subsequent sections present cases highlighting particular management strategies, such as psychiatric medication induced weight gain, behavioral interventions, bariatric surgery and pharmacotherapy for obesity. Pragmatic and reader-friendly, Obesity Management: A Clinical Casebook is an excellent resource for physicians who treat overweight and obesity and the complications of these conditions.Digital Access Springer 2019
- Digital[edited by] Robert K. Silverman.Summary: A text that comprehensively addresses both the gynecologic and obstetrical care of the obese patient. It provides clinicians with the tools needed to manage care and minimize risk of complications. Clinically focused and evidence based, it concludes with a section devoted to related conditions that would further impact patient care
Contents:
I: Introduction
Biological and genetic determinants of obesity
Economic costs of obesity
Pregnancy and obesity in social context
II: General
The obese adolescent female
Women with disabilities and obesity
Heart disease
Asthma and obesity
Behavioral determinants of obesity
Bariatric surgery
Obesity and breast development and function
Obesity and benign and malignant disease of the breast
Cancer in women
Critical care
Pain management in the obese population
Electronic tools
III: Obstetrics
Nutrition and weight gain in pregnancy: weight loss strategies/nutritional management
Prenatal care and fertility testing
Preconceptual counseling and prenatal diagnosis
Checklists for care: care maps for pregnancy in the obese gravida
Problems in labor and adverse birth outcomes
Cesarean section/surgical management
Endocrine disorders in pregnancy
Pregestational and gestational diabetes
Hypertensive disorders
Anesthesia and obesity
IV: Gynecology
Bariatric surgery and pregnancy
Contraceptive management
Infertility issues and polycystic ovary syndrome
Metabolic syndrome
Botanicals and other supplements
Menopause and perimenopausal issues
Perioperative management of obese patients
Minimally invasive surgery and surgical approach
Endometrial cancers
Urinary incontinenceDigital Access AccessObGyn 2017 - DigitalChristopher W.T. Miller.Summary: "With a mix of theory, practical advice, and illustrative clinical material, The Object Relations Lens is a compelling and indispensable resource for any clinician interested in applying the object relations model to their clinical or academic work. As accessible to trainees as it is to experienced clinicians, Dr. Christopher Miller clearly outlines object relations theory, leveraging clinical vignettes to underline the framework's applicability both in therapy and acute care settings. Readers in academic settings will also find experience-near ways of assimilating the concepts introduced in the book, as well as best practices for utilizing supervision and extensive literature recommendations. With a detailed discussion of the neuroscientific model of object relations and the integration of concepts from other schools of psychoanalytic thought that help consolidate certain discussion points, this volume will provide readers with an updated and scientifically informed understanding of how object relations theory can be harmonized with psychiatric theory and practice"-- Provided by publisher.
Contents:
Introduction
Starting Psychotherapy Supervision
Establishing and Maintaining a Therapeutic Frame
Words and Silence
Finding the Focus : Content Versus Process
Developing a Sense of Self : Theory
Developing a Sense of Self : Clinical
The Oedipal Situation (Exclusion and Rivalry) : Theory
The Oedipal Situation (Exclusion and Rivalry) : Clinical
A Neuroscientific Perspective on Object Relations
Termination.Digital Access ProQuest Ebook Central 2023 - DigitalElizabeth B. Torres.Summary: Objective Biometric Methods for the Diagnosis and Treatment of Nervous System Disorders provides a new and unifying methodological framework, introducing new objective biometrics to characterize patterns of sensory motor control underlying symptoms. Its goal is to radically transform the ways in which disorders of the nervous system are currently diagnosed, tracked, researched and treated. This book iintroduces new ways to bring the laboratory to the clinical setting, to schools and to settings of occupational and physical therapy. Ready-to-use, graphic user interfaces are introduced to provide outcome measures from wearable sensors that automatically assess in near real time the effectiveness of interventions. Lastly, examples of how the new framework has been effectively utilized in the context of clinical trials are provided.Digital Access ScienceDirect 2018
- DigitalRoy J. Shephard, Catrine Tudor-Locke, editors.Contents:
1. Physical activity and optimal health: the callenge to epidemiology
2. A history of physical activity measurement in epidemiology
3. Outputs available from objective monitors
4. Protocols for data collection, management and treatment
5. Resources for data interpretation and reporting
6. New information on population activity patterns revealed by objective monitoring
7. Can the epidemiologist learn more from sedentary behaviour than from the measurement of physical activity?
8. New perspectives on activity/ disease relationships yielded by objective monitoring
9. Excessive appetite vs. inadequate physical activity in the pathology of obesity: evidence from objective monitoring
10. Objective monitoring and the challenge of defining dose/response relationships for the prevention of chronic disease
11. The economic benefits of increased physical activity as seen through an objective lens
12. Limitations of current objective monitors and opportunities to overcome these problems
13. Objective measurement in physical activity surveillance: present role and future potential
14. Self-report and direct measures of health: bias and implications
15. Conclusions and future directions.Digital Access Springer 2016 - PrintJanet T. E. Riddle, Joan Dinner ; foreword by Margaret W. Thomson.Contents:
--v.1, The structure of the body: cells, tissues and skin; case histories and questions based on nursing care of gastro-enteritis, undernutrition and infestation ; v.2, The skeletal system and the muscular system ; v.3, The circulatory system and the respiratory system ; v.4, The digestive system and the urinary system - PrintRazetti, Luis.Contents:
1. Deontología médica
2. Divulgacion
3. Biologia
4. Cirugia
5. Obstetricia
6. Higene y medicina social
7. Anatomia y varios. - Printaus dem Lateinischen übers. von Günther Goldschmidt ; bearb. und hrsg. von Heinrich Buess.Contents: <br/
>1. Buch. Funktionelle Störungen des Sinnes und der Bewegung. - DigitalLynne M. Drummond, St. George's Hospital Medical School, University of London with Laura J. Edwards.Summary: "Obsessive-compulsive disorders affects between 1 and 3 percent of the population. Ranging from relatively mild symptoms to being a profoundly disabling disorder, it is a condition that is amenable to modern treatments. This book examines the evidence for and potential role of a range of treatment methods, from CBT to pharmacological approaches. It asks what an individual can do to help themselves, and how friends and relatives can assist in the recovery process. Although firmly based in clinical research, it is written in a jargon-free and accessible style to help provide deep understanding of the disorder. Personal narratives and case studies of people living with OCD feature to illustrate points, and the book considers emerging research and the future of approaches to OCD. Built upon decades of experience, this guide will inform and support adults and young people living with OCD, as well as carers, families and health professionals"-- Provided by publisher. "This book arises out of my experience with people living with OCD and their families since the 1980s. When I was developing my interest in this area, few people had heard of OCD and those who had were often still confused about what it was. Today there appears, at first sight, to be much greater awareness. However, a higher profile in the media has also led to a frequent underestimation about how damaging and severe OCD can be. People now frequently quip that they are "a bit OCD" not understanding that in its severe forms, OCD destroys relationships and families and can lead to the early demise of the individual. OCD is not just being fussy or preferring an orderly life but is a serious, life-restricting psychological disorder which requires help and treatment. Fortunately we now have good and effective treatments which can alter the prognosis of OCD and lead to people living happy, fulfilled lives with minimal inconvenience from OCD symptoms. Despite this there is still often confusion about what the evidenced-based treatments are and how to ensure that the person receives the appropriate help and care they need. I am hoping that this book will help to bridge the gap. I have described what OCD is and how it can impact on families. There is then a full discussion concerning tried and tested treatments. I then examine more "experimental" and unusual treatments for that handful of individuals who do not gain benefit from standard treatments"-- Provided by publisher.
Contents:
Machine generated contents note:
1. So What is OCD and is It Really a Problem?;
2. Who Gets OCD and How Would Anyone Know if They Had It?;
3. Types and Presentation of OCD;
4. Drug Treatment;
5. Exposure and Response Prevention (ERP) for OCD;
6. Children and Adolescents with OCD;
7. Old Treatments, Modern Developments, New Research and Potential Treatments for the Future;
8. Other Conditions which Appear Similar to OCD ;
9. What Can Family and Carers Do to Help a Person with OCD?;
10. What Can the Person with OCD Do to Help Themselves?Digital Access Cambridge 2018 - DigitalLieuwe De Haan, Frederike Schirmbeck, Mathias Zink, editors.Summary: This book summarizes scientific advances in our understanding of the interrelationship between obsessive-compulsive symptoms (OCS) and schizophrenia and reflects on the implications for future research directions. In addition, guidelines are provided on practical assessment, diagnosis, and treatment interventions, covering both pharmacotherapy and psychotherapy. Full account is taken of the fact that the variable clinical presentation regarding time of onset and course of OCS in patients with schizophrenia strongly suggests the need for a perspective that recognizes heterogeneous subgroups and diverse neurobiological explanations. Research-based multidimensional conceptual frameworks are accordingly provided relating to the co-occurrence of the disorders, incorporating recent epidemiological, neurocognitive, neurogenetic, and pharmacodynamic findings. Obsessive-Compulsive Symptoms in Schizophrenia has been written by an international team of experts who offer insights gained through their extensive experience. It will be an invaluable guide to this frequent and clinically important comorbidity and will be particularly useful for mental health practitioners.
Contents:
From diagnostic entities to multidimensional concepts in psychiatry: Comorbid psychiatric disorders in Schizophrenia
Comorbid psychiatric disorders in OCD: The Spectrum-Concept
Phenomenology: Clinical presentation of OCS in patients with psychotic disorders (psychopathology, classification, diagnosis)
Epidemiology: Dimensional overlap: Schizotypic OCD, schizo-obsessive disorder
Associations of comorbid OCS with psychotic and affective symptoms and general functioning
Neurobiology: The neurocognitive impact of comorbid OCS in schizophrenia
GxE interactions in the pathogenesis of OCS in schizophrenia
Neurophysiological and Neuroimaging results
Effects of antipsychotic treatment on OCS
Therapeutical interventions
Augmentation and combination strategies
Cognitive behavioural therapy
Directions of further research.Digital Access Springer 2015 - DigitalTrish Chudleigh, Alison Smith, Sonia Cumming.Summary: This highly illustrated manual is ideal for both the trainee and experienced sonographer that covers the full range of obstetric and gynaecological ultrasound examinations undertaken within a secondary referral setting. It combines the practicalities of how to perform these examinations with the information needed to interpret the findings and construct a clinically useful report. The new edition of this well-established book expands its scope to provide an understanding of ultrasound imaging within the clinical management of the gynaecological patient. Elsewhere, its obstetric content has been fully updated with the latest technological, clinical and medico-legal information relevant to routine practice. Furthermore, its experienced sonographer authors continue to advise on the practical aspects of scanning as well as the role, value and limitations of ultrasound in the diagnosis of different diseases thus providing firm foundations in both obstetric and gynaecological imaging. -- Back cover.
Contents:
The principles of ultrasound, Doppler ultrasound and instrumentation
Preparing to scan
Starting to scan using the transabdominal route
Starting to scan using the transvaginal route
Assessing the early intrauterine pregnancy
Problems of early pregnancy
Dating and screening the pregnancy between 10 and 14 weeks
First steps in examining the second trimester pregnancy
Assessing the fetal head, brain, neck and face
Assessing the chest and heart
Assessing the abdomen
Ultrasound assessment of the spine and limbs
Assessing fetal growth, amniotic fluid, fetal and uterine artery Dopplers
Placental and cervical imaging
Multiple pregnancy
Scanning the non pregnant pelvis
The menstrual cycle, the menopause and the effects of exogenous hormones
Uterine and ovarian anomalies
Characterization of adnexal cysts, differential diagnoses of the pelvis and report writing
Professional issues
Appendix 1-11.Digital Access ClinicalKey Nursing 2017 - DigitalMala Sachdeva, Ilene Miller, editors.Summary: The female patient with chronic kidney disease often requires care that differs from the male patient. Particularly in the pregnant patient, a specialized body of knowledge is required to provide optimal care. This book focuses on such issues encountered during pregnancy including physiology and pathophysiology of pregnancy, hypertension, preeclampsia, various electrolyte disorders, nephrolithiasis, pharmacological management in the pregnant patient with kidney disease and during breastfeeding, acute kidney and chronic kidney disease, dialysis of the pregnant patient, lupus nephritis, thrombotic microangiopathy, glomerular disease management, use of renal biopsy during pregnancy, care of the female transplant patient, contraceptive counseling and postpartum care, various endocrine disorders, and bone disease in the female patient with chronic kidney disease. This book features the latest evidence and clinical approaches for the beginner or for the experienced practitioners who care for pregnant woman or even for those who require expertise in women's health. Written by experts in the field, Obstetric and Gynecologic Nephrology: Women's Health Issues in the Patient with Kidney Disease is a valuable resource for clinicians and practitioners involved in the care and treatment of obstetric and gynecologic patients afflicted with kidney disease. .
Contents:
Renal Physiology in Pregnancy
Hypertensive Disorders in Pregnancy
Preeclampsia and Renal Disease in Pregnancy: Obstetric Perspective
Preeclampsia and Eclampsia: Nephrologist Perspective
Renal Manifestations In Lupus Pregnancy
Glomerular Disease and Pregnancy
Renal Biopsy in Pregnancy: Risks, Benefits, Pathologic Findings, and Illustrative Examples
Nephrolithiasis and Pregnancy
Electrolyte Disorders in Pregnancy
Endocrine Considerations in Pregnant Women with Chronic Kidney Disease
Acute Kidney Injury During Pregnancy
Chronic Kidney Disease in Pregnancy
Dialyzing a Pregnant Woman
Pregnancy and Kidney Transplantation
Outcomes of Pregnancy after Transplantation: National Transplant Pregnancy Registry
Contraception in Chronic Kidney Disease and Renal Transplantation
Pharmacologic, Breastfeeding, and Nutritional Considerations During Pregnancy and Postpartum
Bone Health in Women with Chronic Kidney Disease. - Digital[edited by] Alan C. Santos, Jonathan N. Epstein, Kallol Chaudhuri.Digital Access AccessAnesthesiology 2015
- DigitalThomas L. Archer, editor.Summary: With 32 engaging and dramatic cases and 174 colorful, insightful and innovative graphics, this book takes a fresh, creative and highly visual approach to the fundamentals of obstetric anesthesia as well as emerging knowledge and three emerging technologies: 1) pre-procedural ultrasound to facilitate neuraxial block placement, 2) point-of-care transthoracic echocardiography to guide maternal resuscitation, and 3) electrical cardiometry to trend maternal cardiac output and avoid fetal hypoxia. Besides discussing the threats to fetal oxygenation presented by labor and the avoidance of maternal and fetal complications while providing excellent anesthesia, the book also explores the psychological and behavioral dimensions of obstetric anesthesia practice and promotes the obstetric anesthesiologist as a valued member of the obstetric care team who makes unique, insightful and empathic contributions to the overall excellent care of pregnant patients. Obstetric Anesthesia: A Case-Based and Visual Approach is an indispensable resource for medical students, residents, fellows, anesthesiologists, nurse anesthetists, nurse midwives, and obstetricians.
Contents:
Section One: Pregnancy, anesthesia and threats to fetal oxygenation
Chapter 1: Normal pregnancy, labor and delivery
without epidural analgesia
Chapter 2: Neuraxial anesthesia and the supine position cause non-reassuring fetal status
Chapter 3: Hyperstimulation
Chapter 4: Scheduled repeat Cesarean delivery
Section Two: Postpartum hemorrhage
Chapter 5: Uterine atony: the most common cause of postpartum hemorrhage
Chapter 6: Hypovolemic shock
Chapter 7: A traumatic cesarean delivery with consumptive coagulopathy
Chapter 8: Trial of labor after cesarean delivery (TOLAC), with uterine dehiscence and emergency cesarean delivery under general anesthesia
Section Three: More obstetric crises
Chapter 9: High spinal
Chapter 10: Prolapsed umbilical cord
Chapter 11: A patient delivers vaginally after an eclamptic seizure
Chapter 12: Cesarean delivery under general anesthesia in a septic patient
Section Four: More challenging cases
Chapter 13: Morbidly obese preeclamptic patient with difficult IV access for urgent cesarean delivery
Chapter 14: Patient with known placenta previa and accreta for elective cesarean hysterectomy
Chapter 15: A patient with severe idiopathic pulmonary hypertension delivers her fourth child
Section 5: Successful neuraxial anesthesia
Chapter 16: Fooling ourselves: intravenous fentanyl creates the illusion of a successful epidural
Chapter 17: What not to do during uterine contractions
three vignettes with one simple lesson
Chapter 18: A one-sided epidural
Chapter 19: Dosing an epidural for "back labor."
Chapter 20: Management of a patient with an unsatisfactory labor epidural, now going for cesarean delivery
Chapter 21: Rescuing a low spinal
Chapter 22: A failed epidural followed by a failed spinal (Part 1)
Chapter 23: A failed epidural followed by a failed spinal (Part 2)
Chapter 24: Labor epidural for a patient with scoliosis
Section 6: Anesthetic complications
Chapter 25: Wrong medication
Chapter 26: Headache after dural puncture with an epidural needle. -Chapter 27: Neurological deficit after neuraxial analgesia for labor and vaginal delivery
Chapter 28: Left sciatic neuropathy after cesarean delivery in an obese, diabetic patient
Chapter 29: Vasopressin, used as a vasopressor during cystoscopy, causes non-reassuring fetal status
Chapter 30: Emergency cesarean delivery after repair of an ankle fracture
Chapter 31: Another spinal mishap
Section 7: Dysfunctional labor and uterine oxygenation: a theory
Chapter 32: Cardiac output-guided resuscitation of the uterus: an obese patient has dysfunctional labor which resolves with position change. Coincidence or possible therapy?.Digital Access Springer 2020 - Digital[edited by] Philip E. Hess, Yunping Li, John J. Kowalczyk, Justin K. Stiles.Summary: "This textbook features a succinct, evidence-based review tied with practical and clinical protocols for each important topic in the anesthetic care of the pregnant woman"-- Provided by publisher.Digital Access AccessObGyn 2023
- DigitalBerrin Gunaydin, Samina Ismail, editors.
- Digitaledited by Tauqeer Husain, Roshan Fernando, Scott Segal.Summary: "The complex healthcare needs of pregnant patients, where care is tailored to not one but two patients, pose specific challenges to anesthesiologists. This book provides concise, case-based discussion on the clinical scenarios and challenges faced in the provision of anesthesia and pain relief for expectant mothers. In the style of problem-based learning, each case is presented as a short scenario, followed by discussion of the causes, risk factors, management and controversies involved. The textbook features a wide range of cases, from common clinical scenarios that are experienced in day-to-day practice to the rare but significant pathologies less familiar to most clinicians. With a global base of contributors, the book is relevant to practice across the world. The concise format supports both trainee anesthesiologists in their initial experiences of obstetrics and exam preparation, and experienced clinicians in need of a reliable, quick-reference text"--Provided by publisher.Digital Access Cambridge 2019
- DigitalErrol R. Norwitz, George R. Saade, Hugh Miller, Christina Davidson.Contents:
Front Matter
Preventative Health. Abnormal Pap Smear in Pregnancy
Immunization
Preconception Care
Prenatal Care1
Maternal Disorders. Antiphospholipid Antibody Syndrome
Asthma
Cholestasis of Pregnancy
Chronic Hypertension1
Deep Vein Thrombosis
Gestational Diabetes Mellitus1,2
Gestational Hypertension1
Preeclampsia
Pregestational Diabetes Mellitus
Pulmonary Edema
Pulmonary Embolism1
Renal Disease
Seizure Disorder
Systemic Lupus Erythematosus
Thrombocytopenia
Thyroid Dysfunction
Infectious Complications. Asymptomatic Bacteriuria1
Urinary Tract Infection/Pyelonephritis
Lower Genital Tract Infection
Group B [beta]-Hemolytic Streptococcus1
Hepatitis B
Herpes Simplex Virus
Human Immunodeficiency Virus
Parvovirus B19
Syphilis
Tuberculosis1
Chorioamnionitis (Intraamniotic Infection)1
Antenatal Complications. Advanced Maternal Age
Antepartum Fetal Testing1
Breast Lesions
Cervical Insufficiency
First‐trimester Vaginal Bleeding
Higher-Order Multifetal Pregnancy
Hyperemesis Gravidarum
Intrauterine Fetal Demise
Fetal Growth Restriction1
Isoimmunization
Macrosomia
Medically-Indicated Late Preterm and Early Term Delivery
Obesity
Oligohydramnios1
Recurrent Pregnancy Loss
Placenta Accreta
Placenta Previa
Placental Abruption
Polyhydramnios1
Post-term Pregnancy1
Pregnancy Termination
Prenatal Diagnosis
Preterm Labor
Screening for Preterm Birth
Preterm Premature Rupture of the Membranes1
Vaginal Birth after Cesarean (VBAC)
Teratology
Term Premature Rupture of the Membranes1
Twin Pregnancy
Intrapartum/Postpartum Complications. Breech Presentation
Intrapartum Fetal Testing1
Cesarean Delivery
Operative Vaginal Delivery1
Severe Perineal Lacerations1
Intrapartum Management of Twin Pregnancy
Postpartum Hemorrhage1
Retained Placenta
Postpartum Endomyometritis1
Mastitis
Vasa Previa
Postpartum Psychiatric Disorders
Sterilization1
Obstetric Emergencies. Acute Abdomen in Pregnancy
Acute Asthma Exacerbation
Acute Shortness of Breath
Cord Prolapse
Cardiopulmonary Resuscitation
Diabetic Ketoacidosis1
Eclampsia
Shoulder Dystocia1
Thyroid Storm
Recommended Reading.Digital Access Wiley 2017 - Digitaledited by Kirsty MacLennan, Catherine Robinson.Summary: Simulation is becoming an integral part of medical education and has already a well-established role within anaesthesia training, with many examination questions already modelled on simulation scenarios. The clinical diversity and multidisciplinary nature of an obstetric team creates the ideal environment for simulation training. It enables the team to develop their knowledge of clinical emergencies whilst becoming more aware of the importance of human factors. This book is a practical guide to inspire clinical leads to establish simulation within their delivery suite. The book comprises an extensive obstetric scenario library, with each scenario broken down into learning outcomes, a list of staff and equipment needed, specific stages mapped to learning outcomes with appropriate results/investigations and a checklist of ideal actions to enable the post-scenario debrief. Written by consultant obstetric anaesthetists, this book will appeal to medical practitioners interested in facilitating obstetric simulation.Digital Access Cambridge 2019
- DigitalDiogo Ayres-de-Campos.Summary: This book provides a practical guide to the management of obstetric emergencies? acute complications during pregnancy and childbirth that pose a life-threatening risk to the mother and/or the fetus, and whose treatment requires an almost immediate response from the healthcare team in order to guarantee a favorable outcome. The book covers two essential areas: the "predominately fetal" emergencies - acute fetal hypoxia/acidosis, shoulder dystocia, and retention of the aftercoming head; and the "predominately maternal" emergencies - eclampsia, maternal cardiorespiratory arrest and post-partum hemorrhage. The book offers a valuable guide for healthcare professionals who deal with obstetric patients, as they may use it for reviewing these rare situations and for consultation when they encounter them. It is also a useful reference manual for simulation-based courses designed to develop and maintain clinical expertise in this area. Healthcare professionals will find that this book offers a comprehensive and pan-European perspective on the clinical management of these situations, as well as a pragmatic and reliable source of information for dealing with acute complications of pregnancy and childbirth.
Contents:
Introduction
Acute fetal hypoxia (including umbilical cord prolapse)
Uterine rupture and major placental abruption
Shoulder dystocia
Eclampsia
Retention of the aftercoming head
Maternal cardio-respiratory arrest
Amniotic fluid embolism
Pulmonary thromboembolism
Major obstetric haemorrhage
Simulation-based training of obstetric emergencies.Digital Access Springer 2016 - Digitaledited by Sue Pavord, Beverley Hunt.Summary: Understand the rapidly growing complexities of obstetric hematology and high-risk pregnancy management, with experts in the field. Now in its second edition, this comprehensive and essential guide focuses on providing the best support for patients and clinical staff, to prevent serious complications in pregnancy and the post-partum period for both mother and baby. Wide-ranging and detailed, the guide offers discussions on basic principles of best care, through to tackling lesser-known hematological conditions, such as cytopenias and hemoglobinopathies. Updated with color illustrations, cutting-edge research, accurate blood film reproductions, and practical case studies, the revised edition places invaluable advice into everyday context. This unique resource is essential reading for trainees and practitioners in obstetrics, anesthesia, and hematology, as well as midwives, nurses, and laboratory staff. Clarifying difficult procedures for disease prevention, the guide ensures safety when the stakes are high. Reflecting current evidence-based guidelines, the updated volume is key to improving pregnancy outcomes worldwide.Digital Access Cambridge 2018
- Digital[edited by] Joshua A. Copel, Mary E. D'Alton, Helen Feltovich, Eduard Gratacoś, Deborah Krakow, Anthony O. Odibo, Lawrence D. Platt, Boris Tutschek.Summary: "Richly illustrated and comprehensive in scope, Obstetric Imaging, 2nd Edition, provides up-to-date, authoritative guidelines for more than 200 obstetric conditions and procedures, keeping you at the forefront of this fast-changing field. This highly regarded reference covers the extensive and ongoing advances in maternal and fetal imaging in a concise, newly streamlined format for quicker access to common and uncommon findings. Detailed, expert guidance, accompanied by superb, high-quality images, helps you make the most of new technologies and advances in obstetric imaging"--Publisher's description.
Contents:
Atlas of selected normal images
Congenital cystic adenomatoid malformation of the lung
Bronchopulmonary sequestration
Hydrothorax
Scimitar syndrome
Thymus
Other thoracic tumors and masses
Abnormal kidney location
Abnormal kidney size
Bilateral renal agenesis
Unilateral renal agenesis
Renal pelvis dilatation
Duplicated collecting system
Posterior urethral valves
Multicystic dysplastic kidney
Autosomal recessive (infantile) polycystic kidney disease
Fetal adrenal abnormalities
Ambiguous genitalia
Cloacal abnormalities
Gastroschisis
Omphalocele
Echogenic bowel
Fetal hepatic calcification
Abdominal cysts
Biliary anomalies
Intestinal obstruction
Congenital diaphragmatic hernia
Hepatic anomalies
Intraabdominal masses
Megacystis-microcolon-intestinal hypoperistalsis syndrome
Sacrococcygeal teratoma and fetus in fetu
Fetal spleen
Choroid plexus anomalies : cysts and papillomas
Corpus callosum and septum pellucidum anomalies
Septooptic dysplasia
Cortical development and disorders
Cerebellar anomalies
Walker-Warburg syndrome
Holoprosencephaly
Intracranial hemorrhage, cysts, tumors, and destructive lesions
Neural tube defects
Vascular cerebral anomalies
Ventriculomegaly
Pregnancy of unknown location, early pregnancy loss, ectopic pregnancy, and cesarean scar pregnancy
Nuchal translucency
Introduction
Atelosteogenesis disorders
Campomelic dysplasia
Chondrodysplasia punctata
DTDST dysplasia (including AOII and achondrogenesis IB)
FGFR3 disorders : thanatophoric dysplasia, achondroplasia, and hypochondroplasia
Hypophosphatasia
Osteogenesis imperfecta
Radial ray deficiency
Russell-silver syndrome
Short rib thoracic dysplasia with or without polydactyly
Spondyloepiphyseal dysplasia congenita
Other type II collagen disorders
Acrofacial dysostosis
Caudal regression syndrome
Spinal abnormalities and Klippel-Feil syndrome
Abnormal hands : focus on the thumbs
Craniosynostosis
Clubfoot (talipes equinovarus) and clenched hands
Clubfoot (talipes equinovarus)
Cleft lip and palate
Orbital defects : hypertelorism and hypotelorism
Choanal atresia
Micrognathia and retrognathia
Facial dysmorphism
Cystic hygroma
Neck teratoma
Fetal thyroid masses and fetal goiter
Congenital high airways obstruction syndrome (chaos) and bronchial atresia
Ultrasound of normal fetal heart
Ventricular septal defect
Atrioventricular septal defect
Tricuspid atresia
Ebstein anomaly and tricuspid dysplasia
Pulmonary stenosis and atresia
Aortic stenosis and aortic atresia
Hypoplastic left heart syndrome and mitral atresia
Aortic coarctation
Interruption of the aortic arch
Aortic arch anomalies
Tetralogy of Fallot
Transposition of great arteries
Double-outlet right ventricle
Common arterial trunk
Double-inlet single ventricle
Atrial isomerism
Anomalies of pulmonary venous return
Anomalies of systemic venous return
Cardiomyopathy
Cardiac tumors
Arrhythmias
Placental abruption
Placenta accreta
Amniotic band sequence
Chorioangioma
Choriocarcinoma
Placenta circumvallata
Cord cyst
Cord varix
Gestational trophoblastic disease
Limb-body wall complex
Placenta previa
Vasa previa
Fetal macrosomia
Beckwith-wiedemann syndrome
Intrauterine growth restriction
Amniocentesis
Cordocentesis and fetal transfusion
Chorionic villus sampling
Radiofrequency ablation
Selective laser photocoagulation
Fetal shunts
Multifetal pregnancy reduction
Open fetal surgery
Polyhydramnios
Oligohydramnios
Lymphedema and lymphatic malformations
Nonimmune hydrops fetalis
Immune hydrops fetalis
Cervical length and spontaneous preterm birth
Fetal biophysical profile
Charge syndrome
Cornelia de lange syndrome
Fraser syndrome
Fryns syndrome
Goldenhar syndrome
Klippel-Trénaunay-Weber syndrome
Holt-oram syndrome
Meckel-gruber syndrome
Neu-laxova syndrome
Noonan syndrome
Pentalogy of cantrell
Pierre robin sequence
Poland sequence
Prune-belly syndrome
Roberts syndrome
Cystic fibrosis
Pontocerebellar disorders
Tuberous sclerosis
Sirenomelia
Smith-Lemli-Opitz syndrome
Vater association
Introduction to aneuploidy
Triploidy
Trisomy 13
Trisomy 18
Trisomy 21
Turner syndrome (monosomy X)
Mosaic trisomies 8, 9, and 16
22q2 deletion syndrome
Chromosome 4p deletion syndrome (Wolf-Hirschhorn syndrome)
Chromosome 5p deletion syndrome (cri du chat syndrome)
Miller-Dieker syndrome (17p3 deletion syndrome)
Chorionicity of multiple gestations
Monochorionic monoamniotic twin gestations
Monochorionic diamniotic twin gestations
Dichorionic diamniotic twin gestations
Twin-twin transfusion syndrome
Twin reversed arterial perfusion sequence
Diagnostic procedures in multiples
Cytomegalovirus, rubella, toxoplasmosis, herpes simplex virus, and varicella
Congenital Zika virus syndrome
Parvovirus b19 infection during pregnancy
Congenital syphilis
Ultrasound physics for the clinician
Elasticity imaging in obstetrics
Doppler ultrasound evaluation of the fetus and placenta
Magnetic resonance imaging in obstetrics
Three-dimensional ultrasound : techniques and clinical applications.Digital Access ClinicalKey 2018 - Digitaleditor, Michael R. Foley ; assistant editors, Thomas H. Strong, Jr., Thomas J. Garite.Contents:
Basic hemodymanamic monitoring in obstetric patients
Transfusion of blood components and derivatives in the obstertics intensive care patient
Postpartum hemorrhage
Disseminated intravascular coagulopathy and thrombocytopenia complicating pregnancy
Hypertensive emergencies
Management strategies and intensive care of the obese gravida
Thromboembolic disease complicating pregnancy
Cardiac disease in pregnancy
Maternal sepsis
Thyroid and other endocrine emergencies
Diabetic ketoacidosis in pregnancy
Respiratory emergencies during pregnancy
Acute kidney injury in pregnancy
Amniotic fluid embolism
Acute fatty liver of pregnancy
Neurologic emergencies during pregnancy
Advanced cardiac life support of the pregnant patient
Trauma and pregnancy
Transport of the critically ill obstetric patient
Anesthesia for the complicated obstetric patient
Psychiatric emergencies in pregnancy
Fetal considerations in the critical care patient
Poisoning in pregnancy
Neonatal resuscitation: pathophysiology, organization, and survival
Fluid and electrolyte therapy in the critically ill obstetric patient
Human immunodeficiency virus in pregnancy
Systemic lupus erythematosus in the pregnant patient
Management of a vaso-occlusive sickle cell crisis in pregnancy
Abnormal placentationDigital Access AccessObGyn 2023 - Print
- Printedited by Arthur Hale Curtis.
- DigitalCharles R. B. Beckmann, Frank W. Ling, William N. P. Herbert, Douglas W. Laube, Roger P. Smith, Robert Casanova, Alice Chuang, Alice R. Goepfert, Nancy A. Hueppchen, Patrice M. Weiss.Summary: Established as the standard resource of the obstetrics and gynecology clerkship, Obstetrics and Gynecology is now in its revised Seventh Edition. This is the only clerkship book on the market fully compliant with The American College of Obstetricians and Gynecologist (ACOG) guidelines, treatment recommendations, and committee opinions.Digital Access LWW Health Library (PA Rotations) 2013
- PrintShireen Madani Sims.
- Digital/PrintShireen Madani Sims.Summary: "Obstetrics and Gynecology: PreTest Self-Assessment and Review, 15th Edition, is intended to provide medical students, as well as physicians, with a convenient tool for assessing and improving their knowledge of obstetrics and gynecology"-- Provided by publisher.
Contents:
Preconception Counseling, Genetics, and Prenatal Diagnosis
Maternal-Fetal Physiology and Placentation
Antepartum Care and Fetal Surveillance
Obstetrical Complications of Pregnancy
Medical and Surgical Complications of Pregnancy
Normal and Abnormal Labor and Delivery
The Puerperium, Lactation, and Immediate Care of the Newborn
Preventive Care and Health Maintenance
Benign and Malignant Disorders of the Breast and Pelvis
Infertility, Endocrinology, and Menstrual Dysfunction
Pelvic Relaxation and Urogynecology
Human Sexuality and Contraception
Sexual Abuse and Intimate Partner Violence
Ethical and Legal Issues in Obstetrics and Gynecology.Digital Access AccessObGyn 2021 - Digital/PrintDigital AccessPrint Access
- DigitalPaul Lyons.Contents:
I. Preconception and Prenatal Care
Physiology
Preconception Counseling
Prenatal Care
Medications in Pregnancy
II. Complications of Pregnancy
Dysmorphic Growth and Genetic Abnormalities
Intrauterine Growth Restriction
Preterm Labor
Premature Rupture of Membranes
Early Pregnancy Bleeding
Late Pregnancy Bleeding
Recurrent Pregnancy Loss
Rh Isoimmunization
Infection in Pregnancy
Hypertension in Pregnancy
Diabetes in Pregnancy
Multi gestational Pregnancy
Post-Dates Pregnancy
III. Labor and Delivery
Normal Labor
Induction and Augmentation
Pain Management in Labor
Operative Delivery
IV. Complications of Labor and Delivery
Prolonged Labor
Shoulder Dystocia
Malpresentation
Fetal Heart Rate Monitoring
Maternal Fever in Labor
Postpartum Hemorrhage
Perineal Laceration and Episiotomy
V. Postpartum Management
Newborn Evaluation
Routine Hospital Postpartum Management
Complications of the Hospital Postpartum Period.Digital Access Springer 2015 - Digitalby Paul Lyons, Nathan McLaughlin.Summary: Obstetrical care in the family medicine setting is an ever-evolving discipline. In addition to routine updates due to the passage of time, several new developments have occurred in the field since the last edition of this book was published. Among these developments are advances in prenatal assessment and diagnosis, recommendations for vaccination in pregnancy, assessment and management of infectious disease in pregnancy, and management of chronic disease concurrent with pregnancy. All thirty-one chapters of the second edition of this text have been thoroughly updated. Several chapters warranted substantive expansion and revision due to the developments on the topic. These chapters include preconception counseling, prenatal care, dysmorphic growth, preterm labor, recurrent pregnancy loss, infection, diabetes, postdates, normal labor, induction and augmentation, prolonged labor, fetal heart rate monitoring, routine postpartum and complications postpartum. A new chapter has been added that covers vaccination in pregnancy as well as other routine wellness recommendations. Now in its fully revised and expanded third edition, Obstetrics in Family Medicine reflects the significant changes that have occurred in the field since 2015. This book remains the definitive resource for meeting the needs of a wide range of primary care providers who provide direct or indirect care of patients of childbearing age. This book also appeals to nurse practitioners, physician assistants and nursing personnel working in the primary care setting. Additionally, this book serves as a useful guide for medical providers who intersect with pregnant, or possibly pregnant patients including emergency medicine physicians, surgeons, EMT's and paramedics. .
Contents:
Physiology
Preconception Counseling
Prenatal Care
Medications in pregnancy
Vaccines in pregnancy
Dysmorphic Growth
IUGR:
Preterm Labor
PROM
Early Pregnancy Bleeding
Late Pregnancy Bleeding
Recurrent Pregnancy Loss
Rh Isoimmunization
Infection in Pregnancy
Hypertension in Pregnancy
Diabetes in Pregnancy
HIV in Pregnancy
Multigestational Pregnancy
Postdates Pregnancy
Normal Labor
Induction and Augmentation
Pain Management in Labor
Assisted Delivery
Prolonged Labor
Shoulder Dystocia
Malpresentation
Fetal Heart Rate Monitoring
Maternal Fever in Labor
Postpartum Hemorrhage
Perineal Laceration and Episiotomy
Newborn Evaluation
Routine Hospital Postpartum Management
Complications of the Hospital postpartum period
The Postpartum Visit. - Digitaleditors, R. Shane Tubbs, Rod J. Oskouian, Jeffrey P. Blount and W. Jerry Oakes.Summary: This volume covers the known details of all subtypes of occult spinal dysraphism in unprecedented detail. This 21 chapter invaluable resource begins with a deep dive into the history and embryology of occult spinal dysraphisms. Following this, subtypes of occult spinal dysraphism are thoroughly explored ??? of which include split cord malformations, tethered cord syndromes, adult presentations/outcomes of occult spinal dysraphism, cutaneous stigmata. Chapters will cover the clinical presentation, radiological features, and surgical nuances of each of the occult spinal dysraphisms. Throughout the book, expertly written text is supplemented by a number of high quality figures and tables, as well as a video documenting surgical treatment of type 1 split cord malformation. By focusing on each entity currently grouped within this topic as a separate chapter, the most up-to-date information will be provided to the reader, making Occult Spinal Dysraphism a must-have resource for students, practitioners and medical professionals involved in treating spinal dsyraphism.Digital Access Springer 2019
- PrintLaDou, Joseph.
- DigitalNlandu Roger Ngatu, Mitsunori Ikeda, editors.Summary: This book provides cutting-edge information on the epidemiology, etiology and pathophysiology of several prevalent occupational and environmental skin diseases (OSD/ESD), with a particular focus on skin health safety issues, risk factors, preventive measures and recent advances in the management of these diseases. It also highlights recent discoveries and developments concerning novel therapeutic agents for inflammatory OSD, especially findings that are supported by clinical data and have the potential to transform conventional prophylactic and therapeutic approaches. For example, despite their increasing prevalence, the management of allergic skin diseases is sometimes challenging, mainly due to limited treatment choices. In several countries, steroids are the only treatment used. However, in cases of contraindications, adverse effects or unsatisfactory steroidal therapies, alternative treatments are indispensable. As such, an understanding of promising anti-allergic agents enhances allergy research and could eventually lead to novel alternative therapeutic and adjuvant remedies, which are of the utmost importance. This book offers a valuable resource for researchers, graduate students and practitioners in the field of public health in general, especially those working in environmental and occupational medicine, as well as physicians.
- DigitalSisko L. Anttila, Paolo Boffetta, editors.Summary: This book is a comprehensive guide to occupational factors of malignant diseases. It discusses potentially work-related malignancies, in the context of exposure assessment, specific clinical and pathological features of occupational cancer and biomarkers of exposure and disease. Epidemiological data about risk ratios of the cancer in question are reviewed for various occupations and with exposure to specific carcinogens, carcinogenic mechanisms, host susceptibility factors (genetic and other) and other environmental and life-style risk factors. Aspects such as surveillance of workers exposed to carcinogens, and strategies for prevention of occupational cancer are also discussed. Occupational Cancers is aimed at oncologists, pathologists, residents in training, clinical researchers, clinicians in occupational health, epidemiologists, pulmonologists, lawyers and public health officials.
Contents:
Historical Overview of Occupational Cancer Research
Genetics and Gene-Environment Interactions
Mechanisms of Environmental and Occupational Carcinogenesis
Cancer of the Oral Cavity, Pharynx and Nasopharynx
Pancreatic Cancer
Cancers of the Intestine, Liver and Biliary Tract
Sinonasal Cancer
Laryngeal Cancer
Lung cancer (exposure assessment, pathology, epidemiology)
Lung Cancer: Mechanisms of Carcinogenesis
Lung Cancer: Genetic Susceptibility
Lung Cancer: Molecular Markers
Malignant Mesothelioma: Epidemiology
Malignant Mesothelioma: Clinical and Imaging Findings
Malignant Mesothelioma: Asbestos Exposure
Malignant Mesothelioma: Pathology
Malignant Mesothelioma: Mechanism of Carcinogenesis
Malignant Mesothelioma: Genetic Susceptibility
Malignant Mesothelioma: Molecular Markers
Neoplasm of Soft Tissues
Malignant Neoplasms of the Skin
Breast Cancer
Malignant Tumors of the Female Reproductive System
Malignant Tumors of the Male Reproductive System
Kidney Cancer
Bladder Cancer
Malignant Tumors of the Central Nervous System
Lymphohematopoietic Malignancies
Occupational Cancer Burden
Occupational Carcinogens and Cancer in Children
Strategies for Primary Prevention of Occupational Cancer
Screening for Occupational Cancer
Role of Registers in Occupational Cancer Control
Appendix I Questionnaire on Exposure to Asbestos. - DigitalSisko Anttila, Paolo Boffetta, editors.Summary: This up-to-date review of the literature on the epidemiology and pathology of work-related cancers also includes sensitive diagnostic questionnaires and data on the risk ratios of differing cancers in relation to a variety of occupations and lifestyle factors.
Contents:
Intro
Foreword
A Cartography of Occupational Cancer Prevention
References
Preface
Acknowledgments
Contents
1: Historical Overview of Occupational Cancer Research
Early Discoveries
How Evidence Has Been Accumulated on Selected Associations
Sources of Evidence on Risk to Humans Due to Chemicals
Epidemiology
Animal Experimentation
Short-Term Tests and Structure-Activity Relationships
Listing Occupational Carcinogens
IARC Monographs
Definite and Probable Occupational Risk Factors for Cancer
The Evolution of Knowledge
Interpreting the Lists Illustrative Examples and Controversies
Polycyclic Aromatic Hydrocarbons (PAHs)
Diesel and Gasoline Engine Emissions
Asbestos
Cadmium and Cadmium Compounds
Styrene
1,3-Butadiene
Vinyl Chloride
Radium and Radon
Some Methodological Considerations
Industry-Based Studies
Community-Based Case-Control Studies
Some Trends in Epidemiologic Research on Occupational Cancer
Continued Importance of Research on Occupational Cancer
References
2: Genetics, Epigenetics, and Environmental Interactions
Genetics and Heritability
Phenotype Versus Genotype Epigenetics
DNA Methylation
Histone Modifications
Non-coding RNA
microRNA
Long Non-coding RNA
Bringing Together the Concepts of Genetics, Epigenetics, and Phenotype
Gene-Environment Interactions
Xenobiotic Metabolism and Excretion
Phase I Polymorphisms and Cancer
Phase II Polymorphisms and Cancer
Other Polymorphisms and Cancer
Population Stratification
Gene-Gene Interactions
Genome-Wide Association Studies (GWAS)
Epigenetics and Environmental/Occupational Exposure
Summary
References 3: Mechanisms of Environmental and Occupational Carcinogenesis
Environmental and Occupational Carcinogenesis
Field Cancerization and Expanding Fields
Environmental and Occupational Sources of DNA Damage
Physical Carcinogens
Chemical Carcinogenesis
Endogenous Mechanisms Activated by Exogenous Exposures
DNA Repair
Direct Reversal Repair
Base Excision Repair
Nucleotide Excision Repair
Mismatch Repair
Interstrand Cross-Link Repair
Double-Strand DNA Break Repair
DNA Damage Tolerance
Apoptosis
Genetic Mutations
Epigenetics and Cancer DNA Methylation and Cancer
Environmental and Occupational Epigenetic Effectors
Histone Modification
CpG Methylation and Point Mutations
Somatic Mutations in Epigenetic Regulators
Inflammation and Reactive Oxygen Species
Endocrine Disruption
References
4: Head and Neck Cancers
Introduction
Descriptive Epidemiology
Nasopharynx Cancer
Nonoccupational Risk Factors
Occupational Risk Factors
Oral and Pharyngeal Cancers
Occupations and Agents with Less Than Sufficient Evidence
Formaldehyde
Wood Dust and Wood Industry WorkDigital Access Springer 2020 - DigitalRosemary B. Crouch.Summary: "At the very beginning of the development of the profession of occupational therapy Anne Mosey put together some exciting concepts such as "A group is more than a collection of individuals. Members of a group are bonded together by their group identity and shared purposes which will be realised by interacting and working together" (Mosey 1973). Why Groups? What is it that actually makes group therapy an occupational therapists' choice of intervention when there are other methods available? Does one look at personal preference, or suitability in a particular clinical area which is related to curative factors for particular clients? It has to be a combination of both. "We use groups because they are a naturally occurring phenomenon, which are known to have good and bad effects on people." (Bundey, Cullen, Denshing et, al.1968). Fouché (2019) describes a group as part of a microcosm and states that "The way you interact with others in the outside world will be the same way in which you will act and treat others in the group or society and the same requirements. "(p.1) She also states that "groups present a small society and have the same ingredients as any community.""-- Provided by publisher.
Contents:
Frames of Reference Relevant to Occupational Group Therapy and Classification of Groups
Research in Occupational Group Therapy
Models of Occupational Therapy Relevant to Occupational Group Therapy
The Occupational Therapy Interactive Group Model (OTIGM) / Author, Louise Fouché
Core Skills and Concepts
Clinical Reasoning, Critical Thinking and Ethical Reasoning Relating to Occupational Group Therapy
Styles of Group Leadership and Co-leadership : Guidelines to Address the Differences, Including Working with Other Professionals
Trans-disciplinary Service Delivery
Warm-up and Ice-breaker Techniques
Role Play
The Use of Psychodrama and the Therapeutic Spiral Model in Occupational Group Therapy
Life Skills, Cognitive-behavioural Groups, Assertiveness Training and Social Skills Training (verbal and non verbal) Groups
Community based Stress Management with the Emphasis on Group Work
Practical Creative Activity-based Group-work in Various Clinical Settings, Including Hospital-based Group-work With Acutely Ill Mentally Ill Clients
Maximising Occupational Group Therapy in Physical Rehabilitation. - DigitalJacques Tamin.Summary: This book provides occupational health (OH) professionals with a theoretical basis for addressing the ethical issues that they confront in their practice. There is often a lack of in-depth moral analysis of the issues that OH practitioners face on a daily basis. The ICOH Code of Ethics sets out the important principles that guide OH practice. This book builds on these core principles, starting from an application of moral theories in the OH context and illustrating how ethical conflicts could be resolved, by carrying out ethical analyses of several case studies. In this way, it aims to link ethical theory to OH practice.
Contents:
Chapter 1. Introduction
Part 1: Theory
Chapter 2. The doctor-patient Relationship and Dual Obligations in Occupational Health
Chapter 3. Consent
Chapter 4. Confidentiality
Chapter 5. Sickness Absence
Part 2: Practice
Chapter 6. Report writing
Chapter 7. Health Surveillance
Chapter 8. Vaccinations
Chapter 9. Vaccinations.Digital Access Springer 2020 - PrintSummary: The Occupational Outlook Handbook 2014-2015 is the most widely respected and used career reference available--and only JIST Publishing's version includes useful bonus content, including Personality-Career Quiz and a new Best OOH Jobs list. In JIST's 2014-2015 edition of the OOH features well written, interesting descriptions for more than 330 major jobs in the U.S., as well as summary information on additional jobs. For each job, the book discussed work tasks, job outlook through 2022, training and education needed, pay, work environment, similar occupations, and additional information sources. The book is packed with photos, charts, and practical, current information, which makes it invaluable for anyone doing career research, making career decisions, writing resumes, and preparing for interviews. This OOH includes another JIST Publishing exclusive: the Personality-Career Quiz, which matches readers to specific OOH jobs. The quiz is based on the six RIASEC personality types: realistic, investigative, artistic, social, enterprising, and conventional. A special section, How Educators, Counselors, Librarians, and Business Professionals can best use the OOH, is also included, JIST's version of the OOH also provides more current wage information than the online OOH provides.
- PrintKling, Alan L.Print
- Digital/PrintDigital Access
- DigitalPeter Y. Chen, Department of Psychological Sciences, Auburn University, Auburn, AL.Summary: "A compact, evidence-based overview of occupational stress. The workplace can be a major source of stress, and this can cause health problems that have a negative impact on the individuals, organizational, and society. This concise, evidence-based volume, written by a leading occupational health psychologist, explores how work conditions and organizational characteristics pose threats and harms to people's wellbeing through the lens of occupation stress theories and models. The author then summarizes the potential adverse impacts of major job stressors across individuals, families, organizations, and nations. In a final section, several evidence-based prevention strategies targeting individuals, management, and organizations are explored, including recovery from work, job crafting, and supervisors as change agents. Practitioners can modify and tailor these actionable strategies to assist employees and organizations in managing occupational stress. This book is essential reading for clinical and occupational psychologists, managers, supervisors, and anyone interested in making the workplace a healthier place."-- Provided by publisher.
Contents:
Description
Theories and models
Job stressors and their impacts
Preventive interventions
Case vignette
Further reading
References
Appendix: Tools and resources. - Digitaledited by Judi Edmans, Jenny Preston on behalf of the College of Occupational Therapists Specialist Section Neurological Practice.Contents:
Delivering good quality, safe and effective care
Person-centredness and long term neurological conditions
Theoretical basis
Occupation and long term neurological conditions
Identifying occupational performance enablers and deficits
Occupational therapy intervention
Using technology to support participation
Living with a long term condition
Planning for the future.Digital Access Wiley 2016 - Digital[edited by] Cathy Long, Jane Cronin-Davis, Diane Cotterill.Summary: "Occupational Therapy Evidence in Practice for Mental Health" provides students and practitioners with a textbook that both demonstrates and explains the application of evidence-based practice. The book contains case studies that clearly illustrate the ways in which theory, research and/or governmental guidelines can be used to inform clinical reasoning and practice. Each chapter addresses different areas of mental health and demonstrates how the occupational therapy process might be implemented for each individual and how available evidence can be used to inform this process as well as the therapist's reasoning and critical reflection. Content spans a wide range of occupational therapy practice with client cases representing a variety of diagnoses, ages and social and cultural backgrounds within an assortment of health or social care settings.
Contents:
An introduction : tracking developments in mental health practice / Cheryl McMorris
Service user and carer involvement : co-production / Nashiru Momori and Gabrielle Richards
Creativity as a transformative process / Diane Cotterill and Lucy Coleman
Group work in occupational tterapy : generic versus specialist practice / Catherine Benyon-Pindar
Working with alice smith : services for older people / Caroline Wolverson and Alison Williams
Occupational therapy interventions for someone experiencing severe and enduring mental illness / Lindsay Rigby and Ian Wilson
Forensic mental health : creating occupational opportunities / Jane Cronin-Davis
Promoting self-efficacy in managing major depression / Gill Richmond
Veterans : understanding military culture and the possible effects on engagement / Nick Wood.Digital Access Wiley 2017 - PrintH. Dwyer Dundon.Contents:
v. 1. 1000 multiple choice questions and referenced explanatory answers. - Printedited by Elinor Jackson and H. Dwyer Dundon.Contents:
v. 1. 1200 multiple choice questions and referenced answers. - Digitaledited by Christian Pozzi, Alessandro Lanzoni, Maud J. L. Graff, Alessandro Morandi.Summary: This book focuses on evidence-based occupational therapy in the care of older adults in different clinical settings, from home to acute hospital, from intensive care unit to rehabilitation centers and nursing homes. Occupational therapy has progressively developed as a new discipline aiming to improve the daily life of individuals of different ages, from children to older adults. The book first reviews the interaction between occupational therapy and geriatrics and then discusses in depth how occupational therapy interventions are applied in the community, in the acute hospital and in the nursing home. It highlights the key role of occupational therapy in the management of frail patients, including critically ill older patients and persons with dementia, and describes in detail how to maintain occupational therapy interventions across different settings to avoid the fragmentation of care. The ageing population requires new innovative approaches to improve the quality of life, and as such this book provides clinicians with handy, key information on how to implement occupational therapy in the daily clinical care of older adults based on the current scientific evidence.
Contents:
Occupational Therapy and Geriatrics
Occupational Therapy in the community
Occupational Therapy in rehabilitation settings
Occupational Therapy in Nursing Home
Occupational Therapy in the Intensive Care Unit
Occupational Therapy in the Palliative Care
The future of Occupational Therapy.Digital Access Springer 2020 - Digitaledited by Rosemary Crouch and Vivyan Alers.Contents:
Part 1. Theoretical Concepts in Occupational Therapy :
1. Creative Ability: A Model for Individual and Group Occupational Therapy for Clients with Psychosocial Dysfunction / Patricia de Witt
2. The Relevance of Occupational Science to Occupational Therapy in the Field of Mental Health / Lana van Niekerk
3. Ethics, Human Rights and the Law in Mental Health Care Practice / Dain van der Reyden and Rosemary Crouch
4. Cultural Considerations in the Provision of an Occupational Therapy Service in Mental Health / Rosemary Crouch
5. Clinical Reasoning in Psychiatric Occupational Therapy / Vivyan Alers
-- Part 2. Specific Issues in Occupational Therapy :
6. HIV/AIDS in Psychiatry and Issues Facing Occupational Therapists Regarding Practice: Moral and Ethical Dilemmas / Dain van der Reyden, Robin Joubert and Chantal Christopher
7. Forensic Psychiatry and Occupational Therapy / Michelle Moore
8. Acute Psychiatry and the Dynamic Short-Term Intervention of the Occupational Therapist / Catherine Shorten and Rosemary Crouch
9. Improving Health and Access to Health Services through Community-Based Rehabilitation / Stephanie Homer
10. Care, Treatment and Rehabilitation Programmes for Large Numbers of Long-Term Mental Health Care Users / Kobie Zietsman and Daleen Casteleijn
11. Auxiliary Staff in Mental Health Care: Requirements, Functions and Supervision / Dain van der Reyden
12. Vocational Rehabilitation in Psychiatry and Mental Health / Lyndsey Swart and Tania Buys
13. Psychiatric Occupational Therapy in the Corporate, Insurance and Medico-legal Sectors / Lee Randall
14. An Occupational Therapist's Perspective on Sexuality and Psychosocial Sexual Rehabilitation / Louise Fouché
-- Part 3. Occupational Therapy with Children, Adolescents and Adults :
15. Early Intervention for Young Children at Risk for Developmental Mental Health Disorders / Kerry Wallace
16. Occupational Therapy Intervention with Children with Psychosocial Disorders / Vivyan Alers
17. Interdisciplinary Group Therapy with Children / Marita Rademeyer and Deirdre Niehaus
18. Specific Occupational Therapy Intervention with Adolescents / Louise Fouché and Lisa Wegner
19. Sensory Integration in Mental Health / Annamarie van Jaarsveld
20. Attention Deficit Hyperactive Disorder through a Person's Lifespan: Occupational Therapy to Enhance Executive and Social Functioning / Ray Anne Cook
21. Trauma and Its Effects on Children, Adolescents and Adults: The Role of the Occupational Therapist / Vivyan Alers
22. Post-traumatic Brain Injury: Handling Behavioural and Cognitive Changes / Sylvia Birkhead
23. Occupational Therapy for Anxiety, Somatic and Stressor-related Disorders / Madeleine Duncanand Claire Prowse
24. Occupational Therapy with Mood Disorders / Madeleine Duncan and Claire Prowse
25. The Treatment of Eating Disorders in Occupational Therapy / Rosemary Crouch and Vivyan Alers
26. Understanding Persons with Personality Disorders: Intervention in Occupational Therapy / Ann Nott
27. The Occupational Therapy Approach to the Management of Schizophrenia / Rosemary Crouch
28. Substance Use and Abuse: Intervention by a Multidisciplinary Approach Which Includes Occupational Therapy / Rosemary Crouch and Lisa Wegner
29. Gerontology, Psychiatry and Occupational Therapy / Susan Beukes.Digital Access Wiley 2014 - Digitaleditors-in-chief, Justis P. Ehlers, Yasha Modi, Sunil K. Srivastava, Peter K. Kaiser ; assistant editors, Nitish Mehta, Joseph Abraham, Thuy K. Le.Summary: "Highly visual and easy to navigate, OCT and OCT Angiography in Retinal Disorders is a concise, reliable reference for optical coherence tomography (OCT) and OCT angiography findings in both common and uncommon retinal disorders. Each chapter explores the prognostic features of OCT and OCTA scans along with additional diagnostic modalities for comparison and correlation. Where appropriate, longitudinal changes in response to treatment or natural history are also discussed. Includes hundreds of high-quality, striking images. Highlights the salient imaging features of the clinical entity or entities being discussed. Covers OCT technology, techniques, and scanning patterns . Provides concise, authoritative guidance on numerous key areas in retinal disease, including retinal vascular disease, inflammation, retinal degenerations and dystrophies, ocular trauma ocular tumors, and much more"-- Provided by publisher.Digital Access LWW Health Library 2021
- DigitalDavid R. Chow, Paulo Ricardo Chaves de Oliveira.Contents:
Optical coherence tomography angiography : understanding the basics / David R. Chow
Optical coherence tomography angiography artifacts / Paulo Ricardo Chaves de Oliveira, Keyvan Koushan, and David R. Chow
Current optical coherence tomography angiography clinical systems / Sumit Sharma and Peter K. Kaiser
Optical coherence tomography angiography and neovascular age-related macular degeneration / Nicholas A. Iafe, Nopasak Phasukkijwatana, and David Sarraf
Optical coherence tomography angiography and fibrotic choroidal neovascularization in age-related macular degeneration / Eric Souied and Alexandra Miere
Nonneovascular age-related macular degeneration / Ricardo Noguera Louzada, Mark Lane, and Nadia K. Waheed
Optical coherence tomography angiography and diabetic retinopathy / André Romano
Optical coherence tomography angiography and arterial occlusions / Abtin Shahlaee, Carl D. Regillo, and Allen C. Ho
Optical coherence tomography angiography in retinal venous occlusions / Mostafa Hanout, Paulo Ricardo Chaves de Oliveira, and Alan R. Berger
Optical coherence tomography angiography and central serous chorioretinopathy / Wasim A. Samara, Carl D. Regillo, and Allen C. Ho
Optical coherence tomography angiography in macular telangiectasia type 2 / Alain Gaudric and Valérie Krivosic
Optical coherence tomography angiography and adult-onset foveomacular vitelliform dystrophy / Giuseppe Querques, Adriano Carnevali, Federico Corvi, Lea Querques, Eric Souied, and Francesco Bandello
Optical coherence tomography angiography and high myopia / Taku Wakabayashi and Yasushi Ikuno
Optical coherence tomography angiography and uveitis / Eduardo A. Novais, André Romano, and Rubens Belfort Jr.
Optical coherence tomography angiography findings in ocular oncology and radiation retinopathy / Meghna V. Motiani, Colin A. McCannel, and Tara A. McCannel
Optical coherence tomography angiography and glaucoma Gábor Holló
Optical coherence tomography angiography and anterior segment vasculature / Christophe Baudouin, Stephanie Hayek, and Adil El Maftouhi
The future of optical coherence tomography angiography / Emily D. Cole, Eric M. Moult, Eduardo A. Novais, James G. Fujimoto and Nadia K. Waheed
Optical coherence tomography angiography rounds / David R. Chow.Digital Access Thieme MedOne Ophthalmology 2017 - Digitalvolume editors, Francesco Bandello, Eric H. Souied, Giuseppe Querques.Contents:
Heidelberg spectralis optical coherence tomography angiography /Coscas, G., Lupidi, M., Coscas, F.
Optical coherence tomography angiography using the optovue device / Huang, D., Jia, Y., Gao, S.S., Lumbroso, B., Rispoli, M.
Swept-source optical coherence tomography Angio (Topcon Corp, Japan) : technology review / Stanga, P.E., Tsamis, E., Papayannis, A., Stringa, F., Cole, T., Jalil, A.
ZEISS Angioplex pectral domain optical coherence tomography angiography : technical aspects / Rosenfeld, P.J., Durbin, M.K., Roisman, L., Zheng, F., Miller, A., Robbins, G., Karen, S., Gregori, G.
Image analysis of optical coherence tomography angiography / Coscas, G., Lupidi, M., Coscas, F.
Optical coherence tomography angiography in healthy subjects / Coscas, G., Lupidi, M., Coscas, F.
Optical coherence tomography angiography of type 1 neovascularization in age-Related macular degeneration / Iafe, N., Phasukkijwatana, N., Sarraf, D.
Optical coherence tomography angiography of type 2 neovascularization in age-related macular degeneration / Souied, E.H., El Ameen, A., Semoun, O., Querques, G., Cohen, S.Y.
Optical coherence tomography angiography features of type 3 neovascularization in age-related macular degeneration / Querques, G., Miere, A., Souied, E.H.
Optical coherence tomography angiography of retinal and macular diseases / Liang, M.C., Witkin, A.J.
Optical coherence tomography angiography of tdiopathic polypoidal choroidal vasculopathy / Srour, M., Querques, G., Souied, E.H.
Optical coherence tomography angiography study of choroidal neovascularization early response after treatment / Lumbroso, B., Rispoli, M., Savastano, M.C., Jia, Y., Tan, O., Huang, D.
Optical coherence tomography angiography of fibrosis in age-related macular degeneration / Souied, E.H., Miere, A., Cohen, S.Y., Semoun, O., Querques, G.
Optical coherence tomography angiography of dry age-related macular degeneration / Waheed, N.K., Moult, E.M., Fujimoto, J.G., Rosenfeld, P.J.
Optical coherence Tomography Angiography of choroidal neovascularization secondary to pathologic myopia / Querques, G., Corvi, F., Querques, L., Souied, E.H., Bandello, F.
Optical coherence tomography angiography of diabetic retinopathy / Bandello, F., Corbelli, E., Carnevali, A., Pierro, L., Querques, G.
New findings in diabetic maculopathy and proliferative disease by swept-Source optical coherence tomography angiography / Stanga, P.E., Papayannis, A., Tsamis, E., Stringa, F., Cole, T., D'Soza, Y., Jalil, A.
Optical coherence tomography angiography of retinal artery occlusion / Baumal, C.R.
Optical coherence tomography angiography of retinal vein occlusion / Novais, E.A., Waheed, N.K.
Optical coherence tomography angiography of deep capillary ischemia / Nemiroff, J., Phasukkijwatana, N., Sarraf, D.
Optical coherence tomography angiography of macular telangiectasia type 2 / Roisman, L., Rosenfeld, P.J.
Optical coherence tomography angiography in dystrophies / Battaglia Parodi, M., Pierro, L., Gagliardi, M., Lattanzio, R., Querques, G., Bandello, F.
Swept-source optical coherence tomography angiography of paediatric macular diseases / Stanga, P.E., Papayannis, A., Tsamis, E., Chwiejczak, K., Stringa, F., Jalil, A., Cole, T., Biswas, S.
Optical coherence tomography angiography of miscellaneous retinal disease / Pierro, L., Battaglia Parodi, M., Introini, U., Querques, G., Bandello, F.Digital Access Karger 2016 - DigitalKi Ho Park, Tae-Woo Kim, editors.Summary: This book provides readers with the most up-to-date practical information on optical coherence tomography (OCT) imaging in glaucoma. A key aim is to demonstrate how imaging results are interpreted and applied in clinical practice. To this end, many high-quality images are presented to document findings in patients with glaucoma, glaucoma suspects, and healthy subjects and to explain their clinical significance. The book is timely in that the role of OCT in the early diagnosis of glaucoma, the detection of disease progression, and the choice of management options has been advancing rapidly. OCT-based exploration of the segmented layer of the neural tissue and the deeper structures of the optic nerve, as well as OCT evaluation of the vascular network around the optic nerve head, facilitates understanding and assessment of the risk of glaucomatous damage. In explaining all aspects of the use of OCT in glaucoma, this book will be a rich source of information and guidance for practicing ophthalmologists, glaucoma specialists, and trainees.
Contents:
1 Principles of OCT imaging
2 Peripapillary RNFL imaging
3 Macular Imaging
4 Early Diagnosis and Detection of Progression
5 Lamina Cribrosa Imaging
6 OCT Angiography
7 Anterior Segment Imaging in Glaucoma
8 Imaging in Myopic Glaucoma
9 Pitfalls in OCT Imaging. - Digital/Printedited by Walidah Imarisha and Adrienne Maree Brown ; foreword by Sheree Renee Thomas.Summary: "Whenever we envision a world without war, without prisons, without capitalism, we are producing speculative fiction. Organizers and activists envision, and try to create, such worlds all the time. Walidah Imarisha and adrienne maree brown have brought twenty of them together in the first anthology of short stories to explore the connections between radical speculative fiction and movements for social change. The visionary tales of Octavia's Brood span genres--sci-fi, fantasy, horror, magical realism--but all are united by an attempt to inject a healthy dose of imagination and innovation into our political practice and to try on new ways of understanding ourselves, the world around us, and all the selves and worlds that could be. The collection is rounded off with essays by Tananarive Due and Mumia Abu-Jamal, and a preface by Sheree Renee Thomas."--Amazon.com.
Contents:
Foreword / Sheree Renée Thomas
Introduction / Walidah Imarisha
Revolution shuffle / Bao Phi
The token superhero / David F. Walker
the river / adrienne maree brown
Evidence / Alexis Pauline Gumbs
Black angel / Walidah Imarisha
The long memory / Morrigan Phillips
Small and bright / Autumn Brown
In spite of darkness / Alixa Garcia
Hollow / Mia Mingus
Lalibela / Gabriel Teodros
Little brown mouse / Tunde Olaniran
Sanford and sun / Dawolu Jabari Anderson
Runway blackout / Tara Betts
Kafka's last laugh / Vagabond
22XX: one-shot / Jelani Wilson
Manhunters / Kalamu ya Salaam
Aftermath / LeVar Burton
Fire on the mountain / Terry Bisson
Homing instinct / Dani McClain
children who fly / Leah Lakshmi Piepzna-Samarasinha
Star Wars and the American imagination / Mumia Abu-Jamal
The only lasting truth / Tananarive Due
Outro / adrienne maree brown.Digital Access 2015 - DigitalShantha Amrith, Gangadhara Sundar, Stephanie Ming Young, editors.Summary: This comprehensive book focuses on eyelid, lacrimal and orbital lesions, covering a wide variety of common and rare diseases and correlating their clinical, radiological and pathological aspects. It presents a large number of illustrative cases, with a discussion of the clinical history, examination, the imaging and pathology findings , differential diagnosis and management along with a take home message for each. Further, it offers clear guidance on the diagnosis and management of orbital and adnexal lesions. This book is a valuable learning tool for residents and trainee fellows in ophthalmology, as well as for trainees in radiology and pathology. It is also relevant to young ophthalmic plastic and reconstructive surgeons, practicing ophthalmologists, radiologists, and pathologists.
Contents:
Intro; Foreword; Preface; Acknowledgments; Contents; About the Editors; Contributors; Abbreviations; Part I: Basic Anatomy, Imaging and Pathology;
1: Anatomy; Eyelids; Lacrimal Drainage System; Orbit; Further Reading;
2: Imaging: Computerised Tomography; Introduction; Indications of CT Scan; Contraindications for CT Scan; Advantages of CT Scan; Disadvantages of CT Scan; Conclusion; Further Reading;
3: Imaging: Magnetic Resonance Imaging; Basic MRI Physics; Common Sequences Used in MRI of the Orbits and the Visual Pathway; Planes of Acquisition; T1-weighted (T1w); T2-weighted (T2w) Diffusion-Weighted Imaging (DWI)Three-Dimensional (3D) Steady-State Free Precession (SSFP) Sequences; Fluid Attenuation Inversion Recovery (FLAIR); Fat-Suppressed Sequences; Contrast-Enhanced Sequences; MR Angiography (MRA); Indications for MRI of the Orbits; Contraindications and Disadvantages of MRI; Summary; Further Reading;
4: Pathology: Principles of Basic Histopathology; Introduction; Types of Biopsy Specimens; Cytology: Fine Needle Aspiration (FNA) of Ocular Adnexal Masses; Histology; Types of Biopsies; Small Biopsies; Excision Biopsies; Frozen Sections; Fixation; Ancillary Tests Turnaround TimeImportant Information to Provide; Further Reading; Part II: Structural Lesions;
5: Dermoid; Introduction; Periorbital Dermoid; Case 1; Differential Diagnosis; Imaging; Intervention; Orbital Dermoid; Case 2; Differential Diagnosis; Imaging; Management; Histopathology; Discussion; Role of Imaging; Treatment; Learning Points; Further Reading;
6: Fibro-osseous Lesions: Fibrous Dysplasia; Introduction; Case Scenario; Differential Diagnosis; Radiology; Management; Histopathology; Discussion; Learning Points; Further Reading; Part III: Infections;
7: Orbital Cellulitis: Bacterial IntroductionCase Scenario; Differential Diagnosis; Radiology; Management; Histopathology; Discussion; Learning Points; Further Reading;
8: Orbital Cellulitis: Invasive Fungal; Introduction; Case
1: Mucormycosis; Differential Diagnosis; Radiology; Management; Histopathology; Case 2; Differential Diagnosis; Radiology; Intervention; Management; Histopathology; Discussion; Learning Points; Further Reading; Part IV: Inflammations;
9: Granulomatosis with Polyangiitis (GPA); Introduction; Case Scenario; Differential Diagnosis; Investigations; Radiology; Intervention; Histopathology; Management DiscussionManagement; Learning Points; Further Reading;
10: Thyroid Eye Disease; Introduction; Case Scenario; Differential Diagnosis; Other Investigations; Radiology; MRI of the Orbits; Intervention; Histopathology; Management; Discussion; Pathophysiology; Management; Learning Points; Further Reading;
11: IgG4-Related Ophthalmic Disease; Introduction; Clinical Scenarios; Case
1: Eyelid; Differential Diagnosis; Radiology; Intervention; Case
2: Lacrimal Gland; Differential Diagnosis; Radiology; Investigations; Intervention; Histopathology; Management; Discussion; Learning Points - DigitalArun D. Singh, editor.Summary: This book a conjoint effort of ocular oncologists, general oncologists, and pathologists is a comprehensive source of authoritative information on the subject of ocular and adnexal lymphoma. It covers all aspects, including clinical features, classification, epidemiology, diagnostic evaluation, biopsy techniques, histology and molecular pathology, staging procedures, and treatment methods. Detailed information is provided on primary vitreoretinal and adnexal lymphomas and chapters are also included on rare variants such as T cell lymphoma and reactive lymphoid hyperplasia of the ocular adnexa. The emphasis throughout is on easy readability, and the layout ensures rapid retrieval of information. In order to convey fundamental concepts, numerous tables, clinical photographs, histopathologic microphotographs, and imaging studies (fluorescein and indocyanine angiograms, ultrasonograms, CT scans, and MR images) are included.
Contents:
Classification Systems
Histopathology
Molecular Pathology
Epidemiological Aspects
Clinical Features and Diagnostic Evaluation
Biopsy Techniques
Staging and Treatment
Vitreo Retinal Lymhoma: Staging and Treatment
Ocular and Adnexal Benign Reactive Lymphoid Hyperplasia
Ocular and Adnexal T Cell Lymphoma.Digital Access Springer 2014 - DigitalSimon E. Skalicky.Summary: This book meets the growing demand among ophthalmologists, optometrists and orthoptists, in training and in practice, as well as visual neuroscientists, to have a clear, succinct and well-written textbook to objectively cover the subject of ocular and visual physiology. Ocular and visual physiology is a core knowledge component for these disciplines, and yet is often difficult to understand. However, this book clearly conveys the simple elegance of the relationship between structure and function that is the hallmark of understanding the physiology of the eye and visual system. Ocular and Visual Physiology - Clinical Application is essential reading for any one hoping to have a clear understanding of the subject. Students will find it a great resource to pass their exams. Each of the chapters has been independently reviewed and edited by an expert in the field with a clinical or visual scientific academic background. The text is based on the latest publications in peer-reviewed journals that are closely referenced within the body of the text.Digital Access Springer 2016
- DigitalHua Yan, editor.Summary: Ocular Emergency is a systematic, symptom based reference book for clinical practice guidance. This book aims to provide the most thorough knowledge and standard process to clinical practitioners, such as the nurses, medical students, residents, fellows and even ophthalmologists, to help them make the most appropriate decision on the management of patients who have suffered from urgent ocular conditions. The first three chapters provide the audiences general information of ocular emergency and the emergency room (ER), which will help them generate a clinical thinking. The following four chapters are symptom based discussion of common complaints of ocular emergency. These chapters contain almost all the symptoms the audiences will meet in the ER and covers hundreds of diseases the audiences may or may not think of which fits the symptom. They will help the readers to make the right diagnose and offer the best advice or treatment to the patients. The last two chapters provide the audiences the information of most urgent ocular traumas. For each disease, definition, etiology, clinical presentations and signs, treatment and typical clinical case with pictures or illustrative figures will be provided. In addition, each chapter will be provided with an algorithym(s) for differential diagnosis and treatment as a summary of the chapter. Hopefully this book may help the clinical practitioners to be fully prepared for any challenge of ocular emergency cases.
- DigitalKhalid F. Tabbara, Ahmed M. Abu El-Asrar, Moncef Khairallah, editors.Summary: Ocular infections remain an important cause of ocular morbidity and loss of vision, yet many are preventable or curable. Early diagnosis and prompt treatment help in the control of such infectious disorders and the prevention of blindness. There are many infectious diseases of the eye and adnexa, and knowledge of their diagnosis and management is essential to an optimal therapeutic outcome. This book provides the practitioner with the important information required to ensure appropriate diagnosis and management of ocular infectious diseases. Specific clinical signs and symptoms are outlined, and the role of specific diagnostic tests, including molecular biology techniques, is explained. All of the most common microorganisms are considered and current knowledge on the antimicrobial therapy of ocular infections is clearly summarized. Ocular Infections will be a great help to physicians as a guide to the care of patients with ocular infectious diseases.
Contents:
Introduction
Antimicrobial Agents in Ophthalmology
Infections of the Eyelids
Microbial Keratitis
Microbial Conjunctivitis
Infections of the Ocular Adnexae: Nasolacrimal System, Lacrimal Glands, Orbit
Infectious Anterior Uveitis
Infections of the Retina and Posterior Segment
Endophthalmitis
Emerging Ocular Infections.Digital Access Springer 2014 - Digitaleditors, Timothy G. Murray, H. Culver Boldt.Contents:
Ocular melanoma: advances in diagnostic and therapeutic strategies / Timothy G. Murray & H. Culver Boldt
Laboratory discoveries in uveal melanoma / Aart G. Jochemsen & Martine J. Jager --Incidence, prevalence and epidemiology of ocular melanoma / Tero Kivelä
Clinical features and diagnosis / Katrina Mears & H. Culver Boldt
Diagnostic imaging in ocular melanoma / Timothy G. Murray, Fiona J. Ehlies, Andrea Wildner & Aaron S. Gold
Genetics of ocular melanoma and implications for patient risk / Bertil Damato & Sarah E. Coupland
Biopsy approaches and testing strategies for genomic prognostication / Carlos A. Medina & Arun D. Singh
Preoperative clinical evaluation and imaging for uveal melanoma / Sohpie Piperno-Neumann, Vincent Servois, Pascale Mariani & Laurence Desjardins
Regional anesthesia for surgical management of ocular melanoma / Jacqueline Tutiven & Michael Vigoda
Enucleation surgery in advanced ocular disease / Daniel Gologorsky & Timothy G. Murray
Brachytherapy for uveal melanoma / Samuel K. Houston 3rd, H. Culver Boldt & Timothy G. Murray
Charged particle radiotherapy for ocular melanoma / Ivana K. Kim, Anne Marie Lane, Helen A. Shih & Evangelos S. Gragoudas
Adjunctive treatment strategies for high-risk ocular melanoma / Sapna P. Patel & Dan S. Gombos
Treatment strategies for clinically detectable metastatic uveal melanoma / Aakanksha Prasad Asija, Makoto Yoshida & Takami Sato
Surveillance for early detection of metastatic ocular melanoma following definitive local therapy / Jasmine H. Francis, Tero Kivelä & Richard D. Carvajal
Ophthalmic screening for postradiotherapy complications: implications for treatment and visual outcomes / Samuel K. Houston 3rd, Nisha Shah & Timothy G. Murray
Collaborative Ocular Melanoma Study: overview of outcomes / Barbara S. Hawkins
Surgical management of radiation-related complications / Samuel K. Houstin 3rd & Timothy G. Murray
Visual rehabilitation for ocular melanoma / Aaron S. Gold, Azeema Latiff & Timothy G. Murray
Index.Digital Access TandFonline 2014 - Digitaleditor, Duangnate Rojanaporn.Summary: This atlas covers all aspects of retina, retinal pigment epithelium, and choroidal tumors, as well as other simulating lesions of intraocular tumors and paraneoplastic syndromes. Each chapter features numerous high-quality pictures based on multimodal imaging, including color fundus photography, fundus autofluorescence, optical coherence tomography, ultrasonography, ultra-widefield imaging, and fundus angiography. Designed to assist in the diagnosis and treatment of posterior segment intraocular tumors and simulating lesions, this book is intended for ocular oncologists, retina specialists, general ophthalmologists, residents and retina fellows. Ocular Oncology atlas is part of the series Retina Atlas, which provides global perspectives on vitreoretinal diseases, covering imaging basics, retinal vascular disease, macular disorders, ocular inflammatory and infectious disorders, retinal degeneration, surgical retina, ocular oncology, pediatric retina and trauma. Retina Atlas consists of 9 volumes and about 100 chapters, presenting validated and comprehensive information on retinal disorders.
- DigitalAparna Ramasubramanian, editor.Summary: This book concentrates on ocular oncology covering the latest advances in both adult and pediatric oncology. The topics covered are: retinoblastoma, melanoma, graft vs. host disease, squamous cell neoplasia, intraocular lymphoma, coats disease, and choroidal hemangioma. Each chapter is written by an expert in the field and covers the most recent developments in management. As part of the series "Current Practices in ophthalmology" this volume is meant for residents, fellows-in-training, generalist ophthalmologists and specialists alike.
Contents:
Chapter 1: Current Management of Retinoblastoma
Chapter 2: Diagnosis and Management of Small Choroidal Melanoma
Chapter 3: Genetic Implications of Ocular Melanoma
Chapter 4: Advancements in the Management of Optic Pathway Gliomas
Chapter 5: Current Management of Ocular Squamous Cell Neoplasia
Chapter 6: Intraocular Lymphoma
Chapter 7: Update on Management of Coats Disease
Chapter 8: Management of Choroidal Hemangioma.Digital Access Springer 2019 - DigitalMyron Yanoff and Joseph William Sassani.Contents:
Basic principles of pathology
Congenital anomalies
Nongranulomatous inflammation : uveitis, endophthalmitis, and sequelae
Granulomatous inflammation
Surgical and nonsurgical trauma
Skin and lacrimal drainage system
Conjunctiva
Cornea and sclera
Uvea
Lens
Neural (sensory) retina
Vitreous
Optic nerve
Orbit
Diabetes mellitus
Glaucoma
Ocular melanocytic tumors
Retinoblastoma and stimulating lesions.Digital Access ClinicalKey 2020 - DigitalAmir A. Azari, MD, Clinical Assistant Professor, Wills Eye Institute, Jefferson Medical College of Thomas Jefferson University, Philadelphia, PA, USA, Daniel M. Albert, MD, MS, F.A. Davis Professor, Department of Ophthalmology and Visual Sciences, University of Wisconsin School of Medicine and Public Health, Founding Director, University of Wisconsin McPherson Eye Research Instiute, Madison, WI, USA.Digital Access ClinicalKey 2015
- Digitaledited by Brian C. Gilger.Contents:
Challenges in ocular pharmacokinetics, pharmacodynamics, and toxicology / Brian C. Gilger
Selection of appropriate animal models in ocular research : ocular anatomy and physiology of common animal models / Brian C. Gilger, Eva Abarca, and Jacklyn H. Salmon
Challenges and strategies in drug residue measurement (bioanalysis) of ocular tissues / Poonam R. Velagaleti and Michael H. Buonarati
Chemistry, manufacturing, and control of ophthalmic formulations / Malay Ghosh and Imran Ahmed
ADME and ocular therapeutics : retina / Cornelis J. Van der Schyf, Samuel D. Crish, Christine Crish, Denise Inman, and Werner J. Geldenhuys
Compositions, formulation, pharmacology, pharmacokinetics, and toxicity of topical, periocular, and intravitreal ophthalmic drugs / Kishore Cholkar, Aswani Dutt Vadlapudi, Hoang M. Trinh, and Ashim K. Mitra
Sustained-release ocular drug delivery systems : bench to bedside development / Susan S. Lee, Michael R. Robinson, and Scott M. Whitcup
Ophthalmic examination as it pertains to general ocular toxicology : basic and advanced techniques and species-associated findings / David A. Wilkie
Study design and methodologies for evaluation of anti-glaucoma drugs / Paul E. Miller
Study design and methodologies for study of ocular medical devices / Joseph W. Carraway and Elaine M. Daniel
Methodologies for microscopic characterization of ocular toxicity / Leandro B.C. Teixeira and James A. Render
Nanoparticles for drug and gene delivery in treating diseases of the eye / Shreya S. Kulkarni and Uday B. Kompella.Digital Access Springer 2014 - DigitalIoannis Pallikaris, Miltiadis K. Tsilimbaris, Anna I. Dastiridou, editors.Summary: This book focuses on the concept of ocular rigidity, the biomechanical properties and hydrodynamics of the human eye. The basics of anatomy and physiology are explored and the relevant data for the clinician are emphasized throughout the book. The engineering aspects as well as the clinical interpretation are presented to provide context. Ocular Rigidity, Biomechanics and Hydrodynamics of the Eye summarises recent evidence on ocular rigidity, but also provides a complete presentation of the data so far. The authors have recently worked on ocular rigidity corneal and globe biomechanics and hydrodynamics and the new, up-to-date data on the subject are highlighted in each chapter. The aim is to provide the framework or the understanding of these parameters and to determine their relevance in health and disease. This book will be an essential read for all practicing ophthalmologists looking to gain a more in-depth understanding of this interesting area of research particularly in refractive surgery and glaucoma.
Contents:
The concept of ocular rigidity: Engineering approach
The concept of ocular rigidity: Clinical approach
Methods of measuring ocular rigidity in the human eye
Surrogate measures of ocular rigidity in the human eye
Biomechanical Properties of the Cornea
Biomechanical Properties of the Sclera
Biomechanical Properties of the Choroid (and role in the measurement of ocular rigidity)
Biomechanics of the lens: Hydrodynamics of Accomodation
Biomechanics of the lens: Ocular rigidity and Presbyopia
Trabecular meshwork biomechanics
The aqueous fluidics
Ocular rigidity and tonometry
Ocular rigidity and tonography
Factors that affect ocular rigidity: Age
Factors that affect ocular rigidity: Axial length
Factors that affect ocular rigidity: IOP
Ocular rigidity and disease: Cornea disease
Ocular rigidity and disease: Glaucoma
Ocular rigidity and disease: Age- related Macular Degeneration
Ocular rigidity and disease: Diabetes
Ocular rigidity and disease: High myopia
Ocular rigidity and disease: Uveitis
Ocular rigidity and disease: Other conditions (Scleral buckling, osteogenesis imperfect etc)
Ocular rigidity and drugs
Ocular rigidity and Surgery. - DigitalBruce E. Onofrey, Leonid Skorin Jr, Nicky R. Holdeman.Summary: "Offering concise, easy-access information for the most common ocular problems, Ocular Therapeutics Handbook: A Clinical Manual is a proven, practical resource for optometrists, nurses, and primary care physicians. A consistent outline format and numerous algorithms make vital information easy to retrieve, while a problem-oriented approach provides a real-world perspective and helps build critical thinking skills. The revised 4th Edition includes an accompanying eBook that contains all of the content in the book, plus additional clinical photographs, illustrations, and surgical and procedural videos."--PublisherDigital Access Ovid 2020
- DigitalH.V. Nema, Nitin Nema, editors.Summary: The book covers practically all tumors of eye and adnexa. Chapters are contributed by well-established ocular oncologists of India. It describes retinoblastoma, malignant melanoma and lymphoma in some detail while covering tumors of lids and conjunctiva briefly. Separate chapters are devoted to the pathology of retinoblastoma, genetics of retinoblastoma and malignant melanoma. Each chapter is profusely illustrated. The book provides state-of-the-art knowledge needed to diagnose ocular cancers in the early stage and to treat them effectively. The book meets the curriculum of postgraduate studies of the Indian Universities. It will be very useful for students who are preparing for MD, MS, DNB and FRCS examinations. The book will assist practicing ophthalmologists in early diagnosis and treatment of ocular tumors.
Contents:
Intraocular tumors: An overview
Retinoblastoma
Genetics of retinoblastoma
Recent aspects of pathology of retinoblastoma
Malignant melanoma of choroid
Genetics of malignant melanoma
Pitfalls in the diagnosis of malignant melanoma
Intraocular lymphoma
Vasoproliferative tumors of retina
Choroidal metastasis
Eye and leukemia
Malignant orbital tumors
Tumors of lids
Tumors of conjunctiva. - DigitalSohan Singh Hayreh.Summary: This book provides a comprehensive account of the pathogenesis, clinical features, and management of ocular vascular occlusive disorders, with the focus very much on the scientific evidence. This offers a sound basis for addressing the many controversies that surround these disorders, which collectively constitute the most common cause of visual impairment or blindness. The book is divided into two sections, the first of which addresses the basic science and encompasses vascular anatomy, blood supply and flow, and retinal tolerance time to acute ischemia. The second, clinical, section covers the presentation, clinical features, diagnosis, and treatment of the full range of vascular occlusive disorders of the retina, the choroid, the anterior segment of the eye, ophthalmic manifestations of carotid artery disease and the optic nerve. ℗ℓ In writing Ocular Vascular Occlusive Disorders, the author has drawn upon more than 55 years of experience in basic and clinical research. The book will be an invaluable source of information for general ophthalmologists, and particularly for retina specialists, neuro-ophthalmologists, and researchers. It is hoped that it will go far in rectifying the lack of in-depth scientific understanding that is the source of many misapprehensions and debates.
Contents:
BASIC SCIENCES: Ophthalmic artery
Central retinal artery
Cilioretinal artery
Posterior ciliary arteries
Orbital veins
Retinal capillaries
Optic nerve head blood supply
Anterior segment blood supply
Blood-retinal barrier
Blood flow
Retinal tolerance time to acute ischemia. CLINICAL SCIENCES: Clinical evaluation of patients with ocular vascular occlusive disorders
Central retinal artery occlusion
Branch retinal artery occlusion
Cilioretinal artery occlusion
Hemicentral retinal artery occlusion
Cotton-wool spots
Posterior ciliary artery occlusion
Anterior segment ischemia
Optic nerve head ischemia
Ophthalmic manifestations of carotid artery disease
Central retinal vein occlusion
Hemi-central retinal vein occlusion
Branch retinal vein occlusion
Vortex vein occlusion
Hypertensive fundus changes
Amaurosis fugax in ocular vascular occlusive disorders. . - DigitalAdam J. Cohen, Cat Nguyen Burkat, editors.Summary: This comprehensive text covers both core and advanced principles within oculofacial, orbital, and lacrimal surgery with extensive detail not found in any other current book on the subject. Richly illustrated with hundreds of images, Oculofacial, Orbital, and Lacrimal Surgery: A Compendium is written and edited by international leaders in fields spanning ophthalmology, otolaryngology, oral and maxillofacial surgery, and plastic surgery. Covering topics such as embryology, anatomy, and physiology of the lacrimal system, imaging for orbital diseases and thyroid-related ophthalmology, and flap geometry and planning, this book is an excellent resource for those in training, as well as seasoned clinicians looking to stay current. This book is divided into five sections: Eyelid, Oculofacial, Lacrimal, Orbit, and Socket, with each section containing detailed chapters addressing evaluation, imaging, and various surgical approaches and management. Designed to not only provide an anatomical and surgical guide for all three types of surgeries, but to help physicians avoid mistakes and correct complications of patients referred to them, Oculofacial, Orbital, and Lacrimal Surgery: A Compendium is the definitive, authoritative reference on this complex field.Digital Access Springer 2019
- DigitalBrian Leatherbarrow, BSc, MBChB, DO, FRCS, FRCOphth ; artwork by Philip Ferguson Jones, MMAA, RMIP, Medical Illustrator.Digital Access
- Digitaledited by Essam A. El Toukhy.Summary: Oculoplastic Surgery: A Practical Guide to Common Disorders provides guidance on various clinical approaches for treating oculoplastic disorders as well as ocular trauma. In addition, highly illustrated and informative chapters examine the interaction between oculoplasty, ophthalmic sub-specialties (pediatrics, cataract, refractive, neuro, glaucoma) and other clinical areas including ENT, maxillofacial, dermatology, general plastic surgery and psychiatry. Consultants, surgeons, trainees and health professionals from all the specialties and sub-specialties related to oculoplasty, will find this book to be an indispensable resource for further developing skills and knowledge in the field of oculoplastic surgery.
Contents:
Basics of oculoplastic procedures
anaesthesia in oculoplasty
benign lid lesions
malignant lid lesions
common eyelid malpositions
centurion syndrome
floppy eyelid syndrome
congenital ptosis
blepharophimosis and marcus gunn as special types of pediatric ptosis
correction of congenital ptosis with poor levator function with the frontalis flap procedure
adult ptosis
blepharospasm, hemifacial spasm and functional applications of neurotoxins in the periocular area
eyelid reconstruction
trichiasis and trachoma
facial nerve palsy and oculoplasty
upper blepharoplasty and browplasty
lower blepharoplasty
the cosmetic use of injectables in oculoplasty
body dysmorphic disorder
dry eye disease
congenital nasolacrimal duct obstruction
acquired lacrimal obstruction
punctal stenosis
canalicular obstruction
dacryoadenitis, dacryocystitis, and canaliculitis
pediatric ophthalmology and oculoplasty
refractive surgery and oculoplasty
pathology and oculoplasty
the nasal sinuses and oculoplasty
neuro ophthalmology and oculoplasty
oncological and maxillofacial considerations of periorbital lesions
periorbital dermatology and oculoplasty
glaucoma and oculoplasty
orbital evaluation and proptosis
Radiology and oculoplasty
common orbital disorders in children
common orbital disorders in adults
thyroid eye disease (ted)
the surgical approach to the orbit
eyelid injuries
lacrimal injuries
orbital trauma
evisceration
enucleation
orbital implants & eye prosthesis
orbital implants. - DigitalRobert Penne, MD, Director and Attending Surgeon, Oculoplastics Service, Co-Director, Ocular Cicatricial Pemphigoid Clinic, Wills Eye Hospital, Professor of Ophthalmology, Sidney Kimmel Medical College at Thomas Jefferson University, Philadelphia, Pennsylvania ; series editor, Christopher J. Rapuano, MD, Director and Attending Surgeon, Cornea Service, Co-Director, Refractive Surgery Department, Wills Eye Hospital, Professor of Ophthalmology, Sidney Kimmel Medical College of Thomas Jefferson University, Philadelphia, Pennsylvania.Digital Access
- DigitalEssam A. El Toukhy, editor.Summary: This book is a concise, easy-to-use multi-choice question and answer resource in oculoplasty for ophthalmologists undertaking exams in this sub-specialty. Each chapter contains a short didactic summary of the topic followed by MCQs and answers. References to the full-text book Oculoplastic Surgery: A Practical Guide to Common Disorders are also included in the answer section of each chapter. This unique format allows readers to dip into MCQs to practice for exams while also providing clear references of where to find chapters from a larger text. This book includes MCQs that examine the interaction between oculoplasty, ophthalmic sub-specialties (pediatrics, cataract, refractive, neuro, glaucoma) and other clinical areas including ENT, maxillofacial, dermatology, general plastic surgery and psychiatry. Consultants, surgeons and trainees from all ophthalmic specialties and sub-specialties will find this book to be an indispensable resource for exam revision in oculoplasty.
Contents:
Chapter 1. Basics of Oculoplasty and Anesthesia (Essam A El Toukhy)
Chapter 2. Lid lesions and Malpositions (Essam A El Toukhy)
Chapter 3. Ptosis (Essam A El Toukhy)
Chapter 4. Lid Reconstruction (Essam A El Toukhy)
Chapter 5. Cosmetics and Injectables (Noha El Toukhy)
Chapter 6. Lacrimal System (Nadeen El Toukhy)
Chapter 7. Trauma (Essam A El Toukhy)
Chapter 8. The Orbit (Essam A El Toukhy)
Chapter 9. Orbital Implants and Prosthesis (Essam A El Toukhy)
Chapter 10. Oculoplasty Interactions with other Specialities (Essam A El Toukhy)
Chapter 11. Thyroid Eye Disease (Essam A El Toukhy). - Digitaledited by Edi Barkai, Donald A. Wilson.Summary: This well-established international series examines major areas of basic and clinical research within neuroscience, as well as emerging and promising subfields. This volume explores interdisciplinary research on invertebrate and vertebrate models of odor memory and perception, as well as human odor memory and perception. This book brings together a collection of authors that cut across model systems, techniques, levels of analysis and questions to highlight important and exciting advances in the area of olfactory memory and perception.Digital Access ScienceDirect 2014
- Digitaledited by Paolo Pelosi, Wolfgang Knoll.Contents:
Chapter One: Genome mining and sequence analysis of chemosensory soluble proteins in arthropods
Chapter Two: Reconstructing protein-coding sequences from ancient DNA
Chapter Three: Bioinformatic, genomic and evolutionary analysis of genes: A case study in dipteran CSPs
Chapter Four: Proteomics of arthropod soluble olfactory proteins
Chapter Five: Analysis of post-translational modifications in soluble proteins involved in chemical communication from mammals and insects
Chapter Six: Bacterial expression and purification of vertebrate odorant-binding proteins
Chapter Seven: Structure of odorant binding proteins and chemosensory proteins determined by X-ray crystallography
Chapter Eight: Solution structure of insect CSP and OBPs by NMR
Chapter Nine: Stability of OBPs
Chapter Ten: Ligand-binding assays with OBPs and CSPs
Chapter Eleven: Fine structure immunocytochemistry—An important tool for research on odorant-binding proteins
Chapter Twelve: Effect of OBPs on the response of olfactory receptors
Chapter Thirteen: Site-directed mutagenesis of odorant-binding proteins
Chapter Fourteen: Silencing of OBP genes: Generation of loss-of-function mutants of PBP by genome editing
Chapter Fifteen: Electrochemical biosensing with odorant binding proteins: Chapter Sixteen - Electronic biosensors based on graphene FETs
Chapter Seventeen: Electronic biosensors based on EGOFETs
Chapter Eighteen: Gravimetric biosensors
Chapter Nineteen: Plasmonic biosensors relying on biomolecular conformational changes: Case of odorant binding proteins.Digital Access ScienceDirect 2020 - Digitaledited by Peter J. Lamb, Graeme Couper.Summary: Oesophagogastric Surgery provides a short, up-to-date and practical reference guide for surgical trainees and established consultants needing an update in their subspecialty practice The seventh edition has been edited and fully revised by respected international experts in their fields, and provides a full list of current references and relevant resources. It includes a focus on early cancer and covers new developments in hiatal surgery and bariatric surgery. This volume is part of the Companion to Specialist Surgical Practice series, the pre-eminent reference for trainees in general surgery and those preparing for the FRCS examinations. Each volume summarises key issues within each surgical sub-specialty and provides evidence-based recommendations to support practice. Written by leading experts from the UK, Europe and around the world Covers all key areas of upper Gastrointestinal surgery Concise and easy to follow - ideal for exam revision or as a refresher aid Fully updated with latest evidence on recent developments, management issues and operative procedures Details of relevant investigations and evidence-based recommendations to support practice Key references to support content, plus a comprehensive list of references in the accompanying eBook Links to recommended online videos for further learning.Digital Access ClinicalKey 2024
- DigitalTohru Asai, Masami Ochi, Hitoshi Yokoyama, editors.Contents:
1. OPCAB made in Japan, evidence on off-pump coronary artery bypass grafting from Japan
2. Statistics of OPCAB in Japan
3. Evidence in OPCAB, critical appraisal of recent RCT based on CABG in Japen
4. Indication and safe strategy
5. Approach
6. Intraoperative management and anesthesia
7. Controversy, volume load vs. vasopressor
8. Urgent pump conversion, when does it occur and how can we prevent it?
9. Exposure
10. Stabilization
11. Securing the distal anastomosis site, coronary artery occlusion, shunt, and blower
12. Graft planning
13. Controversy, composite grafts versus individual grafts
14. Harvesting, tip and pitfalls
15. Graft-coronary anastomosis in off-pump CABG
16. Coronary endarterectomy and long onlay-patch grafting
17. OPCAB proximal
18. Intraoperative graft assessment OPCAB made in Japan
19. Stroke
20. Patient management OPCAB
21. Redo operation
22. Combined surgery (TAA, AAA, or cancer) concomitant or staged surgeries?
23. Difficult heart
24. Difficult corionary OPCAB made in Japan
25. Off-pump CABG for patients with end-stage renal failure
26. How do we teach off-pump surgery to the next generation?
27. Hybrid approach (OPCAB+PCI/TAVI/Ddebranching TEVAR)
28. Robotic surgery
29. OPCAB combined regenerative surgery
Erratum
Index.Digital Access Springer 2015 - DigitalGary F. Bouloux, editor.Summary: This book is based on a review of the closed claims from the Oral and Maxillofacial Surgery Insurance Company (OMSNIC). Themes and trends that have been identified through review of these claims assisted in recognizing multiple causes of anesthesia related complications. This allowed the development of a presentation on the prevention, recognition and management of office based anesthesia complications to be delivered over 10 years to thousands of oral and maxillofacial surgeons in an attempt to reduce the incidence of future complications. This text provides detailed methods to allow the oral and maxillofacial surgeon, anesthetist and anesthesiologist to risk stratify patients as well as prevent, recognize and manage the most common anesthesia related complications. Additionally, it describes how to run an ideal Advanced Cardiac Life Support (ACLS) driven megacode, identify differences in pediatric anesthesia and ideally manage opioid needs of the oral and maxillofacial surgery patient. Office Based Anesthesia Complications is based on the most common anesthesia related complications that have been documented over more than 20 years of data collection for Oral and Maxillofacial Surgery.
Contents:
Intro
Preface
Contents
Contributors
1: Risk Stratification for Office-Based Anesthesia
Introduction
Patient Evaluation
Body Systems and Disease
Cardiac Disease
Coronary Artery Disease and Myocardial Infarction
Cardiac Arrhythmias
Congestive Heart Failure
Valvular Heart Disease and Prosthetic Valves
Respiratory Disease
Asthma
Hepatic Disease
Renal Disease
Geriatric Patients
Suggested Reading
2: Basic Life Support and Advanced Cardiac Life Support
Introduction
Course Certification: Knowledge and Skill Retention The Core Components of Life Support
Airway Management
Instructional and Learning Modalities
Simulation
Crew/Crisis Resource Management
Who Is the Team?
What Should We Do?
Suggested Reading
3: Laryngospasm
Introduction
Prevention
Airway Examination
Recognition
Management
Medication Precautions
Larson Maneuver
Suggested Reading
4: Aspiration
Introduction
Prevention
Recognition
Management
Suggested Reading
5: Asthma
Introduction
Clinical Manifestations
Pathophysiology
Diagnostic Studies
Intermittent Mild Persistent
Moderate Persistent
Severe Persistent
Prevention
Monoclonal Antibody Targets, Route of Administration, and Dosing Frequency
Recognition
Management
Suggested Reading
6: Anaphylaxis
Introduction
Diagnosis
Management
Selected Readings
7: Bronchospasm
Introduction
Prevention
Recognition
Management
Selected Readings
8: Obesity
Introduction
Respiratory System
Cardiovascular System
Other Systems
Prevention
Patient Screening and Conservative Patient Selection
Depth of Anesthesia Limit Setting Robust Monitoring
Staff and Facility Preparation
Recognition
Management
Suggested Reading
9: Obstructive Sleep Apnea
Introduction
Prevention
Pre-operative
Operative
Postoperative
Recognition
Management
Suggested Reading
10: Trismus
Introduction
Etiology
Prevention
Preoperative Assessment
Choice of Drugs
Recognition
Management
Suggested Reading
11: Cardiac Arrhythmias
Introduction
Prevention
Recognition and Management
Management
Management
Management
Management (Also See Fig. 11.2) Management (Also See Fig. 11.2 if Tachycardia or Fig. 11.3 if Bradycardia)
Management (Also See Fig. 11.2)
Management
Management
Management
Management
Management
Management
Management
Management
Management
Suggested Reading
12: Myocardial Infarction
Introduction
Prevention
Local Anesthesia
General Anesthesia
Recognition
Rhythm Strip Interpretation
ST Segment Depression or Elevation
Management
Suggested Reading
13: Pulmonary Embolism
Introduction
Prevention
Recognition
Management
Suggested Reading - Digitaledited by John A. Renner Jr., Petros Levounis, Anna T. LaRose.Summary: With a new foreword by Nora Volkow, Director of the National Institute on Drug Abuse, this second edition of Office-Based Buprenorphine Treatment of Opioid Use Disorder provides updated information on evidence-based treatment for opioid use disorder (OUD)-an increasingly important topic as the epidemic of opioid misuse and overdose deaths grows in the United States. Bulleted clinical pearls at the end of each chapter, as well as specific clinical recommendations and detailed case discussions throughout, make it easier for readers to retain knowledge and integrate it into their clinical practice. The guide also features sample documentation and scales, including a treatment contract and a patient consent, that can be used to model documents in practice. This new edition of Office-Based Buprenorphine Treatment has been updated to reflect DSM-5 language, and two additional chapters have been included: one that addresses other pharmacotherapies useful in treating OUD, including methadone and naltrexone, and another that discusses OUD treatment specifically with regard to women's health and pregnancy. A discussion of the Comprehensive Addiction and Recovery Act (CARA). Advice for working with Alcoholics Anonymous and Narcotics Anonymous. A discussion on integrating buprenorphine into residential and inpatient opioid treatment programs. -- Publisher.
Contents:
Opioid use disorder in america : history and overview / John A. Renner Jr
General opioid pharmacology / John T. Pichot, Mark T. Pichot
Efficacy and safety of buprenorphine / Eric C. Strain, Gerard Iru I. Fernando
Patient assessment / Petros Levounis, Jonathan Avery
Clinical use of buprenorphine / Ricardo Restrepo, Petros Levounis
Buprenorphine treatment in office-based settings / Jeffrey D. Baxter, Dong Chan Park
Psychosocial and supportive treatment / Peter D. Friedmann, Tae Woo Park
Referral, logistics, and diversion / Joji Suzuki, Claudia P. Rodriguez
Methadone, naltrexone, and naloxone / Brad W. Stankiewicz, Saria El Haddad, Anna Terajewicz Larose
Psychiatric comorbidity / Elie Aoun, Elinore F. McCance-Katz
Medical comorbidity / Joseph H. Donroe, Lynn E. Fiellin, David A. Fiellin, Jeanette M. Tetrault
Acute and chronic pain / Daniel P. Alford
Opioid use by adolescents / Ximena Sanchez-Samper, Sharon Levy
Women's health and pregnancy / Anna T. LaRose, Hendree E. Jones
Comments on the case vignettes / John A. Renner Jr., Gregory Acampora.Digital Access PsychiatryOnline 2018 - DigitalJonathan D. Emery, Marie Fidela R. Paraiso, editors.Summary: Recent trends in medicine have pushed many gynecologic procedures to the outpatient setting, whether in-office, in small medical ambulatory surgery centers, or in procedure rooms. Office-Based Gynecologic Surgical Procedures covers both basic and advanced procedures, from biopsy and saline ultrasound to cystoscopy. It answers the "How?", "What?", and "When?" of setting up, preparing for, and confidently performing office procedures. While appropriate training and certification in these procedures such as cystoscopy and hysteroscopy is needed, this book is an excellent resource for advice and tips on how to safely transition from the technique used in the operating room. It also provides the necessary algorithms and in-depth instructions pertinent to performing these types of procedures effectively in the office setting. A chapter on patient safety in the office is also included. Office-Based Gynecologic Surgical Procedures is ideal for established OBGYNs in practice who want to expand their range of procedures offered in-office, fellows in Women's Health, advanced nurse practitioners, recent OBGYN residency graduates, and family medicine physicians eager to familiarize themselves with women's health procedures.
Contents:
Pre-Procedure Patient Evaluation and Management
Getting Started in Office Based Gynecologic Procedures: Office Set-up, Procedural Implications and Ensuring Patient Safety
Informed Consent
Anesthesia and Analgesia
Basic Gynecologic Procedures
Saline Infusion Sonohysterography
Office Diagnostic Hysteroscopy
Hysteroscopic Tubal Sterilization
Office Operative Hysteroscopy: Polyp and Sub-mucosal Fibroid Removal
Office-Based Global Endometrial Ablation
Cystoscopy
Urodynamics
Peri-Urethral Injections
Trigger Point Injections for Pelvic Pain
Colposcopy
Loop Electro-Excision Procedure (LEEP)
Vulvar Biopsy and Excision/Ablation.Digital Access Springer 2015 - DigitalAbdul- latif Hamdan, Robert Thayer Satalof, Mary J. Hawkshaw.Summary: This book provides a detailed description of laryngeal procedures performed under topical anesthesia in an office setting. The last two decades have witnessed a major evolution in laryngology practice toward office-based surgery, thus reducing the risk of general anesthesia and containing healthcare costs while also hastening recovery rates from the time of diagnosis. Beginning with a comprehensive review of the anatomy and physiology of phonation, the book then provides systematic assessment of patients with voice dysfunction secondary to structural and functional laryngeal disorders. It offers detailed instructions on patient selection, safety, tolerance, and proper administration of topical anesthesia. The book supplies detailed descriptions of the various surgical techniques commonly used in office-based laryngeal surgery using colored illustrations, photographs and videos. Different surgical approaches are presented including transcervical, transnasal and per-oral techniques. The book also supplies a thorough review of the literature on the current status of the most commonly performed office-based laryngeal surgeries including patient care, surgical outcome, and complications. Office-Based Laryngeal Surgery help laryngologists operating on awake patients in an office setting to be both well-equipped and well-informed.
Contents:
Anatomy and Physiology of Voice: Core Knowledge
Patient History
Physical examination
Common Medical Diagnosis and Treatments in
Patients with Voice Disorders
Voice Surgery; In-Office Voice Surgery-Basic Background and Principles
Topical anesthesia in office-based
Phonosurgery
Patient safety and Tolerance in office-based Phonosurgery
Surgical Approaches and operative technique in office-based phonosurgery
Office-based Injection laryngoplasty
Office-based laryngeal Botulinum Toxin injection
Office-based laryngeal laser therapy
Office-based injection of steroids and other substances
Other Office-based laryngeal procedures. . - DigitalElie M. Ferneini, Michael T. Goupil, editors.Summary: This book is a comprehensive, step-by-step guide to maxillofacial surgical procedures typically performed in an office setting. It comprises three sections, the first of which provides an overview of general and basic perioperative topics such as medical and facial assessment, laboratory indications, local anesthesia, and oral and parenteral sedation. In the second section, a wide range of dentoalveolar procedures are described in detail. The final section is devoted to maxillofacial cosmetic procedures. Here, readers will find stepwise guidance on scar revision, chemical peel, laser resurfacing, dermabrasion, use of neuromodulators and fillers, neck procedures, blepharoplasty, and hair transplant surgery. The book is written by acknowledged experts and is multi-institutional and multispecialty based. It will meet the needs of multiple surgical professionals, including oral and maxillofacial surgeons, plastic surgeons, otolaryngologists, cosmetic surgeons, dentists, and medical and dental students. Health care providers will also be able to use the book as a resource to expand their knowledge on common maxillofacial surgical procedures.
Contents:
PART I: PERIOPERATIVE TECHNIQUES Chapter 1: Medical Assessment of the Maxillofacial Surgery Patient
Chapter 2: Facial Assessment
Chapter 3: Office-based Laboratory Indications and Interpretation
Chapter 4: Local Anesthesia
Chapter 5: Oral Sedation
Chapter 6: Parenteral Sedation
Chapter 7: Informed Consent: Process and Practice in the Context of Office-based Oral Surgery
PART II : DENTOALVEOLAR PROCEDURES Chapter 8: Differential Diagnosis and Biopsy Techniques
Chapter 9: Frenectomy
Chapter 10: Gingival Augmentation Surgery for Specific Mucogingival Problems
Chapter 11: Management of Oroantral Communications
Chapter 12: Exposure of Impacted Teeth
Chapter 13: Molar Uprighting
Chapter 14: Management of Impacted Teeth
Chapter 15: Coronectomy
PART III: MAXILLOFACIAL COSMETIC PROCEDURES Chapter 16: Scar Revision in the Office Setting
Chapter 17: Chemical Peels
Chapter 18: Laser Skin Resurfacing
Chapter 19: Dermabrasion
Chapter 20: Neuromodulators
Chapter 21: Facial Fillers
Chapter 22: Neck Procedures
Chapter 23: Blepharoplasty
Chapter 24: Genioplasty. - Digitaledited by David Chelmow [and three others].Summary: This case-based guide covers 100 gynecologic problems commonly encountered in office practice settings, from the simple to the complex. It encourages evidence-based care and incorporates up-to-date guidance on evaluation and management in office practice. Clinical problems are discussed in a clear, case-based format. The book integrates current guidelines and recommendations, supplemented with carefully-researched and vetted expert opinion for situations for which no guidelines exist. Each gynecologic problem is assessed through a brief case presentation followed by an in-depth discussion with visual aids. Question and answer sections feature teaching points. Cases and discussions are detailed enough to guide practice, yet remain focused and concise, with each case designed to be read in the time available when seeing a patient in clinical practice. An invaluable reference guide for gynecologists, family physicians, internal medicine providers, and other women's health care providers who offer office-based gynecologic care.Digital Access Cambridge 2019
- PrintSummary: Includes 1958-<1972> Annual report of the director of the Pan American Sanitary Bureau; 1959-<1991> Basic documents of the Pan American Health Organization.
- Digitaledited by Andrew D. Bersten, Jonathan M. Handy.Summary: "For nearly 40 years, Oh's Intensive Care Manual has been the quick reference of choice for ICU physicians at all levels of experience. The revised 8th edition maintains this tradition of excellence, providing fast access to practical information needed every day in today's intensive care unit. This bestselling manual covers all aspects of intensive care in sufficient detail for daily practice while keeping you up to date with the latest innovations in the field"--Publisher's description.
Contents:
Part 1: Organisation aspects. Design and organisation of intensive care units
Critical care Outreach & rapid response systems
Severity Scoring and Outcome Prediction
Transport of the critically ill patients
Physiotherapy in intensive care
Critical care nursing
Ethics
Common problems after ICU
Clinical information systems
Trials
Palliative care
ICU and the elderly
Team based health care delivery
Genetics and Sepsis
Part 2: Shock. Overview of shock
Haemodynamic monitoring
Multi-organ dysfunction syndrome
Monitoring oxygenation
Hyperlactatemia in Critical Illness
Part 3: Acute coronary care. Acute cardiac investigations and interventions
Cardiopulmonary resuscitation (including defibrillation)
Cardiac arrhythmias (combine with drugs)
Cardiac pacing
Acute Heart failure and Pulmonary Hypertension
Valvular and congenital heart disease and infective endocarditis
Postoperative cardiac intensive care
Echocardiography in intensive care
Part 4: Respiratory failure. Oxygen therapy
Airway management and acute airway obstruction
Acute respiratory failure in chronic obstructive pulmonary disease
Mechanical ventilator support
Humidifiers and inhalation therapy
Acute respiratory distress syndrome include fat embolism
Pulmonary embolism
Acute severe asthma
Pneumonia
Noninvasive ventilation
Respiratory monitoring
Chest imaging
Ultrasound in the ICU
ECMO
Part 5: Gastroenterological emergencies. Acute gastrointestinal bleeding
Acute pancreatitis
Hepatic failure
Abdominal Surgical Catastrophes
Implications of solid tumours for Intensive Care
Part 6: Acute renal failure. Acute Kidney Injury
Renal Replacement Therapy
Part 7: Neurological disorders. Disorders of consciousness
Status epilepticus
Acute cerebrovascular complications
Cerebral protection
Brain death
Meningitis and encephalomyelitis
Tetanus
Delirium
ICU acquired weakness
Neuromuscular disorders
Part 8: Endocrine disorders. Diabetic emergencies
Diabetes insipidus and other polyuric syndromes
Thyroid emergencies
Adrenocortical insufficiency
Acute calcium disorders
Part 9: Obstetric emergencies. Preeclampsia and eclampsia
Obstetric emergencies
Severe cardiac disease in pregnancy
Part 10: Infections and immune disorders. Anaphylaxis
Host defence and immunodeficiency
HIV and AIDS
Sepsis and Septic shock
Nosocomial infections
Severe soft tissue infections
Fungal infection
Principles of antibiotic use in the ICU
Tropical diseases
Part 11: Severe and multiple trauma. Severe and multiple injuries
Severe head injuries
Faciomaxillary and upper airway injuries
Chest injuries
Spinal injuries
Abdominal and pelvic injuries
Part 12: Environmental injuries. Submersion
Burns
Thermal disorders
Electrical safety and injuries
Envenomation
Blast and ballistic trauma
Bioterrorism
Part 13: Pharmacologic considerations. Pharmacokinetics, pharmacodynamics and drug monitoring in acute illness
Poisoning and drug intoxication
Sedation and pain management in intensive care
Vasopressors and inotropes
Vasodilators and antihypertensives
Part 14: Metabolic homeostasis. Acid-base balance and disorders
Fluid and electrolyte therapy
Enteral and parenteral nutrition
Part 15: Haematological management. Blood transfusion
Colloids and blood products
Plasmapheresis, therapeutic plasma exchange and intravenous immunoglobulin therapy
Haemostatic failure
Haematological malignancy
Part 16: Transplantation. Organ donation
Liver transplantation
Heart and lung transplantation
Part 17: Paediatric intensive care. The critically ill child
Upper airway obstruction in children
Acute respiratory failure in children
Paediatric fluid and electrolyte therapy
Sedation and analgesia in children
Shock and cardiac disease in children
Neurological emergencies in children
Paediatric trauma
Treatment limitation and organ procurement
Paediatric poisoning and envenomation
Paediatric cardiopulmonary resuscitation.Digital Access ClinicalKey 2019 - Digitaledited by Andrew Bersten, Neil Soni.Summary: Whether you're a newcomer to the ICU or a seasoned practitioner, Oh's Intensive Care Manual delivers the practical, expert answers you need to manage the conditions you see every day in the intensive care unit. This highly esteemed, bestselling medical reference book presents comprehensive detail on each topic, while maintaining a succinct, accessible style so this information can be seamlessly incorporated into your daily practice. Access everything you need to know about disease processes and their management during the course of ICU rotations. Gain valuable insight into the consensus of practice and standard of ICU care as followed in the UK, Europe, India, and Australia. Take advantage of expert advice on practical issues that will be encountered on a day-to-day basis in the ICU, as well as common pitfalls in treatment and management emphasized in each chapter.
Contents:
pt. One Organisation Aspects
1. Design and organisation of intensive care units / Felicity H. Hawker
2. Critical care outreach and rapid response systems / Christian P. Subbe
3. Severity of illness and likely outcome from critical illness / Mark Palazzo
4. Transport of critically ill patients / Matthew R. Hooper
5. Physiotherapy in intensive care / Mandy O. Jones
6. Critical care nursing / John R. Welch
7. Ethics in intensive care / Malcolm M. Fisher
8.Common problems after ICU / Evelyn Corner
9. Clinical information systems / David Fraenkel
10. Clinical trials in critical care / Anthony Delaney
11. Palliative care / Neil Soni
12. ICU and the elderly / Richard Keays
13. Health care team in intensive care medicine / Gerry O'Callaghan
14. Preparing for examinations in intensive care medicine / Liz Hickson
pt. Two Shock
15. Overview of shock / Sandra L. Peake
16. Haemodynamic monitoring / David J. Sturgess 17. Multiple organ dysfunction syndrome / Marriane J. Chapman
18. Monitoring oxygenation / Balasubramanian Venkatesh
19. Lactic acidosis / Alistair D. Nichol
pt. Three Acute Coronary Care
20. Acute cardiac syndromes, investigations and interventions / Bradley Power
21. Adult cardiopulmonary resuscitation / Peter T. Morley
22. Management of cardiac arrhythmias / Andrew Holt
23. Cardiac pacing and implantable cardioverter defibrillators / Oliver R. Segal
24. Acute heart failure / David Treacher
25. Valvular and congenital heart disease and bacterial endocarditis / Susanna Price
26. Intensive care after cardiac surgery / Raymond F. Raper
27. Echocardiography in the intensive care unit / Susanna Price
pt. Four Respiratory Failure
28. Oxygen therapy / Adrian J. Wagstaff
29. Airway management and acute airway obstruction / Gordon Y.S. Choi
30. Acute respiratory failure in chronic obstructive pulmonary disease / David V. Tuxen 31. Mechanical ventilation / Andrew D. Bersten
32. Humidification and inhalation therapy / Andrew D. Bersten
33. Acute respiratory distress syndrome / Andrew D. Bersten
34. Pulmonary embolism / David V. Pilcher
35. Acute severe asthma / Matthew T. Naughton
36. Pneumonia / Charles D. Gomersall
37. Non-invasive ventilation / Andrew D. Bersten
38. Respiratory monitoring / Andrew D. Bersten
39. Imaging the chest / Simon P.G. Padley
40. Ultrasound in the ICU / Ubbo F. Wiersema
41. Extracorporeal membrane oxygenation (ECMO) / Vincent Pellegrino
41.1. ECMO for respiratory failure
41.2. ECMO for cardiac failure
pt. Five Gastroenterological Emergencies and Surgery
42. Acute gastrointestinal bleeding / Joseph J.Y. Sung
43. Severe acute pancreatitis / Duncan L.A. Wyncoll
44. Liver failure / Julia Wendon
44.1. Acute hepatic failure
44.2. Cirrhosis and acute-on-chronic liver disease 45. Abdominal surgical catastrophes / Stephen J. Streat
46. Solid tumours and their implications in the ICU / Pascale Gruber
pt. Six Acute Renal Failure
47. Acute kidney injury / Rinaldo Bellomo
48. Renal replacement therapy / Rinaldo Bellomo
pt. Seven Neurological Disorders
49. Disorders of consciousness / Balasubramanian Venkatesh
50. Status epilepticus / Helen I. Opdam
51. Acute cerebrovascular complications / Thearina de Beer
52. Cerebral protection / Michelle Hayes
53. Brain death / Martin Smith
54. Meningitis and encephalomyelitis / Angus M. Kennedy
55. Tetanus / Jeffrey Lipman
56. Delirium / Marcela P. Vizcaychipi
57. Neuromuscular diseases in intensive care / Manoj K. Saxena
pt. Eight Endocrine Disorders
58. Diabetic emergencies / Richard Keays
59. Diabetes insipidus and other polyuric syndromes / Alastair C. Carr
60. Thyroid emergencies / Ying Li 61. Adrenocortical insufficiency in critical illness / Jeremy Cohen
62. Acute calcium disorders / Balasubramanian Venkatesh
pt. Nine Obstetric Emergencies
63. Preeclampsia and eclampsia / Tony Gin
64. General obstetric emergencies / Tony Gin
65. Severe pre-existing disease in pregnancy / Steve M. Yentis
pt. Ten Infections and Immune Disorders
66. Anaphylaxis / Malcolm M. Fisher
67. Host defence mechanisms and immunodeficiency disorders / Alexander A. Padiglione
68. HIV and acquired immunodeficiency syndrome / Steve McGloughlin
69. Severe sepsis / A. Raffaele De Gaudio
70. Nosocomial infections / Rishi H-P Dhillon
71. Severe soft-tissue infections / Didier Pittet
72. Principles of antibiotic use / Jeffrey Lipman
73. Tropical diseases / Michael E. Pelly
pt. Eleven Severe and Multiple Trauma
74. Severe and multiple trauma / Li C. Hsee
75. Severe head injuries / Manoj K. Saxena pt. Fourteen Metabolic Homeostasis
92. Acid
base balance and disorders / Thomas J. Morgan
93. Fluid and electrolyte therapy / Simon Finfer
94. Enteral and parenteral nutrition / Richard Leonard
pt. Fifteen Haematological Management
95. Blood transfusion / James P. Isbister
96. Colloids and blood products / Matthias Jacob
97. Therapeutic plasma exchange and intravenous immunoglobulin therapy / James P. Isbister
98. Haemostatic failure / James P. Isbister
99. Haematological malignancy / Timothy Wigmore
pt. Sixteen Transplantation
100.Organ donation / Stephen J. Streat
101. Liver transplantation / Julia Wendon
102. Heart and lung transplantation / Paul C. Jansz
pt. Seventeen Paediatric Intensive Care
103. The critically ill child / Shelley D. Riphagen
104. Upper airway obstruction in children / Sara Hanna
105. Acute respiratory failure in children / Kevin Plumpton 106. Paediatric fluid and electrolyte therapy / Frank Shann
107. Sedation and analgesia in children / Geoff Knight
108. Shock and cardiac disease / Johnny Millar
109. Neurological emergencies in children / Anthony J. Slater
110. Paediatric trauma / Kevin McCaffery
111. Withholding and withdrawing life-sustaining medical treatment in children / James Tibballs
112. Paediatric poisoning / James Tibballs
113. Paediatric cardiopulmonary resuscitation / James Tibballs.Digital Access ScienceDirect 2014 - DigitalMaizura Ithnin, Ahmad Kushairi, editors.Summary: This book compiles the fundamental advances resulting from of oil-palm genome and transcriptome sequencing, and describes the challenges faced and strategies applied in sequencing, assembling and annotating oil palm genome sequences. The availability of genome and transcriptome data has made the mining of a high number of new molecular markers useful for genetic diversity as well as marker-trait association studies and the book presents high-throughput genotyping platforms, which allow the detection of QTL regions associated with interesting oil palm traits such as oil unsaturation and yield components using classical genetic and association mapping approaches. Lastly, it also presents the discovery of major genes governing economically important traits of the oil palm. Covering the history of oil palm expansion, classical and molecular cytogenetics, improvements based on wild and advanced genetic materials, and the science of oil palm breeding, the book is a valuable resource for scientists involved in plant genetic research.
Contents:
Oil palm : History and importance Taxonomy, center of diversity, center of origin, history of economic expansion
Wild and advanced resources Genetic resources, breeding populations for E. guineensis and E. oleifera
Cytogenetics Classical and molecular cytogenetics
Classical Genetics and Conventional Plant Breeding Oil palm breeding techniques, oil palm breeding scheme (Modified RRS, backcrossing). Challenges faced in conventional oil palm breeding programs
Oil Palm tissue culture- fast tracking elite commercial lines Improving cloning efficiency Overcoming abnormality issues observed in clonally propagated palms
Oil palm transgenic research Challenges, update and future outlook
Towards oil palm genome sequencing, assembly and annotation Highlights on the limitations of conventional breeding, tissue culture and transgenic research and requirement of genome sequences Challenges, approaches and strategies applied
Molecular evolution Genetic diversity based on sequencing and analysis with molecular markers (SSRs and SNPs) Looking at evolution via chloroplast and mitochondrial genome analysis
Identifying genes influencing monogenically inherited traits (shell & fruit colour genes)
Dissecting complex traits via conventional QTL analysis and Association mapping QTLs detected : FAC, height, yield, bunch components.Digital Access Springer 2020 - DigitalBeenu Tanwar, Ankit Goyal, editors.Summary: Oilseeds offer a plethora of opportunities for the food and feed industry, thanks to their high oil and protein content. Their phytonutrients and functional components have attracted the interest of researchers, leading to the development of functional foods. This book gathers the latest scientific information on the nutrients, phytonutrients and health benefits as well as the adverse effects of consuming various conventional and non-conventional oilseeds. In addition, each chapter includes a section comprehensively explaining the use of oilseeds in functional bakery, dairy, and other food products. Given its scope, the book is a valuable resource for students, researchers, nutritionists, food scientists and technologists, and for anyone involved in product development based on oilseed and its components.
Contents:
Soybean (Glycine max)
Rapeseed/Canola (Brassica napus)
Cottonseed (Gossypium hirsutum),- Ground nut (Arachis hypogaea)
Sunflower (Helianthus annuus) seed
Palm /Palm kernel (Elaeis guineensis)
Coconut (Cocos nucifera),- Mustard (Brassica nigra) seed,- Olive (Olea europaea),- Flaxseed (Linum usitatissimum), - Chia seed (Salvia hispanica),- Sesame (Sesamum indicum) seed
Nigella (Nigella sativa) seed,- Borage (Borago officinalis) seed,- Hempseed (Cannabis sativa),- Rice (Oryza sativa) bran,- Safflower (Carthamus tinctorius)
Camelina (Camelina sativa) seed,- Pumpkin (Cucurbita pepo) seed,- Cumin (Cuminum cyminum) seed. - DigitalJosé M. Martín-Durán, Bruno C. Vellutini, editors.Summary: Animal evolution has always been at the core of Biology, but even today many fundamental questions remain open. The field of animal 'evo-devo' is leveraging recent technical and conceptual advances in development, paleontology, genomics and transcriptomics to propose radically different answers to traditional evolutionary controversies. This book is divided into four parts, each of which approaches animal evolution from a different perspective. The first part (chapters 2 and 3) investigates how new sources of evidence have changed conventional views of animal origins, while the second (chapters 4-8) addresses the connection between embryogenesis and evolution, and the genesis of cellular, tissue and morphological diversity. The third part (chapters 9 and 10) investigates how big data in molecular biology is transforming our understanding of the mechanisms governing morphological change in animals. In closing, the fourth part (chapters 11-13) explores new theoretical and conceptual approaches to animal evolution. 'Old questions and young approaches to animal evolution' offers a comprehensive and updated view of animal evolutionary biology that will serve both as a first step into this fascinating field for students and university educators, and as a review of complementary approaches for researchers.
Contents:
Part 1. Animal Origins
Chapter 1. 1. The protistan cellular and genomic roots of animal multicellularity
Chapter 2. Exceptionally preserved Cambrian fossils in the genomic era
Part 2. The developmental view of animal evolution
Chapter 3. Comparative embryology as a way to understand evolution
Chapter 4. How do developmental programs evolve?
Chapter 5. How do morphological novelties evolve? Novel approaches to define novel morphologies
Chapter 6. Germ layer evolution: using novel approaches to address a classic evolutionary embryological problem
Chapter 7. Origin and evolution of nervous systems
Part 3. The genomic view of animal evolution
Chapter 8. Boosting macroevolution: genomic changes triggering qualitative expansions of regulatory potential
Chapter 9. How do gene networks promote morphological evolution?
Part 4. Theoretical approaches to animal evolution
Chapter 10. How does modularity in the genotype-phenotype map shape development and evolution?
Chapter 11. Can we compute the embryo?
Chapter 12. What is a biological individual? - DigitalJean-François Picimbon, editor.Summary: Evolution gave rise to a prominent insect diversity at every level of ecological niche. Since then, hordes of insects have threatened human and cattle health as well as most of all green lands and agricultural crops. Now, the insect problem expands from many mutant forms of yellow dengue fever mosquitoes to highly-resistant larvae of most all various phytophageous species. The tremendous expansion of insect pests is due not only to an increasing resistance capacity to insecticides, but also to a strong capacity for adapting to different climate and environmental changes, including global warming. Obviously insects display a number of sophisticated systems to build an extremely efficient organism to survive in a changing world. In many species, one pheromone molecule is enough to trigger mating behavior. Therefore, insects have become crucial models not only for evolutionary studies, but also for understanding specific mechanisms underlying sensory-based behaviors. Most of insect species such as ants, beetles, cockroaches, locusts, moths and mosquitoes largely rely on olfactory cues to explore the environment and find conspecifics and food resources. A conglomerate of renowned international scientific experts is gathered to expose the insect problem on the various continents of the planet and propose an alternative to the use of toxic Olfactory Concepts of Insect Control-Alternative to Insecticides. Sex pheromones, specific chemical signals necessary for reproduction, and pheromone detection in insects are described with full details of the olfactory mechanisms in the antennae and higher centers in the brain. Thus, new synthetic pheromones and/or plant odors with specific molecular target sites in the insect olfactory system are proposed for sustainable development in agricultural and entomological industries. Disrupting insect pheromone channels and plant odor detection mechanisms is solemnly envisioned as a unique way to control invasive insect pest species while preserving human and environment safety.
Contents:
1. The spread of mosquito-borne diseases: a major and global public health
2. Locusts in the world
3. Effects of pesticides on the environment and insecticide resistance
4. Discovery and development of microbial biological control agents
5. Fall armyworm (FAW; Lepidoptera, Noctuidae): moth oviposition and crop protection
6. Olfaction as a target for control of honeybee parasite mite Varroa destructor
7. Circadian and seasonal timing of insect olfactory systems
8. Molecular basis of pheromonogenesis regulation in moths. - DigitalJean-François Picimbon, editor.Summary: Most of all insect species respond to odor messages they exchange consciously. This is due to the existence of thousands of olfactory sensilla covering the antennal branches and thousands of nerve cells that will transmit the odor signal towards specific parts of the insect brain. Pheromones, pheromone regulatory pathways, pheromone-sensitive nerve cells, pheromone receptors and pheromone-binding proteins appear on this volume 2 as a prerequisite not only for fundamental knowledge in olfactory processes but also for applied research and insect control. The pheromone or olfactory concepts, exposed here in nocturnal species of moths, mainly deal with the phenomenal expansion of some specific insects, invasive pest species that have severe impacts on agriculture and/or human health. However, the olfactory concepts exposed on the whole book must be brought further, before the shrinkage of some other more beneficial species such as the honeybees. Like many other species (butterflies, crickets, ladybugs and other flying insects), the bees are disappearing or show signs of a fast and significant decline in hive population, as an example of the serious decline of flora and fauna due to our industrialized agriculture. In this no-choice situation, new concepts of pest control alternative to insecticides are required to stop the serious general disappearing of insects that are pollinators of flowers but also important ecological factors (e.g. as food sources or material converters). The present situation is very alarming for a nature at risk of losing a biodiversity and the ecological equilibrium that it has taken so long to build. We belong to the Quaternary (fourth) geological era, the "Age of Mammals", the Cenozoic era of evolution that describes 60 My, from the birth of the flower and the bee to the modern days. In a close future, Men of the current time period, i.e the 21st century, may soon enter a new historical era, which may lead to its own extinction. Would this be the price to pay to preserve or rebuild those interactions so crucial for the life on earth?
Contents:
Intro; Foreword; Book Abstract; Contents; Contributors; About the Editor; Conference, Scientific Seminar, and Public Audience to Science; Selected Publications (Chemosensory Proteins and RNA Mutations);
Chapter 1: Responses of Insect Olfactory Neurons to Single Pheromone Molecules; 1 Introduction; 2 The Olfactory Threshold of Moths; 3 ERPs and Bumps; 4 Electrical Circuit Analysis; 5 Kinetic Model; 6 Variation of ERPs; 7 Possible Mechanisms of Pheromone Response Modulation; 8 Effects on the ERP by Blocking Agents and Pheromone Derivatives; 9 Smooth Responses in Non-pheromone Neurons 10 Elementary Responses of Insect Photoreceptor Cells11 Elementary Responses in Vertebrate Olfactory Neurons; 12 Concluding Remarks; References;
Chapter 2: Olfactory Systems in Insects: Similarities and Differences Between Species; 1 The Sensory Organs; 1.1 Number of Odor-Binding Proteins (OBPs); 1.2 Number of Odorant Receptor Neurons (ORNs); 1.3 Number of Odorant Receptors (ORs); 2 The Antennal Lobe (AL); 3 Types of Antennal Lobe Neurons; 3.1 Local Neurons (LNs); 3.2 Projection Neurons (PNs); 3.3 Other Neurons Innervating the Antennal Lobe; 4 The Mushroom Body (MB) 2.1 Identification of Odorant Receptors (ORs)2.2 Repertoires and Evolution of Insect Odorant Receptors; 2.3 Receptors for Pheromones; 2.4 Expression Patterns of Odorant Receptors; 2.5 Ligand Specificity of Odorant Receptors and Interplay with OBPs and SNMP1; 2.6 Receptor-Mediated Signal Transduction Processes; 3 Gustatory Receptors: Receptors for CO2 and Odorants; 4 Ionotropic Receptors; 5 Concluding Remarks; References;
Chapter 5: Diversity of Biotransformation Enzymes in Insect Antennae: Possible Roles in Odorant Inactivation and Xenobiotic Processing; 1 Introduction 3.2 Do The Less Potent Ligands (Secondary Odorants) Have Biological Implications?3.3 Co-location of Particular Receptor Neuron Types; 3.4 Moths Have Specialized OSNs Tuned to Caterpillar-Induced Compounds; 3.5 The Particular Case of Linalool; 4 Comparative and Evolutionary Aspects; 5 Relevance to Pest Management; 6 Central Pathways, Coding and Processing of Plant Odor Information; 7 Plasticity and Modulation of Olfactory Signaling; 8 General Considerations; References;
Chapter 4: Molecular Mechanism of Insect Olfaction: Olfactory Receptors; 1 Introduction; 2 Insect Odorant Receptors 4.1 Definition and General Knowledge4.2 Input Neurons of MB; 4.3 Intrinsic Neurons of MB (Kenyon Cells); 4.4 Output Neurons of MB; 5 Remarks and Conclusions; References;
Chapter 3: Recognition of Plant Odor Information in Moths; 1 Introduction; 2 How to Identify the Biologically Relevant Plant Odorants Recognized by Moths; 3 Plant Odor OSNs in Moths Categorized by Their Molecular Range; 3.1 Virtually, No Overlap in Molecular Receptive Ranges Is Seen Among OSN-Types in Heliothine Moths or in the Cabbage Moth M. brassicae - DigitalLiming Zhao, editor.Summary: The book provides an overview of bio-manufacturing techniques for the production, purification, characterization and modification of chito/chitin oligosaccharides and their monomers. In addition, it explores potential applications in the food, biomedical and agricultural industry on the basis of their bioactivities and biomaterial properties. Lastly, it shares a range of cutting-edge insights to help solve problems in industrial processes and promote further academic investigation. Given its scope, it offers a valuable resource for researchers and graduate students in the fields of bioengineering, food science, biochemistry, etc.
Contents:
Intro; Preface; Contents; Editor and Contributors; Abbreviations; Part I: Introductory and Background Information;
1: The History of Chito/Chitin Oligosaccharides and Its Monomer; 1.1 Introduction; 1.1.1 Chitin; 1.1.2 Chitosan; 1.1.3 Chitooligosaccharides; 1.1.4 Chitin Oligosaccharides; 1.1.5 Glucosamine and N-acetyl-D-Glucosamine; 1.2 Biological Activities of Chito/Chitin Oligosaccharides; 1.2.1 Antimicrobial Activity; 1.2.2 Antioxidant Activity; 1.2.3 Anti-inflammatory Activity; 1.2.4 Anti-tumor/Anticancer Activity; 1.2.5 Immunostimulatory Activities 1.2.6 Wound Healing and Tissue Regeneration Properties1.2.7 Hypocholesterolemic Activity; 1.2.8 Elicitors of Plant Immunity; 1.3 Future Perspectives and Limitations; References;
2: Current Studies of Chito/Chitin Oligosaccharides and Its Monomer; 2.1 Introduction; 2.2 The Predominant Countries and Areas Research on Chito/Chitin Oligosaccharides; 2.3 The Comparation of Articles and Patents Published About COS and ChOS; 2.4 The Popularity Changes of Research on COS and ChOS Over Time; 2.5 The Future Research Trends on COS and ChOS; 2.6 Conclusion; References 3.7 Monomer (Monosaccharide) Generation: Chemical Hydrolysis, Fermentation and Enzymatic Methods3.7.1 Chemical Hydrolysis; 3.7.2 Enzymatic Methods; 3.7.3 Fermentation; 3.8 Conclusions; References;
4: Preparation of Chitin Oligosaccharides and Its Monomer; 4.1 Functions of Chitin Oligosaccharides; 4.2 Chemical Methods for Preparation of Chitin Oligosaccharides; 4.3 Physical Methods for Preparation of Chitin Oligosaccharides; 4.4 Enzymatic Methods for Preparation of Chitin Oligosaccharides; 4.4.1 The Pretreatments of Chitin Native Chitosanase Crystal Structure DeterminationCatalytic Mechanism; 3.4.2.2 Summary of the Extensively Studied Chitosanases; The Cleavage Mode Analysis for Chitosanase; Cleavage Specificity Analysis; The Chitooligosaccharides Product Analyses Generated by the Chitosanases; 3.4.2.3 Protein Engineering for Chitosanase and Applications of Chitosanase in the Chitosan Oligomer Generation; 3.5 Chitooligosaccharide Generation Based on the Chemoenzymatic Approach; 3.6 Future Directions of Chitooligosaccharides Preparation Part II: Bio-Manufacturing of Chito/Chitin Oligosaccharides and Its Monome
r3: Preparation of Chitooligosaccharides and Its Monomer; 3.1 Introduction; 3.2 Chemical Hydrolysis Methods to Generate the Oligomer; 3.3 Physical Methods Used to Enhance the Depolymerization Efficiency; 3.4 Enzymatic Methods Used to Generate the Chitooligosaccharide; 3.4.1 Nonspecific Enzymes Used for the Generation of the Chitooligosaccharides; 3.4.2 Specific Enzymes Used for the Chitooligosaccharides Generation; 3.4.2.1 Three Dimensional Structural Analyses for Chitosanases - DigitalMahabaleshwar V. Hegde, Anand Arvind Zanwar, Sharad P. Adekar, editors.Contents:
Nutrition, Life, Disease and Death
Flax Bio-village Concept
Status Paper on Linseed/Flax Agriculture
Omega-3 Milk
Omega-3 Egg
Omega-3 Polyunsaturated Fatty Acids and Hyperlipidemias
World Market of Omega-3 Fatty Acids
Fortification of Food with Omega-3 Fatty Acids
Importance of Polyunsaturated Acids from Marin Algae
Emulsions of Omega-3 Fatty Acids for Better Bioavailability and Beneficial Health Effects
Omega-3 Fatty Acids in Inflammatory Diseases
Omega-3 Fatty Acids in Cancer: Insights into the Mechanism of Actions in Pre-clinical Cancer Models
Linseed as a Functional Food for the Management of Obesity
Role of Omega-3 Fatty Acids in Metabolic Syndrome
Balancing Omega-6: Omega-3 Ratios in Oilseeds
Omega-3 Fatty Acids and Diabetic Complications
Omega-3 Fatty Acids and Mitochondrial Functions
Omega-3 Fatty Acids and Alzheimer's Disease
Prevention of Oxidative Stress by Omega-3 Fatty Acids in the Brain
Role of Omega-3 Fatty Acids for Eye Health
DHA-Rich Algae Oil is a Safe and Effective Vegetarian Source of Omega-3
Role of N-3 (Omega-3) Polyunsaturated Fatty Acids in Postpartum Depression: Mechanisms and Implications for Prevention and Treatment
Influence of Omega-3 Fatty Acids on Bone Turnover
Interactions between Omega-3 Fatty Acids and Iron
Role of Omega-3 Fatty Acis in Major Cardiovascular Events-A Current View
Modulation of Immune Response by Omega-3 in Health and Disease
The Linoleic to Linolenic Intake Ration: The Fundamental Implications of Imbalance and Excess Looked at from both a Functional and Evolutionary Perspective-An Overview
Bioactive Oxidised Products of Omega-6 and -3, Excess Oxidative Stress, Oxidised Dietary Intake, and Antioxidant Nutrient Deficiencies, in the Context of a Modern Diet
In a Western dietary context excess oxidised linoleic acid (LA) of dietary and endogenous origin by; over-activation of PPAR-gamma so immune and inflammatory pathways, and cardiolipin damage, increases cardiovascular risk
Linoleic and alpha-linolenic acid have central roles in brain energy substrate provision, endogenous lipid production, immune and repair function, via peroxisomal beta-oxidation related pathways?
The roles of Linoleic and Alpha Linolenic Acid, their oxylipins, PPAR alpha delta and gamma related peroxisomal pathways, on obesity in the context of a 'Western' diet
The crucial relevance of ALA and LA as primary peroxisomal beta-oxidation substrates, of oxidised LA as the primary endogenous activator of PPAR gamma, and energy deficit as the primary activator of PPAR alpha
Effects of Omega-3 Fatty Acids in Myocardial Infarction
Alternative Origins for Omega-3 Fatty Acids in the Diet
Maternal Long Chain Polyunsaturated Fatty Acids and Pregnancy Outcome
Role of Antioxidants in Human Health
Role of Omega-3 Fatty Acids in Cardiovascular Disorders
Beneficial Effect of Long-Chain Omega-3 Fatty Acids in Psoriasis
Pharmacokinetics, Safety Profile of Omega-3 Polyunsaturated Fatty Acids
Fish Oil Fatty Acids for Aging Disorders.Digital Access Springer 2016 - DigitalPreeti Arivaradarajan, Gauri Misra, Editors.Summary: This book is a concerted effort to put together the rapidly growing facets of biological data. It provides a platform for the readers to think about integrative approaches to solve complex biological problems. This fundamental book deals with the simplest concepts of omics to recent advancements in the field. The content is divided into seven chapters that provide insight into various omics approaches, omics technologies, and its applications. Each chapter delves into different molecular scales: genomics, transcriptomics, proteomics, and metabolomics. Further to provide a holistic view a chapter detailing microbiome has been included in the book. The sub-sections in the chapters is dedicated to introducing the various analytical tools such as next generation sequencing, chromatin immunoprecipitation, mass spectrometry, peptide mass fingerprinting, RNA Seq and NMR spectroscopy. It entails a chapter focused on the bioinformatics resources for analysis of the omics data. In summary, this comprehensive book emphasizes the recent advancements in the study of biomolecules spanning from DNA to metabolites.
Contents:
Module 1_Introduction to omics
Module 2_Genomics
Module 3_Transcriptomics
Module 4_Proteomics
Module 5_Metabolomics
Module 6_Microbiome
Module 7_Bioinformatics resources. - DigitalDebmalya Barh, editor.Summary: Breast cancer is the most common cancer in females that accounts for highest cancer specific deaths worldwide. In the last few decades research has proven that breast cancer can be treated if diagnosed at early stages and proper therapeutic strategy is adopted. Omics-based recent approaches have unveiled the molecular mechanism behind the breast tumorigenesis and aid in identification of next-generation molecular markers for early diagnosis, prognosis, and even the effective targeted therapy. Significant development has taken place in the field of omics in breast cancer in the last decade. The most promising omics approaches and their outcomes in breast cancer have been presented in this book for the first time. The book covers omics technologies and budding fields such as breast cancer miRNA, lipidomics, epigenomics, proteomics, nutrigenomics, stem cell, pharmacogenomics and personalized medicine, and many more along with conventional topics such as breast cancer management etc. It is a research-based reference book useful for clinician-scientists, researchers, geneticists and health care industries involved in various aspects of breast cancer. The book will also be useful for students of biomedicine, pathology, and pharmacy.
Contents:
Omics Technologies Applied in Breast Cancer Research
Omics of Hereditary Breast Cancer.-Oncogenes and Tumor Supressor Genes as a Biomarker in Breast Cancer.-Breast Cancer Genomics.-Epigenomics of Breast Cancer.-Nutrigenomics in Breast Cancer.-Long Non-coding RNAs in Breast Cancer: Implications for Pathogenesis, Diagnosis and Therapy.-Breast Cancer MicroRNAs: Clinical Biomarkers for the Diagnosis and Treatment Strategies.-Breast Cancer Proteomics.-Metabolomics in Breast Cancer.-Lipidomics in Breast Cancer.-Breast Cancer Stem Cells and Cellomics.-Omics of Male Breast Cancer.-Omics of Chemoresistant and Metastatic Breast Cancer.-Animal Models of Breast Cancer.-In Silico Disease Models of Breast Cancer
Systems Biology and Integrative Omics in Breast Cancer
Gynecologic Considerations for Women with Breast Cancer.-Imaging Technologies and Applications in Early Diagnosis and Prognosis for Breast Cancer
Breast Cancer Biomarkers for Risk Assessment, Screening, Detection, Diagnosis, and Prognosis
Breast Circulating Tumor Cells: Potential Biomarkers for Breast Cancer Diagnosis and Prognosis Evaluation.-Molecular Diagnosis Of Metastasizing Breast Cancer Based Upon Liquid Biopsy
Exhaled Volatile Organic Compounds as Non-Invasive Markers in Breast Cancer
Breast Cancer Therapy?Classical Therapy, Drug Targets and Targeted Therapy
Pharmacogenomics?Pharmacoepigenomics of Breast Cancer Therapy: Clinical Implications
Breast Cancer Gene Therapy
Clinical Trial Endpoints in Breast Cancer. - DigitalJatin George Burniston, Yi-Wen Chen, editors.Summary: This book is a collection of principles and current practices in omics research, applied to skeletal muscle physiology and disorders. The various sections are categorized according to the level of biological organization, namely, genomics (DNA), transcriptomics (RNA), proteomics (protein), and metabolomics (metabolite). With skeletal muscle as the unifying theme, and featuring contributions from leading experts in this traditional field of research, it highlights the importance of skeletal muscle tissue in human development, health and successful ageing. It also discusses other fascinating topics like developmental biology, muscular dystrophies, exercise, insulin resistance and atrophy due to disuse, ageing or other muscle diseases, conveying the vast opportunities for generating new hypotheses as well as testing existing hypotheses by combining high-throughput techniques with proper experiment designs, bioinformatics and statistical analyses. Presenting the latest research techniques, this book is a valuable resource for the physiology community, particularly researchers and grad students who want to explore the new opportunities for omics technologies in basic physiology research.
Contents:
Part I: Genomic and Epi-genomic.- 1) GWAS/muscle function and diseases (by Eric Hoffman).- 2) Whole genome and whole exon sequencing/muscle disorders (by Silvère van der Maarel and Richard Lemmers).- 3) Epi-genome approaches/muscle regeneration (by Vittorio Sartorelli).- Part II: Transcriptomic.- 4) RNA profiling (by Yi-Wen Chen, confirmed).- 5) miRNA profiling (by Alyson Fiorillo).- 6) Single cell profiling in muscle (byPier Lorenzo Puri).- 7) Statistics and bioinformatics (by Heather Gordish).- Part III: Proteomic.- 8). Proteome profiling of human/ clinical samples
i.e. necessarily label-free techniques (by Lawrence Mandarino).- 9) Proteome profiling of cell and animal models
i.e. label techniques such as SILAC (by Matthias Mann OR SILAM with JR Yates III).- 10) Global analysis of post-translational modifications (by David E James).- 11) Proteome dynamics
synthesis and degradation on a proteome wide scale (by Jatin Burniston, confirmed).- Part IV: Metabolomic.- 12) Non-targeted metabolomics using mass spectrometry (by Charles Burant). - Digitaledited by Debmalay Barh, Vasco Azevedo.Summary: Omics Technologies and Bio-Engineering: Towards Improving Quality of Life, Volume 1 is a unique reference that brings together multiple perspectives on omics research, providing in-depth analysis and insights from an international team of authors. The book delivers pivotal information that will inform and improve medical and biological research by helping readers gain more direct access to analytic data, an increased understanding on data evaluation, and a comprehensive picture on how to use omics data in molecular biology, biotechnology and human health care.Digital Access ScienceDirect 2018
- Digital[editor-in-chief] David Valle ; [editors] Arthur L. Beaudet, Bert Vogelstein, Kenneth W. Kinzler, Stylianos E. Antonarakis, Andrea Ballabio, K. Michael Gibson, Grant Mitchell.Digital Access 2019
- DigitalWilliam L. Murillo, editor.
- DigitalAnthony S. Fauci.Summary: "The memoir by the doctor who became a beacon of hope for millions through the COVID pandemic, and whose six-decade career in high-level public service put him in the room with seven presidents"-- Provided by publisher.Digital Access 2024Limited to 1 simultaneous userSUNet ID login required.
- PrintAnthony S. Fauci, M.D.Summary: "The memoir by the doctor who became a beacon of hope for millions through the COVID pandemic, and whose six-decade career in high-level public service put him in the room with seven presidents"-- Provided by publisher.
Contents:
Preface
Part one: From Bensonhurst to Washington. Brooklyn boy
Becoming Dr. Fauci
Heading south
Part two: The AIDS era. Game changer
Up close and painful
The Human Immunodeficiency Virus
Taking the reins
Two Brooklyn boys
Building an AIDS research program
AIDS strikes close to home
A global catastrophe
AIDS activism
A president, a gentleman, and a friend
La famiglia
The changing of the guard
The search for an HIV vaccine
The Lazarus effect
HIV denialism
An unequal world
Part three: The wars on terror and disease. Widening the battle
The day the world changed
Anthrax
Going global with AIDS relief
Smallpox and stockpiles
Project BioShield
You have to love Yogi
A reluctant Congress
Iraq
Influenza meets the supply chain
Legacies
Part four: Expecting the unexpected. Enter Obama
Moving toward and HIV-free world
Epidemics of disease and fear
Patient X
Zika and other surprises
Passing the baton
Part five: COVID. A disease like none other
He loves me, he loves me not
Illegitimi non carborundum
Epilogue. - DigitalShane A. Marshall, John Ruedy.Summary: Ideal for any on-call professional, resident, or medical student, this highly templated, best-selling reference covers the common problems you'll encounter while on call in the hospital. On Call Principles and Protocols, 7th Edition, by Drs. Shane A. Marshall and John Ruedy, provides key information in time-sensitive, challenging situations. You'll gain speed, skill, and knowledge with every call - from diagnosing a difficult or life-threatening situation to prescribing the right medication.
Contents:
Introduction
Patient-related problems: The common calls
Laboratory-related problems: The common calls.Digital Access ClinicalKey [2023] - DigitalStephan A. Mayer, Randolph S. Marshall.Contents:
Introduction
Approach to the neurologic patient on call: history taking, differential diagnosis, and anatomic localization
The neurologic examination
Diagnostic studies
Patient-related problems: the common calls
Acute seizures and status epilepticus
Stupor and coma
Acute stroke
Spinal cord compression
Delirium and amnesia
Head injury
Focal mass lesions
Ataxia and gait failure
Acute visual disturbances
Increased intracranial pressure
Dizziness and vertigo
Headache
Neuromuscular respiratory failure
Syncope
Pain syndromes
Brain death
Selected neurologic disorders
Nerve and muscle diseases
Demyelinating and inflammatory disorders of the central nervous system
Infections of the central nervous system
Neuro-oncology
Cerebrovascular disease
Movement disorders
Epilepsy and seizure disorders
Pediatric neurology
Dementia
Appendices
On-call formulary.Digital Access ClinicalKey 2021 - Digital[edited by] James J. Nocton, Rainer G. Gedeit, and the pediatric residents of Children's Hospital of Wisconsin.Contents:
Machine generated contents note: INTRODUCTION
1.The Diagnosis and Management of On-Call Problems / James J. Nocton
2.Communicating With Colleagues and Families / James J. Nocton
3.Common Mistakes / James J. Nocton
4.Remembering Your ABCs / Rainer G. Gedeit
5.Teaching (and Learning) While On Call / James J. Nocton
PATIENT-RELATED PROBLEMS
6.Abdominal Pain / Rachel Weigert
7.Altered Mental Status / Michael Girolami
8.Analgesics and Antipyretics / Danielle DuMez
9.Bleeding / Laura Adams
10.Chest Pain / Stephen E. Wilkinson
11.Constipation / Maja Z. Katusic
12.Crying and the Irritable Infant / Julia Richards
13.Cyanosis / Rachel T. Sullivan
14.Delivery Room Problems / Kathryn M. Rubey
15.Diarrhea and Dehydration / Karlo Kovacic
16.Extremity Pain / Jennifer Lhost
17.Eye Problems and Visual Abnormalities / Rose Doolittle
18.Fever / Vanessa C. McFadden
19.Gastrointestinal Bleeding / Kent Rosenwald Note continued: 20.Genitourinary Problems / James J. Nocton
21.Headache / Susan K. Light
22.Heart Rate and Rhythm Abnormalities / Daniel Beacher
23.Hematuria / Anna Schmitz
24.Hypertension / Hema Krishna
25.Hypotension and Shock / Amanda A. Wenzel
26.Lines, Tubes, and Drains / Stephen E. Wilkinson
27.Rashes / Anna Schmitz
28.Respiratory Distress / Brian Carroll
29.Seizures / Purabi Sonowal
30.Urine Output Abnormalities / Lea Steffes
31.Vomiting / Alina G. Burek
LABORATORY-RELATED PROBLEMS
32.Acidosis and Alkalosis / Corinne Swearingen
33.Anemia, Thrombocytopenia, and Coagulation Abnormalities / Shela Sridhar
34.Electrolyte Abnormalities / Eric Velazquez
35.Glucose Disorders / Alison Coren
36.Hyperbilirubinemia / Keli Coleman
APPENDICES
A.Pediatric Procedures / Rainer G. Gedeit
B.Resuscitation Calculations / Rainer G. Gedeit
C.Calculation of Creatinine Clearance / James J. Nocton.Digital Access ClinicalKey 2019 - DigitalCarol A. Bernstein, Molly Poag, Mort Rubinstein, Christina Ahn, Katherine F. Maloy, Patrick Ying.Summary: "Ideal for any on-call professional, resident, or medical student, this best-selling reference covers the common problems you'll encounter while on call without direct supervision in the hospital. On Call Psychiatry, 4th Edition, fits perfectly in your pocket, ready to provide key information in time-sensitive, challenging situations. You'll gain speed, skill, and knowledge with every call--from diagnosing a difficult or life-threatening situation to prescribing the right medication"--Publisher's description.
Contents:
Approach to emergency psychiatric evaluation
The role of the on-call psychiatric consultant
Psychodynamic issues
Telephone consultations
Seclusion and restraint
Assessment of capacity and other legal issues
The difficult patient
Emergency evaluation of children and adolescents
The agitated patient
The anxious patient
The violent patient
The suicidal patient
The psychotic patient
The confused patient: delirium and dementia
Movement disorders
Barriers to communication: mutism and other problems with speech and communication
Physical and sexual trauma
The pregnant patient
Intoxication
Substance withdrawal
Insomnia
Headache
Chest pain
Nausea and vomiting
Fever
Seizures
Falls
Blood pressure changes
Telepsychiatry
Cross-cultural issues
MoCA
Mental status exam
Medical conditions manifesting as psychiatric disorders
Neurologic examination
Urine toxicology
Substance detoxification regimens
Abuse and neglect of children and elders.Digital Access ClinicalKey 2019 - DigitalGregg A. Adams, Jared A. Forrester, Graeme M. Rosenberg, Stephen D. Bresnick.Contents:
Approach to on-call surgical problems
Special considerations for surgical patients
Documentation of on-call problems
On-call hazards
Abdominal pain
Bowel function--constipation and diarrhea
Chest pain
Drug reactions
Dysrhythmias
Falls
Fever
Fluids, electrolytes, and acid-base status
Gastrointestinal bleeding
Glucose management and surgical nutrition
Headache
Hypertension
Hypotension and shock
Insomnia
Intravascular access
Leg pain
Mental status changes
Nausea and vomiting
Pain management
Preoperative preparation
Pronouncing death and end-of-life issues
Postoperative bleeding
Seizures
Shortness of breath
Syncope
Trauma
Tubes and drains
Point-of-care and procedural ultrasound : for surgical residents
Urine output changes
Wounds
Reading x-rays, reading ECGs
Outlines of common surgical notes
Abbreviations.Digital Access ClinicalKey 2020 - Print[by] Margaret S. Mahler in collaboration with Manuel Furer.Contents:
v. 1. Infantile psychosis. - DigitalLewis Lanfberg, MD, Irving S. Cutter Professor, Dean Emeritus, Northwestern University Feinberg School of Medicine, Chicago, IL.Summary: Clinical judgment is a critical aspect - perhaps the most critical aspect - of efficient, accurate, and cost-effective patient care. Focusing on essential clinical skills, On Rounds: 1000 Internal Medicine Pearls helps clinicians in training and in practice to identify the critical findings that will simplify complex clinical problems and lead to an accurate diagnosis. One thousand easy-to-remember clinical aphorisms, or "pearls," help you distinguish the important findings from the incidental, pointing out the distinctive features amidst the mass of data that is accumulated in the evaluation of a sick patient, and leading to the development of mature clinical judgment. -- Provided by publisher
Contents:
The clinical evaluation
Blood
Rheumatology : arthritis, autoimmune and collagen vascular diseases
The heart and circulation
Hypertension
The kidney and disorders of fluid and acid-base balance
Endocrinology and metabolism
Fever, temperature regulation, and thermogenesis
Infectious diseases
Pulmonary
The gastrointestinal tract, pancreas, and liver
Obesity
Malignancy and paraneoplastic syndromes
Neuromuscular disease
Complications of alcoholism.Digital Access LWW Health Library 2016 - DigitalHans Lambers, editor.Summary: This book will appeal to an international audience as well as be irresistible to local readers. Anyone working or with an interest in Australia's arid zone should need ready access to this book. There is no equivalent publication out there at the moment, and this book has many authoritative chapters, richly illustrated with colourful material. The challenge of this book was to assemble current knowledge on particular topics and concepts, and principles relating to them. It is also forward-looking by identifying where there are gaps or inadequacies in knowledge, and where future research needs to be directed. Lead authors were encouraged to take such an approach; they had the opportunity to involve any author they considered appropriate. The final product should be a fabulous resource, also for university courses, especially at MSc level.
Contents:
Intro; Contents; Introduction; References; Seeing Red: Some Aspects of the Geological and Climatic History of the Australian Arid Zone; Introduction; Modern Setting; Measuring Redness; Atmospheric Oxygen; Early History (Precambrian); Middle History (Palaeozoic and Mesozoic); From Greenhouse to Icehouse in the Cenozoic; Geomorphic Evidence of Late Cenozoic Aridity in Central Australia; Drivers of Australian Aridity; Landscape Evolution; Aridity and Redness in Central Australia: Some Concluding Remarks; Acknowledgements; References; Evolutionary History; Introduction. An Operational Definition of StressTemperature Regulation; 'Adaptive Heterothermy'; Torpor; Water and Electrolyte Balance; The Quokka; Barrow Island Macropods; The Barrow Island Euro; Desert Wallabies; Seasonal Deficiencies of Nitrogen, Phosphorus and Energy; Conclusion; Acknowledgements; Glossary; References; Ecophysiology of Australian Arid-Zone Reptiles; Introduction; Temperature Regulation; Water Turnover and Osmoregulation; Conclusion; Glossary; References; The Evolution, Physiology and Ecology of the Australian Arid-Zone Frog Fauna; Introduction; Frog Fauna of the Australian Arid Zone. Coping with Aridity: Physiological, Morphological and Behavioural AdaptationsCoping with Water Loss in an Arid Environment Without Burrowing; Burrowing Behaviour and Associated Morphologies as Adaptations to Aridity; Energetics of Dormancy While Waiting for Rain; Diets of Frogs in the Arid Zone; Population Density; How Do Frogs in the Arid Zone Speciate?; Call Structure and Evolution by Polyploidy in Arid-Zone Frogs: The Genus Neobatrachus; Conservation Status and Challenges for Arid Australian Anurans; Conclusions. Evolution and Biogeography of the Arid-Zone Frog FaunaDiversity and Biogeography of Arid-Zone Uperoleia Species; Diversity and Biogeography of Arid-Zone Platyplectrum Species; Diversity and Biogeography of Arid-Zone Neobatrachus Species; Diversity and Biogeography of Arid-Zone Pseudophryne Species; Diversity and Biogeography of Arid-Zone Notaden Species; Diversity and Biogeography of Arid-Zone Crinia Species; Diversity and Biogeography of Arid-Zone Limnodynastes Species; Diversity and Biogeography of Arid-Zone Litoria and Dryopsophus Species; Arid-Zone Frog Fauna: Overview. Origins and Diversification of the Arid-Zone BiotaAdaptation to Aridity; Species Persistence and Intraspecific Divergence; New Insights; Opportunities and Challenges; References; Mineral Nutrition of Plants in Australia's Arid Zone; Introduction; Mineral Nutrition of Acacia Species; Non-mycotrophic Plants; The Role of the Desert Crust in Nutrient Cycling; Termites and Their Symbionts as a Source of N; Metal-Accumulating Plant Species; Manganese; Nickel; Gold; Concluding Remarks; References; Ecophysiology of Australian Arid-Zone Marsupials; Introduction; The Nature of Stress. - Printby Iris Schrijver.Summary: This compelling book on health, wellbeing, and fulfilment investigates the scientific basis of what we think we know about healthy living. How much do we actually know about the information that is presented as fact by health crusaders and in the media? How do perceptions of truth and validity influence our behaviour and our health? Guided by the author's practice in academic and non-profit medicine, this book highlights the practical impact of scientific studies in a broad range of disciplines and brings to life their relevance and limitations.
Contents:
Intro
Dedication
Table of Contents
Introduction
Introduction
Part 1
Chapter One
Chapter Two
Chapter Three
Chapter Four
Chapter Five
Chapter Six
Chapter Seven
Chapter Eight
Chapter Nine
Chapter Ten
Part 2
Chapter Eleven
Chapter Twelve
Chapter Thirteen
Chapter Fourteen
Chapter Fifteen
Chapter Sixteen
Chapter Seventeen
Chapter Eighteen
Chapter Nineteen
Chapter Twenty
Conclusion
Bibliography
IndexPrint - DigitalRobert B. Taylor.Contents:
The Profession and Professionalism
Being a Physician
The Art and Science of Doctoring
Health, Disease, Illness, and Death
Disease Detection and Diagnosis
Therapy and Healing
Learning and Teaching Medicine
Medical Experience, Knowledge, and Wisdom
Errors, Uncertainty, and Ethical Issues
Current Issues and Future Practice. - DigitalVinod Kumar, Nishkarsh Gupta, Seema Mishra, editors.Summary: This book provides insights into the care of cancer patients in the intensive care unit in a comprehensive manner. It provides an evidence-based approach to practitioners and postgraduate students to understand about the critical care needs of the patients suffering from malignancies. It helps the readers to develop critical thinking and encourage discussion towards improving the overall care of the patients and their families as their optimal management requires expertise in oncology, critical care, and palliative medicine and there is a dearth of books explaining about the special requirements and critical care needs of cancer patients. Each chapter is prepared by an expert in the field and contains well-prepared illustrations, flowcharts and relevant images. Chapters include latest evidence-based information which is useful for the readers. The book is useful for residents, fellows and trainees in the field of onco-anaesthesia, onco-critical care, onco-surgery, critical care and anaesthesia; practitioners and consultants in anaesthesia and onco-anaesthesia as well as intensivist, critical care experts and postgraduates in nursing.
- DigitalTeresa K. Woodruff, Marla L. Clayman, Kate E. Waimey, editors.Summary: Oncofertility integrates the two previously distinct fields of cancer treatment and fertility research and aims to explore and expand the reproductive future of cancer survivors. In order to achieve the goal of fertility preservation, the Oncofertility community must focus on communication and the way data is provided and received. Concomitant with the rapidly changing technology of Oncofertility, there have been radical shifts and advances in the way health educators and clinicians can produce and share information. As success rates of reproductive techniques such as egg freezing and banking continue to rise, providing increasing opportunities for young cancer patients to preserve their fertility prior to the onset of cancer treatments, communication among professionals in oncology, reproductive medicine, and psychosocial work, among others, becomes crucial, and clinical demand for Oncofertility information is expected to rise considerably. Oncofertility Communication describes and addresses the myriad channels through which the multiple audiences involved in Oncofertility can be served with appropriate and accurate information about cancer-related fertility issues. The text answers frequently asked questions and provides invaluable insights to scientific and health care professionals about communication among the diverse Oncofertility audiences. It incorporates timely discussions about traditional and emerging electronic communication tools and discusses the impact of health care policy changes on the Oncofertility field.
Contents:
Part I: Communicating with Patients and Their Families
How Do Cancer Patients Learn about Fertility Preservation? Five Trajectories of Experience
Communicating across Diverse and Differently Literate Audiences
Patient and Family Tools to Aid in Education and Decision-Making about Oncofertility
Cancer-Related Infertility and Young Women: Strategies for Discussing Fertility Preservation
Fertility Communication and High-Risk Patients
Incorporating Partners and Spouses into Oncofertility Communication
Genetic Counselors: Bridging the Oncofertility Information Gap
Communicating Oncofertility to Children: A Developmental Perspective for Teaching Health Messages
Disparities in Adolescent Provider-Patient Communication Regarding Fertility Preservation Care
Fertility Communication to Cancer Patients: A Hematologist-Oncologist's Perspective
Part II: Communicating with Health Care Professionals, Stakeholders and the Public
An Interprofessional Approach to Shared Decision-Making: What It Means and Where Next
Oncofertility Communication Tools for Professionals and the Public
Educating Providers on Evidence-Based Medical Guidelines
Incorporating Insurance Education into the Fertility Preservation Process
Research Recruitment and Dissemination in Young Adults with Cancer
Communicating Emerging Reproductive Science to the Judiciary and Legislatures
The Role of Popular Media in Oncofertilty Communication. - DigitalCarlo Mariotti, editor ; forewords by Giorgio De Toma, Umberto Veronesi.Summary: This book presents the most recent developments in oncologic breast surgery and takes full account of diagnostic, pathologic, and radiologic inputs. It is divided into three parts, the first of which discusses the premises underlying the modern surgical approach to breast cancer. The second part is devoted to what might be termed the conservative program, i.e., breast conservation and oncoplastic surgery, conservative mastectomy, and sentinel node biopsy and axillary dissection. The final part of the book covers different forms of surgery and other treatments in particular settings. Topics include plastic and reconstructive surgery, DCIS surgery, radio-guided surgery, adjuvant systemic therapy, intraoperative radiotherapy, and the role of surgery in locally advanced and metastatic disease. The detailed descriptions of techniques are accompanied by numerous high-quality illustrations. This book will be of value to both experienced practitioners and surgical trainees. .
Contents:
Foreword
Preface
SectionI Modern Surgical Treatments: 1 Instrumental and interventional diagnostics
2 Pathology of breast cancer
3 Breast unit and assistance setting
Section II Conservative Program: 4 Breast conservation and oncoplastic surgery
5 Conservative mastectomy
6 Sentinel node biopsy and axillary dissection
Section IIISpecial Issues: 7 Plastic and reconstructive surgery
8 DCIS surgery
9 Prophylactic surgery ( BRCA 1- BRCA2)
10 Breast cancer in women, in pregnancy and Paget disease
11 Locally advanced breast cancer
12 Adjuvant systemictherapy
13 Intraoperative radiotherapy
14 Primary surgery in metastatic breast cancer
15 Senologic nursing and data manager.Digital Access Springer 2014 - DigitalJoseph L. Nates, Kristen J. Price, editors.
- DigitalEllen F. Manzullo, Carmen Esther Gonzalez, Carmen P. Escalante, Sai-Ching J. Yeung, editors.Contents:
Neurologic Emergencies
Metabolic and Endocrine Oncologic Emergencies
Cardiac Emergencies in Cancer Patients
Pulmonary and Airway Emergencies
Gastrointestinal Emergencies in the Oncology Patient
Nephro-urologic Emergencies in Patients with Cancer
Rheumatologic/Orthopedic Emergencies
Cancer Care Ethics in the Emergency Center
Emergencies in Infectious Diseases
Hematologic Emergencies
Chemotherapy-Related Emergencies
Palliative Care in the Emergency Center
Psychiatric Emergencies
Pediatrics
Obstetric and Gynecologic Emergencies in Cancer Patients
Dermatologic Emergencies
Ophthalmologic Emergencies.Digital Access Springer 2016 - DigitalKnox H. Todd, Charles R. Thomas, Jr., editors ; associate editors: Steven L. Bernstein, Tammie E. Quest. Sai-Ching Jim Yeung.Contents:
Models of Care for Cancer Emergencies
Quality Measures for Oncologic Emergency Medicine
Ethics of Emergency Department Cancer Care
Patient Navigation
The Interface of Emergency Department, Oncology, and Palliative Social Work: Psychosocial Interventions in Oncologic Emergencies
Rapid Learning Systems
Tobacco-Related Illnesses and Management
Ionizing Radiation
Cervical Cancer Prevention
Radiological and Nuclear Terrorism: The Oncological Emergency Response
Emergent Management of Acute Airway Obstruction from Malignant Disease
Oncologic Emergencies of the Central Nervous System (CNS)
Malignant Spinal Cord Compression
Head and Neck Oncologic Emergencies
Cardiovascular Emergencies
Pulmonary Complications in Cancer Patients
Venous Thromboembolism
Superior Vena Cava Syndrome (SVCS)
Neutropenic Fever
Bleeding and Thrombosis in Cancer Patients
Endocrine and Metabolic Emergencies
Pituitary Apoplexy
Nephro-Urologic Emergencies in Patients with Cancer
Oncologic Emergencies: Gastroenterology
The Acute Abdomen
Colorectal Cancer Prevention and Emergency Management
Diarrhea in Cancer Patients
Constipation in Cancer Patients
Dermatologic Emergencies in Oncologic Patients
Gynecologic Oncology Emergencies
Ophthalmic Emergencies in Cancer Patients
Psychiatry and Oncologic Emergencies
Chemotherapy-Induced Toxicities
Treatment Toxicity: Radiation
Emergency Radiology
Pain Management
Substance Abuse Issues in Oncology: What the ED Professional Needs to Know
Dyspnea in the Dying Patient
Palliative Surgery
Cardiopulmonary Resuscitation in the Cancer Patient
Emergency Department Use at End of Life Among Cancer Patients
Capacity Building: Integration of Palliative Care in Emergency Medicine.Digital Access Springer 2016 - Digitaledited by Knox H. Todd, Charles R. Thomas, Jr., Kumar Alagappan.Contents:
Part I Systems
1 Epidemiology
2 Models of Care
3 Informatics
4 Quality Measures
5 Patient Navigation
6 Nursing
7 Palliative Social Work
Part II Prevention
8 Tobacco Control
9 Problem Drinking
10 Ionizing Radiation
11 Cervical Cancer Screening- 12 Lung Cancer Screening
13 Colorectal Cancer Screening
14 Melanoma Screening
Part III Evaluation and Treatment
15 Acute Airway Obstruction
16 Central Nervous System
17 Pituitary Apoplexy
18 Spinal Cord Compression
19 Head and Neck
20 Ophthalmology
21 Cardio-Oncology
22 Superior Vena Cava Syndrome
23 Pulmonary
24 Venous Thromboembolism
25 Gastroenterology
26 The Acute Abdomen
27 Diarrhea
28 Constipation
29 Endocrinology and Metabolism
30 Renal
31 Urology
32 Gynecology
33 Orthopedics
34 Dermatology
35 Pediatrics
36 Hyperleukocytosis and Leukostasis
37 Bleeding and Thrombosis
38 Infectious Disease
39 Febrile Neutropenia
40 Neutropenic Enterocolitis
41 Sickle Cell Disease
42 Radiological and Nuclear Terrorism
43 Delirium
44 Suicide
45 Substance Abuse
46 Radiology
47 Ultrasound
Part IV Toxicities
48 Chemotherapy Toxicity
49 Radiation Toxicity
50 Mucositis
51 Stoma Complications
52 Hematopoietic Cell Transplant
53 Toxicities of Novel Antineoplastic Therapies
54 Fluorouracil or Capecitabine Overdose
Part V Palliative Care
55 Emergency Department Use at End of Life
56 Pain Management
57 Dyspnea in the Dying Patient
58 Cardiopulmonary Resuscitation
59 Palliative Surgery
60 Palliative Care
61 Hospice
62 Communication
63 Palliative Care Research
Part VI Contextual
64 Ethics
65 Health Disparities
66 Emergency Oncology in the United Kingdom
67 Pain Management in Low-resource Settings
68 Curriculum Development
69 National and Institutional Research Efforts
70 COVID-19
71 The Physician and Cancer: In Their Own Words
APPENDIX. - DigitalSeung Hyup Kim, Jeong Yeon Cho, editors.Contents:
Chapter 1: Renal tumors
Chapter 2: Urothelial tumors
Chapter 3: Prostatic tumors
Chapter 4: Tumors of the male genitalia
Chapter 5: Adrenal tumors
Chapter 6: Retroperitoneal tumors. - Digitaledited by Juliano Cerci, Stefano Fanti, Dominique Delbeke.Contents:
PART I. Biopsy guided PET/CT: Principle of biopsy guided imaging
FDG PET/CT to guide biopsy: methods
FDG PET/CT to guide biopsy: type of acess
PART II. FDG PET/CT in lymphoma: Need of biopsy in lymphoma
FDG PET/CT to guide biopsy in lymphoma: results
PART III. FDG PET/CT in pancreatic lesions:Need of biopsy in pancreatic lesions
FDG PET/CT to guide biopsy in pancreatic lesions: results
PART IV. FDG PEM in breast lessions: Need of biopsy in breast lesions
FDG PEM to guide biopsy in breast lesions: results
PART V. PET/CT and CNS malignancies: Need of biopsy in CNS malignancies
FDG PET/CT to guide biopsy in CNS: results
PART VI. PET/CT and prostate cancer
Choline PET/CT to guide biopsy in prostate cancer diagnosis
PART VII. FLT PET/CT in cancer diagnosis: FLT PET/CT in cancer diagnosis: results. - DigitalCesar A. Moran, Neda Kalhor, Annikka Weissferdt, editors.Summary: This text provides the necessary tools and up-to-date information on the morphological approach and most current use of ancillary techniques in the diagnosis and treatment of malignant tumors. The work is divided by sub specialty areas so that the reader can easily obtain the information desired. Features of histopathological lesions are presented in each area, as well as an up-to-date use of the different immunohistochemical stains and molecular biology features, when applicable, which are commonly used to determine treatment modalities. All sub specialty sections are written by sub specialty pathologists with experience in tumor pathology and who work in a cancer center. Each chapter is richly illustrated and properly referenced. Oncological Surgical Pathology will be of use not only for pathologists (including pathology residents and fellows), but also for oncological surgeons, oncologists and interventional radiologists.
Contents:
Skin
Soft Tissue
Bone (Orthopedic Pathology)
Selective Pathology of Intracular Tumors
Tumors of the Ear and Temporal Bone
Neoplasms of the Oral and Maxillofacial Region
Tumors of the Salivary Gland
Sinonasal and Skull Base Tumors
Thyroid and Parathyroid Tumors
Pathology of Head and Neck Tumors
Thoracic Pathology
Tumors of the Gastrointestinal System Including the Pancreas
Tumors of the Liver, Gallbladder, Extrahepatic Bile Ducts, and Vaterian System
Breast Pathology
Gynecological Pathology
Genitourinary Pathology (Including Adrenal Gland)
Hematopathology
Diagnostic Molecular Pathology.Digital Access Springer 2020 - DigitalDavid O'Halloran.Summary: "This new book covers the basics of oncology for all practitioners who are likely to provide health care to cancer patients, especially those who do not have an oncology or medical background." -- Provided by publisher.
Contents:
1 Cells, Tissues and Cancer
2 Blood Cancers
3 Sarcoma
4 The Nervous System: Brain Tumours
5 The Endocrine System
6 Head and Neck Cancer
7 Digestive System Tumours
8 Urinary System Tumours
9 The Male Reproductive System
10 The Female Reproductive System
11 Lung Cancer
12 Skin Cancer.Digital Access ClinicalKey Nursing 2024 - Digitaledited by Francis P. Worden, Rami N. Khoriaty, Erin Cobain.Summary: Now in its third edition, Oncology Board Review: Blueprint Study Guide and Q&A is designed to help you prepare for the American Board of Internal Medicine (ABIM) Medical Oncology Certification Exam. This comprehensive resource has been revised to include new treatment regimens, clinical guidelines, and other advancements impacting the field as well as updated board-style Q&A. Dedicated sections cover hematological malignancies and solid tumors with a templated chapter approach highlighting epidemiology, etiology and risk factors, diagnostic criteria, staging, signs and symptoms of the disease, prognostic factors, indications for treatment, and special considerations. Later sections address other topics found on the exam, including cancer genetics and tumor biology, supportive and palliative care, bone marrow transplantation, and biostatistics. With more than 240 practice questions, detailed rationales, and a convenient print + digital package, Oncology Board Review gives you the tools to study your way and the confidence to pass the first time!
Contents:
I: Hematologic Malignancies
II: Aerodigestive Malignancies
III: Endocrine Malignancies
IV: Breast Cancer
V: Genitourinary Malignancies
VI: Gastrointestinal Malignancies
VII: Sarcoma
VIII: Melanoma
IX: Central Nervous System Malignancies
X: Gynecologic Malignancies
XI: Cancer Of Unknown Primary
XII: Genetics And Tumor Biology
XIII: Supportive And Palliative Care
XIV: Bone Marrow Transplantation
XV: BiostatisticsDigital Access R2Library 2022Limited to 1 simultaneous user - DigitalMenonna-Quinn, Denise.Contents:
Cover
Half Title: ONCOLOGY CERTIFIED NURSE (OCN) REVIEW
Author Bio
Book Title:Oncology Certified Nurse (OCN) Review
Copyright
Dedication
Contents
Contributors
Pass Guarantee
Part 1: Certification and Exam Information
Chapter 1: Oncology Nursing Certification
Introduction
ONCOLOGY NURSING CERTIFICATION
References and Bibliography
Chapter 2: Exam Preparation
Developing a Study Plan
Preparing for the Exam
Test-Taking Tips
Part 2: Foundations of Oncology Practice
Chapter 3: Health Promotion and Disease Prevention Concepts
Introduction CANCER-RELATED STATISTICS
HEALTH PROMOTION
PREVENTION
RISK
Conclusion
References and Bibliography
Knowledge Check: CHAPTER 3
Chapter 4: Screening and Early Detection
Introduction
Screening and Early Detection
Conclusion
References and Bibliography
Knowledge Check: CHAPTER 4
Chapter 5: Carcinogenesis and the Role of Genes
Introduction
Cancer Cells
Role of Genes in Cancer Development
Causative Factors for Cancer Development
Stages of Carcinogenesis
Nomenclature and Classifications of Cancers
Biomarkers
Tumor Grading
Angiogenesis Metastasis
Chapter 6: Treatment Modalities for Malignancies
Introduction
Surgical Treatment
Radiation Therapy
Chemotherapy
Biotherapy and Immunotherapy
Complementary and Alternative Cancer Therapies
References and Bibliography
Knowledge Check: CHAPTER 6
Chapter 7: Hematopoietic Stem Cell Transplantation
Introduction
Types of Hematopoietic Stem Cell Transplantation
Sources of Transplant Cells
Overview of the Transplant Process
Follow-Up Care
References and Bibliography
Knowledge Check: CHAPTER 7
Chapter 8: Research and Clinical Trials Introduction
Clinical Research
Types of Clinical Trials
The Clinical Trial Process
Phases of Clinical Trials
Informed Consent
Conclusion
References and Bibliography
Knowledge Check: CHAPTER 8
Part 3: Disease-Specific Cancers
Section I: Solid Tumors
Chapter 9: Skin Cancers
Introduction
Structures And Function Of The Skin
Risk Factors For Skins Cancers
Types Of Skin Cancers
Signs and Symptoms
Diagnosis
Staging
Treatment
Survival Information
References And Bibliography
Knowledge Check: CHAPTER 9
Chapter 10: Brain Cancer Introduction
Brain and Nervous System
Brain Tumors
Risk Factors
SIigns and symptoms
Diagnosis
Staging
treatment
Survival Instances
REFERENCES AND BIBLIOGRAPHY
KNOWLEDGE CHECK: CHAPTER 10
Chapter 11: Lung Cancer
INTRODUCTION
RISK FACTORS
SIGNS AND SYMPTOMS
TYPES OF LUNG CANCER
MESOTHELIOMA
DIAGNOSIS
STAGING
TREATMENT
SURGICAL PROCEDURES
ONCOLOGIC EMERGENCIES
SURVIVAL INFORMATION
REFERENCES AND BIBLIOGRAPHY
KNOWLEDGE CHECK: CHAPTER 11
Chapter 12: Breast Cancer
INTRODUCTION
RISK FACTORS
TYPES OF BREAST CANCERSDigital Access R2Library 2022 - DigitalRavi Salgia, editor.Summary: "This volume comprehensively reviews oncology in the precision medicine era of personalized care, latest developments in the field, and indications and clinical trials for the treatment of cancer with targeted therapies, immunotherapy, and epigenetic modulators. It thoroughly addresses concerns of various types of cancers including cancers of the head and neck, lung, colon, esophagus, bladder, pancreas, and breast; melanoma; multiple myeloma; hepatocellular carcinoma; renal cell carcinoma; and sarcomas. It is organized and written in a format that is easy to follow for both clinicians and non-clinical scientists interested in personalized medicine. Chapters cover the identification of the clinical problem and summary of recent findings, tumor biology and heterogeneity, genomics, examples of simple and complex cases, biological pathways, future clinical trials, and financial considerations"--Publisher's description.
Contents:
Healthcare perspective / Joseph C. Alvarnas
Lung cancer / Joy Huang, Ashley Abing, Karen L. Reckamp
Esophageal and gastric cancer / Michael J. Jang, Joseph Chao
Sarcomas / An Ngoc Nhu Uche, Warren A. Chow
Multiple myeloma / Amrita Krishnan, Nitya Nathwani, Idoroenyi Amanam, Rohan Gupta
Pancreatic cancer / Addie Hill, Vincent Chung
Colon cancer / Blase Polite
Renal cell carcinoma / Yash Dara, Nicholas Salgia, Sumanta K. Pal
Prostate cancer / Bertram Yuh, Zijie Sun
Bladder cancer / Tanya Dorff, Petros Grivas
Molecular testing in ovarian cancer: recommendations and treatment considerations / Kathy Pan, Mihaela C. Cristea
Genomic cancer risk assessment / Jeffrey N. Weitzel, Thomas P. Slavin
Triple-negative breast cancer / Ritika Vankina, Yuan Yuan
Melanoma / Kathryn Bollin, Kim Margolin
Digital patient engagement and social media / Virginia Sun
Hepatocellular carcinoma / Rebecca Allen, Daneng Li
Treatment strategies in head and neck cancers / Dan Zhao, Rebecca Pharaon, Erminia Massarelli
Primary central nervous system tumors / Rimas V. Lukas, Vinai Gondi, Orin Bloch, Maciej M. Mrugala
Lymphoma / Leslie Popplewell .Digital Access Springer 2020 - DigitalLillie D. Shockney.Summary: "Oncology nurse navigators play an essential role in the care and lives of oncology patients and their families. They ensure the full spectrum of care is met with compassion and expertise for the patient, family, and caregivers. This unique book provides new oncology nurse navigators with the specific education and training necessary to manage all phases of the cancer continuum, including medications, therapies, psychosocial support, and overcoming healthcare system barriers. Endorsed by the Academy of Oncology Nurse & Patient Navigators (AONN ), Oncology Nurse Navigator: Starting Your Professional Career covers the history of nurse navigation, the many and varied responsibilities of oncology nurse navigators, oncopolitics, future career expectations, and more crucial topics to ensure a successful and fulfilling career as an oncology nurse navigator. Written by Lillie Shockney, the President of AONN and the modern founder of the oncology nurse navigator role, Oncology Nurse Navigator: Starting Your Professional Career is the trusted resource for this new and vital nursing career"-- Provided by publisher.
Contents:
Making the Transition from Clinical Oncology Nursing to Oncology Nurse Navigation
Starting with the Basics : The History of Navigation
Roles, Responsibilities, Models of Navigation, and Oncopolitics
A Prerequisite to Navigating Your Oncology Patient Effectively and Efficiently
Measuring the Impact Navigation Has on Return on Investment, The Patient Experience, and Clinical Outcomes
Consider Academy of Oncology Nurse Navigators as Your Professional Home
Where Will Your Navigation Career Take You?
Preventing Compassion Fatigue and Burnout.Digital Access R2Library 2021 - Digital/PrintBarton-Burke, Margaret; Ingwersen, Karen; Wilkes, Gail M.Digital AccessPrint Access
- DigitalConnie Henke Yarbro, MS, RN, FAAN (Editor: Seminars in Oncology Nursing, Oncology Nursing Consultant, Destin, Florida, Adjunct Courtesy Faculty, Sinclair School of Nursing, University of Missouri, Columbus, Columbia, Missouri), Debra Wujcik, PhD, RN, AOCN, FAAN (Director of Research, Carevive Systems, Inc, Franklin, Tennessee), Barbara Holmes Gobel, MS, RN, AOCN, FAAN (Associate Chief Nurse Executive, Director of Professional Practice and Devlopment, Magnet Program Director, Northwestern Memorial Hospital, Chicago, Illinois, Adjunct Faculty, Rush University College of Nursing, Rush University Medical Center, Chicago, Illinois).Summary: "Oncology Nursing Review, Sixth Edition is an indispensable study guide for oncology nurses studying for the Oncology Certified Nurse (OCN℗') exam offered by the Oncology Nursing Certification Corporation (ONCC). Completely updated and revised to reflect the latest OCN℗' Test Blueprint, it provides nearly 1,000 practice questions with comprehensive answer rationales"-- Provided by publisher.
Contents:
Machine generated contents note:
Chapter 1. Care Continuum
Chapter 2. Oncology Nursing Practice
Chapter 3. Major Treatment Modalities
Chapter 4. Symptom Management
Chapter 5. Oncologic Emergencies
Chapter 6. Psychosocial Dimensions of Cancer Care.Digital Access R2Library 2020Limited to 2 simultaneous users - Digitaleditors, Anne Voss, PhD, RDN, LDN, and Valaree Williams, MS, RD, CSO, LDN, CNSC, FAND.Summary: "A comprehensive reference for professionals providing up-to-date oncology nutrition practice recommendations, the latest nutrition assessment tools, current knowledge, and support and resources"-- Provided by publisher.Digital Access R2Library 2021Limited to 3 simultaneous users
- Digitaleditors, Jorg-Christian Tonn, David A. Reardon, James T. Rutka and Manfred Westphal.Summary: Since the first edition of this popular reference, many new diagnostic procedures and treatment modalities have been developed within neuro-oncology. This edition contains those advances and includes new chapters on palliative care and molecular markers.
Contents:
Part 1: Patholgoy and Classification of tumors of the nervous system
Ethiologica and epidemiological aspects
Imaging
Tumor biology
Concepts of personalized medicine in neurooncology
Local therapies
Part 2: Tumors of the skull
Meningeomas and meningeal tumors
Astrocytoma and Oligodendroglioma
Glioblastoma
Ependymoma and ventricular tumors
Medulloblastoma
Pituitary Adenomas
Tumors of the pineal region
Tumors of the cranial nerves
Hemangioblastoma and von Hippel Lindau disease
tumors of the skull base
Orbital tumors
Primary CNS Lymphoma
Brain metastases and meningeomatosis
Part 3: Neurocutaneous syndromes
Brainstem Gliomas
Supratentorial lobar gliomas. Thalamic gliomas
Optic pathway gliomas
Ganglioglioma
Cerebellar Astrocytoma
Rare Childhood tumors
Ependymoma
Medulloblastoma
Dysembryoplastic neuroepithelial tumor
Craniopharyngioma
Germ cell tumors
Choroid plexus tumours
ATRT
Part 4: Intramedullary tumors
Intradural extramedullary tumors
Epidural tumors and metastatses
Spinal radiosurgery
Part 5: Peripheral nerve tumors
Part 6: Aspects of general care in neurooncology
Epilepsy and anticonvulsant therapy
Hydrocephalus
Pregnancy and birth control
Late treatment sequelae
Quality of life
Palliative Care. - DigitalKenar D. Jhaveri, Abdulla K. Salahudeen, editors.Contents:
Introduction: Onconephrology: Caring for the cancer patient with kidney disease
Ch. 1: Acute Kidney Injury in Cancer Patients
Ch. 2: Chronic Kidney Disease In Cancer Patients
Ch. 3: Glomerular Diseases seen with Solid Tumors and Hematological Malignancies
Ch. 4: Nephrotoxicity of Chemotherapy Agents
Ch. 5: Biological Cancer Therapies and the Kidney
Ch. 6: Rational Dosing of Chemotherapy in Patients with Kidney Failure
Ch. 7: Electrolyte Disorders in Cancer Patients
Ch. 8: Tumor Lysis Syndrome
Ch. 9: Surgical and Medical Options in the Management of Renal Cell Carcinoma
Ch. 10: Renal Cell Carcinoma and Chronic Kidney Disease
Ch. 11: Renal Disease Following Hematopoetic Stem Cell Transplantation
Ch. 12: Radiation Nephropathy
Ch. 13: Dysproteinemias and kidney disease
Ch. 14: The Amyloidoses
Ch. 15: Obstructive Renal disease in cancer patients
Ch. 16: Cancer in the Kidney Transplant Recipient
Ch. 17: Cancer, Palliative Care and Acute Kidney Injury- The Hard Decisions of Offering or Not Offering Dialysis.Digital Access Springer 2015 - Digitaleditors Cicero Urban, Mario Rietjens, Mahmoud El-Tamer and Virgilio S. Sacchini.Summary: This book demonstrates why oncoplastic and reconstructive surgery represents such an exciting tool for surgeons who undertake breast surgery. Fundamental principles and basic concepts are clearly outlined, and numerous techniques are presented by acknowledged experts from across the world. The emphasis is very much on a "how to do" approach, with detailed guidance and advice on the various techniques. The informative text is supported by a wealth of color illustrations, and accompanying videos of procedures can be accessed via the publishers website. This second edition of Oncoplastic and Reconstructive Breast Surgery has been completely revised and updated. More than 25 additional chapters have been included, and new videos of surgeries made available, with the aim of making this already very successful book truly comprehensive, and the most complete reference on the subject - a true classic. The new edition entails close collaboration between some of the most important centers for breast cancer treatment and research worldwide. It will be an ideal resource for surgical fellows and specialists wishing to learn about indications and the selection of patients, to master technical skills, and to manage complications effectively.
Contents:
SECTION 1: BASIC PRINCIPLES FOR ONCOPLASTIC AND RECONSTRUCTIVE BREAST SURGERY: 1 Oncoplastic and Reconstructive Surgery: Blending Science and Art
2 Oncoplastic and Reconstructive Anatomy of the Breast
3 Breast Cancer Reconstruction Epidemiology
4 Hereditary Breast Cancer: Prophylactic mastectomy, breast conservation and rates of cancer
5 Breast Imaging in Oncoplastic and Reconstructive Breast Surgery
6 Magnetic Resonance Imaging of the Breast in Surgical Planning
7 Breast Cancer Pathology
8 Molecular Classification and Prognostic Signatures of Breast Cancer
10 Photography Principles for Medical Documentation and Presentations
11 Breast Cancer Patient and Reconstructive Consultation
12 Aesthetic Principles for Breast Reconstruction
13 Neoadjuvant Treatment in Breast Cancer
14 Adjuvant Treatment in Breast Cancer
15 Whole Breast Radiotherapy after Breast Conserving Surgery
16 Partial Radiotherapy with Intrabeam Techniques
17 Partial Radiotherapy with ELIOT Techniques
18 Radiotherapic Treatment after Mastectomy and its implications to breast reconstruction decision and outcomes
SECTION 2: ONCOLOGIC SURGERY: 19 Oncologic Principles for Breast Reconstruction: indications and limits
20 Classic Lumpectomy and Quadrantectomy Techniques
21 Surgical Margins in Breast Conserving Surgery
22 Axillary Surgery
23. Skin-Sparing Mastectomy
24 Nipple-Sparing Mastectomy
25 Nipple Sparing Mastectomy with Eletron Intra-Operative Radiotherapy (ELIOT)
SECTION 3: PARTIAL BREAST RECONSTRUCTION: 26 Preoperative Planning for Oncoplastic Surgery
27 Classification of Oncoplastic Techniques for Surgical Practice
28 Level I Techniques
29 Central Quadrant Techniques
30 Dome Mastopexy
31 Round Block Techniques
31 Superior Pedicle Techniques
32 Inferior Pedicle Techniques
33 Combined Pedicle Techniques
34 Distant Volume Flaps for Conservative Surgery
35 Non-Conventional Techniques in Partial Breast Reconstruction
36 Delayed Reconstruction after Breast Conserving Surgery
SECTION 4: BREAST RECONSTRUCTION AFTER MASTECTOMY: 37 Preoperative Planning for Breast Reconstruction after Mastectomy
38 History and development of breast implants
39 Staged Implant-Based Breast Reconstruction
40 One-Stage Breast Reconstruction with Definitive Form-Stable Implants
41 Breast Reconstruction with Definitive Expanders
42 Breast Reconstruction with Implants and Mesh
43 Immediate Impant-Based Breast Reconstruction using Variable Lower Pole Support
44 Skin-reducing mastectomy
45. Autologous Latisimus Dorsi Breast Reconstruction
46 Monopedicled TRAM flap
47 Bipedicled TRAM flap
48 Free flaps
49 Delayed breast reconstruction after Mastectomy
SECTION 5: MANAGEMENT OF COMPLICATIONS: 50 Prevention and Treatment of Infections in Breast Reconstruction
51 Wound Management in Breast Surgery
52 Deformities and Asymmetry after Oncoplastic and Reconstructive Surgery
53 Implant Exposition and Extrusion
54 Physiopathology, Prevention and Treatment of Capsular Contracture
55 Implant Rupture
56 Inframammary Fold Reconstruction
57 Donor Site Complications after Reconstruction with Flaps
58 Complications of Unipedicled TRAM: Treatment and Prevention
SECTION 6: REFINEMENTS AFTER BREAST RECONSTRUCTION: 59 Treatment and Care of the Scars in Breast Reconstruction
60 Lipofilling
61. Nipple and Areola Reconstruction
62 Revisions after Breast Reconstruction
SECTION 7: BREAST RECONSTRUCTION IN SPECIAL POPULATIONS: 63 Immediate Breast Reconstruction in Pregnancy and Lactation
64 Breast Reconstruction in Elderly
65 Breast Reconstruction before Radiotherapy
66 Breast Reconstruction in Previously Irradiated Patients
67 Breast Reconstruction after Aesthetic Surgeries
68 Thoracic Wall Reconstruction in Local Recurrences and Advanced Cases
SECTION 8: OTHER SPECIAL CONSIDERATIONS: 69 Systemic Impact of Breast Reconstruction- 70 Psychological aspects of Breast Reconstruction
71 Post operatory Care after Oncoplastic and Reconstructive Surgery
Aesthetics and Quality of Life after Breast Reconstruction
73 Oncoplastic and Breast Reconstruction Training
74 Oncoplastic and Reconstructive Qualification, Limits, and Mentoring
75 Bioethics and Medico-Legal Aspects in Breast Cancer Reconstruction
76 Costs and Cost-Effectiveness Considerations in Oncoplastic and Reconstructive Surgery. - DigitalV. Suzanne Klimberg, Tibor Kovacs, Isabel T. Rubio, editors.Summary: This book covers an up-to-date review of advances in the management strategies for patients with breast cancer and their co-morbidities. Oncoplasty has become the standard of care for breast conservation surgery and can lead to improving aesthetic outcomes of breast cancer surgery, without compromising oncological outcomes. The goal of the text is to increase the competencies and performance of healthcare professionals involved in treating this patient population, which will ultimately improve the aesthetic outcomes, quality of life and overall survival of patients with breast disease and breast cancer. Written by experts in the field, chapters address a wide range of breast surgery techniques that help the general surgeon provide improved oncologic and aesthetic results for patients. The authors have detailed not only best practice for conventional procedures but also new and evolving techniques. Oncoplastic Breast Surgery Techniques for the General Surgeon serves as a valuable resource not only for medical students but also for the general surgeon seeking to improve results in private practice and for professors learning and teaching new breast surgery techniques.
Contents:
Concepts, Indication and Principles of oncoplastic breast surgery: fashion or necessity
Topographic Anatomical Relationships of the Breast, Chest Wall, Axilla, and Related Sites of Metastases
Imaging for Oncoplastic Procedures
Measurement and Optimizing Cosmetic Outcomes for Breast Excisions / Factors influencing aesthetic outcomes of breast conservation surgery
Quadrant by quadrant preoperative planning for oncoplastic resections
Basic principles of breast surgery: Level one oncoplastic techniques
Crescent mammoplasty
Round Block or Donut Mastopexy
Batwing and Hemibatwing Mammoplasty
Grisotti Flap Mammoplasty
Reduction mammoplasty Marking
Superior pedicle oncoplasty
Inferior pedicle reduction mammoplasty for reconstruction of tumor defects following partial breast resection
V-mammoplasty
Thoraco-epigastric pedicled flap for partial breast reconstruction
Lateral Pedicle Mammoplasty
Oncoplastic Breast Reconstruction: Extreme Oncoplasty and Split Reduction Techniques
Skin reducing mastectomy
dermal sling
Simple and Skin Sparing Mastectomy
Total or Nipple Skin Sparing Mastectomy
Staged Nipple-Sparing Mastectomy for Patients with Large or Ptotic Breasts
Donut Mastectomy
Technology assisted mastectomy: Robotic and endoscopic assisted mastectomy
Goldilocks Mastectomy
Nipple Areola Complex Reconstruction
Free Nipple Graft
Subpectoral Implant-Based Breast Reconstruction
Prepectoral Implant Breast Reconstruction: The Better Option?
TAP, LICAP, SAAP and AICAP flaps
Surgical Resection and Utilization of Fasciocutaneous Advancement Flaps for Locally Advanced Breast Cancer: THE CLOSURE
Surgery Following Primary Systemic Therapy: How to Increase Breast Conservation Rate
Using oncoplastic techniques to salvage poor outcomes of breast conservation
Oncological outcomes and safety of oncoplastic breast conservation
Treating Complications of Oncoplastic Breast Surgery
Education and Training in Oncoplastic Breast Surgery
Oncoplastic Breast Surgery Techniques for the General Surgeon.Digital Access Springer 2020 - Digital[edited by] Maurice Y. Nahabedian.Summary: "The dynamic field of oncoplastic breast surgery seeks to combine the goals of both oncology and plastic surgery, utilizing recent innovations and new techniques to provide patients with the best possible outcomes. Oncoplastic Surgery of the Breast, 2nd Edition, offers fully revised content, new expert contributors, and up-to-date instructional videos to keep you current with today’s best approaches to aesthetic closure of the breast after tumor removal. International authorities in breast and plastic surgery cover everything from indications and patient selection to the techniques and allied issues related to breast tumor surgery, including oncoplastic reduction, mammaplasty, mastectomy with nipple areolar preservation, perforator flaps, and effects of radiation therapy, as well as complications and controversies."--Provided by publisher.Digital Access ClinicalKey 2020
- DigitalNazanin Alavi and Mohsen Omrani.Summary: This book aims to provide the clinicians with details of online cognitive behavioral therapy (CBT) to facilitate care delivery for patients struggle with depression and anxiety. Chapters cover some of the most fundamental concepts for successful treatment, including experiments, action plans evidence, and the guidelines for managing, thoughts, feelings, and other key concerns. Designed to be a reader-friendly guide, each chapter opens with a summary of the content and a recap of concepts covered in previous sections, making this highly functional for individual chapter or whole book use. Each chapter also includes recommended tables and chart to facilitate the documentation of each recommended session, making this highly practical resource a vital tool for those who treat patients suffering from these particular mental health concerns. Online Cognitive Behavioral Therapy is a unique guide to practical Mental e-Mental Health approaches that is valuable to psychiatrists, psychologists, counselors, social workers, and all clinicians who wish to treat anxiety and depression patients remotely.Digital Access Springer 2019
- Digitaledited by Nejra Van Zalk and Claire P. Monks.Summary: This book provides an in-depth insight into what is currently known and relatively unknown about youths' online peer engagement. It delivers state-of-the-art current reviews of the literature in the field, with a strong coverage of methodological issues in studying online friendships and an emphasis on moving towards a new, less dichotomic, view of online peer interaction in adolescence. With a focus on what spending time with online-exclusive peers entails -in terms of both potential positive as well as negative consequences for friendship quality, intimacy, and well-being -this book offers a more nuanced commentary on youths' online peer engagement. Including coverage of the evolution of online friendships, cyberbullying, cyberdating, sexting, online abuse, smartphones, social networks, as well as their impact on adolescent social interaction online, Van Zalk and Monks consider implications for future research directions and practical applications. Online Peer Engagement in Adolescence is important reading for undergraduate and master students studying social and developmental psychology, education, relationships and health, as well as advanced researchers and academics working in these fields.
Contents:
Online peer engagement in adolescence : moving away from "good vs. bad" to brave new frameworks / Nejra Van Zalk
Buddies, friends, and followers : the evolution of online friendships / Joanna C. Yau and Stephanie M. Reich
Adolescent online friendships : the poor get poorer, or the rich get richer? / Barry H. Schneider, Yair Amichai-Hamburge rand Antonia Lonigro
Is online peer engagement bad for all youth all of the time? The benefits and perils of online peer interactions / Sonya Negriff and Kaveri Subrahmanyam
Cyberbullying : a changing phenomenon / Jose A. Casas, Rosario Ortega-Ruiz and Claire P. Monks
Links between online communication and compulsive internet use in adolescence : is there a reason to worry? / Nejra Van Zalk and Seung Ha Lee
Cyberdating abuse and sexting in adolescence / Virginia Sánchez-Jiménez, Mónica Ojeda Pérez, Noelia Muñoz Fernández and Rosario Del Rey
"Digital adolescence" : the effects of smartphones and social networking technologies on adolescents' well-being / Yaakov Ophir, Hananel Rosenberg, Yuliya Lipshits-Braziler and Yair Amichai-Hamburger
Applying developmental theory to adolescent peer influence processes in the social media context / Sophia Choukas-Bradley and Jacqueline Nesi
Adolescent relationships in a digital age : what do we know and where does the future lie? / Claire P. Monks and Nejra Van Zalk. 1. Online Peer Engagement in Adolescence: Moving Away from "Good vs. Bad" to Brave New Frameworks (Nejra Van Zalk); 2. Buddies, Friends, and Followers: The evolution of online friendships (Joanna C. Yauand Stephanie M. Reich); 3. Adolescent online friendships: The poor get poorer, or the rich get richer? (Barry H. Schneider, Yair Amichai-Hamburgerand Antonia Lonigro); 4. Is Online Peer Engagement Bad for All Youth All of the Time? The Benefits and Perils of Online Peer Interactions (Sonya Negriff and Kaveri Subrahmanyam); 5. Cyberbullying: A changing phenomenon (Jose A. Casas, Rosario Ortega-Ruiz and Claire P. Monks); 6. Links between Online Communication and Compulsive Internet Use in Adolescence: Is There a Reason to Worry? (Nejra Van Zalk and Seung Ha Lee); 7. Cyberdating Abuse And Sexting In Adolescence(Virginia Sánchez-Jiménez, Mónica Ojeda Pérez, Noelia Muñoz Fernández and Rosario Del Rey); 8. "Digital Adolescence": The Effects of Smartphones and Social Networking Technologies on Adolescents' Well-Being (Yaakov Ophir, Hananel Rosenberg, Yuliya Lipshits-Braziler and Yair Amichai-Hamburger); 9. Applying Developmental Theory to Adolescent Peer Influence Processes in the Social Media Context (Sophia Choukas-Bradleyand Jacqueline Nesi); 10. Adolescent Relationships in a Digital Age: What Do We Know and Where Does the Future Lie? (Claire P. Monks and Nejra Van Zalk) - Digitaledited by Jon Brown.Summary: "Addressing issues of increasing importance in today's internet-enabled society, Online Risk to Children brings together the most up-to-date theory, policy, and best practices for online child protection and abuse prevention"-- Provided by publisher.Digital Access Wiley 2017
- DigitalJudith V. Boettcher, Rita-Marie Conrad.Contents:
Teaching online: the big picture
Pedagogical principles for effective teaching and learning: ten core learning principles
Best practices for teaching online: ten plus four
Technology tools to support teaching and learning
Four phases of a course: themes and happenings
Phase 1: course beginnings: starting off on the right foot
Phase 2: keeping the ball rolling in the early middle
Phase 3: letting go of power in the late middle
Phase 4: pruning, reflecting, and wrapping up
Teaching accelerated intensive courses
What's next: reflecting and looking forward.Digital Access ProQuest Ebook Central 2016 - DigitalMalcolm S. Thaler, M.D., Physician, Internal Medicine, One Medical Group, Clinical Instructor in Medicine, Weill Cornell Medical College, Medical Staff, New York Presbyterian, New York.Contents:
The basics
Hypertrophy and enlargement of the heart
Arrhythmias
Conduction blocks
Preexcitation syndromes
Myocardial ischemia and infarction
Finishing touches
Putting it all together
How do you get to Carnegie Hall?Digital Access - DigitalMalcolm S. Thaler.Digital Access
- DigitalMalcolm S. Thaler.Digital Access
- DigitalAlison I. Thaler, Malcolm S. Thaler.Summary: "Clear and concise, The Only Neurology Book You'll Ever Need provides a straightforward and comprehensive overview of neurology. It covers all of the important neurologic diagnosis and management issues, along with clinically relevant anatomy and physiology. Written by Drs. Alison I. Thaler and Malcolm S. Thaler, this new title is packed with full-color illustrations, real-world clinical scenarios, and up-to-date guidelines and recommendations -giving you all the practical advice you need to master the challenging world of neurology. Features a lighthearted, lively writing style that is compelling and gets right to the heart of what you need to know. Discusses the elements of the neurologic exam and what symptoms do and don't suggest a neurologic disorder. Covers key topics such as stroke, headache, concussion, dizziness, seizures, dementia, meningitis, multiple sclerosis, Parkinson disease, and much more. Abundant illustrations, charts, and tables, help you easily understand and retain complex material. Ideal for medical students, medicine and neurology residents, nurses, and PAs, as well as any and all practitioners who need a concise, easy-to-read review of clinically- relevant neurology. This book covers everything you need for the medical student shelf exam in neurology"-- Provided by publisher.
Contents:
Let's Get Started: Your Neurologic Toolbox
Stroke and Cerebrovascular Disease
Headache
Concussion (aka Mild Traumatic Brain Injury)
Dizziness
Seizures
Neurocognitive Disorders and Dementia
Meningitis, Encephalitis, and other Infectious Diseases of the Nervous System
Multiple Sclerosis (and other Immunologic Diseases of the Central Nervous System)
The Spinal Cord
The Peripheral Neuropathies and Amyotrophic Lateral Sclerosis
Diseases of the Muscles and the Neuromuscular Junction
Parkinson Disease and other Movement Disorders
Neurocritical Care
Altered Mental Status
Neuro- oncology
Genetic Diseases and Syndromes
The Cranial Nerves
Is That All There Is?Digital Access Ovid 2023 - Printby Robert J. Ruben.Contents:
Acknowledgments
Otological diseases, Part 1 : From prehistory to 1700
Otological diseases, Part 2 : From the 18th century to the 21st century
Otological diseases, Part 3 : Summation
References
Index. - DigitalElena Aguilar.Contents:
Habits and dispositions of emotionally resilient educators
A calendar of learning
The resilience manifesto
Know yourself : June
Understand emotions : July
Tell empowering stories : August
Build community : September
Be here now : October
Take care of yourself : November
Focus on the bright spots : December
Cultivate compassion : January
Be a learner : February
Play and create : March
Ride the waves of change : April
Celebrate and appreciate : May
Conclusion : onward to freedom.Digital Access Wiley 2018 - Digitaledited by Dimitris Rigopoulos, Boni Elewski, Bertrand Richert.Contents:
The history of onychomycosis
Epidemiology of onychomycosis
Tinea pedis and onychomycosis
Clinical features : classification
Grading onychomycosis
Routine and emerging techniques in onychomycosis diagnosis
Histopathology of onychomycosis
Dermoscopy in the diagnosis of onychomycosis
Differential diagnosis of onychomycosis
Predicting the outcome of treatment : prognostic factors
Topical therapies for onychomycosis
Systemic treatment of onychomycosis
Laser devices in the treatment of onychomycosis
Photodynamic therapy (PDT) in the treatment of onychomycosis
Onychomycosis and iontophoresis
Nail drilling
Physical treatment of onychomycosis
Onychomycosis : algorithm
Prevention of relapse and re-infection : prophylaxis
Future treatments for onychomycosis
Onychomycosis in special population
Onychomycosis : the podiatric physician perspective
Home remedies for onychomycosis.Digital Access Wiley 2018 - PrintMalgorzata Kloc, editor.Contents:
1. Exoogenous molecule and organelle delivery in oogenesis
2. Control of mammalian oocyte development by interactions with the matenal follicular environment
3. Transovarial transmission of symbionts in insects
4. Acquisition of oocyte polarity
5. The pole (germ) plasm in insect oocytes
6. Multiple functions of the DEAD-Box helicase vasa in Drosophila oogenesis
7. The role of microtubule motors in mRNA localization and patterning within the Drosophila oocyte
8. Phosphoinositides and cell polarity in the Drosophila egg chamber
9. RNA localization in the vertebrate oocyte: establishment of oocyte polarity and localized mRNA assemblages
10. DNA methyltransferases in mammalian oocytes
11. Accumulation of chromatin remodelling enzyme and histone transcripts in bovine oocytes
12. Translational regulation in the mammalian oocyte
13. Regulation of translationally repressed mRNAs in zebrafish and mouse oocytes
14. Switches in dicer activity during oogenesis and early development
15. The regulation and function of cohesin and condensin in mammalian oocytes and spermatocytes
16. Supply and demand of energy in the oocyte and the role of mitochondria
17. Functions of vitellogenin in eggs
18. Lipids in insect oocytes: from the storage pathways to their multiple functions
19. Parthenogenesis in insects: the centriole renaissance
20. The origin and evolution of maternal genes
21. Noninheritable maternal factors useful for genetic manipulation in mammals. - DigitalFederico Coccolini, Rao Ivatury, Michael Sugrue, Luca Ansaloni, editors.Contents:
1 Open abdomen: historical notes
2 Basic research in open abdomen
3 Anatomy and physiology of the abdominal compartment
4 Open abdomen: balancing pathophysiologic benefits and risks in the era of improved resuscitation practices
5 Indications for open abdomen in the non-trauma setting
6 Open abdomen in trauma
7 Open abdomen in patients with-abdominal sepsis
8 Open abdomen in acute pancreatitis
9 Open abdomen in non-traumatic vascular emergencies
10 Management of the open abdomen: the temporary closure systems
11 Role of instillation in open abdomen management
12 Open abdomen in infants and children
13 Intensive care Unit Management of the adult open abdomen
14 Management of the open abdomen in PICU
15 Nutrition support in patients with an open abdomen
16 Nursing management of open abdomen patients
17 Open abdomen Complications: prevention and management
18 Mistakes in open abdomen
19 Definitive closure, long-term results and management of ventral hernia
20 Biological prosthesis for abdominal wall reconstruction
21 Rehabilitative process, functional impairment and quality of life
22 Results of treatment with open abdomen and future directives.Digital Access Springer 2018 - DigitalJohn Wickham.Summary: "Keyhole surgery has been made possible through the rapid development of various medical technologies, first pioneered in the 1970s. Revolutionary in the way it reduced the risk, surgical complications, healing time and scarring compared to open surgery, keyhole surgery soon became the preferred method throughout many surgical specialities. Here, John Wickham, the 'godfather' of robotic surgery, reflects on a life spent in research, discovery and struggle for innovation in order to make keyhole surgery widespread, accessible and available to patients. An Open and Shut Case tracks the evolution of surgery in the later parts of the 20th century, from initial surgical training in the 1960s to the rapid growth in the field of minimally invasive techniques throughout the 1970s and 80s in many specialities, precursors to the techniques used today. It concludes with a look at the effect of the National Health Service on the practice of medicine and nursing in the UK throughout this time. Perfect for surgeons and those interested in the history of surgery and surgical techniques, it also focusses on lessons learnt, both good and bad, when dealing with the management of public health."--Publisher's website.Digital Access World Scientific 2017
- Digitaledited by Nick Putman & Brian Martindale.Summary: "Open Dialogue for Psychosis will be a key text for clinicians and administrators interested in this unique approach. It will also be suitable for people who have experienced psychosis and members of their families and networks, particularly those who recognise that services need to change for the better but are seeking guidance on how this can be achieved"-- Provided by publisher.Digital Access TandFonline 2021
- DigitalJames W. Pennebaker, PhD, Joshua M. Smyth, PhD.Summary: "Expressing painful emotions is hard--yet it can actually improve our mental and physical health. Distinguished psychologist James W. Pennebaker has spent decades studying what happens when people take just a few minutes to write about deeply felt personal experiences or problems. This lucid, compassionate book has introduced tens of thousands of readers to an easy to use self help technique that has been proven to heal old emotional wounds, promote a sense of well being, decrease stress, improve relationships, and boost the immune system. Updated with findings from hundreds of new studies, the significantly revised second edition now contains practical exercises to help readers try out expressive writing. It features extensive new information on specific health benefits, as well as when the approach may not be helpful"-- Provided by publisher.
Contents:
Introduction
"Shh ... It's a secret": beginning to explore the connection between confession and health
The invention of the expressive writing approach
What's on your mind?: Health benefits of verbal and written disclosure
Dealing with chronic health problems using expressive writing
Writing to clear the mind: expressive writing in learning and education
"Get these thoughts out of my head!" Getting past obsessions, insomnia, and bouts of stupidity
To speed up or slow down?: How people differ in coping with trauma
"I'm here for you ... or am I?": The audience on the other end of our words
How does writing help us secure a healthier and happier future?
Pulling it all together: recommendations for your use of expressive writing.Digital Access ProQuest Ebook Central 2016 - Digitaledited by Alan David Kaye, Louisiana State University, Richard D. Urman, Harvard Medical School, Charles J. Fox, III, Louisiana State University, Shreveport.Digital Access Cambridge 2018
- Digitaledited by Sherry M. Wren, MD, FACS, FCS(ECSA), Stanford University and Adam L. Kushner, MD, MPH, FACS, Johns Hopkins Bloomberg School of Public Health ; foreword by David B. Hoyt, MD, FACS, Executive Director, American College of Surgeons.Contents:
Filling the void : drafting surgery and Ebola guidelines / Sherry M. Wren and Adam L. Kushner
The United States domestic response to Ebola : experience of the Nebraska biocontainment unit / Angela Hewlett and Daniel Johnson
Closing the Medecins Sans Frontieres Maternity Hospital in Sierra Leone / Severine Caluwaerts
Treating Ebola and non-Ebola patients at Connaught Hospital in Freetown, Sierra Leone / Thaim B. Kamara
Anesthesia and Ebola : a loss of touch / Eva Hanciles, Mark J. Harris and Michael Koroma
A clinical officer training program in Sierra Leone and the decline of surgical care due to Ebola / Hakon A. Balkon
A way to deliver maternity care during the West Africa Ebola outbreak / Andrew M.R. Hall, Elizabeth Koroma, Andrew J. Michaels, Kathryn P. Barron, Oliver Johnson, Marta Lado
Surgery in during a time of Ebola / Andrew J. Michaels, Ronald C. Marsh, Mohamed G. Sheku, Songor S.J. Koedoyoma, Andrew M.R. Hall, and Kathryn P. Barron
Operating in PPE / Andrew J. Michaels, Ronald C. Marsh, Mohamed G. Sheku, Songor S.J. Koedoyoma, Andrew M.R. Hall, and Kathryn P. Barron
A surgeon as outbreak investigator : Ebola in Liberia / Joseph Forrester.Digital Access 2017 - DigitalDavid W. Callaway, Jonathan L. Burstein, editors.Summary: This book provides a comprehensive overview of the medical and operational management of blast and explosive incidents affecting civilian populations. It incorporates global lessons learned from first responders, emergency medicine providers, surgeons, intensivists, and military specialists with deep experience in handling blast injuries from point of injury through rehabilitation. The book begins with background and introductory information on blast physics, explosion types, frequency, and perspectives from the military. This is followed by a section on prehospital management focusing on medical and trauma responses, triage, psychological consequences, and operational considerations. It then examines the roles of the emergency department and ICU with chapters on planning and training, surge capacity, resilience, management of common injury types, contamination, and ventilator strategies. The next section covers surgical treatment of a variety of blast injuries such as thoracoabdominal, extremity and vascular, and orthopedic injuries. The book then discusses medical treatment of various injury patterns including lung, abdominal, extremity, and traumatic brain injury. The final section of the book covers post-hospital considerations such as rehabilitation, mental health, and community resilience. Throughout, case studies of recent incidents provide real-life examples of operational and medical management. Operational and Medical Management of Explosive and Blast Incidents is an essential resource for physicians and related professionals, residents, nurses, and medical students in emergency medicine, traumatic surgery, intensive care medicine, and public health as well as civilian and military EMS providers.
Contents:
Part I. Introduction
Chapter 1. Scope and Scale of the Problem
Chapter 2. Blast Physics and Biophysics
Chapter 3. State of the Science
Blast Injury Pathophysiology
Chapter 4. Operational Considerations: Review of Contemporary Data
Chapter 5. Civilian Hospital and Healthcare System Preparedness (Location, Preparedness, Epidemiology Review of Data)
Chapter 6. Military Trauma System Response to Blast MCI
Chapter 7. The Modern Explosive Threat: Improvised Explosive Devices
Chapter 8. Interagency Collaboration and Maturation
The United Kingdom Experience
Chapter 9. Case Study: The Madrid Train Bombing of March 11, 2004 Part II. Prehospital Management
Chapter 10. Scope of the Problem and Operational Considerations
Chapter 11. Lessons in Prehospital Trauma Management During Combat
Chapter 12. First Responders: Clinical Care of Blast Trauma in the Prehospital Setting
Chapter 13. The Explosive Mass Casualty: Prehospital Incident Management and Triage
Chapter 14. Transporting Blast-Injured Patients
Chapter 15. Risk-Related Zones of Prehospital Operations
Chapter 16. Tactical Emergency Medical Support (TEMS)
Chapter 17. Case Study: Ptimary Blast Injury in a Field Setting
Chapter 18. Case Study: 2013 Boston Marathon
Part III. Emergency Department
Chapter 19. Emergency Department Response to Explosive Incidents: Scope of the Problem and Operational Considerations
Chapter 20. Emergency Medicine: Combat Lessons Learned
Chapter 21. First Receivers: Managing Blast Injuries upon Hospital Arrival
Chapter 22. The Role of Blood Products in Damage Control Resuscitation in Explosion-Related Trauma
Chapter 23. Pediatric Considerations
Chapter 24. Organization, Operations, Management, and Their Role in Surge Capacity and Mass Casualty Incidents
Chapter 25. Case Study: Emergency Department Response to the Boston Marathon Bombing
Chapter 26. Case Study: Management of Blast Incidents in Israel
Part IV. Surgical Management
Chapter 27. Scope of the Problem and Operational Considerations: Logistics, Surge Capacity, Organizing a Response, Sustainment Issues, Resource Utilization
Chapter 28. Combat Lessons Learned
Chapter 29. Damage Control Surgery
Chapter 30. Anesthesia Care in Blast Injury
Chapter 31. Vascular Injuries
Chapter 32. Management of Thoracoabdominal Blast Injuries
Chapter 33. Genitourinary Injuries
Chapter 34. Management of Orthopaedic Blast Injuries
Chapter 35. Reconstructive Plastic Surgery in Blast and Burn Injuries
Chapter 36. Pediatric Blast Injuries
Chapter 37. Case Study: Boston Bombings, a Surgeons View
Part V. ICU Management
Chapter 38. ICU Management of Blast Victims: Scope of the Problem and Operational Considerations
Chapter 39. Ventilator Strategies
Chapter 40. ICU Management: Extended Resuscitation Considerations
Chapter 41. Case Study from Afghanistan: Dismounted Complex Blast Injury
Part VI. Special Considerations
Chapter 42. Chemical, Biological, Radiological, or Nuclear Event (CBRNE): Prehospital and Hospital Management
Chapter 43. Burn Management
Chapter 44. Wound Management
Chapter 45. Psychological Consequences: Responders and Community. - DigitalFridun Kerschbaumer, Kuno Weise, Carl Joachim Wirth, Alexander R. Vaccaro.Contents:
Cervical spine and cervicothoracic junction
Thoracic spine
Thoracolumbar junction
Lumbar spine and lumbosacral junction
Cervical spine
Thoracic and lumbar spine
Pelvis : pelvic ring
Pelvis : acetabulum
Hip joint
Femur
Knee
Lower leg
Foot
Scapula and clavicle
Shoulder
Humerus
Elbow
Forearm
Wrist
Hand.Digital Access Thieme-Connect 2015 - DigitalVipul R. Patel, Manickam Ramalingam, editors.Summary: This second edition title is the ideal reference book for residents and fellows, with step-by-step pictures and only the essential prose. The major part of Operative Atlas of Laparoscopic and Robotic Reconstructive Urology, 2 edition is illustrated with magnificent photographs and diagrams depicting every step of a particular procedure. Instruments are clearly shown and have been photographed from both outside and inside the body. Chapters demonstrate accepted laparoscopic techniques that are the new gold standard in urology. Outcome analyses show that with laparoscopy, one can achieve the same oncologic success as with open surgery but will less morbidity.
- DigitalAlexander Y. Shin, Nicholas Pulos, editors.Summary: Fully illustrated and enhanced with accompanying video clips, this comprehensive text presents the clinical evaluation and management of brachial plexus injuries and reconstruction, both for adult patients and birth injuries. Divided into two main sections, part one covers adult brachial plexus injuries, discussing the relevant anatomy and biology, epidemiology, and associated injuries. The main focus, however, is on diagnosis the clinical exam as well as neurodiagnostic and radiographic evaluation and surgical management approaches and techniques, including nerve grafting and transfers, tendon and muscle transfers, and joint fusion. Related topics are presented in chapters on sensory reinnervation, neuropathic pain management, the role of amputation and prosthetics, and pre- and post-surgical therapy protocols. Brachial plexus birth injury is described in part two, also focusing mainly on diagnosis and management but with an emphasis on the fact that babies are not small adults and special considerations are warranted. This section concludes with chapters on the management of late complications and long-term sequelae. A comprehensive surgical text on brachial plexus injuries has not been previously attempted. Filling a large gap in the literature, Operative Brachial Plexus Surgery is the go-to resource for adult and birth related brachial plexus reconstruction for orthopedic surgeons, neurosurgeons, plastics surgeons, and their trainees.
Contents:
Adult Brachial Plexus Injuries: A Historical Perspective
Part 1 SURGICAL ANATOMY
Surgical Anatomy of the Brachial Plexus
Mechanisms of Injury
Biology of Nerve Injury
Epidemiology of Adult Traumatic Brachial Plexus Injuries
Associated Concomitant Injuries
EVALUATION
Examination of the Adult Brachial Plexus Patient
Neurodiagnostic Evalution: EMG and NCS
Neurodiagnostic Evalution: Intraoperative Monitoring
Adult Brachial Plexus Injuries: Evaluation radiologic Evaluation
ADULT BRACHIAL PLEXUS INJURIES: DETERMINANTS OF TREATMENT (TIMING, INJURY TYPE, INJURY PATTERN)
Priorities of Treatment and Rationale in Adult BPI
TREATMENT OPTIONS IN ADULTS Root Grafting in Adult Brachial Plexus Injuries
Nerve Transfers to Shoulder and Elbow
Free-Functioning Muscle Transfer
Tendon Transfers of the Shoulder, Elbow, Wrist and Hand
Glenohumeral arthrodesis in brachial plexus palsy
Reconstructive Options for the Thumb Axis in a Brachial Plexus Injury
Wrist arthrodesis in the adult brachial plexus patient
SURGICAL APPROACHES
Supraclavicular Exposure of the Brachial Plexus
Infraclavicular Exposure of the Brachial Plexus
Posterior Approach for Spinal Accessory to Suprascapular Nerve
Surgical Approach: Axillary Posterior
Anterior Approach for Axillary Nerve Reconstruction
Upper brachium approach: the lnar-Biceps Median-Brachialis double nerve transfer
Intercostal nerve harvest in brachial plexus injuries
Sural Nerve Harvest
Contralateral C7 nerve transfer in the Treatment of Adult Brachial plexus Injuries and Spastic Hemiplegia
The harvest of a free innervated functional gracilis muscle and its use in brachial plexus injuries
MANAGEMENT OF SPECIFIC INJURY PATTERNS
Management of C5-6 Injuries
Management of C5-7 Injuries.-Strategies for Pan Brachial Plexus Reconstruction: The Mayo Clinic Brachial Plexus Team Approach
Lower type injuries of the brachial plexus (C6-T1, C7-T1 and C8-T1 root involvement)
RESTORATION OF HAND FUNCTION IN PAN PLEXUS INJURY
Restoration of Hand Function in Pan Plexus Injury - Double Free Functioning Muscle Transfer.-Restoration of hand function in total brachial plexus avulsion injury
Intercostal nerve transfer for sensory reconstruction of the hand following complete avulsion of the brachial plexus
Management of Neuropathic Pain Role of Amputation and Prosthetic Fitting
The Role of Therapy: Pre and Post-Surgery Protocols
PEDIATRIC BRACHIAL PLEXUS INJURY
Historical Perspectives
Mechanism of Injury
The Biology of Brachial Plexus Birth Injuries
Epidemiology of Obstetrical Brachial Plexus Injuries
Associated Concomitant Injuries
Clinical Examination of the Child with Brachial Plexus Birth Injury
Operative Brachial Plexus Surgery: Brachial Plexus Birth Injury - Neurodiagnostic Evaluation
Pediatric Brachial Plexus Injuries: Evaluation radiologic Evaluation
Priorities of Treatment and Rationale (Babies Are Not Small Adults)
Treatment Options in Babies
Surgical Approaches
Management of Specific Patterns of Injury-Erbs and Extended Erbs Palsy
Management of Specific Patterns of Injury-Pan Plexus
Expected Outcomes
Late Complications and Treatmen. - DigitalFilippo Gagliardi, Cristian Gragnaniello, Pietro Mortini, Anthony J. Caputy.Digital Access Thieme MedOne Neurosurgery 2018
- DigitalJamal J. Hoballah, Carol E.H. Scott-Conner, Hui Sen Chong, editors.Digital Access Springer 2017
- DigitalEric D. Rosenberg, Alanna S. Nattis, Richard J. Nattis, editors.Digital Access Springer 2017
- DigitalEric D. Rosenberg, Alanna S. Nattis, Richard J. Nattis, editors.Summary: This timely second edition expands upon the first edition, working to provide physicians with a comprehensive review of surgical cases within the field of ophthalmology. Extensive updates have been made to existing chapters, along with new chapters on hot topics in ophthalmology inserted throughout the existing text. Featuring important steps within each surgical case, indications for the procedure, possible complications, and a sample dictation the review serves as both a preparation and debriefing for each surgeon, or surgeon in training, by improving comprehension time, cultivating surgical forethought, and refining post-operative dictations.
Contents:
Part I Conjunctiva
1. Pterygium Excision with Conjunctival Autograft
2. Pterygium Excision with Conjunctival Pedicle Graft
3. Pterygium Excision with Amniotic Membrane Graft
4. Sealing the Gap with Amniotic Membrane Transplantation for Primary and Recurrent Pterygium
5. Repair of Conjunctivochalasis
6. Restoration of Fornix Tear Reservoir by Amniotic Membrane Transplantation in Conjunctivochalasis
7. Amniotic Membrane Transplantation in StevensJohnson Syndrome
8. Gundersens Conjunctival Flap
Part II Cornea
9. EDTA Chelation for Calcific Band Keratopathy
10. Removal of Salzmanns Nodule and Amniotic Membrane Placement
11. Corneal Cross-Linking
12. Insertion of Intrastromal Corneal Ring Segments (ICRS), Femtosecond Laser Assisted
13. Manual Deep Anterior Lamellar Keratoplasty (Manual DALK)
14. Femtosecond Laser-Assisted Deep Anterior Lamellar Keratoplasty (FSDALK)
15. Descemets Stripping Automated Endothelial Keratoplasty (DSAEK)
16. Descemets Membrane Endothelial Keratoplasty (DMEK)
17. Rebubbling of DMEK Grafts
18. Penetrating Keratoplasty (PKP)
19. Keratoprosthesis
20. Simple Limbal Epithelial Transplant (SLET)
21. Orbit: Neurotrophic Keratopathy (Direct Corneal Neurotization)
Part III Refractive
22. Astigmatic Keratotomy
23. Limbal Relaxing Incision
Part IV Iris
24. Iris Repair (Iridoplasty) Using the Siepser Sliding Knot
25. Iridodialysis Repair: Transcleral Suturing Technique
26. Iridodialysis Repair Using the Sewing Machine Technique
27. Iris Cerclage for Traumatic Mydriasis
Part V Cataract and Advanced Lens Procedures
28. Cataract Extraction, with Intraocular Lens Implant
29. Cataract Extraction, Femtosecond Laser Assisted
30. Cataract Extraction, the Use of Iris Hooks for Intraoperative Floppy Iris Syndrome (IFIS)
31. Cataract Extraction, Malyugin Ring
32. Cataract Extraction, Extracapsular (ECCE)
33. Cataract Extraction Requiring Vitrectomy due to Violation of the Posterior Capsule with Lens Implantation (Optic Capture, in the Bag, Sulcus, and ACIOL)
34. Iris-Enclavated Intraocular Lens Implantation
35. IOL Explantation with Iris-Enclavated Intraocular Lens Implantation
36. Repair and Centration of Dislocated IOL Using McCannel Suture Technique
37. Intraocular Lens Exchange
38. Phakic IOL Removal and Cataract Extraction
39. Glued Intrascleral Haptic Fixation of an Intraocular Lens
40. Intrascleral Haptic-Fixated IOL Implantation
41. Scleral Suturing and Fixation of a Dislocated Intraocular Lens
Part VI Combined Cataract and Glaucoma Procedures
42. Cataract Extraction, Endocyclophotocoagulation, and Goniosynechialysis
43. Target Placement of iStent inject Combined with Phacoemulsification
44. iStent Inject in Combination with Cataract Surgery
45. Cataract Extraction and iStent Inject Trabecular Bypass Device
46. Xen Gel Stent and Cataract Extraction
47. Cataract Extraction and Hydrus Microstent Implantation
48. PreserFlo Microshunt and Cataract Extraction
49. Canaloplasty and Cataract Extraction
50. Cataract Extraction and Gonioscopy-assisted Transluminal Trabeculotomy
51. Baerveldt Drainage Shunt with Scleral Patch Graft and Cataract Extraction
52. Ahmed Glaucoma Valve with Scleral Patch Graft and Cataract Extraction
53. Molteno Tube Shunt with Pericardial Patch Graft
54. Cataract Extraction with Gold Metal Shunt (GMS) Implant
Part VII Filtering and Glaucoma
55. Laser Table
56. Laser Peripheral Iridotomy
57. Laser Peripheral Iridoplasty
58. Transswcleral Diode Laser Cyclophotocoagulation (CPC)
59. Micropulse Trans-scleral Cyclophotocoagulation (mTSCPC)
60. Laser Trabeculoplasty
61. Cyclocryotherapy
62. Goniosynechialysis
63. Trabectome (Trabeculectomy Ab Interno)
64. Goniotomy and Exam Under Anesthesia (EUA)
65. Trabeculotomy and Exam Under Anesthesia (EUA)
66. Trabeculectomy
67. Gonioscopy-assisted Transluminal Trabeculotomy
68. Target Placement of Multiple iStents
69. PreserFlo Microshunt
70. XEN Gel Stent
71. ExPress Shunt Filtration Procedure
72. Baerveldt Drainage Shunt with Scleral Patch Graft
73. Glaucoma Drainage Device (Ahmed Valve FP-7)
74. Viscocanalostomy
75. Canaloplasty
76. Deep Sclerectomy with Collagen Implant
77. Gold Metal Shunt (GMS) Implant
Part VIII Pediatrics and Strabismus
78. Nasolacrimal Duct Probing
79. Lacrimal Intubation
80. Bilateral Lateral Rectus Recession (BLR)
81. Recession and Resection (R&R)
82. Bilateral Medial Rectus Recession (BMR)
83. Bilateral Inferior Oblique and Lateral Rectus Recession
84. Vertical and Horizontal Muscle Recessions With and Without Adjustable Suture
85. Hummelsheim Transposition for Complete Paralytic Sixth Nerve Palsy
86. Inferior Oblique Anteriorization
87. Inferior Oblique Myotomy
88. Superior Oblique Tuck
89. Adjustable Suture Modifier
90. Harada-Ito
91. Partial Tendon Recession for Small-angle Vertical Strabismus
92. Lateral Transposition of the Superior and Inferior Rectus Muscles for 6th Nerve Palsy with/without Foster Augmentation
93. Jensens Procedure
94. Vertical Transposition of the Horizontal Recti (Knapp Procedure)
95. Surgical Optical Iridectomy
96. Surgical Posterior Capsulotomy with Anterior Vitrectomy
97. Secondary Intraocular Lens Implant with Soemmering Ring Debulking
Part IX Retina and Vitreous
98. Panretinal Photocoagulation (PRP)
99. Focal Macular Laser
100. Laser Retinopexy
101. Intravitreal Injection
102. Pneumatic Retinopexy 1
103. Pneumatic Retinopexy 2
104. Pars Plana Vitrectomy
105. Evacuation of Vitreous Hemorrhage via Pars Plana Vitrectomy
106. Pars Plana Vitrectomy for Infectious Endophthalmitis
107. Pars Plana Vitrectomy and Pars Plana Lensectomy for Retained Lens Fragments
108. IOL Exchange with Gore-Tex Scleral Fixation of an Akreos Adapt AO
109. Secondary Scleral Fixation of 3-piece Intraocular Lens Using 27-gauge Vitrectomy Trocars
110. Repair of Macular Hole
111. Internal Limiting Membrane Peel
112. Removal of Epiretinal Membrane (ERM Peel)
113. Repair of Retinal Detachment via Pars Plana Vitrectomy (C3F8/SF6/Oil)
114. Repair of Tractional Retinal Detachment
115. Repair of Retinal Detachment with Giant Retinal Tear
116. Scleral Buckling for Primary Retinal Detachment 1
117. Scleral Buckling for Primary Retinal Detachment 2
118. Scleral Buckling for Rhegmatogenous Retinal Detachment
119. Scleral Buckle with Vitrectomy
120. Removal of Silicone Oil Following PPV and Retinal Detachment Repair
121. Drainage of Suprachoroidal Hemorrhage
Part X Occuloplastics and Orbit
122. Orbit: One-Wal (Medial) Decompression
123. Orbit: Two-Wall (Medial and Floor) Decompression
124. Orbit: Three-Wall (Medial, Floor, and Lateral) Decompression
125. Orbit: Canthal Advancement and Balanced Orbital Decompression
126. Orbit: Dermis Fat Graft (DFG) for Orbital Volume Augmentation
127. Orbit: Lacrimal Gland Biopsy
128. Orbit: Lacrimal Gland Resuspension
129. Orbit: Percutaneous Sclerotherapy
130. Orbit: Eye Socket Reconstruction with Mucous Membrane Graft
131. Orbit: Enucleation
132. Orbit: Evisceration
133. Orbit: Orbital Exenteration with Split-Thickness Skin Graft
134. Orbit: Orbital Exenteration (Subtotal/Total/Extended)
135. Eyelid: Blepharoplasty, Upper Lid
136. Eyelid: Levator Resection
137. Eyelid: External Levator Resection
138. Eyelid: Levator Advancement
139. Eyelid: Conjunctival Mullerectomy
140. Eyelid: Conjunctival Mullers Muscle Resection (CMMR)
141. Eyelid: Frontalis Suspension
142. Eyelid: Transverse Everting Sutures (Quickert-Rathbun Sutures, Three-Suture Technique)
143. Eyelid: Entropion Repair (Internal)
144. Eyelid: Entropion Repair (External)
145. Eyelid: Ectropion Repair FTSG (Cicatricial)
146. Eyelid: Ectropion Repair, Tarsal Strip (Involutional)
147. Eyelid: Medial Ectropion Repair
148. Eyelid: Lateral Tarsal Strip with Medial Spindle for Ectropion Repair with Punctal Eversion
149. Eyelid: Lateral Canthotomy
150. Eyelid: Lateral Canthopexy
151. Eyelid: Floppy Eyelid Syndrome Repair (Wedge Resection)
152. Eyelid: Chalazion Incision and Drainage (I&D)
153. Eyelid: Wedge Resection for Eyelid Lesion
154. Eyelid: Temporary Tarsorrhaphy
155. Eyelid: Gold Weight Implantation
156. Levator Recession
157. Hard Palate Graft for Lower Eyelid Retraction Repair
158. Browpexy
159. Direct Brow Lift
160. Coronal Brow Lift
161. Internal Lateral Browpexy
162. Temporal Artery Biopsy
163. Botulinum Toxin Treatment of Benign Essential Blepharospasm (BEB) and Hemifacial Spasm
164. Optic Nerve Sheath Fenestration
165. Hughes Tarsoconjunctival Flap 1
166. Hughes Tarsoconjunctival Flap 2
167. Free Tarsal Graft
168. Anterior Lamellar Repositioning
169. Tenzel Semicircular Flap
170. O-to Z Plasty
171. Glabellar Flap
172. Punctoplasty
173. Probing of the Nasolacrimal Duct
174. Lacrimal System Intubation (Bicanalicular)
175. Lacrimal System Intubation (Monocanalicular)
176. Balloon Dacryocystoplasty
177. Conjunctivodacryocystorhinostomy (CDCR)
178. External Dacryocystorhinostomy 1 (DCR)
179. External Dacryocystorhinostomy 2 (DCR)
180. Endoscopic Dacryocystorhinostomy (DCR)
Part XI Cosmetic Surgery
181. Facelift: Deep Plane
182. Facelift, Plication
183. Endoscopic Brow Lift
184. Ablative Laser Resurfacing (CO2)
185. Cosmetic Botulinum Toxin Treatment
186. Cosmetic Tissue Filler Treatment
187. Dermis Fat Graft (DFG) for Superior Sulcus Volumetric Rejuvenation
Part XII Trauma
188. Eyelid Laceration Repair, Superficial and Deep
189. Repair of Marginal Laceration
190. Repair of Canali. - DigitalDominic J. Papandria, Gail E. Besner, R. Lawrence Moss, Karen A. Diefenbach, editors.Summary: This book provides pediatric surgeons with a comprehensive, up-to-date compilation of surgical and endoscopic procedures in the form of operative templates and explanatory text to orient learners to the pertinent details and technical variations of the operation. Each chapter includes procedure-specific indications and risks that are relevant to the consent process. Chapters are written by experts in their fields that represent eight distinct surgical subspecialties. Appropriate emphasis is placed on minimally-invasive approaches to portray contemporary practice whenever possible. The result reflects the authors' experiences while still addressing common technical variations to ensure that each chapter is broadly reflective of clinical practice. Operative Dictations in Pediatric Surgery is designed as a concise guide to the pediatric surgical trainee and practicing surgeon alike who care for children across the surgical spectrum. -- Provided by publisher.
Contents:
Rigid and Flexible Esophagoscopy for Foreign Body Removal
Flexible Esophagoscopy and Fluoroscopically-Guided Dilation
Repair of Esophageal Atresia with Tracheo-Esophageal Fistula (open and MIS approaches)
Esophageal Replacement
Esophagomyotomy (open and MIS approaches)
Esophagogastric Fundoplication (open and MIS approaches)
Hiatal and Paraesophageal Hernia (open and MIS approaches)
Esophagogastroduodenoscopy and Percutaneous Endoscopic Gastrostomy
Gastrostomy Placement (open and laparoscopic approach)
Pyloromyotomy (open and laparoscopic approach)
Exploratory Laparotomy for Complications of Peptic Ulcer Disease
Placement of Gastric Electrical Stimulator
Removal of Bezoars and Other Ingested Foreign Bodies (open and MIS approaches)
Sugiura Procedure (esophagogastric devascularization)
Laparoscopic Sleeve Gastrectomy
Laparoscopic Roux-En-Y Gastric Bypass
Jejunostomy Placement, Open and MIS approaches Laparotomy for Midgut Volvulus
Ladd's Procedure
Repair of Duodenal Atresia (open and MIS approaches)
Open Repair of Jejunoileal Atresia
Resection of Meckel's Diverticulum
Resection of Omphalomesenteric Duct Remnant
Reduction of Intussusception
Resection of Enteric Duplication or Mesenteric Cyst
Serial Transverse Enteroplasty (STEP)
Stricturoplasty and Small Bowel Stricture Bypass (open and MIS approaches)
Ileostomy Creation (open and MIS approaches)
Appendectomy
Cecal Volvulus
Percutaneous Peritoneal Drain Placement for Necrotizing Enterocolitis
Laparotomy for Necrotizing Enterocolitis
Malone Continent Appendicostomy
Total Abdominal Colectomy with End-Ileostomy
Completion Proctectomy and Ileal Pouch Anal Anastomosis, diverting loop ileostomy
Swenson-like Transanal Pull Through
Duhamel Procedure
Soave-like Transanal Endorectal Pull Through
Laparoscopic Colonic Mapping Laparoscopic Leveling Colostomy for Colonic Aganglionosis
Posterior Sagittal Anorectoplasty
Male
Posterior Sagittal Anorectoplasty
Female
Cloacal Reconstruction with Total Urogenital Mobilization
Anal Stricturoplasty
Vaginoplasty and Vaginal Replacement
Augmentation Enterocystoplasty
Urinary Conduit
Appendicovesicostomy/Mitrofanoff
Circumcision
Orchiopexy (open and MIS approaches)
Fowler-Stephens Procedure
Radical/Simple Orchiectomy
Incision and Drainage of Bartholin Gland Duct Cyst or Abscess with Word Catheter Placement; Marsupialization of Bartholin Gland Duct Cyst or Abscess
Management of Ovarian, Isolated Fallopian Tube, or Adnexal Torsion (open and MIS approaches)
Staging Laparotomy and Oophorectomy for Malignancy
Ovarian Cystectomy for Benign Ovarian Masses (open and MIS approaches)
Hymenectomy
Drainage of Tubo-Ovarian Abscess Surgical Management of an Ectopic Pregnancy Via Laparoscopic Salpingectomy or Laparoscopic Salpingostomy
Nephrectomy
Cholecystectomy
Kasai Portoenterostomy (open and MIS approaches)
Resection of Choledochal Cyst
Hepatic Resection (right/left hepatectomy; extended right/left hepatectomy; wedge resection)
Inguinal Hernia Repair
Ventral / Incisional Hernia Repair (open and MIS approaches)
Umbilical Hernia Repair
Silo Placement for Gastroschisis
Operative Repair of Gastroschisis
Sutureless Repair of Gastroschisis
Repair of Omphalocele
Interval Laparotomy with Placement of Temporary Closure
Flexible Bronchoscopy
Rigid Bronchoscopy and Foreign Body Removal
Tube Thoracostomy
Pulmonary Bleb Resection and Pleurodesis (open and MIS approaches)
Pectus Excavatum Repair (open and MIS approaches)
Ravitch Procedure (open approach for chest wall deformities)
Repair of Pectus Carinatum Transabdominal Repair of Congenital Diaphragmatic Hernia (open and MIS approaches)
Thoracic Repair of Congenital Diaphragmatic Hernia (open and MIS approaches)
Lobar Resection of Congenital Pulmonary Malformations (open and MIS approaches)
Extralobar Resection of Congenital Pulmonary Malformations (open and MIS approaches)
Thymectomy, Aortopexy
Ligation of Patent Ductus Arteriosus
Thymectomy (open and MIS approaches)
Pulmonary Decortication (open and MIS approaches)
Exploratory Laparotomy, Right/Left Nephrectomy, Para-Aortic/Paracaval Lymph Node Dissection
Abdominal Resection of Neuroblastoma
Right/Left Thoracotomy/Thoracoscopy, Resection of Paraspinal Thoracic Neuroblastoma
Right/Left Thoracoscopy/Thoracotomy, Resection of Pulmonary Nodule(s)
Adrenalectomy (open and MIS approaches)
Wide Local Excision of Malignant Melanoma with or without Sentinel Lymph Node Biopsy
Right/Left Thyroid Lobectomy/ Total Open and Percutaneous Dilation Tracheostomy
Cervical Lymph Node Biopsy
Excision of Thyroglossal Duct Cyst
Excision of Branchial Cleft Cyst / Sinus
Parathyroidectomy
Excision of Benign Soft Tissue Lesions
Incision and Drainage
Excisional Biopsy of Benign Breast Mass
Aspiration/Drainage of Breast Abscess
Excisional Lymph Node Biopsy
Torticollis
Resection of Postaxial Supernumerary Digits
Two-Incision Four Compartment Lower Extremity Fasciotomy
Splenectomy (open and MIS approach)
Splenorrhaphy
Subtotal Splenectomy or Splenic Cyst Excision
Placement of Central Venous Catheter
Placement of Catheters for Hemodialysis/Pheresis (HD) Utilizing Ultrasound (US) and Fluoroscopy
Extracorporeal Membrane Oxygenation (Venovenous) Cannulation
Extracorporeal Membrane Oxygenation (Arteriovenous) Cannulation
Extracorporeal Membrane Oxygenation Decannulation
Creation of Distal Splenorenal Shunt
Temporal Artery Biopsy Supraclavicular Right/Left First Rib Resection
Debridement of Burn Wounds
Thoracic and Abdominal Escharotomy
Upper Extremity Escharotomy and Fasciotomy
Lower Extremity Escharotomy and Fasciotomy
Excision and Autografting of Burn Wound
Burn Contracture Release
Placement of Peritoneal Dialysis Catheters. - DigitalTuan Anh Tran, Zubin J. Panthaki, Jamal J. Hoballah, Seth R. Thaller, editors.Digital Access Springer 2017
- Digitaledited by Daniel B. Jones and Steven D. Schwaitzberg.Contents:
Cover
Half Title
Title Page
Copyright Page
Contents
Foreword
Preface
Editors
Contributors
Section I: Minimally invasive surgery in the modern health care environment
1. Cost implications in minimally invasive surgery
2. Enhanced recovery programs in minimally invasive surgery
Section II: Flexible endoscopy
3. Training and privileging surgeons and gastroenterologists in endoscopy
4. Anesthetic challenges in the gastrointestinal suites
5. Diagnostic upper gastrointestinal endoscopy
6. Diagnostic upper endoscopy II. Endoscopic ultrasound
7. Dilatation and stenting
8. Therapeutic upper endoscopy II. Treatment of Barrett esophagus
9. Therapeutic upper endoscopy III. Treatment of gastroesophageal reflux
10. Endoscopic mucosal resection, endoscopic submucosal dissection, and endoscopic full-thickness resection in the upper gastrointestinal tract
11. Endoscopic procedures for morbid obesity
12. Therapeutic upper endoscopy VI. Revisional bariatric techniques-Suturing, scleraltherapy
13. Therapeutic upper endoscopy VII. Management of perforations and fistula
14. Therapeutic upper endoscopy VIII. Management of upper gastrointestinal bleeding
15. Diagnostic lower endoscopy I
16. Lower endoscopy therapeutic dilation and stenting
17. Transanal endoscopic microsurgery
18. Transanal minimally invasive surgery
19. Diagnostic lower endoscopy
20. Endoscopic procedures of the pancreas for complications of pancreatitis
21. Endoscopic procedures of the biliary tree
22. Endoscopy assistance in laparoscopic technique
Section III: Natural orifice surgery
23. Transvaginal Access for Natural Orifice Transluminal Endoscopic Surgery
24. Percutaneous endoscopic gastrostomy
25. Peroral endoscopic myotomy (POEM) for achalasia
26. Transvaginal cholecystectomy. 27. Transvaginal appendectomy
28. Natural orifice surgery. Colectomy
Section IV: Preparation for minimally invasive surgery
29. Telementoring in minimally invasive surgery
30. Objective metrics in the simulation of minimally invasive surgery
31. Virtual reality simulation in minimally invasive surgery
32. Training and credentialing in laparoscopy, including the Fundamental Use of Surgical Energy
33. Measuring quality in minimally invasive surgery
34. How the commitment to patient safety impacts operative practice in minimally invasive surgery
35. Three-dimensional transesophageal echocardiography in minimally invasive cardiac surgery
36. The impact of skills warm-up in minimally invasive surgery
37. The role of mental training in minimally invasive surgery
38. The ergonomic minimally invasive surgical/endoscopy suite
39. Energy sources in minimally invasive surgery
40. Anesthesia for laparoscopy. What does a surgeon need to know?
Section V: Access and imaging in minimally invasive surgery
41. Access in minimally invasive surgery
42. Single port and reduced port access
43. Diagnostic laparoscopy for benign and malignant disease
44. Laparoscopic ultrasound in surgery
45. Three-dimensional printing development and medical applications
Section VI: Minimally invasive treatment of esophageal disease
46. Anatomic and physiologic tests of esophageal function
47. 360° Fundo
48. Laparoscopic partial fundoplication
49. Laparoscopic placement of external magnetic antireflux ring
50. Laparoscopic antireflux esophageal lengthening procedure
51. Laparoscopic repair of paraesophageal hernia
52. Reoperative surgery after fundoplication
53. Laparoscopic treatment of achalasia
54. Robotic approach to achalasia
55. Laparoscopic treatment of esophageal diverticula. 56. Laparoscopic transhiatal esophagectomy for curative intent
57. Minimally invasive Ivor Lewis method for resection of esophageal cancer
Section VII: Minimally invasive treatment of gastric disease
58. Peptic ulcer disease
59. Resection of nonadenomatous gastric tumors
60. Laparoscopic resection for treatment of gastric cancer
61. The laparoscopic placement of feeding tubes
Section VIII: Laparoscopic treatment of morbid obesity
62. The impact of obesity epidemic. Relationship between body mass index and 30-day mortality risk
63. Laparoscopic adjustable gastric banding
64. Laparoscopic Roux-en-Y gastric bypass
65. Laparoscopic sleeve gastrectomy
66. Laparoscopic management of bariatric surgery complications
67. Laparoscopic reoperative bariatric surgery
68. Video-assisted thoracoscopic vagotomy for marginal ulcers
69. Intragastric balloon
Section IX: Minimally invasive treatment of hepatobiliary disease
70. Laparoscopic cholecystectomy and intraoperative biliary imaging
71. Laparoscopic common bile duct exploration
72. Laparoscopic left hepatectomy
73. Totally laparoscopic right hepatectomy
74. Laparoscopic hepatectomy. The Glissonian approach
75. Ablative treatment of liver tumors
76. Robotic approach to hepatic resections
77. Laparoscopic staging for pancreatic malignancy
78. Robot-assisted minimally invasive pancreaticoduodenectomy
79. Laparoscopic pancreaticoduodenectomy (Whipple)
80. Laparoscopic distal pancreatectomy
81. Laparoscopic surgery of the spleen
Section X: Minimally invasive approach to endocrine disease
82. Laparoscopic adrenalectomy
83. Endoscopic approaches to the thyroid and parathyroid glands
84. Laparoscopic resection of endocrine pancreatic neoplasms. Section XI: Minimally invasive approach to disease of the gastrointestinal tract
85. Laparoscopic treatment of diseases of the small bowel
86. Laparoscopic surgery of the appendix
87. Laparoscopic surgery for benign disease of the colon. Diverticulitis
88. Laparoscopic resection for carcinoma of the colon
89. Laparoscopic total mesorectal excision
90. Laparoscopic treatment of inflammatory bowel disease
91. Robotics in colon and rectal surgery
92. Hand-assisted colectomy techniques
93. Minimally invasive therapies for fecal incontinence
Section XII: Laparoscopic approach to inguinal and abdominal wall hernia
94. Laparoscopic totally extraperitoneal hernia repair
94A. Technique of transanal-assisted colon resection and rectopexy
95. Laparoscopic transabdominal preperitoneal inguinal hernia repair
96. Laparoscopic component separation
97. Biomaterial considerations in laparoscopic hernia repair
98. Laparoscopic incisional and ventral hernia repair
99. Robotic transabdominal preperitoneal inguinal hernia repair
100. Robotic ventral hernia repair
101. Laparoscopic repair of recurrent inguinal hernia
102. Laparoscopic repair of sports hernia
103. Laparoscopic robotics
Section XIII: Thoracoscopy
104. Thoracoscopic surgery of the mediastinum and esophagus
105. Video-assisted thoracic surgery lobectomy
Section XIV: Other minimally invasive abdominal/retroperitoneal procedures
106. The role of robotics in minimally invasive urologic surgery
107. Laparoscopic nephrectomy for malignancy
108. Laparoscopic donor nephrectomy
109. Laparoscopic approaches to aortic vascular disease
110. Laparoscopic median arcuate ligament release
111. Minimally invasive approach to retroperitoneal collections in necrotizing pancreatitis
Section XV: Pediatric laparoscopy and endoscopy. 112. Pediatric laparoscopy. General considerations
113. Laparoscopic hernia repair in children
114. Laparoscopic treatment of reflux in children
115. Laparoscopic treatment of benign gastrointestinal disease in children
Section XVI: Image guided surgery
116. Surgical procedures performed in radiology suites
117. Augmented reality
Section XVII: Essay on issues in minimally invasive surgery
118. The challenges and solutions of performing minimally invasive surgery in underdeveloped environments
119. Essay. The future of robotics in minimally invasive surgery
120. Essays on the future of endoscopic surgery. Redefining, future training, and credentialing pathways
Index.Digital Access TandFonline 2019 - DigitalTomoaki Taguchi, Tadashi Iwanaka, Takao Okamatsu, editors.Contents:
Part I. Basic Procedure
1. Vascular Access
2. Thoracotomy and Laparotomy
3. Laparoscopy and Thoracoscopy
4. Foreign Body Extraction
5. Tracheostomy
6. Tube Gastrostomy and Enterostomy
7. Colostomy : Formation and Closure
8. Gastrointestinal Anastomosis
9. Repair and anastomosis of blood vessel
10. Biopsy of Tumor
11. Rectal Biopsy
Part II. Head and Neck
12. Head and Neck Sinus and Mass
13. Pyriform sinus malformation
14. Accessory ear
Part III. Thoracic
15. Standard Operation for Esophageal Atresia
16. Esophageal Atresia with Long Gap
17. Thoracoscopic Operation for Esophageal Atresia
18. Lung Surgery
19. Thoracic Empyema
20. Congenital Diaphragmatic Hernia and Diaphragmatic Eventration
Part IV. Abdominal Wall
21. Inguinal Hernia; Standard Procedure
22. Inguinal Hernia; Laparoscopic Repair
23. Direct Inguinal Hernia and Femoral Hernia
24. Hydrocele, Nuck Hydrocele; Standard Procedure
25. Umbilical hernia, Umbilical plasty, and Linea alba hernia
26. Vitellointestinal fistula and Urachal remnant
27. Gastroschisis and Omphalocele
Part V. Abdominal
28. Laparoscopic Nissen's Fundoplication
29. Pyloromyotomy
30. Duodenal Atresia and Stenosis
31. Intestinal Atresia and Stenosis
32. Intestinal Malrotation
33. Meckel's Diverticulum
34. Internal Hernia
35. Intussusception
36. Appendectomy
37. Gastrointestinal Perforation
38. Hirschsprung's Disease
39. Imperforate Anus : Low type
40. Imperforate Anus: Intermediate and High Type
41. Rectovestibular fistula without imperforate anus (Perineal canal)
42. Anal Fistula
43. Anorectal Prolapse
44. Biliary Atresia
45. Choledochal cyst
46. Splenectomy
47. Portal vein hypoplasia and patent ductus venosus
Part VI. Urology
48. Pelviureteric Junction Obstruction
49. Vesicoureteric Reflux
50. Ureterocele
51. Suprapubic Cystostomy and Vesicocutaneostomy
52 Bladder Augmentation
53 Posterior-sagittal anorecto-urethro-vaginoplasty
54 Hypospadias
55 Posterior urethral valve
56 Phimosis
57 Cryptoorchidism and retractile testis
58 Testicular Torsion
Part VII. Tumors
59 Lymphatic Malformations
60 Neuroblastoma
61 Wilms' Tumor
62 Hepatoblastoma
63 Sacrococcygeal Teratoma
Part VIII. Abdominal Organ Transplantation
64.Donor Operation in Living Donor Liver Transplantation
65. Recipient Operation in Living Donor Liver Transplantation.Digital Access Springer 2016 - Digitaledited by Arin K. Greene, MD, MMSc, Department of Plastic and Oral Surgery, Lymphedema Program, Boston Children's Hospital, Harvard Medical School, Boston, Massachusetts.Summary: Vascular anomalies are common lesions affecting at least 5% of the population. Patients often require multi-disciplinary care. This is a ""how-to"" text that illustrates the principles and techniques for the surgical management of vascular anomalies. The book covers the entire field of vascular anomalies. In addition, the text describes the operative management of these lesions in different anatomical locations. The book was designed so that it can be easily referenced, and contains classification, operative principles, figures, and video provided by experts in the field.Digital Access Thieme MedOne Plastic Surgery 2017
- DigitalA. Cuschieri, G. Buess, J. Périssat (eds.).Summary: This guide is dedicated to a rapidly developing and continuously expanding area of surgery. All indications and conditions where this state-of-the-art method can be used are treated systematically in this comprehensive work. All of the authors and editors are pioneers of worldwide repute in their respective techniques. Special emphasis has been placed on highly informative diagrams which form an instructive complement to the numerous "real-time" figures taken directly during operative procedures through the endoscope. The clear text and the impressive high-quality illustrations make the book an essential and unique companion for every surgeon who wishes to become familiar with the new tecniques which today's patients expect from a first-class surgeon
Contents:
Introduction and Historical Aspects / A. Cuschieri and G. Buess
1. Nature and Scope of Endoscopic Surgery / A. Cuschieri and G. Buess
2. Instruments for Endoscopic Surgery / A. Melzer, G. Buess and A. Cuschieri
3. Video Imaging and Photodocumentation / M. Paz-Partlow
4. Ancillary Technology: Electrocautery, Thermocoagulation and Laser / H.-D. Reidenbach, J. Keckstein and G. Buess
5. Requirements for an Endoscopic Surgery Unit / G. Buess and A. Cuschieri
6. Training in Endoscopic Surgery / G. Buess and A. Cuschieri
7. Basic Surgical Procedures / A. Cuschieri, L.K. Nathanson and G. Buess
8. General Principles of Thoracoscopic Surgery / A. Cuschieri
9. Thoracoscopic Sympathectomy and Vagotomy / R. Wittmoser
10. Thoracoscopic Ligation of Pleural Bullae and Parietal Pleurectomy for Recurrent Spontaneous Pneumothorax. Treatment of Empyema and Pericardiectomy / A. Cuschieri and L.K. Nathanson
11. Thoracoscopic Oesophageal Myotomy for Motility Disorders / A. Cuschieri, L.K. Nathanson and S.M. Shimi
12. Perivisceral Endoscopic Oesophagectomy / G. Buess, H.D. Becker and G. Lenz
13. General Principles of Laparoscopic Surgery / A. Cuschieri
14. Diagnostic Laparoscopy and Laparoscopic Adhesiolysis / A. Cuschieri
15. Laparoscopic Appendicectomy / A. Pier and F. Gotz
16. Laparoscopic Cholecystectomy / J. Perissat
17. - DigitalNarain Moorjani, Bushra S. Rana, Francis C. Wells.Summary: This book reviews the surgical management of the mitral and tricuspid valves. It provides a detailed examination of the recent exponential improvements in the understanding of the pathophysiology of the disease processes affecting these valves, which has resulted in significant changes in the strategies that can be applied. Chapters include analysis of the basic sciences related to the anatomy and physiology of the mitral and tricuspid valves, pre-operative imaging of these valves, illustrating the variety of pathologies encountered, and critically a comprehensive step-by-step approach to the peri-operative management and surgical techniques pertaining to each pathological process. Operative Mitral and Tricuspid Valve Surgery systematically covers all major topics involved in the current practice of an adult cardiac surgeon who performs operations on the mitral and tricuspid valves. It is therefore suitable for the cardiac intensive care unit specialist interested in improving their knowledge of cardiac patient management. It is an essential resource for all adult cardiac surgeons and cardiac intervention specialists at any stage of their career.
Contents:
Introduction.- Anatomy.- Physiology.- Indications for surgery
functional classification / pathophysiology.- Imaging of the mitral and tricuspid valves.- Operative set-up
exposure and analysis.- Annular dilatation
ring annuloplasty (suture annuloplasty).- Leaflet perforation.- Posterior mitral valve prolapse
neo-chordae.- Posterior mitral valve prolapse
triangular resection.- Posterior mitral valve prolapse
quadrangular resection.- Posterior mitral valve prolapse
sliding annuloplasty.- Anterior mitral valve prolapse
neo-chordae.- Anterior mitral valve prolapse
chordal transfer.- Anterior mitral valve prolapse
chordal shortening.- Bi-leaflet prolapse
Barlow's disease.- Bi-leaflet prolapse
fibro-elastic disease.- Commissural prolaspe.- Alfieri stitch (edge-to-edge).- Annular calcification.- Ischaemic mitral regurgitation
down-sizing annuloplasty.- Ischaemic mitral regurgitation -IMR ring.- Ischaemic mitral regurgitation
papillary muscle apposition (Hvass sling).- Infective endocarditis (MV)
including peri-annular abscess.- Rheumatic MV repair.- Open mitral commissurotomy.- Mitral valve replacement with SVA preservation.- HOCM
SAM.- Chordal SAM.- Tricuspid valve repair
ring annuloplasty.- Tricuspid valve repair
reduction annuloplasty (de Vega).- Tricuspid valve repair
bicuspidisation (Kay annuloplasty).- Tricuspid valve repair
anterior leaflet augmentation (pericardial patch).- Tricuspid valve repair
Ebstein's anomaly.- Tricuspid valve replacement.- AF ablation surgery.- Minimally invasive mitral valve surgery.- Future techniques
percutaneous chordae, mitra-clip, CS devices etc.- Appendix.- Index. . - Digitaledited by Joseph Apuzzio, Anthony M. Vintzileos, Vincenzo Berghella, Jesus R. Alvarez-Perez.Summary: The new edition of this authoritative review of the clinical approach to diagnostic and therapeutic obstetric, maternal-fetal and perinatal procedures will be welcomed by all professionals involved in childbirth as a significant contribution to the practice of maternal-fetal medicine and surgical obstetrics.
Contents:
Anatomy of the anterior abdominal wall, uterus, and pelvic organs
Topographic anatomy of the perineum, vulva, vagina, and surrounding structures
Clinical pelvimetry
First-trimester embryofetoscopy
Chorionic villus sampling
Amniocentesis
Fetal transfusion
Fetal reduction and selective termination
Spontaneous and indicated abortions
Percutaneous intrauterine fetal shunting
Cordocentesis
Minimally invasive fetal surgery--The Colorado approach
Fetal surgery--The Texas children's fetal center approach
Cervical insufficiency
Advanced extrauterine pregnancy
The role of cesarean delivery in the management of fetal malformations
Evaluation and management of stillbirth
Antepartum hemorrhage
Intrapartum fetal monitoring
Normal vaginal delivery
Shoulder dystocia
Postpartum hemorrhage
Forceps delivery
Vacuum-assisted vaginal delivery
Fetal malpresentations
Delivery of twins and higher-order multiples
Maternal birth injuries
Puerperal inversion of the uterus
Wound healing, sutures, knots, needles, drains, and instruments
Cesarean delivery
Prevention of surgical site infections
Cesarean scar pregnancy
Anesthetic procedures in obstetrics
Cardiac monitoring in pregnancy
Trauma in pregnancy
Surgery during pregnancy
Urologic complications during pregnancy
Management of malignant and premalignant lesions of the female genital tract during pregnancy
Gestational trophoblastic disease
Patient safety.Digital Access TandFonline 2017 - Digitaleditors, Eugene N. Myers, Carl H. Synderman ; section editors, Elizabeth A. Blair [and twenty-one others].Summary: "Emergent operative technologies and surgical approaches have transformed today's otolaryngology-head and neck surgery, and the 3rd Edition of Operative Otolaryngology brings you up to date with all that's new in the field. You'll find detailed, superbly illustrated guidance on all of the endoscopic, microscopic, laser, surgically-implantable, radio-surgical, neurophysiological monitoring, and MR- and CT-imaging technological advances that now define contemporary operative OHNS - all in one comprehensive, two-volume reference. Covers everything from why a procedure should be performed to the latest surgical techniques to post-operative management and outcomes - from experts in otolaryngology, plastic surgery, oral and maxillofacial surgery, neurological surgery, and ophthalmology"--Publisher's description.Digital Access ClinicalKey 2018
- Digital[edited by] Moritz M. Ziegler, Richard G. Azizkhan, Daniel von Allmen, Thomas R. Weber.Contents:
Part I: General Principles
Part II: The Head and Neck
Part III: Chest Wall and Thoracic Disease Part IV: Abdominal Disease Part V: Urology for the Pediatric Surgeon
Part VI: Vascular System Anomalies
Part VII: Neurosurgery for the Pediatric Surgeon
Part VIII: Trauma
Part IX: Surgical Endocrinology
Part X: Oncology
Part XI: Solid Organ Transplantation.Digital Access - Digitaledited by Ari S. Hoschander, University of Miami Miller School of Medicine, Miami, FL, Christopher J. Salgado, University of Miami Miller School of Medicine, Miami, FL, Wrood Kassira, University of Miami Miller School of Medicine, Miami, FL, Seth R. Thaller, University of Miami Miller School of Medicine, Miami, FL.Contents:
Part 1. General reconstruction
part 2. Breast reconstruction
part 3. Maxillofacial
part 4. Comestic
part 5. Hand.Digital Access Thieme MedOne Plastic Surgery 2016 - Printunder the general editorship of Charles Rob and Rodney Smith, associate editor, Hugh Dudley.Contents:
v.[1], Abdomen, edited by Hugh Dudley [et al.] ; v.[3], Cardiothoracic surgery, edited by John W. Jackson ; v.[6], Eyes, edited by Stephen J. H. Miller ; v.[7], General principles, breast and hernia, edited by Hugh Dudley [et al.] ; v.[11], Neurosurgery, edited by Lindsay Symon ; v.[13],Orthopaedics, edited by George Bentley ; v.[14], Paediatric surgery, edited by H. Homewood Nixon ; - DigitalPaolo Aseni, Luciano De Carlis, Alessandro Mazzola, Antonino M. Grande, editors.Summary: The aim of this book is to identify and shed new light on the main surgical practices involved in acute care and trauma surgery. Adopting an evidence-based approach, a multidisciplinary team of surgeons and intensivists illustrate basic and advanced operative techniques, accompanied by a comprehensive and updated reference collection. Emerging surgical procedures in Acute Care Surgery are also explored step by step with the help of ample illustrations. Further, the book offers an overview of treatment options for acute organ failure, with a focus on peculiar clinical situations that call for special treatment, including: extracorporeal membrane oxygenation (ECMO), circulatory support and urgent liver transplantation. In order to identify the key determinants in decision-making and therapeutic support that can help avoid critical errors, authors not only define and discuss specific surgical techniques, but also present major issues and controversies related to it. In essence, the book can be considered a “What to do guide” that offers easy access to both basic and advanced lifesaving surgical procedures, due in part to text boxes highlighting “Tips, Tricks and Pitfalls” as well as advice on “Complications Management”. Many chapters are enriched by providing clinical case scenarios, an important educational resource including self–assessment questionnaires.
- Digitaledited by Rao R. Ivatury, editor.
- DigitalMary T. Hawn, editor-in-chief ; editor, Michael S. Sabel.Summary: "With an emphasis on the "hows and whys" of contemporary surgery, Operative Techniques in Breast, Endocrine, and Oncologic Surgery, Second Edition, features concise, bulleted text, full-color illustrations, and intraoperative photographs to clarify exactly what to look for and how to proceed. Drawn from the larger Operative Techniques in Surgery, Second Edition, this concise, stand-alone surgical atlas, overseen by editor-in-chief Mary T. Hawn and meticulously edited by Dr. Michael S. Sabel, focuses on the steps of each technique, rapidly directing you to the information you need to choose the right approach for each patient, perform it successfully, and achieve the best possible results. Provides comprehensive, step-by-step guidance on breast surgery and reconstruction; cutaneous oncology; and endocrine surgery Covers open as well as laparoscopic, endoscopic, robotic, and video-assisted procedures in breast, endocrine, and oncologic surgery Features new videos, personally selected by contributing authors and editors, that accompany numerous chapters throughout the book Contains extensive updates throughout, including new coverage of the American Board of Surgery's SCORE Curricula for General Surgery and for Complex General Surgical Oncology Follows the same format for each procedure: differential diagnosis, patient history and physical findings, imaging and other diagnostic studies, surgical management, techniques, pearls and pitfalls, postoperative care, outcomes, and complications Enrich Your eBook Reading Experience Read directly on your preferred device(s), such as computer, tablet, or smartphone. Easily convert to audiobook, powering your content with natural language text-to-speech. "-- Provided by publisher.Digital Access Ovid 2024
- Digital/PrintMichael S. Sabel, MD, editor ; Michael W. Mulholland, MD, PhD, editor-in-chief, illustrations by BodyScientific International, LLC.Digital Access Ovid 2015Print
- DigitalAlexander Albert, Alexander Assmann, Anna Kathrin Assmann, Hug Aubin, Artur Lichtenberg, editors.Summary: This book provides an invaluable practically applicable and comprehensive manual to coronary artery bypass grafting (CABG) surgery. Critical concepts and techniques are discussed in an easy-to-follow and understand step-by-step guide, featuring a wealth of intraoperative photos and illustrations with concise and instructive descriptions. Topics covered include classical sternotomy, variants of arterial revascularization, off-pump and minimally invasive techniques (MICS-CABG). Operative Techniques in Coronary Artery Bypass Surgery provides invaluable assistance to residents, fellows and trainee surgeons by explaining theoretical and technical aspects of the latest advances in procedural techniques and therapy personalization to optimize CABG surgical outcome. Considering that any heart team depends entirely on the participants' knowledge and their willingness to cooperate, this work allows cardiologists and the other participants of a heart team to better understand the strengths and limitations of state-of-the-art surgical coronary revascularization. The concepts synthesized within the checklists and decision algorithms provided also enable the reader to develop their knowledge of which technique is the most appropriate for a particular patient. .
Contents:
Strategical considerations and key concepts
Operative techniques 26
Prototype patients 50
Perspective MICS-CABG. 72. - DigitalJohn P. Girvin.Summary: This book describes the specific surgical techniques currently employed in patients with intractable epilepsy; it also covers the relevant technical aspects of general neurosurgery. All of the approaches associated with the various foci of epilepsy within the cerebral hemispheres are considered, including temporal and frontal lobectomies and corticectomies, parietal and occipital lobe resections, corpus callosotomy, hemispherectomy, and multiple subpial incisions. In addition, an individual chapter is devoted to electrocortical stimulation and functional localization of the so-called eloquent cortex. The more general topics on which guidance is provided include bipolar coagulation (with coverage of the physical principles, strength of the coagulating current, use of coagulation forceps, the advantages of correct irrigation, and use of cottonoid patties) and all of the measures required during the performance of operations under local anesthesia. The book is designed to meet the need for a practically oriented source of precise information on the operative procedures employed in epilepsy patients and will be of special value for neurosurgical residents and fellows.
- Digital[edited by] Gordon H. Baltuch, Arthur Cukiert.Summary: "Epilepsy is a common neurological disorder affecting an estimated 1% of the population, about 20 to 30% of which experience seizures inadequately controlled by medical therapy alone. Advances in anatomic and functional imaging modalities, stereotaxy, and the integration of neuronavigation during surgery have led to cutting-edge treatment options for patients with medically refractory epilepsy. Operative Techniques in Epilepsy Surgery, Second Edition, by Gordon H. Baltuch, Arthur Cukiert, and an impressive international group of contributors has been updated and expanded, reflecting the newest treatments for pediatric and adult epilepsy. Seven sections with 30 chapters encompass surgical planning, invasive EEG studies, cortical resection, intraoperative mapping, disconnection, neuromodulation, and further topics. Twelve cortical resection chapters cover surgical approaches such as amygdalohippocampectomy; hippocampal transection; frontal lobe, central region, and posterior quadrant resections; and microsurgery versus endoscopy for hypothalamic hamartomas. Disconnection procedures discussed in Section 5 include corpus callosotomy, hemispherectomy, and endoscopic-assisted approaches. Well-established procedures such as vagus nerve and deep brain stimulation are covered in the neuromodulation section, while the last section discusses radiosurgery for medically intractable cases. Key Highlights Chapters new to this edition include endoscopic callosotomy, laser-induced thermal therapy (LITT), and focused ultrasound High-quality illustrations, excellent operative and cadaver photographs, radiologic images, and tables enhance the understanding of impacted anatomy and specific techniques The addition of videos provides insightful step-by-step procedural guidance This is an essential reference for fellows and residents interested in epilepsy and functional neurosurgery, and an ideal overview for neurosurgeons, neurologists, and neuroradiologists in early stages of their career who wish to pursue this subspecialty"-- Provided by publisher.Digital Access
- Digitaleditors, Charles H. Thorne, Sammy Sinno ; editor-in-chief, Kevin C. Chung.Digital Access Ovid 2020
- DigitalMark E. Easley, MD; Sam W. Wiesel, MD.Summary: "Operative Techniques in Foot and Ankle Surgery provides full-color, step-by-step explanations of all operative procedures in podiatry. It contains the chapters on the foot and ankle from Sam W. Wiesel's Operative Techniques in Orthopaedic Surgery. Written by experts from leading institutions around the world, this superbly illustrated volume focuses on mastery of operative techniques and also provides a thorough understanding of how to select the best procedure how to avoid complications and what outcomes to expect"-- Provided by publisher.
Contents:
Section I. Forefoot
section II. Midfoot
section III. Hindfoot
section IV. Ankle
section V. Sports-related procedures for ankle and hindfoot.Digital Access Ovid 2017 - Digitaledited by Mark Easley, MD ; editors-in-chief, Sam W. Wiesel, MD, Todd J. Albert, MD.Digital Access Ovid 2022
- Digital[edited by] Kenneth D. Hatch.Summary: "The Operative Techniques in Gynecologic Surgery series will put step-by-step surgical techniques at the fingertips of the gynecologic surgeon"--Provided by publisher.
Contents:
I: Vulva
Superficial vulvectomy
Radical vulvectomy
Groin dissection
Sentinel nodes for vulva cancer
Reconstructive flaps for the vulva
II: Vagina
Vaginectomy: partial and complete
Laser of the vagina and vulva
Reconstruction with VRAM flap and STSG
III: Uterine cancer and sarcomas
Open surgery for apparent early-stage endometrial cancer
Vaginal hysterectomy for endometrial cancer
Laparoscopic hysterectomy with pelvic and paraaortic node dissection
Robotic extrafascial hysterectomy
Robotic sentinel lymph node dissection
Robotic pelvic, paraaortic, and infrarenal lymphadenectomies
IV: Cervical cancer
Colposcopy of preinvasive and invasive cervical cancers
Radical trachelectomy
Radical hysterectomy techniques: type B2 and type C2
Nerve-sparing radical hysterectomy
Sentinel lymphadenectomy in patients diagnosed with cervical cancer
Complete pelvic node dissection
Laparoscopic paraaortic node dissection for cervical cancer
Robotic nerve-sparing radical hysterectomy
Pelvic exenteration
Urinary diversion
Low rectal anastomosis
V: Ovarian operations cancer and benign
Ovarian cancer resection and debulking in the upper abdomen
Ovarian cancer resection and debulking in the lower abdomen
Early-stage ovarian cancer
VI: Intestinal operations
Bowel obstruction
Bowel fistula
VII: Urinary operations
Bladder operations
Ureteral operationsDigital Access LWW Health Library 2019 - Digital[edited by] Tommaso Falcone, MD, FRCS(C), FACOG, Professor of Surgery, Cleveland Clinic Lerner College of Medicine, Case Western Reserve University, Chairman of Department of Obstetrics and Gynecology & Women's Health Institute, Cleveland Clinic, Cleveland, Ohio, M. Jean Uy-Kroh, MD, FACOG, Assistant Professor of Surgery, Cleveland Clinic Lerner College of Medicine, Case Western Reserve University, Department of Obstetrics and Gynecology & Women's Health Institute, Director, Chronic Pelvic Pain Program, Cleveland Clinic, Cleveland, Ohio, Linda D. Bradley, MD, FACOG, Professor of Surgery, Cleveland Clinic Lerner College of Medicine, Case Western Reserve University, Vice Chairman of Department of Obstetrics and Gynecology & Women's Health Institute, Director, Center for Fibroid and Menstrual Disorders, Cleveland Clinic, Cleveland, Ohio.Digital Access
- Digital[edited by] Steven T. Nakajima, Travis W. McCoy, Miriam Sigrun Krause.Digital Access
- Digitalseries editor, Jonathan S. Berek ; [edited by] Christopher M. Tarnay.Summary: "Operative Techniques in Gynecologic Surgery is presented in four volumes--Gynecology, Reproductive Endocrinology and Infertility, Urogynecology, and Gynecologic Oncology. Their purpose is to provide clear and concise illustrations of essential operations representing the fundamental procedures for each of these subspecialties"--Provided by publisher.
Contents:
Anterior vaginal wall repair
Apical prolapse repair: vaginal approach
Posterior vaginal wall repair
Apical prolapse repair: abdominal approach
Urinary incontinence procedures
Genitourinary fistula
Rectovaginal fistula and perineal lacerations
Approach to removal of vaginal mesh
Urethral diverticulum and anterior vaginal wall cysts
Cystoscopy.Digital Access LWW Health Library 2019 - Digital[edited by] Thomas R. Hunt III, Jerry I. Huang ; editor-in-chief, Sam W. Wiesel, Todd J. Albert.Summary: "Derived from Sam W. Wiesel and Todd Albert's four-volume Operative Techniques in Orthopaedic Surgery, this single-volume resource contains the user-friendly, step-by-step information you need to confidently perform the full range of operative techniques from the hand to the elbow. In one convenient place, you'll find the entire Hand, Wrist, and Elbow section, as well as relevant chapters from the Pediatrics; Shoulder and Elbow; and Sports Medicine sections of Operative Techniques in Orthopaedic Surgery. Superb full-color illustrations and step-by-step explanations help you master surgical techniques, select the best procedure, avoid complications, and anticipate outcomes. Written by global experts from leading institutions, Operative Techniques in Hand, Wrist, and Elbow Surgery, Third Edition, provides authoritative, easy-to-follow guidance to both the novice trainee or experienced surgeon"-- Provided by publisher.Digital Access Ovid 2021
- DigitalConor P. Delaney, Justin K. Lawrence, Deborah S. Keller, Bradley J. Champagne, Anthony J. Senagore.Summary: "The Second Edition of Operative Techniques in Laparoscopic Colorectal Surgery is designed to give surgeons the learning tools they need to understand and successfully incorporate laparoscopic colorectal surgery into their practice. Because of the steep learning curve for this technique, this edition goes to great lengths to cover every aspect of each procedure in great detail -- even including the pitfalls to avoid. To help the reader with pattern-recognition, detailed, four-color photographs of important landmarks have been incorporated for them to review. Plus, an edited video is included to provide clear, step-by-step instruction of each procedure. Surgeons need appropriate training before incorporating laparoscopic colorectal surgery into their practice. This book will be a useful resource for residents, fellows in training, and surgeons who are either attending courses in laparoscopic colorectal surgery or are at an early stage of integrating this technique into their practice. FEATURES: Chapters contain a detailed textual description of procedural steps and common pitfalls Includes sections on management of intraoperative complications and other useful tips All new major operative videos Includes an expanded list of colorectal procedures New chapters include Mobilization of the Mesorectum, Handsewn Coloanal Anastomosis, Robotic Single-port Right Colonectomy, Single Port Total Colectomy with End Ileostomy, Robotic Low Anterior Resection"--Provided by publisher.Digital Access Ovid 2014
- DigitalLunan Yan, editor.Contents:
Liver Anatomy and the History of Hepatectomy
Anatomy in Liver Resection
Assessment of the Patient before Liver Resection
The Application of CT and MRI in Hepatectomy
Liver Fibrosis and Its Assessment
Ultrasound Elastography in the Assessment of Liver Fibrosis
Techniques of Vascular Inflow Occlusion and Liver Parenchymal Transaction
Hepatic Parechyma Transection Using Modern Instruction
The Key Points of Postoperative Monitoring and Nursing Care
Short-term Outcomes of Liver Resection
Long-term Outcomes of Liver Resection
Glisson?s Pedicle Approach and Liver Round Ligament Approach in Anatomical Hepatectomy
Anatomical Liver Resection
Mesohepatectomy
Liver resection for Primary Hepatocellular Carcinoma
Surgical Treatment of Hepatocellular Carcinoma Accompanied With Portal Vein Tumor Thrombus
Liver ResectioLiver Resection of Secondary Liver Cancer
HepatectomyHepatectomy for Hepatic Hemangioma
Liver ResectioLiver Resection of Hepatic Hydatid Disease
HepatolithiasiHepatolithiasis Hepatectomy
Liver ResectioLiver Resection for Hilar Cholangiocarcinoma
HepatectomyHepatectomy for gallbladder carcinoma
Liver ResectioLiver Resection in Pediatric Patients
Laparoscopic Laparoscopic Liver Resection
Application ofApplication of PVE in Hepatic Surgery
Associating LiAssociating Liver Partition and Portal Vein Ligation for Staged Hepatectomy
Pediatric LivinPediatric Living Donor Liver Transplantation
Right HepatecRight Hepatectomy with Middle hepatic vein in Living Donor
Resection andResection and Procurement of the Right Hemi-liver in Adult-to-adult Living Donor Liver Transplantationnsplantation
Right PosterioRight Posterior Sector Graft for Living Donor Liver Transplantation
Procurement Procurement of Liver Graft
Laparoscopic Laparoscopic Donor Liver Resection
Native Liver RNative Liver Resection in Liver Transplantation
Split Liver TraSplit Liver Transplantation and Reduced-size Liver Transplantation
Ex vivo Liver REx vivo Liver Resection and Autotransplantation
Vessel ExposuVessel Exposure and Reconstruction in Liver Transplantation
Look Forward to the Future. - Digital[edited by] Michael A. Belfort, Alireza A. Shamshirsaz, Steven L. Clark, Karin A. Fox.Summary: "The fifth volume in Dr. Jonathan Berek's bestselling series, Operative Techniques in Obstetric Surgery provides superbly illustrated, authoritative guidance on operative techniques along with a thorough understanding of how to select the best procedure, how to avoid complications, and what outcomes to expect. Easy to follow, up to date, and highly visual, this step-by-step reference covers the most common operations in obstetrics and is ideal for residents and physicians in daily practice"--Publisher
Contents:
Section I: general considerations. A brief overview of needles, sutures, and knots ; Surgical instruments ; Pelvic anatomy ; Incision and closure ; Fetal operative imaging ; Clinical simulation ; Management of critical surgical pregnant patients
Section II: Preconception considerations. Operative concerns in patients with congenital anomalies of the reproductive tract and external genitalia for the obstetrician ; Scar defects (niche and isthmocele) ; Uterus transplantation ; Abdominal cerclage
Section III: Antepartum. Cesarean scar pregnancy: diagnosis and management ; First- and second-trimester termination of pregnancy ; Gestational trophoblastic disease ; Invasive prenatal diagnostic procedures ; Surgical management of adnexal mass in pregnancy ; Diagnostic and operative laparoscopy ; Cerclage ; Trauma in pregnancy ; Obstetric anesthesiology ; Surgical principles of fetal interventions ; Uterine defect repair in an ongoing pregnancy
Section IV: Intrapartum. Episiotomy and episiotomy repair ; Vaginal breech delivery ; Delivery of multiple gestations ; Operative vaginal delivery ; Shoulder dystocia ; Cesarean delivery ; Peripartum hysterectomy ; Placenta previa ; Placenta accreta spectrum ; Gastrointestinal injuries during delivery ; Urologic injuries during delivery
Section V: Postpartum. Management of postpartum hemorrhage ; Lower genital tract lacerations and hematomas ; Uterine inversion ; Postcesarean complications ; Postpartum sterilization
Section VI: Other procedures. Low-resource operative obstetrics ; Vaginal fistula repair ; Disseminated intravascular coagulation in pregnancy ; Massive transfusion ; Delivery management in morbid obesity ; Management and delivery of conjoined twins ; Endovascular aortic balloon occlusion in obstetrics.Digital Access LWW Health Library 2023 - DigitalSam W. Wiesel, editor-in-chief ; editors, Javad Parvizi [and three others].Contents:
v. 1. Sports medicine, pelvis and lower extremity trauma, adult reconstruction
v. 2. Pediatrics, oncology
v. 3. Hand, wrist and forearm, shoulder and elbow
v. 4. Foot and ankle, spine.Digital Access LWW Health Library v. 1-4, 2016 - Digitaleditors in-chief, Sam W. Wiesel, Todd J. Albert.Summary: "Lavishly illustrated, comprehensive in scope, and easy to use, the third edition of Operative Techniques in Orthopaedic Surgery guides you to mastery of every surgical procedure you're likely to perform - while also providing a thorough understanding of how to select the best procedure, how to avoid complications, and what outcomes to expect. More than 800 global experts take you step by step through each procedure, and 13,000 full-color intraoperative photographs and drawings clearly demonstrate how to perform the techniques. Extensive use of bulleted points and a highly templated format allow for quick and easy reference across each of the four volumes"-- Provided by publisher.Digital Access LWW Health Library 2021
- DigitalPaul Tornetta III, MD ; Sam W. Wiesel, MD ; with select chapters from: Shoulder and elbow edited by Gerald R. Williams, Jr., MD, Matthew L. Ramsey, MD, Brent B. Wiesel, MD ; Hand wrist and forearm edited by Thomas R. Hunt, III, MD, DSc ; Foot and ankle edited by Mark E. Easley, MD.Digital Access Ovid 2016
- Digitaledited by Paul Tornetta, III ; Sam W. Wiesel and Todd J. Albert, editors-in-chief.Digital Access Ovid 2022
- Digital[edited by] John M. (Jack) Flynn, MD, Wudbhav N. Sankar, MD.Summary: "Offering a comprehensive, authoritative review of today's orthopaedic surgery procedures, Operative Techniques in Orthopaedic Surgery, Third Edition, provides lavishly illustrated, expert guidance for virtually any orthopaedic procedure you're likely to perform. This highly acclaimed reference focuses on mastery of operative techniques while also providing a thorough understanding of how to select the best procedure, how to avoid complications, and what outcomes to expect. More than 1,000 global experts take you step by step through each procedure, and 13,000 full-color intraoperative photographs and drawings clearly demonstrate how to perform the techniques, making this an essential daily resource for residents, fellows, and practitioners"-- Provided by publisher.Digital Access Ovid 2022
- Digital[edited by] Gerald R. Williams Jr., Matthew L. Ramsey, Brent B. Wiesel, Surena Namdari ; editors-in-chief, Sam W. Wiesel, Todd J. Albert.Summary: "Derived from Sam W. Wiesel and Todd J. Albert’s four-volume Operative Techniques in Orthopaedic Surgery, this single-volume resource contains a comprehensive, authoritative review of operative techniques in shoulder and elbow surgery. In one convenient place, you’ll find the entire Shoulder and Elbow section, as well as relevant chapters from the Hand, Wrist, and Forearm and Sports Medicine sections of Operative Techniques in Orthopaedic Surgery. Superb full-color illustrations and step-by-step explanations help you master surgical techniques, select the best procedure, avoid complications, and anticipate outcomes. Written by global experts from leading institutions, Operative Techniques in Shoulder and Elbow Surgery, Third Edition, clearly demonstrates how to perform the techniques, making this an essential daily resource for residents, fellows, and practitioners"-- Provided by publisher
Contents:
Section I: Anatomy and approaches. Anatomy of the shoulder and elbow ; Surgical approaches to the shouldr and elbow ; Shoulder arthroscopcy: the basics ; Elbow arthroscopy
Section II: Glenohumeral instability. Bankart repair and inferior capsular shift ; Arthroscopic treatment of anterior shoulder instability ; Arthroscopic treatment of multidirectional shoulder instability ; Treatment of recurrent posterior shoulder instability ; Arthroscopic treatment of posterior shoulder instability ; Latarjet procedure for instability with bone loss ; Glenoid bone graft for instability with bone loss ; Management of glenohumeral instability with humeral bone loss
Section III: Rotator cuff and biceps. Arthroscopic treatment of subacromial impingement ; Arthroscopic treatment of rotator cuff disease ; Arthroscopic treatment of subscapularis tears, including coracoid impingement ; Management of proximal biceps tendon disorders ; Arthroscopic treatment of acromioclavicular disorders ; Open rotator cuff repair ; Nonarthroplasty options for irreparable rotator cuff tears: superior capsule reconstruction ; Lower trapezius tendon transfer in the setting of irreparable posterosuperior rotator cuff tears ; Pectoralis major transfer for irreparable subscapularis tears
Section IV: Sternoclavicular and acromiclavicular injuries and clavicle fractures. Repair and reconstruction of acromioclavicular injuries ; Acute repair and reconstruction of sternoclavicular dislocation ; Surgical management of sternoclavicular injuries ; Plate fixation of clavicle fractures ; Intramedullary fixation of clavicle fractures
Section V: Humeral and scapula fractures. Percutaneous pinning for proximal humerus fractures ; Open reduction and internal fixation of proximal humerus fractures ; Intramedullary fixation of proximal humerus fractures ; Hemiarthroplasty for proximal humerus fractures ; Reverse shoulder arthroplasty for proximal humerus fractures ; Plate fixation of humeral shaft fractures ; Intramedullary fixation of humeral shaft fractures ; Open reduction and internal fixation of scapular fractures
Section VI: Glenohumeral arthritis. Glenohumeral arthrodesis ; Arthroscopic débridement and glenoidplasty for shoulder degenerative joint disease ; Surgical management of glenohumeral arthritis in the young patient ; Total shoulder arthroplasty for glenohumeral arthritis ; Reverse total shoulder arthroplasty with a Grammont-style implant ; Reverse shoulder arthroplasty using a lateralized prosthesis ; Managing glenoid bone loss in primary shoulder arthroplasty ; Managing glenoid bone loss in failed shoulder arthroplasty ; Managing humeral bone loss in failed shoulder arthroplasty
Section VII: Muscle ruptures, scapulothoracic articulation, and nerve problems. Pectoralis major repair ; Snapping scapula syndrome ; Arthroscopic management of scapulothoracic disorders ; Scapulothoracic arthrodesis ; Suprascapular nerve decompression ; Eden-Lange procedure for trapezius palsy ; Pectoralis major transfer for long thoracic nerve palsy ; Arthroscopic release of nerve entrapment
Section VIII: Additional arthroscopic procedures for the shoulder. Arthroscopic treatment of superior labral anterior posterior (SLAP) tears ; Injuries to the throwing shoulder ; Arthroscopic capsular releases for loss of motion ; Emerging arthroscopic techniques: lateral instability, triceps repair, and heterotopic ossification excision
Section IX: Tendon disorders of the elbow. Treatment of medial epicondylitis ; Open and arthroscopic treatment of lateral epicondylitis ; Lateral epicondylitis (tennis elbow) arthroscopic treatment ; Distal biceps tendon Disruption: acute and delayed reconstruction and one- and two-incision techniques ; Triceps tendon ruptures
Section X: Elbow stiffness. Ulnohumeral (Outerbridge-Kashiwagi) arthroplasty ; Extrinsic contracture release: medial over-the-top approach ; Arthroscopic treatment of elbow loss of motion
Section XI: Elbow instability. Management of simple elbow dislocation ; Lateral collateral ligament reconstruction of the elbow ; Ulnar collateral ligament injuries in athletes ; Arthroscopic treatment of valgus extension overload
Section XII: Elbow fractures. Open reduction and internal fixation of supracondylar and intercondylar fractures ; Open reduction and internal fixation of capitellum and capitellar-trochlear shear fractures ; Elbow replacement for acute trauma ; Open reduction and internal fixation of radial head and neck fractures ; Radial head replacement ; Distal humerus replacement ; Open reduction and internal fixation of fractures of ulna fractures (including olecranon and Monteggia) ; Open reduction and internal fixation of fracture-dislocations of the elbow with complex instability
Section XIII: Elbow arthritis. Arthroscopic treatment of chondral injuries and osteochondritis dissecans ; Arthroscopic débridement for elbow degenerative joint disease ; Synovectomy of the elbow ; Interposition arthroplasty of the elbow ; Elbow arthrodesis ; Elbow arthroplasty: history, design evolution, and current design options for treatment ; Total elbow arthroplasty for rheumatoid arthritis ; Total elbow arthroplasty for primary osteoarthritis ; Arthroplasty for posttraumatic conditions of the elbow ; Managing humeral and ulnar bone loss in failed elbow arthroplasty ; Management of the infected total elbow arthroplasty
Section XIV: Nerve injura and compression. Cubital tunnel release: in situ, subcutaneous, and submuscular ; Adult brachial plexus reconstruction.Digital Access Ovid 2022 - Digital[edited by] John M. Rhee, MD ; Scott D. Boden, MD ; Sam W. Wiesel, MD.Contents:
Section I. Cervical
Section II. Thoracolumbar
Section III. Oncology
Section IV. Deformity
Section V. Complications
Section VI. Intradural surgery
Section VII. Pediatric spine
Section VIII. Surgical approaches ot the spine.Digital Access Ovid 2016 - Digitaleditors, John M. Rhee, Scott D. Boden ; editors-in-chief, Sam W. Wiesel, Todd J. Albert.Digital Access Ovid 2022
- Digital[edited by] Mark D. Miller, MD, S. Ward Cascells Professor, Head, Division of Sports Medicine, Department of of Orthopaedic Surgery, University of Virginia, Director, Miller Review Course, Charlottesville, Virginia, Team Physician, James Madison University, Harrisonburg, Virginia ; Sam W. Wiesel, MD, editor-in-chief, Chairman and Professor, Department of Orthopaedic Surgery, Georgetown University Medical School, Washington, DC.Digital Access Ovid 2016
- Digitaledited by Mark D. Miller ; editors-in-chief, Sam W. Wiesel, MD, Todd J. Albert, MD.Digital Access Ovid 2022
- Digital/PrintMichael W. Mulholland, MD, PhD, editor-in-chief ; editors, Daniel Albo, MD, PhD, Ronald L. Dalman, MD, Mary T. Hawn, MD, MPH, Steven J. Hughes, MD, Michael S. Sabel, MD ; illustrations by: BodyScientific International, LLC.Digital Access LWW Health Library v. 1-2=, 2015
- DigitalMary T. Hawn, editor-in-chief; editors, Aurora D. Pryor, Steven J. Hughes, Daniel Albo, Michael S. Sabel, Kellie R. Brown, Amy J. Goldberg.Summary: "With an emphasis on the "how and why" of contemporary surgery, Operative Techniques in Surgery, Second Edition, features concise, bulleted text, full-color illustrations, and intraoperative photographs to clarify exactly what to look for and how to proceed. Meticulously edited by Drs. Mary T. Hawn, Aurora D. Pryor, Steven J. Hughes, Michael S. Sabel, Kellie R. Brown and Amy J. Goldberg, this comprehensive, two-volume surgical atlas focuses on the steps of each technique, rapidly directing you to the information you need to choose the right approach for each patient, perform it successfully, and achieve the best possible results. Coverage includes open as well as laparoscopic, robotic, endoscopic, and endovascular procedures in gastrointestinal, thoracic, esophageal, colorectal, hepatobiliary, breast, endocrine, dermatologic, vascular, and trauma surgery. New, comprehensive section on trauma surgery, helmed by trauma expert Dr. Amy J. Goldberg. New section editors for esophageal and foregut surgery and vascular surgery, Dr. Aurora D. Pryor minimally invasive surgery leader and Kellie R. Brown, expert in vascular surgery. New videos, personally selected by contributing authors and editors, accompany numerous chapters throughout the book. Extensive updates throughout, including new coverage of the American Board of Surgery's SCORE Curricula for General Surgery and for Complex General Surgical Oncology. Each procedure follows the same format: differential diagnosis, patient history and physical findings, imaging and other diagnostic studies, surgical management, techniques, pearls and pitfalls, postoperative care, outcomes, and complications"-- Provided by publisher.Digital Access LWW Health Library 2023
- DigitalMichael J. Englesbe, editor: Michael W. Mulholland, Editor-in Chief.Contents:
Deceased donor kidney procurement
Living donor kidney procurement
Kidney transplantation surgical procedures
Deceased donor liver procurement
Living donor liver procurement
Whole graft liver transplantation
Liver transplantation: venous outflow
Liver transplantation: portal vein reconstruction
Liver transplantation: arterial reconstruction
Liver transplantation: biliary reconstruction
Partial graft liver transplantation
Pancreas transplantation surgical procedures
Lung transplantation surgical procedures
Portal hypertension surgical procedures.Digital Access Ovid 2015 - DigitalMary T. Hawn, editor-in-chief ; editor, Kellie R. Brown ; illustrations by Body Scientific International, LLC.Summary: "With an emphasis on the "hows and whys" of contemporary surgery,Operative Techniques in Vascular Surgery, Second Edition, features concise, bulleted text, full-color illustrations, and intraoperative photographs to clarify exactly what to look for and how to proceed. Drawn from the larger Operative Techniques in Surgery, Second Edition, this concise, stand-alone surgical atlas, overseen by editor-in-chief Mary T. Hawn and meticulously edited by Dr. Kellie R. Brown, focuses on the steps of each technique, rapidly directing you to the information you need to choose the right approach for each patient, perform it successfully, and achieve the best possible results. Provides comprehensive, step-by-step guidance on cerebrovascular arterial surgery and intervention; management of the thoracic outlet; thoracic and suprarenal aortic exposure and treatment; visceral and renal artery disease management; infrainguinal arterial disease management; surgical management of venous disease; and vascular injury Covers open as well as endovascular and endovenous procedures in vascular surgery, including relevant content on trauma Features new videos, personally selected by contributing authors and editors, that accompany numerous chapters throughout the book Contains extensive updates throughout, including new coverage of the American Board of Surgery's SCORE Curricula for General Surgery as well as dialysis access and amputation techniques Follows the same format for each procedure: differential diagnosis, patient history and physical findings, imaging and other diagnostic studies, surgical management, techniques, pearls and pitfalls, postoperative care, outcomes, and complications Enrich Your eBook Reading Experience Read directly on your preferred device(s), such as computer, tablet, or smartphone. Easily convert to audiobook, powering your content with natural language text-to-speech. "-- Provided by publisher.Digital Access Ovid 2024
- Digital/Printeditor, Ronald L. Dalman, Editor, Chidester Professor of Surgery, Division Chief of Vascular Surgery, Stanford University School of Medicine, Stanford, California, editor-in-chief, Michael W. Mulholland, Professor of Surgery and Chair, Department of Surgery, University of Michigan Medical School, Ann Arbpr, Michigan.Summary: This book covers the full range of procedures relating to vascular surgery, including cerebrovascular arterial surgery and intervention, thoracic outlet syndrome management, surgery of the thoracoabdominal aorta, and revascularization procedures.
Contents:
Section I. Cerebrovascular arterial surgery/intervention
section II. Management of the thoracic outlet
section III. Upper extremity reconstruction/revascularization
section IV. Thoracic aorta distal to the pericardium
section V. Hybrid, open and endovascular approaches to the suprarenal abdominal aorta
section VI. Celiac, mesenteric, splenic, hepatic and renal artery disease management
section VII. The abdominal aorta and iliac arterial system
section VIII. Infrainguinal arterial disease management/limb salvage strategies
section IX. Surgical management of venous disease.Digital Access Ovid 2015 - DigitalAbdhish R. Bhavsar.Summary: "Master new procedures and improve outcomes with Operative Techniques in Vitreoretinal Surgery. This easy-to-read, "how-to" surgical atlas offers expert, step-by-step guidance on how to successfully perform basic retina and vitreous surgery as well as more involved complex and advanced procedures. Edited by Abdhish R. Bhavsar, MD, this unique resource focuses on the essentials of operative technique, helping both the novice and advanced retina surgeon make the most of the latest, most effective procedures in this fast-moving field"-- publisher's description.
Contents:
Front matter
Copyright
Dedication
List of contributors
Preface
Contents
Video contents
Scleral buckle surgery
Vitrectomy surgery
23-gauge vitrectomy surgery
25-gauge vitrectomy surgery
27-gauge vitrectomy
Epiretinal membrane surgery
Intravitreous injections
Pneumatic retinopexy
Air-fluid exchange
Drainage of choroidal hemorrhage, detachment, or effusions
Surgical vitreous implants
Vitreous biopsy for endophthalmitis, uveitis, or cytology
Artificial retina/retinal prosthesis surgery
Macular hole surgery
Surgery for recurrent, persistent, or large macular holes
Proliferative diabetic retinopathy and vitreous hemorrhage
Surgical management of open-globe injuries
Surgery for proliferative vitreoretinopathy
Surgery for submacular hemorrhage
Laser surgery for retinopathy of prematurity
Scleral buckle surgery for retinal detachment associated with neonatal retinopathy of prematurity
Vitrectomy surgery for retinopathy of prematurity
Surgical biopsy techniques for intraocular tumors
Management of dislocated intraocular lenses or aphakia by scleral or iris fixation techniques
Surgery for intraocular tumors
Vitrectomy technology and techniques
Vitrectomy instrumentation: Scissors, forceps, picks
Vitrectomy visualization systems and techniques
Robotic surgery
Subretinal gene therapy delivery
AU-011 for choroidal melanoma
The intersection of retina and glaucoma.Digital Access ClinicalKey 2023 - Digital[edited by] Harold A. Stein, Raymond M. Stein, Melvin I. Freeman.Summary: Now in its tenth edition, the best-selling The Ophthalmic Assistant, by Drs. Harold A. Stein, Raymond M. Stein, and Melvin I. Freeman, is your go-to resource for practical, up-to-date guidance on ocular diseases, surgical procedures, medications, and equipment, as well as paramedical procedures and office management in the ophthalmology, optometry, opticianry or eye care settings. Thoroughly updated content and more than 1,000 full-color illustrations cover all the knowledge and skills you need for your day-to-day duties as well as success on certification and recertification exams. This comprehensive text provides essential learning and practical guidance for ophthalmic assistants, technicians, medical technologists, physician assistants, and all others involved in ocular care, helping each become a valuable asset to the eye care team. -- Publisher.Digital Access ScienceDirect 2018
- Digital[edited by] Harold A. Stein, Raymond M. Stein, Melvin I. Freeman.Summary: "Covering all the knowledge and skills needed for everyday duties as well as success on certification and recertification exams, The Ophthalmic Assistant, 11th Edition, is an essential resource for allied health personnel working in ophthalmology, optometry, opticianry, and other eye care settings. Drs. Harold A. Stein, Raymond M. Stein, and Melvin I. Freeman are joined by new editor Dr. Rebecca Stein and several new contributing authors who provide practical, up-to-date guidance on ocular diseases, surgical procedures, medications, and equipment, as well as paramedical procedures and office management for today's practice. This outstanding reference and review tool provides essential knowledge and guidance for ophthalmic assistants, technicians, and technologists as critical members of the eye care team"--Publisher's description.
Contents:
Anatomy of the eye
Physiology of the eye
Optics
Pharmacology
Microbiology
Office efficiency and public relations
History taking
Preliminary examination
Visual function and impairment
Understanding ophthalmic equipment
Maintenance of ophthalmic equipment and instruments
Refractive errors and how to correct them
Facts about glasses
Rigid contact lenses: basics
Soft contact lenses
Advanced techniques in soft and rigid contact lens fitting
Managing a contact lens practice
Visual fields
Automated visual field testing
Computers in ophthalmic practice
Ocular injuries
The urgent case
Common eye disorders
Common retinal disorders
Glaucoma
Uveitis
Dry eye disease
Examination of the newborn, infant, and small child
Ocular motility, binocular vision, and strabismus
Aseptic technique and minor office surgery
The operative patient
Highlights of ocular surgery
Assisting the surgeon
Ambulatory surgery
Lasers in ophthalmology
Refractive surgery: today and the future
Corneal collagen crosslinking in the management of ectatic diseases
Wavefront aberrations and custom ablation
Ophthalmic photography
Optical coherence tomography
Computerized corneal topography
Specular microscopy
Diagnostic ultrasound
Blind persons in the modern world
Cardiopulmonary resuscitation
History of spectacles
Art and the eye
Allied health personnel in ophthalmology
Ophthalmology ethics
Allied ophthalmic health personnel: scope of practice
Testing and certification of ophthalmic skills
The development of allied ophthalmic personnel in North America and worldwide
Ophthalmic assisting in the international community and in the prevention of blindness
Eye banking
Atlas of common eye diseases and disorders
Appendices. Ocular emergencies
Following universal precautions
Principles of informed consent
Abbreviations and symbols in clinical use
Optical constants of the eye
Metric conversion (united states)
Skill checklists
Translations of commonly asked questions and commands
Office supplies in common use
Estimating visual loss
Vision and driving
Diopters to millimeters of radius conversion tables
Vertex conversion table
Diopters of corneal refracting power to millimeters of radius of curvature
Compensation for effect of vertex distances when plus lens is moved away from the eye
Compensation for effect of vertex distances when plus lens is moved toward the eye
Dioptric curves for extended range of keratometer.Digital Access ClinicalKey 2023 - DigitalParul Ichhpujani, Manpreet Singh, editors.Summary: The goal of this book is to offer readers essential information on the morphological features of ophthalmic surgical instruments, their possible uses, and intraoperative handling of the standard and latest instrumentation across ophthalmology subspecialties. Detailed content on basic and advanced instruments for both anterior and posterior segment surgeries is also provided, helping readers use them in the most effective and efficient manner. This handy manual also provides valuable insights into proper sterilization techniques, suture materials, and common OR equipment and machines. The text is richly illustrated throughout. As part of the series "Current Practices in Ophthalmology", this volume is intended for residents, fellows-in-training, generalist ophthalmologists, and specialists alike.
Contents:
Sterilization and care of Ophthalmic Instruments
Ophthalmic surgical sutures and needles
Basics of surgical instruments
Anterior segment surgery instruments
Posterior segment surgery instruments
Ophthalmic plastic and orbital surgery instruments
Refractive surgery instruments
Ophthalmic operating room machines.Digital Access Springer 2019 - Digital[edited by] Lars Freisberg, M.D.; Nate Lighthizer O.D., F.A.A.O.; Leonid Skorin Jr. D.O., O.D., M.S., F.A.A.O., F.A.O.C.O.; Karl Stonecipher M.D., F.A.A.O.; Aaron B. Zimmerman O.D., M.S., F.A.A.O.Summary: "As new laser technology continues to emerge in the eye care field, there is a need for an up-to-date, comprehensive resource for eye care providers who are learning or currently performing these laser procedures. Edited by Lars Freisberg, Nate Lighthizer, Leonid Skorin, Jr., Karl Stonecipher, and Aaron Zimmerman, The Ophthalmic Laser Handbook is a practical, clinical guide that covers everything from indications and procedural techniques to contraindications and potential adverse events. This all-in-one reference, including over 45 videos of laser procedures in the e-version, is designed for all eye care providers-from those performing the procedures to those co-managing pre- and post-operative visits. , Reviews all current lasers used across all regions of the eye. Features complete coverage of each procedure, including background, indications, contraindications, informed consent, pre- and post-operative considerations, complications, efficacy, billing/coding, and more. Presents bulleted lists of key information in every chapter for quick reference. Includes videos of all major laser procedures being performed by the author team of renowned ophthalmologists and optometrists. Provides a portable, easy-to-use resource for everyday clinical use and for the professional development of students, residents, and practitioners. Enrich Your eBook Reading Experience Read directly on your preferred device(s), such as computer, tablet, or smartphone. Easily convert to audiobook, powering your content with natural language text-to-speech." -- Provided by publisher.Digital Access Ovid 2022
- DigitalSuzanne K. Freitag, MD, N. Grace Lee, MD, Daniel R. Lefebvre, MD, FACS, Michael K. Yoon, MD.Digital Access
- Digital[edited by] Michael A. Burnstine, Steven C. Dresner, David B. Samimi, Helen A. Merritt.Summary: "Management of the upper face can be challenging. The idea for this text came as a response to teaching the finer points of eyelid ptosis management and upper facial rejuvenation to our residents and fellows of ophthalmology, facial plastic surgery, plastic surgery, and oral maxillofacial surgery. In the course of our clinical practice, we find that surgeons performing blepharoplasty and browelevating procedures frequently miss upper eyelid ptosis and/or brow malposition. We have recruited world-class expert oculofacial plastic surgeons to break down the steps in comprehensive evaluation and management of upper facial changes: eyelid ptosis, dermatochalasis, and eyebrow ptosis. In the ensuing chapters, we examine the clinical assessment of patients who present with upper eyelid and eyebrow concerns and provide a useful treatment protocol to address these issues. The surgical management chapters provide a step-by-step approach for the beginning surgeon with finer tips embedded for the more nuanced and advanced surgeon. We designed this text to enable providers to offer optimal treatment to all patients who present with upper facial concerns. Videos: A selection of videos is available on MedOne illustrating the concepts and procedures covered in this book"--Provided by publisher.Digital Access
- DigitalRasha Abbas.Summary: This book provides a visual overview of how to master ultrasonography and ultrasound biomicroscopy techniques. Updated ultrasonic information is included in a simple brief way, featuring didactic points, with a variety of documented scans and illustrated lines underneath for more clarification. Each pathology is accompanied with several scans of different findings to give more information of distinct detections. Ophthalmic Ultrasonography and Ultrasound Biomicroscopy: A Clinical Guide examines many clinical complexities with possible solutions when performing and interpreting ultrasound while also breaking down information for easier intake. The clinical cases are from a specialist eye hospital where many complicated cases are treated, giving a unique insight for the reader to understand treatment for a variety of cases. The book also emphasises the importance of everyday cases with further explanation whilst utilising a diversity of pictures and labels.
Contents:
Introduction and ultrasound examination
UBM Examination
Vitreoretinal Diseases
Ocular Trauma
Pediatric Ophthalmology
Ocular Tumors
Uveitis
Glaucoma
Optic Nerve Diseases. - DigitalGerhard K. Lang.Contents:
The ophthalmic examination / Gabriele E. Lang and Gerhard K. Lang
Eyelids (palpebrae) / Peter Wagner and Gerhard K. Lang
Lacrimal system / Peter Wagner and Gerhard K. Lang
Conjunctiva / Gerhard K. Lang and Gabriele E. Lang
Cornea / Gerhard K. Lang
Sclera / Gerhard K. Lang
Lens / Gerhard K. Lang
Uveal tract (vascular layer) / Gabriele E. Lang and Gerhard K. Lang
Pupil / Oskar Gareis and Gerhard K. Lang
Glaucoma / Gerhard K. Lang
Vitreous body / Christoph W. Spraul and Gerhard K. Lang
Retina / Gabriele E. Lang and Gerhard K. Lang
Optic nerve / Oskar Gareis and Gerhard K. Lang
Visual pathway / Oskar Gareis and Gerhard K. Lang
Orbital cavity / Christoph W. Spraul and Gerhard K. Lang
Optics and refractive errors / Christoph W. Spraul and Gerhard K. Lang
Ocular motility and strabismus / Joachim Esser, Doris Recker, and Gerhard K. Lang
Ocular trauma / Gerhard K. Lang
Cardinal symptoms / Stefan Lang, Gerhard K. Lang.Digital Access - Digitallead editors, Myron Yanoff, Jay S. Duker ; section editors, James J. Augsburger and [11 others].Contents:
Genetics
Optics and refraction
Refractive surgery
Cornea and ocular surface diseases
The lens
Retina and vitreous
Uveitis and other intraocular inflammations
Intraocular tumors
Neuro-ophthalmology
Glaucoma
Pediatric and adult strabismus
Orbit and oculoplastics.Digital Access ClinicalKey 2019 - DigitalPrem S. Subramanian, editor.Summary: Aiming to stimulate future research in ocular disorders that occur in specific environments presenting unique hazards to the eye, systemic health, or both, this book assists in identification and effective treatment for these cases. Ophthalmology in Extreme Environments identifies common approaches to the care of disease and injury in these conditions, recognizing gaps in knowledge and working toward better informing the reader. Topics covered include high altitude and vision changes, night vision and military operations, undersea environmental medicine, and modern eye trauma surgery and outcomes.
Contents:
1. Neuro-Ophthalmolmic Sequelae of Sustained Microgravity
2. The Effects of Extreme Altitude on the Eye and Vision
3. Refractive Surgery in Aviators
4. Night Vision and Military Operations
5. Deep-Sea Environments and the Eye
6. Lessons from Animals in Extreme Environments
7. Industrial and Military Eye Injuries and Eye Protection Challenges.Digital Access Springer 2017 - DigitalChristopher J. Calvano, Robert W. Enzenauer, Anthony J. Johnson, editors.Summary: Trauma to the eye and associated structures account for a significant number of combat-related injuries, and combat ocular trauma has steadily risen in frequency over the last century. Ophthalmology in Military and Civilian Casualty Care comprehensively examines the accommodations and modifications that must be made in order to treat such ocular traumas in a military setting. Created by ophthalmology experts actively serving in the military at various levels, this book is designed to improve ophthalmic casualty outcomes across military settings. A history of military ophthalmology serves as the opening chapter, setting the stage for subsequent chapters examining the intricacies and advancements of damage control ophthalmology, prehospital care of combat eye injuries, neuro-ophthalmic manifestations of trauma, and further severe ocular conditions. Later chapters explore the preventative and proactive efforts to reduce and treat combat-related ocular trauma by developing "eye armor" for the American infantry and military-affiliated ophthalmic surgical missions. Complete with high-quality color illustrations and figures, this unique book will serve as an invaluable, practical reference for military physicians, military ophthalmologists, ophthalmology professors, residents, and fellows interested in combat medicine and eye trauma.
Contents:
History of Military Ophthalmology
Damage Control Ophthalmology
Damage Control Ophthalmology
Emergency Department Considerations
Damage Control Ophthalmology
Anesthesia Considerations
Diagnostic Imaging Considerations in Damage Control Ophthalmology
Damage Control Surgery: Blast
Anterior Segment Trauma
Posterior Segment
Traumatic Glaucoma
Periocular and Orbital Trauma
Neuro-Ophthalmic Manifestations of Trauma
Pediatric Ophthalmology Chapter for Ophthalmology in Military and Civilian Casualty Care
Uveitis
Prehospital Care of Combat Eye Injuries
Toxicology in Military and Civilian Disaster Environments.-Winning the Hearts and Minds
OPHTHALMOLOGY.-Eye Armor.-Missions
Appendix. - DigitalDamien Matthisen Luviano.Contents:
I. Ophthalmic signs
Case 1.1. The red eye
Case 1.2. Blood on Iris
Case 1.3. Dark fundus lesion
II. External segment of the eye (Conjunctiva, sclera, eyelid)
Case 2.1. Sticky red eye
Case 2.2. Dark spots
Case 2.3. Ptosis
Case 2.4. Red lid
Case 2.5. Inturned eyelid
Case 2.6. Swollen eye
Case 2.7. Second opinion chalazion
Case 2.8. Lid lesion
Case 2.9. College red eyes
Case 2.10. Stumbling red eye
III. Anterior segment of the eye (Cornea, anterior chamber, iris cataract)
Case 3.1. White pupil
Case 3.2. Miscarriages
Case 3.3. Blurry vision post laser
Case 3.4. Hit in the eye by a rock
Case 3.5. Red eye
Case 3.6. Pediatric lens dislocation
Case 3.7. Psychotic patient
Case 3.8. Blurry eye
Case 3.9. Eye scratch
IV. Orbit
Case 4.1. Swollen eye
Case 4.2. Bulging eyes
Case 4.3. Intraorbital foreign body
V. Neuro-ophthalmology
Case 5.1. Nonhealing third palsy
Case 5.2. Double trouble reading
Case 5.3. Blurry vision with bending
Case 5.4. Gradual blindness
Case 5.5. Different eye colors
Case 5.6. Painful blindness
VI. Glaucoma
Case 6.1. Left visual field loss
Case 6.2. Postoperative glaucoma
Case 6.3. Brown eye, blue eye
Case 6.4. Unilateral glaucoma
Case 6.5. Painful eye
VII. Retina, vitreous, and uveitis
Case 7.1. Cotton-wool spots
Case 7.2. Off-center spot
Case 7.3. Post cataract surgery pain
Case 7.4. Dark retinal lesion
Case 7.5. Weird pupil
Case 7.6. Intravenous drug user (IVDU) floaters
Case 7.7. Uncontrolled hypertension
Case 7.8. Wavy vision
Case 7.9. Retinal hemorrhage
Case 7.10. Retinal neovascularization
VIII. Pediatric ophthalmology
Case 8.1. White eyes
Case 8.2. Large pupils
Case 8.3. Purulent eye
Case 8.4. Birthmark
IX. Strabismus
Case 9.1. Lazy eye
Case 9.2. Crossed eyes
Case 9.3. Cross-eyed newborn
X. Optics
Case 10.1. Crossing guard
Case 10.2. Circle of confusion
Case 10.3. Wrong prescription
Case 10.4. Teen trouble
Case 10.5. Red-green
Case 10.6. Night blindness
XI. Trauma
Case 11.1. Steering wheel
Case 11.2. Gunshot victim
Case 11.3. White retina
Case 11.4. Tennis vision
Case 11.5. Swing and a miss
Case 11.6. Sharpening knives
XII. Sample oral exam I
XIII. Sample oral exam II
Appendix A: Frequently asked questions
Appendix B: Figure legends and credit lines.Digital Access - DigitalLora R. Dagi Glass.Summary: "Looking for an efficient and thorough question-based ophthalmology review for residency exams, board review and beyond? Look no further! Ophthalmology Q&A Board Review features a compilation of board review questions curated by expert subspecialists and edited by Harvard- and Columbia University-trained ophthalmologist Lora R. Dagi Glass. The text mirrors the multiple-choice format of the Written Qualifying Examination (WQE) portion of the American Board of Ophthalmology (ABO). The Q&A board prep review encompasses a thorough ophthalmology curriculum, with more than 1,000 questions classified as easy, medium, or hard. Clear and detailed explanations make difficult topics, such as optics, easier to understand. Key Highlights Written and online formats provide multimodal and on-the-go review Each question includes a detailed answer explaining correct and incorrect choices, enhancing learning and knowledge retention A wealth of high-quality images augments the text This book is a great resource for ophthalmology residents preparing for Ophthalmic Knowledge Assessment Program and candidates studying for the ABO. Lora R. Dagi Glass, MD, is an Ophthalmic Plastic and Reconstructive Surgeon at Columbia University Irving Medical Center, New York, New York. An award-winning international medical and scientific publisher, Thieme has demonstrated its commitment to the highest standard of quality in the state-of-the-art content and presentation of all its products. Founded in 1886, the Thieme name has become synonymous with high quality and excellence in online and print publishing"-- Provided by publisher.
Contents:
Cornea, External Disease, and Anterior Segment / Danielle Trief
Glaucoma / Veena Rao
Lens and Cataract / Lisa Park
Neuro-Ophthalmology / Alverto Distefano
Oculofacial, Plastics, and Orbit / Lora Glass
Pediatric Ophthalmology and Strabismus / Euna Koo, Sylvia H. Yoo, Allison R. Loh, Catherine Choi, Mimi Trager Cabrera, and Maanasa Indaram
Refractive Management and Optics / Craig See
Retina, Vitreous, and Intraocular Tumors / Tongalp Tezel
Uveitis / Stephanie LlopDigital Access - Digital[edited by] Kuldev Singh, MD, MPH, William E. Smiddy, MD, Andrew G. Lee, MD.Contents:
Part I: Cornea and external disease
Part II: Lens
Part III: Glaucoma
Part IV: Retina
Part V: Uveitis
Part VII: Posterior segment complications
Part VIII: Trauma
Part IX: Neuro-ophtalmology
Part X: Pediatrics
Part XI: Orbit/oculoplastics.Digital Access - Digital[edited by] Deepak L. Bhatt.Contents:
Drugs for ischemic heart disease
Antihypertensive therapies
Heart failure
Drugs for diabetes
Drugs for obesity
Lipid-modifying drugs
Drugs targeting inflammation
Antithrombotic drugs
Antiarrhythmic drugs
Vascular medicine drugs
Drugs for pulmonary hypertension.Digital Access ClinicalKey 2021 - DigitalHeath B. McAnally.Summary: This unique and timely title offers a comprehensive assessment of the previously underappreciated risks and potentially overstated benefits of chronic opioid therapy. It does so by approaching the rampant problem of opioid abuse and addiction - currently labeled an epidemic in the United States -- from a public health/epidemiologic perspective. That is, following a thorough overview in Part 1 that compares (and contrasts) classic infectious disease epidemiology concepts with the epidemic, the book categorizes our current understanding of basic science and best clinical practices in opioid therapy in terms of Agent (opioid), Vector (prescriber) and Host (patient) factors. The majority of the book, which includes a plethora of instructional case studies, is organized according to these three arenas. Opioid Dependence: A Clinical and Epidemiologic Approach is designed to update all clinicians on opioid basic science, current areas of drug improvement research and development, alternatives to opioid therapy, evidence-based indications for opioid therapy, and clinical strategies for preventing and overcoming opioid dependence. Importantly, an overview of clinical practice guidelines from the American Society of Addiction Medicine, with its biopsychosocial-spiritual "multidimensional assessment" focus is provided, along with a discussion of medication-assisted treatment, organized by the three currently FDA-approved pharmacotherapeutics (methadone, buprenorphine and naltrexone). Developed for practitioners at every level, this ground-breaking title offers a fresh and novel approach to improving the care and outcomes of patients receiving opioid therapy.
Contents:
An epidemiologic perspective
Understanding the agent, part I : opioid biology and basic pharmacology
Understanding the agent, part II : adverse effects
Understanding the agent, part III : specific drugs
Attenuating the agent : reducing opioid "virulence"
Best practices education, part I : pain physiology, psychology, and alternatives to opioids
Best practices education, part II : evidence for and against opioid therapy
Best practices education, part III : regulatory and advisory issues related to opioid therapy for pain
Focusing on the host
Addressing host factors : overview of dependence and addiction
Opioid dependence risk factors and risk assessment
Addressing host factors : primary, secondary, and tertiary prevention of opioid dependence.Digital Access Springer 2018 - Digitaledited by Santi M. Spampinato.Contents:
Overview of genetic analysis of human opioid receptors / Santi M. Spampinato
Computational structural biology of opioid receptors / Davide Provasi
Analysis of epigenetic mechanisms regulating opioid receptor gene transcription / Cheol Kyu Hwang [and three others]
Renilla luciferase reporter assay to study 3'UTR-Driven posttranscriptional regulations of OPRM1 / Gabriele Vincelli and Andrea Bedini
High-throughput gene expression profiling of opioid-induced alterations in discrete brain areas / Michal Korostynski [and three others]
Real-time imaging of mu opioid receptors by total internal reflection fluorescence microscopy / Cristina Roman-Vendrell and Guillermo Ariel Yudowski
In vivo techniques to investigate the internalization profile of opioid receptors / Amynah A. Pradhan [and three others]
Monitoring opioid receptor dimerization in living cells by bioluminescence resonance energy transfer (BRET) / Monica Baiula
Analysis of potassium and calcium imaging to assay the function of opioid receptors / Viola Spahn, Dinah Nockemann, and Halina Machelska
Electrophysiological patch clamp assay to monitor the action of opioid receptors / Viola Spahn, Dinah Nockemann, and Halina Machelska
Skin-nerve preparation to assay the function of opioid receptors in peripheral endings of sensory neurons / Rabih Moshourab, Yvonne Schmidt, and Halina Machelska
Mechanical nociception measurement in mice and rats with automated Von Frey equipment / Gabriele Campana and Roberto Rimondini
Detecting zinc release induced by mu-opioid receptor agonists in brain slices / María Rodríguez-Muñoz [and three others]
Opioid receptors : methods for detection and their modes of actions in the eye / Shahid Husain
Evaluation of murine macrophage cytokine production after in vivo morphine treatment / Silvia Franchi [and four others]
Measurement of macrophage toll-like receptor 4 expression after morphine treatment / Mara Castelli [and three others]
The role of opioid receptors in migration and wound recovery in vitro in cultured human keratinocytes and fibroblasts / Mei Bigliardi-Qi and Paul L. Bigliardi
Role of opioid receptors in the reinstatement of opioid- seeking behavior : an overview / Liana Fattore [and three others]
Analysis of opioid-seeking reinstatement in the rat / Liana Fattore [and three others]
Induction of a high alcohol consumption in rats and mice : role of opioid receptors / Roberto Rimondini and Gabriele Campana
Evaluation of social and nonsocial behaviors mediated by opioids in mouse pups / Francesca R. D'Amato.Digital Access Springer 2015 - Digitaledited by Shane O'Mara.Summary: "The Opioid System as the Brain's Interface between Cognition and Motivation, Volume 239, focuses on the opioid system as the interface between the brain's cognitive and motivational systems. As the opioid system is widely distributed through the brain, particularly in areas implicated in cognition (hippocampus, prefrontal cortex, claustrum, thalamus) and motivation (hypothalamus, amygdala, pontine nuclei, periaqueductal gray and medulla), this book provides chapters that address ongoing research on topics such as the brain's cognitive system, the brain's motivational system, antidepressant prescription patterns, antidepressant-like effects of opioid receptor modulators, the behavioral effects of antidepressant and anxiolytic drugs, and more"--Publisher's description.
Contents:
Brain's cognitive system
Brain's motivational system
Antidepressant prescription patterns
Antidepressant-like effects of opioid receptor modulators
Behavioral effects of antidepressant and anxiolytic drugs
Opioid system in regulating of neuroinflammation and immune function.Digital Access ScienceDirect 2018 - DigitalRavi D. Shah, Santhanam Suresh, editors.Contents:
Intro
Preface
Contents
Contributors
Part I: An Opioid Crisis with Pediatric Implications
Chapter 1: Epidemiology and Public Health Implications of the Opioid Crisis
Addiction and the Rise of the Opioid Epidemic
The Origins of the Contemporary Opioid Crisis
Health and Public Health Implications of the Opioid Epidemic
History of Addiction Treatment
Current Approach to Addiction Treatment
Medication for Opioid Use Disorder
Behavioral Health Treatment for Opioid Use Disorder
Special Populations
Pregnancy, Neonatal Abstinence Syndrome, and Breastfeeding Adolescents
Overdose Prevention and Harm Reduction
References
Chapter 2: The Impact of the Opioid Crisis on Neonates, Children, and Adolescents
Introduction
Neonatal Abstinence Syndrome
Epidemiology
Clinical Implications
Challenges of Caring for NAS Infants
Long-Term Outcomes
Opioid-Related Morbidity and Mortality in Children and Adolescents
Epidemiology of Hospitalizations for Pediatric Opioid Poisonings
Epidemiology of Fatal Pediatric Opioid Poisonings
Circumstances Surrounding Fatal Pediatric Opioid Poisonings
Pediatric and Adult Mortality Trends Implications of Adult and Teen Opioid Misuse on Young Children
Need for Pediatric-Specific Interventions and Further Research
Conclusions
References
Chapter 3: Legal Issues in Pediatric Opioid Therapy
How Can State and Federal Government Help with Opioid Misuse in the Pediatric Population?
Government Hierarchy
Food and Drug Administration
Current Initiatives
Drug Enforcement Agency
Centers for Disease Control
Prescription Drug Monitoring Programs
Prescribing Opioids, Informed Consent, and Minors
Consent for Opioid Prescribing Adolescents and Medication-Assisted Therapy (MAT)
Impact of Current Laws and Guidelines
Proposed Action Plan for Clinicians
References
Chapter 4: The Impetus for Recognizing, Preventing, and Treating Pain in the Pediatric Population
Introduction
Acute Pain
Pain in Neonates
Procedural Pain
Chronic Pain
Conclusions
References
Chapter 5: Evidence-Based Guidelines for Opioid Therapy in Pediatrics
Introduction
Patterns of Opioid Prescribing in Children and Adolescents in the United States Problematic Opioid Use Behaviors Following a Legitimate Opioid Prescription
Guidelines on Opioid Prescribing
Implications of Opioid Guidelines for Pediatric Pain Management
Efforts in State of Washington
References
Part II: Considerations for Safe Opioid Prescribing in Pediatrics
Chapter 6: Neonatal and Pediatric Pharmacology
Introduction
Potential Opioid-Drug Interactions
Polymorphism Impact on Opioid Analgesia and Adverse Effects
Obesity and Opioid Dosing
Opioid Clearance
Safety of Opioid Prescription
Morphine
Hydromorphone
Codeine
HydrocodoneDigital Access Springer 2020 - Digitaledited by Tricia E. Wright, University of Hawaii.Summary: "Gain vital guidance and support when treating the high-risk, high-reward population of women confronting (or battling) opioid-use disorders during pregnancy. Large numbers of pregnant women are dependent on opioids and require comprehensive non-judgemental care to replace traditional approaches of incarceration and child welfare involvement that worsen outcomes for both mother and infant. Invaluable and comprehensive, this toolkit provides the key to non-judgemental care for both mother and baby, throughout labor, delivery management and postpartum care. Bridge the important treatment gap through this evidence-based, caring approach; standardizing exceptional care, for obstetricians, pediatricians, addictionists, and anyone caring for pregnant women with opioid-use disorders. Edited by a Board-certified expert in Obstetrics, Gynecology and Addiction Medicine, and a team of internationally-acclaimed leaders in Women's Health, this guide provides high-quality advice, guidelines and vital skills to tackle a currently expanding, opioid epidemic"-- Provided by publisher.
Contents:
The opioid epidemic and pregnant women ; Screening brief intervention and referral to treatment for opioid use disorders in pregnancy / Tricia E. Wright
Substance use assessment during pregnancy / Jacquelyn Starer and Carl Christensen
Co-occurring mental health conditions in pregnant women with opioid use disorders / Alexis S. Hammond and Margaret S. Chisolm
Trauma and posttraumatic stress disorder in women with opioid-use disorder in pregnancy / Soraya Asadi
Intimate partner violence, pregnancy and substance use disorder / Richard G. Soper and Hendrée E. Jones
Medical comorbidities in women with opioid use disorders in pregnancy / Kaylin A. Klie
Harm reduction principles in women with opioid use disorder in pregnancy / Lauren Owens and Mishka Terplan
Prenatal care in substance-using pregnant women / Charles S. Schauberger
Treatment approaches in women with substance use disorders who become pregnant / Hendrée E. Jones
Medication assisted treatment for opioid use disorder during pregnancy / Lawrence Leeman and Jacquelyn Starer
Labor and delivery management in women with substance use disorder / Marjorie Meyer and Tricia E. Wright
Postpartum care for women with substance use disorders / Elizabeth E. Krans, Sebastian T. Tong and Mishka Terplan
Neonatal abstinence syndrome / Karol Kaltenbach and Loretta Finnegan
Breastfeeding and the substance-exposed dyad / Lauren M. Jansson and Stephen W. Patrick.Digital Access Cambridge 2018 - DigitalJose L. Pascual, Timothy G. Gaulton, editors.Summary: This book provides a concise yet comprehensive overview on the use of opioids in the ICU, offering practical, real-world recommendations on opioid utilization and alternative therapies. The text explains the physiology and assessment of pain and the need for analgesia in the ICU, details the pharmacology of opioids and their use in providing analgesia, sedation, and comfort for patients during critical illness, and summarizes advanced pharmaceutical and surgical approaches to pain management and procedural applications that can supplement, minimize, or replace opioids for the ICU patient. The book also includes algorithms and step-by-step approaches on navigating the delicate balance between the relief of suffering and the adverse effects of opioids, as well as a dedicated section on the management of critically ill patients with preexisting opioid tolerance. Written by experts in the field, Opioid Use in Critical Care: A Practical Guide is a valuable resource for ICU providers who treat and manage critically ill patients with opioids.
Contents:
Epidemiology of Opioid Use
Assessment of Pain in the ICU
Pharmacology and Pharmacokinetics of Opioids in the ICU
Opioid Analgesics Interactions with other Drugs
Side Effects of Opioid Analgesic Therapy
Rational Selection and Utilization of Opioid Analgesics in Critical/Acute Care
Monitoring of Opioid Analgesic Use and its Effects in Acute Care
Opioid Tolerance and Hyperalgesia in the ICU
Strategies to Prevent and Treat Opioid Tolerance and Hyperalgesia in the ICU, I
Strategies to Prevent and Treat Opioid Tolerance and Hyperalgesia in the ICU, II
Interaction of Opioids with Sedative Practices in the ICU
Acute Pain Management in Patients with Opioid Dependence
Management of Opioid Overdose
Use of Opioid Analgesics in Post-Surgical and Trauma Patients
Post intensive Care Syndrome and the Potential Long-Term Effects of Pain and Opioid Therapy in the ICU
Special ICU Populations: Opioids in Neurocritical Care
Special ICU Populations: Opioids in Geriatrics
Special ICU Populations: Opioids in Obstetrics, Labor & Delivery. - DigitalAtsushi Okawa, Morio Matsumoto, Motoki Iwasaki, Yoshiharu Kawaguchi, editors.Summary: This book brings together information on all aspects of ossification of the posterior longitudinal ligament (OPLL), a hyperostotic condition of the spine that can cause severe neurological deficits. Since the second edition of this book was published in 2006, there have been tremendous advances in the field, and this third edition provides updated information on the disease's epidemiology, diagnosis and treatment, while also addressing ossification of the ligamentum flavum (OLF) and diffuse idiopathic spinal hyperostosis. As such, it offers a valuable resource for all those who want to gain a deeper understanding of OPLL/OLF and those involved in making decisions about its treatment.
Contents:
Part 1 Introduction
1 History of research
Part 2 Epidemiology
2 An Overview of Epidemiology and Genetics
3 OPLL: Disease entity, prevalence, literature research, and growth
4 Natural History of Ossification of the Posterior Longitudinal Ligament (OPLL)
Part 3 Pathology & Pathogenesis
5 Overview of Recent Basic Researches on OPLL and OLF
6 Histopathological Features of Ossification of the Posterior Longitudinal Ligament
7 Ectopic Ossification of Human Spinal Ligaments Caused by Mesenchymal Stem Cell Abnormalities
8 A Short History of Genetic Study of OPLL
9 Overview of possible roles of OPLL-associated genes in OPLL development
10 Application of iPS cell technology for OPLL
11 Mechanisms underlying OPLL development in Tiptoe Walking (ttw) Mice
12 In vivo tracing of neural tracts in tip-toe walking Yoshimura mice by diffusion tensor tractography
13 Metabolomics analysis in OPLL patients
Part 4 Diagnosis
14 Diagnosis of OPLL and OLF: overview
15 Clinical manifestation of cervical OPLL
16 Three-dimensional imaging of cervical ossification of the posterior longitudinal ligament
17 Clinical manifestations of thoracic ossification of the posterior longitudinal ligament (OPLL) and ossification of the ligament flavum (OLF)
18 Evaluation of distribution patterns of spinal ligament ossification using whole-spine computed tomography in patients with cervical ossification of the posterior longitudinal ligament
19 Diagnostic imaging of thoracic OPLL and OLF
20 Biomechanics of the spinal cord compression due to cervical ossification of the posterior longitudinal ligament
Part 5 Treatment
21 Surgical Indications and Choice of Surgical Procedure for Cervical Ossification of the Longitudinal Ligament
22 Overview of Laminoplasty
23 Open-door Laminoplasty for Cervical OPLL: Technique, Long-term Results, and Complications
24 Double-door Laminoplasty for Cervical OPLL : Technique, Complications and Long-term Results
25 Posterior Decompression and Fusion for Cervical OPLL: Indication and Technique
26 Anterior Cervical Decompression for Cervical OPLL: Technique, Complications and Long-term Results
27 Surgical Indications and Choice of Surgical Procedure for Thoracic OPLL
28 Posterior decompression and fusion for thoracic OPLL: surgical techniques, outcomes, timing and complications
29 Anterior Decompression and Fusion for Thoracic OPLL: Transthoracic and Transsternal Approaches
30 Circumferential Decompression Through Posterior Approach for Thoracic OPLL: Technique and Complications
31 Surgery for ossification of the ligamentum flavum: posterior decompression with or without fusion
32 Computer-Aided Surgery for Ossification of the Spinal Ligaments
33 Surgical Treatment of Thoracic Ossification of the Posterior Longitudinal Ligament: Intraoperative Spinal Cord Monitoring
34 Intraoperative ultrasonography for patients with ossification of the posterior longitudinal ligament. - DigitalWalter Matthys and John E. Lochman.Contents:
Behaviours and disorders
Developmental perspectives
Basic issues on aetiology
Individual characteristics
Environmental characteristics
Clinical assessment
Intervention and intervention development
Behavioural parent training
Cognitive behavioral therapy
Pharmacotherapy
Multicomponent intervention
Factors which influence intervention delivery and outcomes.Digital Access Wiley 2017 - Digitaledited by Yubin Zhou and Kai Zhang.Summary: "Optogenetics represents a breakthrough technology capable of dynamically modulating molecular and cellular activity in live cells with high precision. This transformative technology made it possible to reversibly interrogate protein actions, cellular events, and animal behaviors with a simple flash of light. Manipulating light's temporal and spatial profile enabled precise control of membrane potentials. This feature has inspired non-opsinbased optogenetics, which inherits the precise spatiotemporal resolution but expands the targets into a diverse pool of biomolecules such as membrane receptors, ion channels,kinases, GTPases, and transcription factors. This book is unique because it emphasizes the design and applications of opsin-free optogenetic tools."-- Provided by publisher.
Contents:
Optogenetic dissection of a two-component calcium influx pathway / Xiaoxuan Liu, Yingshan Wang, Yubin Zhou, and Guolin Ma
High-throughput engineering of a light-activatable Ca2 channel / Lian He, Liuqing Wang, and Youjun Wang
Optogenetic activation of TrkB signaling / Peiyuan Huang, Zhihao Zhao, Lei Lei, and Liting Duan
Spatiotemporal modulation of neural repair / Huaxun Fan, Qin Wang, Kai Zhang, and Yuanquan Song
Optogenetic control of neural stem cell differentiation / Yixun Su, Taida Huang, Kai Zhang, and Chenju Yi
An optogenetic toolbox for remote control of programmed cell death / Ningxia Zhang and Ji Jing
Control of protein levels in Saccharomyces cerevisiae by optogenetic modules that act on protein synthesis and stability / Sophia Hasenjäger, Jonathan Trauth, and Christof Taxis
Optogenetics as a tool to study neurodegeneration and signal transduction / Prabhat Tiwari and Nicholas S. Tolwinski
Opsin-free optogenetics : brain and beyond / Jongryul Hong, Yeonji Jeong, and Won Do Heo
Constructing a far-red light-induced split-Cre recombinase system for controllable genome
Engineering / Meiyan Wang, Jiali Wu, and Haifeng Ye
Tools and Technologies for Wireless and Non-invasive Optogenetics / Guangfu Wu, Vagif Abdulla, Yiyuan Yang, Michael Schneider, and Yi Zhang. - DigitalNingli Wang, Xuyang Liu, Ning Fan, editors.Summary: This book discusses more than one hundred patients in which visual pathway is involved, and focuses on the role of visual field examination in the diagnosis of these diseases. It also highlights the application of concepts from the new interdiscipline, integration medicine as well as molecular biology and genetics in the analysis of the diseases. In this book, the commonly (typically) noticed changes in the visual field of patients with visual pathway disorders are mainly described in the chapter one titled as “Visual Field-related Anatomy of Visual Pathway” and chapter two titled as “Interpretation of Visual Field Test”, while the majority of the cases presented with "atypical" changes in visual field. At this point, the changes in the visual field could function as either a key to understand the disease, or a question mark which confuses the diagnosis. However, the process of pushing aside a fog around the diagnosis step by step helps the readers to gradually disclose the essence of the disease.
- Digitaledited by Jane W. Chan.Summary: Optic Nerve Disorders: Diagnosis and Management, Second Edition, is a thoroughly revised and updated reference, including new information on diagnostic techniques such as genetic testing for hereditary optic neuropathies, new data on toxic/drug-related optic neuropathies, and recent data from clinical trial studies. Additional novel therapies, including stem cell therapies, the use of nanotechnology, and gene therapies are featured highlights, as is spectral domain optical coherence tomography (OCT) for imaging of the optic nerve. The way in which OCT is used in differentiating optic nerve disorders from other retinal disorders, and how OCT is used in monitoring the course of the disease, is also discussed. This practical reference focuses on common optic nerve disorders. It addresses diagnosis, pathophysiology, management, and prognosis, and is written in a clear, concise style for quick, easy reference in the clinic. With additional color photographs to better illustrate the material, the second edition will prove to be the go-to reference for ophthalmologists, neurologists, and neurosurgeons working with optic nerve disorders.
Contents:
Optic Neuritis
Ischemic Optic Neuropathies
Papilledema
Compressive and Infiltrative Optic Neuropathies
Traumatic Optic Neuropathies
Nutritional and Toxic Optic Neuropathies
Hereditary Optic Neuropathies
Congenital Disc Anomalies
Optic Disc Tumors
Approach to the Diagnosis and Differentiation of Glaucomatous and Nonglaucomatous Optic Neuropathies
Application of Optical Coherence Tomography in Neuro-Ophthalmic Disorders
The Use of Multifocal Electroretinograms and Multifocal Visual Evoked Potentials in Optic Nerve Disorders.Digital Access Springer 2014 - DigitalAustin R. Lifferth, OD, FAAO, Staff Optometrist, The Villages, Florida VA Outpatient Clinic, The Villages, Florida.Contents:
Optic disc size
Optic disc shape
Optic cup shape and depth
Optic cup size in relation to the optic disc size
Neuroretinal rim size, shape and perfusion
Central retinal vessel trunk location
Optic disc hemorrhages
Parapapillary chorioretinal atrophy
Retinal arteriole diameter
Retinal nerve fiber layer defects.Digital Access Ovid 2017 - DigitalSurinder Pandav, Parul Ichhpujani, Michael A. Coote, editors.Summary: The book provides a detailed description in color format of the optic nerve head changes that occur in glaucoma. It explains the normal and variant anatomy of an optic nerve head and why certain discs are more or less likely to develop glaucomatous changes. This book attempts to explain the anatomical basis of common and not so common signs seen in optic nerve head and retinal nerve fibre layer as captured by a digital fundus imaging system and optical coherence tomography. It also includes optic nerve head conditions mimicking glaucoma. The book is relevant for practicing ophthalmologists, vision science researchers, clinical optometrists, postgraduate residents in ophthalmology, sub-specialty fellows as well as general ophthalmologists, neurologists and neurosurgeons.
Contents:
What is the range of normal variations in the optic nerve head appearance?
What are the characteristic changes to the optic nerve head in glaucoma and how do they evolve over time?
How to interpret optic disc in myopes?
What are the key clinical skills and investigative techniques for disc evaluation?
How to reduce error in optic nerve head examination?
What imaging errors occur when evaluating the optic nerve head?
How to interpret difficult optic discs?
How to accurately assess the severity in people with glaucoma or at risk for developing glaucoma
What optic nerve head conditions mimic glaucoma?
Getting better - Learning, new tools and risk management. - DigitalAniz Girach, Robert C. Sergott, editors.Contents:
Basics and guide to image interpretation with normal and anatomic variants
Genetic abnormalities
Macular degeneration
Diabetic Retinopathy
Retinal Vascular Disease
Vitreo-macular adhesion/traction syndromes and the effects of vitrectomy surgery
Toxic and Nutritional Conditions
Uveitis
Glaucoma and other optic neuropathies. - DigitalJullia A. RosdahlDigital Access
- DigitalAhmet Akman, Atilla Bayer, Kouros Nouri-Mahdavi, editors.Summary: This book focuses on the practical aspects of Optical Coherence Tomography (OCT) in glaucoma diagnostics offering important theoretical information along with many original cases. OCT is a non-invasive imaging technique that acquires high-resolution images of the ocular structures. It enables clinicians to detect glaucoma in the early stages and efficiently monitor the disease. Optical Coherence Tomography in Glaucoma features updated information on technical applications of OCT in glaucoma, reviews recently published literature and provides clinical cases based on Cirrus and Spectralis OCT platforms. In addition, newer techniques like event and trend analyses for progression, macular ganglion cell analysis, and OCT angiography are discussed. This book will serve as a reference for ophthalmologists and optometrists worldwide with a special interest in OCT imaging providing essential guidance on the application of OCT in glaucoma.
Contents:
Part I: Optical Coherence Tomography in Glaucoma, Basics
Chapter 1:Optical Coherence Tomography: Introduction, History and Current Status
Chapter 2:Optical Coherence Tomography: Basics and Technical Aspects
Chapter 3:Role of Optical Coherence Tomography in Glaucoma
Chapter 4:Optical Coherence Tomography: Manufacturers and Current Systems
Part II:How to Interpret the Optical Coherence Tomography Results
Chapter 5:Interpretation of Imaging Data From Cirrus HD-OCT
Chapter 6:Interpretation of Imaging Data From Spectralis OCT
Chapter 7:Examples of Optical Coherence Tomography Findings in Glaucoma Eyes with Varying Stages of Severity
Chapter 8:Artifacts and Anatomical Variations in Optical Coherence Tomography
Chapter 9:Optical Coherence Tomography in Non-Glaucomatous Optic Neuropathies
Chapter 10:Utility of Optical Coherence Tomography for Detection or Monitoring of Glaucoma in Myopic Eyes
Chapter 11:Anterior Segment Optical Coherence Tomography in Glaucoma
Part III:Optical Coherence Tomography and Progression
Chapter 12:Optical Coherence Tomography and Progression
Chapter 13:Cirrus HD-OCT's Guided Progression Analysis
Chapter 14:Spectralis OCT's Progression Analysis
Chapter 15:Optical Coherence Tomography Progression Analysis: Sample Cases
Part IV:Structure and Function
Chapter 16:Combining Structure and Function in Glaucoma
Part V:Optical Coherence Tomography Angiography in Glaucoma
Chapter 17:Optical Coherence Tomography Angiography (OCTA). - DigitalLudwig M. Heindl, Sebastian Siebelmann, editors.Summary: This book is a highly illustrated, practical guide to anterior segment optical coherence tomography (OCT) with numerous photographs and didactic information throughout. Clear and concise chapters outline the diagnostics of the anterior segment of the eye with clinical advice given to support ophthalmic surgeons with pre and intraoperative surgery planning as well as postoperative follow-up care. Optical Coherence Tomography of the Anterior Segment will be a useful resource for everyday practice to allow clinicians to grow their expertise in this patient-friendly and common diagnostic procedure. As the procedure continues to gain popularity, this book will be an indispensable resource for all levels of ophthalmologist who wish to improve their knowledge and techniques of anterior segment OCT. .
Contents:
History and future of anterior segment OCT
Physical principles of anterior segment OCT
Anatomy and traumatology of the anterior segment of the eye
Conjunctiva and eyelids
Degenerative diseases and deposits of the cornea
Inflammatory corneal diseases
Corneal Dystrophies
Refractive and therapeutic corneal surgery
Corneal Transplantations
Anterior eye camber and chamber angle
Iris
Refractive lens surgery. - DigitalXunbin Wei, Bobo Gu, editors.Summary: The book introduces readers to the basic principle of optical imaging technologies. Focusing on human disease diagnostics using optical imaging methods, it provides essential information for researchers in various fields and discusses the latest trends in optical imaging. In recent decades, there has been a huge increase in imaging technologies and their applications in human diseases diagnostics, including magnetic resonance imaging, x-ray computed tomography, and nuclear tomographic imaging. This book promotes further developments to extend optical imaging to a wider range of disease diagnostics. It is a valuable resource for researchers and students in the field of biomedical optics, as well as for clinicians.
Contents:
Chapter 1. Introduction
Chapter 2. Fundamentals of optical imaging
Chapter 3. Super-resolution imaging
Chapter 4. Two-photon fluorescence imaging
Chapter 5. Two-photon phosphorescence lifetime microscopy
Chapter 6. Whole body fluorescence imaging
Chapter 7. Scattering-based whole brain imaging
Chapter 8. Long-term time-lapse multimodal intravital imaging
Chapter 9. Photoacoustic imaging
Chapter 10. Raman imaging
Chapter 11. Optical coherence tomography
Chapter 12, Optical clearing agents based imaging
Chapter 13. Autofluorescence tissue imaging and quantification
Chapter 14. In vivo flow cytometer - DigitalKamran M. Riaz, G. Vike Vicente, Daniel Wee, editors.Summary: This textbook serves as a comprehensive manual on Optics that includes both didactics and assessment questions in an easy-to-read format. It provides an educational and entertaining resource that reinforces the relevance of the subject matter to modern clinical and surgical ophthalmology practice. The book offers a one-stop compendium for students studying for certification exams and for practicing ophthalmologists to review and learn Optics that will have relevance to their day-to-day practice. Chapters are written in a teaching-oriented style and include hi-yield summaries, 375+ original figures, and 190+ review questions. The book is divided into three areas of focus: Written Exam Preparation Oral Exam Preparation and Clinical Practice Ophthalmic Optics for Surgical Practice Optics for the New Millennium is a must-have resource for ophthalmology residents as well as practicing ophthalmologists with clinical, surgical and testable relevance.
Contents:
Section I: Ophthalmic Optics For Written Exam
Chapter 1. Geometric Optics
Chapter 2. Prisms
Chapter 3. Lenses
Chapter 4. Mirrors and Combined Systems
Chapter 5. Power of Lenses in Different Media
Chapter 6. Lens Effectivity
Chapter 7. Schematic Eye
Chapter 8. Magnification and Telescopes
Chapter 9. Accommodation and Presbyopia
Chapter 10. Spherocylindrical Lenses
Chapter 11. Astigmatism
Chapter 12. Glasses for Written Exams
Chapter 13. Contact Lenses for Written Exams
Chapter 14. Physical Optics and Advanced Optical Principles
Section II: Ophthalmic Optics for Oral Exams and Clinical Practice
Chapter 15. Glasses in Clinical Practice
Chapter 16. Construction of Glasses
Chapter 17. Optical Instruments
Chapter 18. Visual Activity Testing and Assessment
Chapter 19. Low Vision and Vision Rehabilitation
Chapter 20. Contact Lenses in Clinical Practice
Chapter 21. Clinical Problems with Optics and Refractive Manifestations
Chapter 22. Optics for Clinical and Surgical Management of Strabismus
Chapter 23. Pediatric Optics
Chapter 24. Myopia Control
Chapter 25. Optics in Micro-Gravity and Zero-Gravity Conditions
Section III: Ophthalmic Optics for Surgical Practice
Chapter 26. Preoperative Optics for Cataract Surgery
Chapter 27. What's on the Menu: An Overview of IOLs and Relevant Optics
Chapter 28. Intraoperative Optics for Cataract Surgery
Chapter 29. Postoperative Optics for Cataract Surgery
Chapter 30. Optics for Refractive Surgery. - DigitalTara Renton, editor.Summary: This book is a concise guide to the correct diagnosis and management of dental pain and anxiety. It covers psychology theories about pain, dentine sensitivity, hypersensitivity and cracked tooth syndrome. Chronic pain, temporomandibular disorders and local anesthesia are discussed, and optimal medical and perioperative pain management explained. The book is written by leading experts in the field and provides an up to date, pragmatic perspective on optimizing pain and anxiety management in the dental patient. It includes an overview of differential diagnoses of non-odontogenic orofacial pain. As well as meeting the needs of dentists, the book will be a "must read" for whole dental team.
Contents:
Intro to Pain
The Psychology Theories of Pain
Psychological Interventions for Persistent Pain
An Overview of Dental Anxiety and its Non-Medical Management
Medical Management of Anxiety
Perioperative Pain Management of the Dental Patient
Optimal Local Anaesthesia for Dentistry
Temporomandibular Disorder for the General Dental Practitioner
Chronic Pain and Overview or Differential Diagnoses of Non-Odontogenic Orofacial Pain
Dental Pain: Dentine Sensitivity, Hypersensitivity and Cracked Tooth Syndrome. - Digitaleditor, Mustafa Nadi.Contents:
Optimal treatment for pediatric medulloblastoma / Mustafa Nadi
Surgery for pediatric medulloblastoma / Mustafa Nadi, Lorena Romero & James T. Rutka
Radiation therapy for pediatric medulloblastoma / Marzanna Chojnacka & Anna Skowrońska-Gardas
Management of postoperative cognitive/endocrine disabilities / Alice Ann Holland & Daniel C. Bowers
Treatment approach for recurrent medulloblastoma / Fatema Malbari & Ira J. Dunkel
Ask the expert : other issues in pediatric medulloblastoma / Mustafa Nadi
Multiple choice questions : answers. - Digitaledited by Gary W. Caldwell and Zhengyin Yan, CREATe Analytical Sciences, Janssen Research & Development, LLS, Spring House, PA, USA.Summary: Thoroughly revised and updated, Optimization in Drug Discovery: In Vitro Methods, Second Edition presents a wide spectrum of in vitro assays including formulation, plasma binding, absorption and permeability, cytochrome P450 (CYP) and UDP-glucuronosyltransferases (UGT) metabolism, CYP inhibition and induction, drug transporters, drug-drug interactions via assessment of reactive metabolites, genotoxicity, and chemical and photo-mutagenicity assays. Written for the Methods in Pharmacology and Toxicology series, chapters include introductions to their respective topics, lists of the necessary materials and reagents, step-by-step, readily reproducible protocols, and tips on troubleshooting and avoiding known pitfalls. Expert authors have developed and utilized these in vitro assays to achieve drug-like characteristics in addition to efficacy properties and good safety profiles of drug candidates. Comprehensive and up-to-date, Optimization in Drug Discovery: In Vitro Methods, Second Edition aims to guide researchers down the difficult path to successful drug discovery and development.
Contents:
Small molecule formulation screening strategies in drug discovery / Gary W. Caldwell ... [et al.]
Assessment of drug plasma protein binding in drug discovery / Dennis Kalamaridis and Nayan Patel
Drug partition in red blood cells / Dennis Kalamaridis and Karen DiLoreto
Permeability assessment using 5-day cultured caco-2 cell monolayers / Gary W. Caldwell ... [et al.]
In situ single pass perfused rat intestinal model / Maria Markowska and L. Mark Kao
Metabolic stability assessed by liver microsomes and hepatocytes / Kevin J. Coe and Tatiana Koudriakova
Metabolic assessment in alamethicin-activated liver microsomes : co-activating CYPs and UGTs / Gary W. Caldwell and Zhengyin Yan
Phenotyping UDP-glucuronosyltransferases (UGTs) involved in human drug metabolism : an update / Michael H. Court
In vitro CYP/FMO reaction phenotyping / Carlo Sensenhauser
Human pregnane X receptor (hPXR) activation assay in stable cell lines / Judy L. Raucy
Characterization of constitutive androstane receptor (CAR) activation / Caitlin Lynch, Haishan Li, and Hongbing Wang
DNA binding (gel retardation assay) analysis for Identification of aryl hydrocarbon (Ah) receptor agonists and antagonists / Anatoly A. Soshilov and Michael S. Denison
Cell-based assays for identification of aryl hydrocarbon receptor (AhR) activators / Guochun He ... [et al.]
In vitro CYP induction using human hepatocytes / Monica Singer, Carlo Sensenhauser, and Shannon Dallas
Assessment of CYP3A4 time-dependent inhibition in plated and suspended human hepatocytes / J. George Zhang and David M. Stresser
Evaluation of time-dependent CYP3A4 inhibition using human hepatocytes / Yuan Chen and Adrian J. Fretland
Rapidly distinguishing reversible and time-dependent CYP450 inhibition using human liver microsomes, co-incubation, and continuous fluorometric Kinetic analyses / Gary W. Caldwell and Zhengyin Yan
Identification of time-dependent CYP inhibitors using human liver microsomes (HLM) / Kevin J. Coe, Judith Skaptason, and Tatiana Koudriakova
CYP time-dependent inhibition (TDI) using an IC50 shift assay with stable isotopic labeled substrate Probes to facilitate liquid chromatography/mass spectrometry analyses / Gary W. Caldwell and Zhengyin Yan
Screening for p-glycoprotein (Pgp) substrates and inhibitors / Qing Wang and Tina M. Sauerwald
In vitro characterization of intestinal transporter, breast cancer resistance protein (BCRP) / Chris Bode and Li-Bin Li
In vitro characterization of intestinal and hepatic transporters : MRP2 / Ravindra Varma Alluri ... [et al.]
In vitro characterization of hepatic transporters OATP1B1 and OATP1B3 / Blair Miezeiewski and Allison McLaughlin
In vitro characterization of renal transporters OAT1, OAT3, and OCT2 / Ying Wang and Nicole Behler
General guidelines for setting up an in vitro LC/MS/MS assay / John A. Masucci and Gary W. Caldwell
Metabolite identification in drug discovery / Wing W. Lam ... [et al.]
Drug, lipid, and acylcarnitine profiling using dried blood spot (DBS) technology in drug discovery / Wensheng Lang, Jenson Qi, and Gary W. Caldwell
In vitro trapping and screening of reactive metabolites using liquid chromatography-mass spectrometry / Zhengyin Yan and Gary W. Caldwell
Quantitative assessment of reactive metabolites / Jie Chen ... [et al.]
In vitro assessment of the reactivity of acyl glucuronides / Rongfang Fran Xu ... [et at.]
In vitro comet assay for testing genotoxicity of chemicals / Haixia Lin, Nan Mei, and Mugimane G. Manjanatha
Assessing DNA damage using a reporter gene system / Michael Biss and Wei Xiao
Improved AMES test for genotoxicity assessment of drugs : preincubation assay using a low concentration of dimethyl sulfoxide / Atsushi Hakura
Methods for using the mouse lymphoma assay to screen for chemical mutagenicity and photo-mutagenicity / Nan Mei, Xiaoqing Guo, and Martha M. Moore.Digital Access Springer 2014 - Digitaleditor, Norbert Sewald.
- Digital/PrintWilliam J. Gradishar, editor.Contents:
Strategies to maintain fertility in young breast cancer patients / Elizabeth S. Constance, Molly B. Moravek and Jacqueline S. Jeruss
Adjuvant endocrine therapy / Rena Shah and Ruth M. O'Regan
Breast cancer screening : the debate that never ends / Sarah M. Friedewald
Management of the axilla in early breast cancer / Monica G. Valero and Mehra Golshan
Is DCIS overrated? / Joshua Feinberg, Rachel Wetstone, Dana Greenstein and Patrick Borgen
Readdressing the role of surgery of the primary tumor in de Novo stage IV breast cancer / Seema Ahsan Khan and Elizabeth S. M. DesJardin
Advancements and personalization of breast cancer treatment strategies in radiation therapy / Meena S. Moran
Multi-gene panel testing in breast cancer management / Christos Fountzilas and Virginia G. Kaklamani
Advances in endocrine therapy for postmenopausal metastatic breast cancer / Lisa E. Flaum and William J. Gradishar
Immune checkpoint blockage for breast cancer / April Swoboda and Rita Nanda
Sexual function post-breast cancer / Lauren Streicher and James A. Simon.Digital Access Springer 2018 - Digitaledited by Mandy S. Coles, Aisha Mays.Summary: Many individuals worldwide initiate sexual activity during their adolescent and young adult (AYA) years and are in need of safe and effective contraceptive services. Because of their safety profile, ease of use, and privacy many international professional organizations recommend that long-acting reversible contraception (LARC), including intrauterine devices (IUDs), be included in contraception discussions with AYAs. IUDs are particularly advantageous because these methods are safe and highly effective (>99% efficacy), are easy to keep confidential because they are often undetectable to others, and do not require daily adherence or frequent visits for refills. Despite significant evidence of their safety, acceptability, and effectiveness, among adolescents and AYAs, IUDs remain underutilized in this population. Written by experts in the field, Optimizing IUD Delivery for Adolescents and Young Adults provides a comprehensive framework that examines the history of IUDs, counseling, initiation, placement, and follow-up techniques that are unique to AYA populations. The text closes with resource chapters, including, expert clinical pearls for AYA IUD delivery, how to access IUD training, and information on IUD billing and reimbursement. In an effort to integrate the voice of youth, clinical case examples and patient stories are utilized throughout to provide both a clinical grounding for each chapter and context within which to apply the chapter material.
Contents:
The Intrauterine Device and Adolescents – History and Present
Making Your Office Accessible for Adolescents and Young Adult IUD Services
Types of IUDs and Mechanism of Action
Addressing IUD Efficacy, Eligibility, Myths, and Satisfaction with Adolescents and Young Adults
IUD Counseling: Whats Choice Got to Do With It?
Just Do it: The When and How of IUD Insertion
Consenting and Pre-Procedural Counseling for IUD Insertion: What to Expect and What to Talk About
Integrating IUD Provision Into Your Practice: Site Preparedness, Staff Training, and Procedural Steps
Pharmacologic Approaches to Pain Management with IUD Insertion
Nonpharmacologic Approaches to Pain Management with IUD Insertion
Follow Up After IUD insertions: Managing IUD Expectations, Addressing Side Effects, and Providing Post-Insertion Counseling
Challenging IUD Procedures
Adolescent and Young Adult IUD Delivery in Non-Traditional Health Settings. - Digital[edited by] Priya Narang, William Trattler.Contents:
Overview of the causes of suboptimal outcomes following cataract surgery : role of preoperative screening and adequate counselling / Samir Narang and Priya Narang
Tear film and corneal disorders / Laura M. Periman and Priya Narang
Postrefractive intraocular lens power calculation : choosing the right nomogram / Aazim A. Siddiqui and Uday Devgan
Residual refractive error / Edward E. Manche and Lisa Y. Chen
Posterior corneal astigmatism : basics and clinical implications / Fernando Antonio Faria-Correia, José Carlos Ferreira Mendes, Jaime Aramberri, and Renato Ambrósio Jr.
Considerations in cataract surgery following postrefractive error correction / William Trattler
Corneal-based procedures : astigmatic keratotomy, LASIK, PRK, and SMILE / Marcony Santhiago
Intraocular lens exchange / Thomas A. Oetting
Piggyback intraocular lens / Johnny L. Gayton, Riley N. Sanders, and Val Nordin Sanders
Toric intraocular lens / Eric Clayton Amesbury and Kevin M. Miller
Premium intraocular lenses and associated problems / Elizabeth Yeu and Mario J. Rojas
Dysphotopsias and surgical management / Samuel Masket and Nicole R. Fram
Bullous keratopathy and endothelial keratoplasty / Jonathan K. Kam and Jacqueline Beltz
Malpositioned intraocular lens and capsular bag : intraocular lens complex issues / Amar Agarwal
Posterior capsular rupture and intraocular lens implantation / Priya Narang
Miloop : micro-interventional, phaco-free, lens fragmentation / Tsontcho Ianchulev and Susan Macdonald
Keratoconus and cataract surgery / Arthur B. Cummings and Sheraz Daya
Bilensectomy (phakic IOL explantation with coincidental cataract surgery and IOL implantation) / Veronica Vargas Fragoso and Jorge L. Alió
Cystoid macular edema and management / J. Fernando Arevalo, Carlos F. Fernández, and Fernando A. Arevalo
Endophthalmitis, toxic anterior segment syndrome, and vitritis / Andrzej Grzybowski and Magdalena Turczynowska
Intraoperative aberrometry / Kathryn M. Hatch
Futuristic approach and advancements / Gary Wörtz
Telescopic intraocular lenses / Isaac Lipshitz and Amar Agarwal.Digital Access - DigitalStuart MacLeod, Suzanne Hill, Gideon Koren, Anders Rane, editors.Digital Access Springer 2015
- DigitalArmin Schubert, Sandra A. Kemmerly, editors.Summary: This practical, engaging book provides concise, real life-tested guidance to healthcare teams concerned with widely reported and incentivized hospital quality and safety metrics, offering both a conceptual approach and specific advice and frameworks for reviewing quality and safety numerator events, from the perspective and experience of clinicians and administrators working within the Ochsner Health System. The text opens with the rationale for closely managing widely (including publicly) reported hospital patient quality and safety measures. Attention is given to the financial implications of quality performance, with respect to both penalties and payment incentives used by payer organizations. It then reviews the major public ratings and their relevant methodologies, including CMS, AHRQ and NSHN. In addition, it addresses ratings by proprietary organizations that have a large member clientele, such as Vizient, USNews, Leapfrog, Healthgrades, CareChex and others. Each metric - for example, the AHRQ Patient Safety Indicators (PSIs), and other metrics such as readmission rate, risk adjusted complications, hospital-acquired conditions and mortality - is addressed in a stand-alone chapter. For each, the importance, approach to review, opportunity for optimization, and engagement of healthcare staff are reviewed and discussed. Overall, this book forefronts the benefits of a collaborative approach within a health system. The concurrent review process, multidisciplinary collaboration among quality improvement, clinical documentation, coding and medical staff personnel are all emphasized. Also described in detail is the approach to and specific opportunities for medical staff education and engagement. Additional key topics include Engagement of the Medical Staff and House Staff (i.e., residents and other trainees), Futile Care, Surgical Quality Improvement (NSQIP), Nursing Provider Partnership, and Translation of Data Review to Successful Performance Improvement. Specialty chapters on pediatric, neurologic and transplant quality metrics are also included.
- DigitalFiras G. Madbak, Dale A. Dangleben, editors.Summary: This book by Madbak and Dangleben has collated lot of information that has been presented and published in many disparate arenas into a single easy to read source. In an area where there is more experience and ℓ́ℓfavorite techniquesℓ́ℓ than true evidence based answers, they provide a wealth of information along with outstanding photographic support that makes this an excellent resource for all surgeons caring for this population. Similar to many things in life, when treating patients with the open abdomen one size or methodology does not fit all and this book will assuredly contain at least one possible answer to your patientℓ́ℓs problem. One of the more unique aspects of this textbook is its detailed ℓ́ℓHow toℓ́ℓ approach for the wide variety of techniques utilized in the management of the open abdomen. While there may be no consensus as to what constitutes the optimal management of the open abdomen, this book articulates a number of options and their advantages. Most importantly, it provides high quality photographs that enhance the step by step ℓ́ℓHow toℓ́ℓ approach of the text. More recent developments including using biologic mesh, implementing complex abdominal wall reconstruction and utilizing minimally invasive endoscopic techniques are described. This book is not only appropriate for all practicing surgeons that deal with this complex issue, but is also relevant for residents and fellows who are just getting their first exposure to open abdomens.Digital Access Springer 2015
- Digitaledited by Alexander Deiters.Contents:
Optical control of protein activity and gene expression by photoactivation of caged cyclofen / Fatima Hamouri, Weiting Zhang, Isabelle Aujard, Thomas Le Saux, Bertrand Ducos, Sophie Vriz, Ludovic Jullien, and David Bensimon
Reversible optogenetic control of protein function and localization / Daniel Z. Wu, Rachel M. Lackner, Chanat Aonbangkhen, Michael A. Lampson, and David M. Chenoweth
Protocols for the generation of caged guideRNAs for light-triggered RNA-targeting with SNAP-ADARs / Alfred Hanswillemenke and Thorsten Stafforst
Combinatorial control of gene function with wavelength-selective caged morpholinos / Sankha Pattanayak, Luis Angel Vázquez-Maldonado, Alexander Deiters, and James K. Chen
Phosphodiester photo-tethers for the (multi-)cyclic conformational caging of oligonucleotides / Patricia Müller, Patrick Seyfried, Anton Frühauf, and Alexander Heckel
Chemical modification of proteins with photocleavable groups / Karthik Nadendla, Bhagyesh Sarode, and Simon H. Friedman
Intramolecular cross-linking of proteins with azobenzene-based cross-linkers / Nobuo Yasuike, Huixin Lu, Peng Xia, and G. Andrew Woolley
Ruthenium-cross-linked hydrogels for rapid, visible-light protein release / Teresa L. Rapp and Ivan J. Dmochowski
Chromatically independent, two-color uncaging of glutamate and GABA with one- or two-photon excitation / Stefan Passlick and Graham C.R. Ellis-Davies
DIY optogenetics : building, programming, and using the Light Plate Apparatus / Karl P. Gerhardt, Sebastian M. Castillo-Hair, and Jeffrey J. Tabor
Pulsatile illumination for photobiology and optogenetics / Julia Dietler, Robert Stabel, and Andreas Möglich
Genetically encoding photoswitchable click amino acids for general optical control of conformation and function of proteins / Christian Hoppmann and Lei Wang
Light-activation of Cre recombinase in zebrafish embryos through genetic code expansion / Wes Brown and Alexander Deiters.Digital Access ScienceDirect 2019 - DigitalOptogenetics : Light-sensing Proteins and Their Applications in Neuroscience and Beyond. 2nd editionHiromu Yawo, Hideki Kandori, Amane Koizumi, Ryoichiro Kageyama, editors.Summary: This book, now in a thoroughly revised second edition, offers a comprehensive review of the rapidly growing field of optogenetics, in which light-sensing proteins are genetically engineered into cells in order to acquire information on cellular physiology in optical form or to enable control of specific network in the brain upon activation by light. Light-sensing proteins of various living organisms are now available to be exogenously expressed in neurons and other target cells both in vivo and in vitro. Cellular functions can thus be manipulated or probed by light. The new edition documents fully the extensive progress since publication of the first edition to provide an up-to-date overview of the physical, chemical, and biological properties of light-sensing proteins and their application in biological systems, particularly in neuroscience but also in medicine and the optical sciences. Underlying principles are explained and detailed information provided on a wide range of optogenetic tools for the observation and control of cellular signaling and physiology, gene targeting technologies, and optical methods for biological applications. In presenting the current status of optogenetics and emerging directions, this milestone publication will be a "must read" for all involved in research in any way related to optogenetics.
Contents:
Part 1. Light-sensitive channels and transporters
1. History and Perspectives of Light-Sensing Proteins
2. Phototactic behavior of Chlamydomonas
3. Structure-Functional Analysis of rhodopsin light sensors
4. Molecular Dynamics of Channelrhodopsin
5. Photochemistry of Halorhodopsin
6. Spectroscopic Dynamics of Microbial Rhodopsins
7. Molecular Engineering of Retinylidene Proteins
8. A new optogenetic tools from deep ocean
Part 2. Light-sensitive signaling molecules
9. Biology of Light-Sensing Proteins in Plants and Microorganisms
10. Optogenetic Potentials of Diverse Animal Opsins
11. Enzyme rhodopsins
12.Optogenetic photoswitches
13.Genetic, biochemical and biophysical studies on flavoprotein photoreceptors
Part 3. Optogenetics in Biological System
14. General Description: Future Prospects of Optogenetics
15. Optogenetic Manipulation and Probing
16. Visualization and Manipulation Signaling Molecules In Vivo
17. Optical Manipulation of Gene Expression
18. Optical Manipulation of Intracellular Signaling
19. Single Molecule Optogenetics
20. Bioluminescence Imaging
21. Luminescence Optogenetics
22. Optogenetic Imaging of Protein Activity in the Synapse Using 2-Photon Fluorescence Lifetime Imaging Microscopy
23. Optogenetics in Drosophila
24. Optogenetics in Caenorhabditis elegans
25. Optogenetics in zebrafish
26. Optogenetics Research Using the Mouse as a Model System
27. Optogenetics Research Using Rat
28. Optogenetics Research Using Primates
29. Organelle Optogenetics
Part 4. Optogenetics in Neuroscience
30. Neuroscientific Frontline of Optogenetics
31. Elucidation of Neuronal Circuitry Involved in the Regulation of Sleep/Wakefulness Using Optogenetics
32. Multiscale neural activity in the behaving brain
33. Optogenetic Analysis of Striatal Connections to Determine Functional Connectomes
34. Optogenetics for the Behavior Manipulation of Non-human Primates
35. Activity Regulation in the Study of Neural Plasticity
36. Optogenetic Control of Synaptic Plasticity
37. Casting Light on the Role of Glial Cells in Brain Function
38. Optogenetic manipulation of Respiratory Rhythm
39. Optogenetic mapping of brain circuitry
40. In vivo imaging of Arc transcription
41. Neural Circuits for the Formation and Retrieval of Episodic Memories
Part 5. Medical Optogenetics
42. Medical Optogenetics, Overview
43. Towards Understanding the Neural Mechanism of Behavioral Phenotypes Seen in Psychiatric Disorders
44. Gene Therapy Using Channelrhodopsins to Treat Blindness
45. Optogenetic Approaches to Restoring Intrinsic Visual Processing Features in Retinal Ganglion Cells
46. Application of optogenetics to epilepsy research
Part 6. Opto-electro-nano Technologies for Optogenetics
47. CMOS-Based Neural Interface Device for Optogenetics
48. OLED System for Optogenetics
49. Micro-imaging probes, Opto-electrodes, and Virtual Reality Systems for Optogenetics
50. Upconversion
51. Optical probes for in vivo optogenetics. - Digital[edited by] R. Bryan Bell, Rui P. Fernandes, Peter E. Andersen.Summary: Oral, Head and Neck Oncology and Reconstructive Surgery is the first oral and maxillofacial surgery (OMS) text to provide you with a system for managing adult oral, head and neck cancers and reconstructive cranio-maxillofacial surgery. Using an evidence-based approach to the management and treatment of a wide variety of clinical conditions, the extensive experience of the author and contributors in head and neck/cranio-maxillofacial surgery and oncology are highlighted throughout the text. This includes computer aided surgical simulation, intraoperative navigation, robotic surgery, endoscopic surgery, microvascular surgery, molecular science, and tumor immunology. In addition, high quality photos and illustrations are accompanied by videos of surgical procedures that are easily accessible on mobile devices.Digital Access ScienceDirect 2018
- DigitalBrad W. Neville, Douglas D. Damm, Carl M. Allen, Angela C. Chi.Summary: "Oral and Maxillofacial Pathology, 5th Edition guides you through the wide variety of diseases that may affect the oral and maxillofacial region. More than 1,500 radiographs and full-color clinical photos bring various lesions and conditions to life. Updates in this edition include coverage of the latest advances in oral squamous cell carcinoma treatment, HPV, and molecular pathology, along with revised content throughout. Well-known oral pathology educators Brad Neville, Douglas Damm, Carl Allen, and Angela Chi, bring you up to date on the latest concepts of pathogenesis and disease management in the care of patients with oral disease."--Provided by publisher.
Contents:
Developmental Defects of the Oral and Maxillofacial Region
Abnormalities of Teeth
Pulpal and Periapical Disease
Periodontal Diseases
Bacterial Infections
Fungal and Protozoal Diseases
Viral Infections
Physical and Chemical Injuries
Allergies and Immunologic Diseases
Epithelial Pathology
Salivary Gland Pathology
Soft Tissue Tumors
Hematologic Disorders
Bone Pathology
Odontogenic Cysts and Tumors
Dermatologic Diseases
Oral Manifestations of Systemic Diseases
Facial Pain and Neuromuscular Diseases
Forensic Dentistry
Differential Diagnosis of Oral and Maxillofacial Diseases.Digital Access ClinicalKey [2023] - Digital[edited by] Raymond. J. Fonseca.Contents:
V. 1. Profession and practice of oral and maxillofacial surgery, anesthesia and pain control, dentoalveolar surgery, implant surgery / volume editor, Raymond J. Fonseca ; section editors, Michael P. Powers, David E. Frost, Bach Le
v. 2. Trauma, surgical pathology, temporomandibular disorders / volume editor, Raymond J. Fonseca ; section editors, Eric R. Carlson, Raymond J. Fonseca, Gregory M. Ness
v. 3. Orthognathic surgery, esthetic surgery, cleft and craniofacial surgery / volume editor, Raymond J. Fonseca ; section editors, Timothy A. Turvey, Bernard J. Costello, Ramon L. Ruiz.Digital Access ClinicalKey v. 1-3=, 2018 - DigitalDigital Access
- DigitalKrishnamurthy Bonanthaya, Elavenil Panneerselvam, Suvy Manuel, Vinay V. Kumar, Anshul Rai, editors.Summary: This book is an open access book with CC BY 4.0 license. This comprehensive open access textbook provides a comprehensive coverage of principles and practice of oral and maxillofacial surgery. With a range of topics starting from routine dentoalveolar surgery to advanced and complex surgical procedures, this volume is a meaningful combination of text and illustrations including clinical photos, radiographs, and videos. It provides guidance on evidence-based practices in context to existing protocols, guidelines and recommendations to help readers deal with most clinical scenarios in their daily surgical work. This multidisciplinary textbook is meant for postgraduate trainees, young practicing oral surgeons and experienced clinicians, as well as those preparing for university and board certification exams. It also aids in decision-making, the implementation of treatment plans and the management of complications that may arise. This book is an initiative of Association of Oral and Maxillofacial Surgeons of India (AOMSI) to its commitment to academic medicine. As part of this commitment, this textbook is in open access to help ensure widest possible dissemination to readers across the world.
Contents:
Oral and Maxillofacial Surgery in India. How did we get here and where are we going?
Pre-Operative Evaluation & Investigations
Management of Medically Compromised Patients
Management of Medical Emergencies
Local Anaesthesia
Oral and Maxillofacial Surgery
Ambulatory Anesthesia Model and Training
Anesthesia for OMFS
Radiology for the Oral and Maxillofacial Surgeon: The Essentials
Sterilisation and Operating Room Protocols
Pharmacotherapy in OMFS
Wound closure and Suturing Methods
Management of the Post operative OMFS Patient
Principles and Techniques of Exodontia
Management of the Impacted tooth: A : Third Moalr impactions
Canine Impactions
Endodontic surgery
Pre prosthetic Surgery
Basic Implantology
Bone Augmentation Procedures in Implantology
Odontogenic Infections - General Principles
Space Infections
Osteomyelitis /ORN/ MRONJ
Maxillary Sinusitis
Management of Oro Antral Communications & Fistulae
Trigeminal Nerve Injuries
Trigeminal Neuralgia
Cysts of the OMF region
Odontogenic Tumours
Reactive Lesions of the Oro Maxillofacial Region
Fibro Osseous Lesions
Vascular Anomalies of the Oro Maxillofacial Region
Non-Surgical Modalities of Facial Rejuvenation & Aesthetics
Botox & Fillers
Hair Transplant
Ear Reconstruction
Management of Scars
Face Lifts
Rhinoplasty
Lasers in OMFS
Peizo Surgery in OMFS
Role of Computer-assisted Navigation Surgery in Oral and Maxillofacial Surgery
Human Factors and Reducing Medical Error.-Setting up an OMFS Facility
Legal Issues in OMFS
Research & Publication
Salivary Gland Disorders
Salivary Gland Tumours
Obstructive Salivary Gland disease and Sialendoscopy
Primary Assessment & Care of the Maxillofacial Trauma Patient
Soft Tissue Injuries
Dento Alveolar Fractures & Wiring techniques
Plating Systems & Principles of ORIF
Mandibular Fractures
Condylar Fractures of the Mandible
Intraoral Endoscopic Approach for Condylar Fractures
Maxillary Fractures
Zygomatic Complex Fractures
Orbital Fractures
Frontal & NOE Fractures
Gunshot Injuries
Panfacial Trauma
Residual Deformities
MPDS
Internal Derangements of TMJ
TMJ Ankylosis
Dislocation/ Subluxation
Alloplastic Reconstruction
Diagnosis & Planning
Facial Asymmetry
Mandibular Procedures
Maxillary Procedures
SFOA
OSAS
Complications in Orthognathic Surgery
Cleft Lip
Cleft Palate
Alveolar Bone Grafting
Cleft Maxillary Hypolplasia
Cleft Rhinoplasty
Transport Distraction Osteogenesis
Distraction Osteogenesis: Craniofacial , Pediatric
Rare Facial Clefts
Hemifacial Microsomia / Treacher Collins
Craniosynostosis
Pre malignant Lesions and Conditions
Carcinoma Diagnosis & Treatment Planning
Principles of Surgical Management of Oral Cancer
Sarcoma
Adjunctive Therapy
Access Surgeries/Osteotomies
Soft Tissue Reconstruction
Hard Tissue Reconstruction. - DigitalDaniel J. Meara, Rajesh Gutta, editors.Summary: This book is a detailed guide to the identification and appropriate management of patients who represent a high risk when performing oral and maxillofacial surgery or the complex procedures that are increasingly attempted by general dental practitioners. Emphasis is also placed on evaluation of the medically compromised patient for outpatient anesthesia. The book is systematically divided into a series of chapters focusing on the medical conditions most commonly encountered in practice and on current treatment standards. Each chapter outlines evidence-based guidelines for evaluation of patients to establish whether they are suitable candidates for oral surgery. In addition, commonly encountered clinical management dilemmas are thoroughly explored. Lastly, this book will enable the provider to understand whether there is a need to seek medical clearance before proceeding. It will be an invaluable guide for both oral and maxillofacial surgeons and general dentists.
Contents:
Introduction
Oral and Maxillofacial Surgery for the Cardiovacsular Patient
Oral and Maxillofacial Surgery in Patients with Respiratory Disease
Oral and Maxillofacial Surgery and Liver Diseases
Oral and Maxillofacial Surgery for the Renally Compromised Patient
Oral and Maxillofacial Surgery for the Immune Compromised Patient
Oral and Maxillofacial Surgery and Metabolic Disorders
Oral and Maxillofacial Surgery and Psychiatric and Behavioral Disorders
Oral and Maxillofacial Surgery for the Substance Abuse Patient
Oral and Maxillofacial Surgery and Hematologic Diseases
Oral and Maxillofacial Surgery and Neurological Diseases
Management Dilemmas in Oral and Maxillofacial Surgery. - DigitalKathryn Kiser, editor.Summary: Given the amount and complexity of information surrounding the the target specific oral anticoagulants a lengthy didactic educational format has the potential to be overwhelming to the reader and difficult to translate and apply to direct patient care. The proposed book will educate clinicians utilizing a series of clinical cases to simultaneously develop the readers' knowledge base, problem-solving skills, and practically apply their new knowledge to a variety of clinical situations. These will be short focused case presentations that provide critical information and pose questions to the reader at key points in the decision making process. The cases will be relevant to what clinicians will encounter not only on a daily basis, but also reflective of scenarios that clinicians will not encounter regularly, but that they will have to act upon (e.g. a bleeding patient, patient scheduled for elective or emergent procedure, patient with changing renal function, patient on drugs that have a plausible yet unstudied drug interaction with a target specific oral anticoagulant etc). Included in the case studies will be evidence-based discussions (with appropriate references) that provide immediate feedback on the different treatment alternatives that were offered. The case studies will be designed to instruct the reader how to select and effectively utilize the most appropriate agent for a given clinical scenario. They will focus on key features of the target specific oral anticoagulants, what they have in common, how they are unique from each other, as well as illustrating the clinical decision process one should take when selecting an agent or managing a patient already receiving one of the target specific oral agents.Digital Access Springer 2017
- DigitalAyman F. El-Kattan.Contents:
Drug pharmacokinetics and toxicokinetics
GIT anatomy and physiology and drug oral bioavailability : impact of species differences
Drug routes of excretion
Physicochemical and biopharmaceutical properties that affect drug absorption of compounds absorbed by passive diffusion
Physicochemical and biopharmaceutical factors affecting hepatic/intestinal first pass effect
Impact of intestinal efflux transporters on oral absorption
Impact of influx transporters on drug
Extended Clearance Classification System (ECCS) and its utility in predicting clearance rate determining step in drug discovery
In vitro and in situ approaches to measure intestinal permeability and efflux transporters
In silico approaches to predict intestinal permeability
In vivo preclinical approaches to deconvolute the contribution of first pass effect from oral absorption
In vitro approaches to assess haptic metabolism and first pass effect
The utility of ECCS as a roadmap to improve oral bioavailability of new molecular entities : industrial perspective.Digital Access Wiley 2017 - Digitalvolume editor, Sigrun Eick.Summary: "Biofilms are the most obvious and essential etiologic factors for all oral diseases with the exception of trauma and malignancies. This volume on "biofilms" looks at this structure from various angles. It provides analysis on various cariologic, endodontologic, periodontal, and peri-implant aspects, as well as those of dental unit water lines. The book is recommended for all dental students, graduate students, and biologically oriented dental clinicians"-- Provided by publisher
Contents:
Biofilms / Eick, S.
Biofilms in Dental Unit Water Lines / Dahlen, G.
The Impact of the pH Value on Biofilm Formation / Schultze, L.B., Maldonado, A., Lussi, A., Sculean, A., Eick, S.
Biofilm Models to Study the Etiology and Pathogenesis of Oral Diseases / Thurnheer, T., Paqué, P.N.
Biofilm Models for the Evaluation of Dental Treatment / Eick, S.
Cariogenic Biofilms and Caries from Birth to Old Age / Astasov-Frauenhoffer, M., Kulik, E.
Supragingival Biofilm : Toothpaste and Toothbrushes / Cvikl, B., Lussi, A.
Actual Concepts for Individual Interdental Biofilm Removal / Jentsch, H.F.R.
Arginine : A Weapon against Cariogenic Biofilm? / Eick, S., Lussi, A.
Oral Mouth Rinses against Supragingival Biofilm and Gingival Inflammation / Arweiler, N.B.
Peri-Implant Diseases : Characteristics of the Microbiota and of the Host Response in Humans
A Narrative Review / Schmid, E., Eick, S., Sculean, A., Salvi, G.E.
Mechanical Removal of the Biofilm : Is the Curette Still the Gold Standard? / Bastendorf, K.-D., Strafela-Bastendorf, N., Lussi, A.
Antibiotics against Periodontal Biofilms / Guentsch, A.
Effectiveness of Photodynamic Therapy in the Treatment of Periodontal and Peri-Implant Diseases / Sculean, A., Deppe, H., Miron, R., Schwarz, F., Romanos, G., Cosgarea, R.
New Bacterial Combinations in Secondary Endodontic Infections of Patients with a Recent Systematic Antibiotic Therapy / Al-Ahmad, A., Elamin, F., Gärttner, R., Anderson, A., Wittmer, A., Mirghani, Y., Hellwig, E.
Biofilms on Restorative Materials / Schmalz, G., Cieplik, F.
Halitosis / Ortiz, V., Filippi, A.
Biofilm and Orthodontic Therapy / Müller, L.K., Jungbauer, G., Jungbauer, R., Wolf, M., Deschner, J.
In vitro Activity of Oral Health Care Products on Candida Biofilm Formation / Katagiri, H., Stuck, N.-J., Arakawa, I., Nietzsche, S., Eick, S.Digital Access Karger 2021 - DigitalAndrei Cristian Ionescu, Sebastian Hahnel, editors.Summary: This book provides an up-to-date perspective on oral biofilms and dental materials, equipping readers with a sound understanding of their mutual interactions. Experts from across the world comprehensively describe the main strategies that can be followed when designing modern bioactive and biomimetic dental materials, bearing in mind the goal of reducing the occurrence of pathological conditions such as secondary caries and peri-implantitis. The background to the book is the rapid expansion in the use of nanotechnologies and modern techniques to achieve levels of performance of dental materials that were unthinkable even a few years ago. Whereas conventionally dental materials have been regarded as inert, an important paradigm shift is underway: now, these materials are being conceived as bioactive and biomimetic. Modern dental materials can produce a response by interacting positively both with the host and with the biofilm permanently colonizing hard and soft tissues of the oral cavity. These materials increasingly mimic the behavior of the tissues that they are replacing. In documenting the latest knowledge in the field, this book will be of value for both scientists in the fields of nanotechnology, biofilms and dental materials and interested clinicians.
Contents:
Introduction - A Paradigm Shift Towards Bioactivity
Oral Biofilms - What are They?
The Importance of the Salivary Pellicle
Oral Biofilms and Secondary Caries Formation
Bioreactors: How to Study Biofilms in vitro
Surface Properties of Dental Materials and Biofilm Formation
Complex Polymeric Materials and Their Interaction with Microorganisms
Effect of Oral Biofilms on Dental Materials: Biocorrosion and Biodeterioration
Considerations for Designing Next Generation Composite Dental Materials
Multifunctional Restorative Dental Materials: Remineralization and Antibacterial Effect
Dental Resin-based Materials with Antimicrobial Properties: Contact Inhibition and Controlled Release
Conclusion - Future Trends in Dental Materials. - DigitalRobert Reti, Damian Findlay, editors.Contents:
Preface
Section 1
Dentoalveolar, TMJ, Maxillofacial Infections, and Implantology
Chapter 1. Dentoalveolar
Chapter 2. Temporomandibular Joint Syndrome
Chapter 3. Management of Maxillofacial Infections
Chapter 4. Dental Implantology
Section 2
Orthognathic, OSA, Cosmetics, and Trauma
Chapter 5. Orthognathic and Obstructive Sleep Apnea
Chapter 6. Cosmetic Surgery
Chapter 7. Maxillofacial Trauma
Section 3
Pathology and Reconstruction
Chapter 8. Oral Pathology
Chapter 9. Reconstruction
Chapter 10. Cleft Lip and Palate
Section 4
Anesthesia and Medicine
Chapter 11. Outpatient Anesthesia
Chapter 12. Liver Disease
Chapter 13. Cardiovascular Disease
Chapter 14. Pulmonary Diseases
Chapter 15. Renal Disease
Chapter 16. Hematological Disease
Chapter 17. Connective Tissue Disorder
Chapter 18. Endocrine Disease
Chapter 19. Neurological Disorders
Chapter 20. Electrolyte and Acid-Base Disturbances
Chapter 21. Psychiatric Disease
Chapter 22. Pregnancy
Chapter 23
Human Immunodeficiency Virus (HIV) and Acquired Immunodeficiency Syndrome (AIDS)
Chapter 24. Substance Abuse
Chapter 25. Medical Emergencies
Chapter 26. Medicine Case 1
Chapter 27. Medicine Case 2. - DigitalTadaaki Kirita, Ken Omura, editors.Summary: Oral cancer is frequently diagnosed late, when the disease has advanced with lesions that are large and deeply invasive and with metastasis to regional lymph nodes, leading to increased mortality. Moreover, late diagnosis and treatment often result in considerable morbidity of oral and maxillofacial structures and poor appearance and function following therapy. This book provides head and neck oncologists, oral oncologists, oral and maxillofacial surgeons, medical oncologists, dentists and other members of dental teams furnishing supportive care with a systematic review of recent diagnostic and therapeutic advances in oral cancer. The various authoritative chapters are prepared by specialists who are active leaders in each basic and clinical field. All chapters address individual and collective issues that arise in managing oral cancer patients with difficult treatment problems and provide insight into the multiple valid management approaches available. The authors offer an extensive source of information about oral cancers and encourage the clinician to be flexible and innovative, giving physicians and medical personnel the background information to make the best, educated, responsible decisions for individual patients.
Contents:
1. Epidemiology of the Oral Cancer
2.Surgical Pathology of Oral Cancer
3. Molecular Biology of the Oral Cancer
4. Oral Potentially Malignant Disorders
5. Imaging and Classification of Staging
6. Clinical Evaluation and Differential Diagnosis
7. Surgical Approaches to the Oral Cavity
8. Management of the Neck
9. Oral and Maxillofacial Reconstruction
10. Prosthetic Reconstruction for the Oral Cancer Patients Using Dental Implants
11. Radiotherapy
12. Systemic Chemotherapy
13. Chemoradiotherapy Using Retrograde Superselective Intra-Arterial Infusion for Advanced Oral Cancer
14. Oral and dental healthcare for oral cancer patients: planning, management, and dental treatment
15. Management of Speech Disorders Following Treatment for Oral Cancer
16. Management of Dysphagia Following Treatment for Oral Cancer
17. QOL Management in Oral Cancer Patients
18. Palliative Care for Oral Cancer. - Digital[edited by] Carole Fakhry, Karen T. Pitman, Ana P. Kiess, David W. Eisele.Summary: "Oral Cancer: Evaluation, Therapy, and Rehabilitation edited by prominent Johns Hopkins clinicians and educators Carole Fakhry, Karen Pitman, Ana Kiess, and David Eisele provides a comprehensive, state-of-the-art review on the diagnosis and management of oral cancer. This unique resource fills a void in the literature by exploring surgical and reconstructive issues specific to each subsite of the oral cavity. Important pre- and post-treatment evaluations by dental, speech-language pathology, and the oncologic care team are reviewed"-- Provided by publisher.Digital Access
- DigitalMarco Kesting.Summary: "Preface-- Operative treatment for oral cancer is one of the most challenging fields in whole surgery. The perioral region is the only area of the body containing all types of tissue: muscle, bone, cartilage, skin and mucosa. Because of this unique anatomy, ablative tumor surgery and reconstructive surgery remain very complex. On the one hand, the surgeon has to possess elaborate skills in handling the soft tissue, dealing with microvascular techniques and managing bone treatment including osteosynthesis. On the other hand, he has to prepare defined strategies to anticipate any upcoming surgical problem. As there is an overwhelming repertoire of ablative and reconstructive procedures, it is hard for students, residents and young surgeons to find the right way to "survive in the operative jungle." This book concentrates on key procedures that offer young surgeons the possibility to solve almost any case of oral cancer. Basic principles are didactically edited in series of pictures and/or diagrams. Traditional approaches are combined with innovative techniques. Anatomical introductions connect previous knowledge with the surgical procedures. Additionally, historic landmarks and recommendations regarding to the techniques are given in an informational, sometimes anecdotic style. The compact and concise character of the book should enable the resident to study, prepare and recapitulate all issues regarding oral cancer surgery in a short time. Marco Kesting 2014 "--Provided by publisher.Digital Access Thieme MedOne Otolaryngology 2015
- DigitalPetra Wilder-Smith, Janet Ajdaharian, editors.
- DigitalMarco A. Peres, Jose Leopoldo Ferreira Antunes, Richard G. Watt, editors.
- Digitaledited by Elizabeth Kwong.Contents:
Lead identification/optimization / Dr. Mei Wong And Dr. Mark Mcallister
Oral drug formulation development in pharmaceutical lead selection stage / Shayne Cox Gad
Bridging end of discovery to regulatory filing : formulations for IND- and registration-enabling nonclinical studies / Evan A. Thackaberry
Planning the first clinical trials with clinical manufacturing organization (CMO) / Elizabeth Kwong and Caroline McGregor
Formulation strategies for high dose toxicology studies : case studies / Dennis H. Leung, Pierre Daublain, Mengwei Hu, Kung-I Feng
Formulation, analytical and regulatory strategies for first in human clinical trials / Lorenzo Capretto, Gerard Byrne, Sarah Trenfield, Lee Dowden, and Steven Booth.Digital Access Wiley 2017 - DigitalChristie-Michele Hogue, Jorge G. Ruiz, editors.Summary: This book provides a comprehensive review of the assessment and management of older peoples oral health care needs. Discussing recent initiatives to emphasize oral health promotion and prevention, the book describes improvements in pharmacological and non-pharmacological approaches for special populations in geriatrics and illuminates the role of barriers to oral health care for older people. Divided into three sections, the book first explores aging and oral health, including age-related changes, epidemiology, nutrition, dysphagia, aspiration pneumonia, xerostomia and hyposalivation, management of periodontal disease and caries, systemic diseases that influence oral health, and considerations for chronic orofacial pain. The second section illuminates the ways in which frailty and other geriatric syndromes influence oral health care in older adults with a special focus on frailty, dementia, delirium and depression, and the delivery of oral health care to vulnerable geriatric populations in long-term care, home care, palliative care, and hospice. Lastly, the book addresses inequalities in the oral health of older minority populations, the disproportionate burden of oral disease and tooth loss, the contribution of these issues to further complications in comorbidities, the association of extended health literacy and periodontal disease, and the social and cultural conditions that might be altered or improved by healthcare programs and health policies. Oral Health and Aging is a useful book written by an international group of experts and designed to educate geriatricians, primary care physicians, nurses, dentists, dental hygienists, speech and language pathologists, dietitians, and health policy advocates.
Contents:
Age-Related Changes in Oral Health
Epidemiology of Oral Conditions in Older Populations
Nutrition and Oral Health in Older Adults
Swallowing, Dysphagia, and Aspiration Pneumonia
Xerostomia and Hyposalivation in Older Adults
Management of Periodontal Disease in Older Adults
Caries Management and Restorative Dentistry in Older Adults
Systemic Disease that Influences Oral Health
Oral Health and the 3 Ds: Dementia, Delirium and Depression
Oral Care in Long Term Care Settings
Oral Health Care for Patients Receiving Palliative Care or Hospice
Ethical Considerations in Geriatric Dentistry
Health Disparities and Older Adults
Physical Frailty and Oral Health
The Role of Oral Health Literacy in Shared Decision Making
Barriers to Accessing Dental Care for Older Adults. - DigitalMili Doshi, Andrew Geddis-Regan, editors.Summary: This book aims to provide the dental team with an improved understanding of management of the oral health needs of the ageing population, in whom increasing cognitive, medical and physical disabilities impact significantly on oral health and dental care needs. All significant aspects of caring for older people are covered. The nature and implications of changing demographics are explained and information provided on common medical co-morbidities and the impact of cognitive conditions, including dementia, on dental treatment. The changing pattern of dental disease in older people is clearly described, with explanation of the consequences of these changes for periodontics, endodontics, prosthodontics, and implantology. Advice is given on considerations to be borne in mind during treatment planning, including the importance of prevention and utilization of dental care professionals. Provision of care for older people under general anaesthesia or sedation and domiciliary care are also covered. The book is written by specialist practicing clinicians and delivers information in an accessible way with a person-centered approach.
Contents:
Introduction Why are the Needs of the Older Patient Different?
Changing Demographics of Ageing and the Implications - Relationship to General Health and Well-Being
Lived Experiences of Ageing and Quality of Life
Medical Complications in the Older Population
Cognitive Impairment and Dementia in the Older Population
Dental Changes with Increasing Age
Dental Treatment of Older People
Surgical Management in Older People Including Those on Bisphosphonates/Anticoagulants
Treatment Planning in Palliative Care
Providing Care under Local Anaesthesia, Sedation and General Anaesthesia
Dental Care in a Domiciliary Setting
Oral Care and Prevention
Research in Older People. - DigitalKhalid Rehman Hakeem, Waseem Mohammed Abdul, Mohd Muzzammil Hussain, Syed Shoeb Iqbal Razvi.Digital Access Springer 2018
- DigitalTiril Willumsen, Jostein Paul Årøen Lein, Ronald C. Gorter, Lena Myran, editors.Summary: This textbook is exceptional in its coverage of modern theories on the patient-centered approach to communication, preventive dentistry, and dental anxiety. It provides the knowledge and tools required in order to implement a trauma-sensitive approach that will enhance the treatment experience for both the patient and the dental practitioner. General psychological aspects of dentistry and behavior management in patients who experience dental fear, anxiety, and pain are considered in detail. Extensive attention is devoted to the effective delivery of preventive care and dental treatment in a wide range of specific patient groups, including fearful and abused children and patients suffering from depression, personality disorders, psychosis, substance abuse disorders, and eating disorders. The importance of interdisciplinary cooperation and self-care in the dental clinic is also discussed. The book is an international collaborative effort between dentists and psychologists who draw on scientific research as well as their personal experiences in clinical practice. It is an excellent educational resource and will help readers to solve challenges in their own clinical settings. .
Contents:
Part I Basic oral health psychology
Ch 1: Basic oral health related psychology
Ch 2: The importance of trauma-sensitive care
Ch 3: Pain
Ch 4: The importance of a safe relationship with dental patients
Ch 5: Oral health literacy
Ch 6: Communication in dentistry - The Four Habits Model
Ch 7: Behavioural change
Ch 8: Self-determination theory (SDT)
Part II Children
Ch 9: Positive encounters for children to prevent dental anxiety; theory and practice
Ch 10: Family violence and child maltreatment
Part Back matter: Voice of Children
Part III Dental anxiety
Ch 11: Understanding development and persistence of dental anxiety
Ch 12: Psychological prevention and management of dental anxiety
Ch 13: Dentist-administered CBT-treatment for dental anxiety
Ch 14: Blood-, Injury- and Injection phobia
Part Back matter: Voice of dental anxiety patients
Part IV Patients with complex reactions and co- morbidity
Ch 15: People with mental disorders in the dental clinic
Ch 16: How to deal with gagging
Ch 17: Child sexual abuse and oral health challenges
Ch 18: Providing dental care to torture survivors
Ch 19: The psychosocial impacts of orofacial features - with examples from orthognathic surgery
Part Back matter: Voice of CSA survivors
Part V Professionalism
Ch 20: Dental professionalism and professional behaviour in practice and education
Ch 21: Living in a golden cage? Work stress, burnout risk, and engagement in dental practice; background and prevention
Ch 22: Working in partnership for better oral health care. - DigitalMichael A.O. Lewis, Philip-John Lamey.Summary: This book is an up-to-date guide to the diagnosis and management of the oral and orofacial conditions that may be encountered by dentists in primary care. Now in its fourth edition, the book has been completely restructured to provide a clinical signs and symptoms approach to disease that will enhance the ability of clinicians to establish the correct diagnosis. This is achieved by the lavish use of high-quality color clinical illustrations that cover the full spectrum of conditions seen most frequently in the dental surgery. In addition, contemporary information on patient management is presented in a clear and reader-friendly style. The book provides the clinician with an extremely useful tool for clinical diagnosis and delivery of the highest quality patient care. The contents are of direct relevance to all members of the dental team, not only in general practice but also in specialist settings.
Contents:
Diagnosis and Special Investigations in Oral Medicine
Oral Ulceration
Erythematous Conditions in Oral Medicine
White Patches in the Oral Mucosa
Orofacial Blistering Disease
Localised Mucosal Lesions
Pigmented Lesions in the Oral Mucosa
Orofacial Pain
Salivary Gland Disease
Medically Compromised Patients and Oral Diseases
Prescribing in Oral Medicine. - DigitalGeorgios N. Belibasakis, George Hajishengallis, Nagihan Bostanci, Michael A. Curtis, editors.Summary: The first International Conference on Oral Mucosal Immunity and Microbiome (OMIM) aimed to highlight cutting-edge basic and translational research from an oral immunological and microbiological perspective. Oral diseases with a microbial etiology are the most prevalent chronic diseases of humans. Whilst not life-threatening, they can significantly compromise quality of life, are associated with increased risk for certain systemic diseases, and pose heavy financial burdens to national health systems. Hence, periodontal and peri-implant diseases, dental caries, root canal infections and mucosal infections are significant global public health problems. In this book global experts summarize and discuss the latest progress made in oral mucosal immunity and the oral microbiome. Target audience is basic and/or translational researchers with expertise in host immunity and microbiome research, and interest in oral health and disease. This volume provides a much needed quantum leap in the field, by joining forces to address gaps at the oral mucosal immunity-microbiome cross-talk.
Contents:
1. Advances in oral mucosal immunity and the microbiome
2. Trained innate immunity and its implications for mucosal immunity and inflammation
3. Signaling systems in oral bacteria
4. Origin of Th17 cells in Type 2 Diabetes-Potentiated Periodontal Disease
5. Gingival epithelial cell recognition of lipopolysaccharide
6. The relationship of Candida albicans with the oral bacterial microbiome in health and disease
7. A potential role of Phospholipase 2 group IIA (PLA2-IIA) in P. gingivalis-induced oral dysbiosis
8. Helicobacter spp. in experimental models of colitis
9. T Helper 17 cells as pathogenic drivers of periodontitis
10. Candida-bacterial biofilms and host-microbe interactions in oral diseases
11. Comparative analysis of gene expression patterns for oral epithelium-related functions with aging
12. Neutrophil interaction with emerging oral pathogens: a novel view of the disease paradigm
13. Biologically-defined or biologically-informed traits are more heritable than clinically-defined ones: the case of oral and dental phenotypes
. - DigitalSook-Bin Woo.Summary: The field of oral pathology is challenging for even the most highly trained pathologists. Comprehensive and richly illustrated, Oral Pathology, 3rd Edition, covers the full histologic range of presentation of oral disease, serving as a handy bench manual for the practicing pathologist signing out cases in the oral mucosa, salivary glands, and jawbones. Dr. Sook-Bin Woo, board certified in both oral pathology and oral medicine, draws on her extensive clinical experience to help you achieve diagnostic certainty for even the most complex lesions.
Contents:
Introduction
Developmental and congenital conditions
Noninfectious papillary lesions
Bacterial, viral, fungal, and other infectious conditions
Fibrous and gingival nodules
Vascular, neural, adipocytic, muscle, and myofibroblastic tumors
Ulcerative and inflammatory conditions
Granulomatous, immune-mediated, and autoimmune conditions
Pigmented lesions
Reactive keratotic lesions (nonleukoplakias)
Leukoplakia, erythroplakia, oral dysplasia, and squamous cell carcinoma
Inflammatory salivary gland disorders
Salivary gland neoplasms
Odontogenic cysts
Odontogenic tumors
Nonodontogenic cysts, cyst-like lesions, and myospherulosis
Nonodontogenic intraosseous tumors and inflammatory/reactive conditions
Hematolymphoid tumors of the oral cavity.Digital Access ClinicalKey [2023] - DigitalSook-Bin Woo, MMSc, Associate Professor, Department of Oral Medicine, Infection and Immunity, Harvard School of Dental Medicine, Boston, Massachusetts, Consultant Pathologist, Department of Pathology, Brigham and Women's Hospital, Boston, Massachusetts, Co-Director, Center for Oral Pathology, StrataDX, Lexington, Massachusetts.Contents:
Developmental and congenital conditions
Noninfectious papillary lesions
Bacterial, viral, fungal, and other infectious conditions
Fibrous, gingival, lipocytic, and miscellaneous tumors
Vascular, neural, muscle, and myofibroblastic tumors
Ulcerative and inflammatory conditions
Granulomatous, immune-mediated, and autoimmune conditions
Pigmented lesions
Reactive keratotic lesions (nonleukoplakias)
Leukoplakia, erythroplakia, oral dysplasia, and squamous cell
Carcinoma
Inflammatory salivary gland disorders
Salivary gland neoplasms
Odontogenic cysts
Odontogenic tumors
Nonodontogenic cysts, cystlike lesions, and miscellaneous entities
Nonodontogenic intraosseous cysts and tumors
Hematolymphoid tumors of the oral cavity / Olga K. Weinberg and Elizabeth A. Morgan.Digital Access ScienceDirect [2017] - DigitalJoseph A. Regezi, James J. Sciubba, Richard C.K. Jordan.Contents:
Clinical overview
Vesiculobullous diseases
Ulcerative conditions
White lesions
Red-blue lesions
Pigmented lesions
Verrucal-papillary lesions
Connective tissue lesions
Salivary gland diseases
Lymphoid lesions
Cysts of the jaws and neck
Odontogenic tumors
Benign nonodontogenic tumors
Inflammatory jaw lesions
Malignancies of the jaws
Metabolic and genetic diseases
Abnormalities of teeth.Digital Access ClinicalKey 2017 - Digital[edited by] Stuart C. White, Michael J. Pharoah.Summary: "With more than 1,000 high-quality radiographs and illustrations, this bestselling book visually demonstrates the basic principles of oral and maxillofacial radiology as well as effective clinical application. You'll be able to diagnose and treat patients effectively with the coverage of imaging techniques, including specialized techniques such as MRI and CT, and the comprehensive discussion of the radiographic interpretation of pathology. The book also covers radiation physics, radiation biology, and radiation safety and protection -- helping you provide state-of-the-art care! A consistent format makes it easy to follow and comprehend clinical material on each pathologic condition, including a definition, synonyms, clinical features, radiographic features, differential diagnosis, and management/treatment. Updated photos show new equipment and radiographs in the areas of intraoral radiographs, normal radiographic anatomy, panoramic imaging, and advanced imaging. Updated Digital Imaging chapter expands coverage of PSP plates and its use in cephalometric and panoramic imaging, examining the larger latitudes of photostimulable phosphor receptors and their linear response to the five orders of magnitude of x-ray exposure. Updated Guidelines for Prescribing Dental Radiographs chapter includes the latest ADA guidelines, and also discusses the European Guidelines. Updated information on radiographic manifestations of diseases in the orofacial region includes the latest data on etiology and diagnosis, with an emphasis on advanced imaging. Expert contributors include many authors with worldwide reputations. Cone Beam Computed Tomography chapter covers machines, the imaging process, and typical clinical applications of cone-beam imaging, with examples of examinations made from scans. Evolve website adds more coverage of cases, with more examples of specific issues"--Provided by publisher.
Contents:
Part I: Foundations. Physics ; Biology ; Safety and Protection
Part II. Imaging. Digital Imaging ; Film Imaging ; Projection Geometry ; Intraoral Projections ; Intraoral Anatomy ; Extraoral Projections and Anatomy ; Panoramic Imaging ; Cone-Beam Computed Tomography: Volume Acquisition ; Cone-Beam Computed Tomography: Volume Preparation ; Cone-Beam Computed Tomography: Anatomy ; Other Imaging Modalities ; Quality Assurance and Infection Control ; Prescribing Diagnostic Imaging
Part III. Interpretation. Principles of Radiographic Interpretation ; Dental Caries ; Periodontal Diseases ; Inflammatory Disease ; Cysts ; Benign Tumors ; Other Bone Diseases ; Malignant Diseases ; Systemic Diseases ; Paranasal Sinus Diseases ; Temporomandibular Joint Abnormalities ; Soft Tissue Calcifications and Ossifications ; Salivary Gland Diseases ; Trauma ; Dental Anomalies ; Craniofacial Anomalies
Part IV. Other Applications. Implants ; Forensics.Digital Access ScienceDirect 2014 - DigitalNasim Fazel, editor.Summary: This book provides a comprehensive overview of oral signs of a broad spectrum of systemic diseases including gastrointestinal, hematologic, and endocrine, in addition to infectious, nutritional, autoimmune, genetic and connective tissue diseases. An overview of associated key signs and salient features to look for on oral exam is provided as well as other clinical manifestations, differential diagnoses, and treatment recommendations. The mouth is an important anatomical location with a role in many critical physiologic processes that are frequently involved in conditions that affect the skin or other organ systems. In many instances, oral manifestations of a disease precede the appearance of other stigmata. Therefore, early recognition of oral signs and symptoms associated with underlying systemic diseases can be invaluable to the clinician in establishing a diagnosis and prompt initiation of therapy. This book, written for dermatologists, dentists, otolaryngologists, and oral medicine specialists, offers a structured approach to the therapy and management of diseases affecting the oral mucosa.
Contents:
Introduction
Oral signs of gastrointestinal disease
Oral signs of hematologic disease
Oral signs of endocrine and metabolic diseases
Oral signs of nutritional disease
Oral signs of connective tissue disease
Oral signs of vesiculobullous and autoimmune diesase
Oral signs of viral disease
Oral signs of bacterial disease
Oral signs of tropical, fungal, and parasitic disease
Oral signs of genetic disease. - Digital[edited by] Jeffrey A. Elo, Alan S. Herford.Contents:
Infection control / Joseph E. Cillo, Jr., Jeffrey A. Elo, Alan S. Herford
Time out policy : correct patient, correct procedure, correct site / Deepak G. Krishnan, Riddhi Patel, Jeffrey A. Elo
Anatomy of local anesthesia in dentistry / Eric W. Baker
Common oral lesions / Elizabeth A. Andrews
Essentials of dental radiographic analysis and interpretation / Setareh Lavasani
Odontogenic infections / Chan M. Park, Benjamin R. Shimel, Jeffrey A. Elo, Alan S. Herford
Dentoalveolar surgery / Christopher F. Viozzi, Jeffrey A. Elo
Antibiotics / Rawle F. Philbert, Jeffrey A. Elo, Alan S. Herford, Ho-Hyun Sun, Christopher Yi
Pharmacology for the dental practitioner / Steven Fletcher, Jeffrey A. Elo, Alan S. Herford, Ho-Hyun Sun, Christopher Yi
Management of patients on anticoagulants and antiplatelet medications / David R. Cummings, Jeffrey A. Elo, Alan S. Herford, Ho-Hyun Sun, Christopher Yi
Hypertension guidelines / Ronald Caloss, Jeffrey A. Elo, Alan S. Herford
Management of medical emergencies / Brett J. King, Jeffrey A. Elo, Alan S. Herford
Management of the pregnant patient / Vincent Carrao, Jeffrey A. Elo, Alan S. Herford
Prescription writing / Edward T. Lahey, Jeffrey A. Elo, Alan S. Herford.Digital Access Thieme MedOne Education 2019 - DigitalAdit Gupta, Prerana Tahiliani, editors.Summary: This book covers the advances in the field of ophthalmic plastic and orbital surgery. This booklet aims at educating the general and specialist ophthalmologists and residents about the various facets that this niche subspecialty has to offer in the future. The chapters cover the latest evidence-based approach in the diagnosis and management of various oculoplastic disorders. The chapters will be supplemented with ample illustrations and well labelled diagrams wherever necessary. Chapters include key topics such as imaging, orbital decompression, lacrimal surgery, and orbital trauma. Chapters on navigation-guided orbital surgery, oculo-facial aesthetics, socket surgery, and targeted therapies on peri-ocular and orbital malignancies complete the coverage. A special chapter on photographic documentation in Oculoplastics guides readers on how to capture the images for future reference and work. As part of the series "Current Practices in Ophthalmology" this volume is meant for residents, fellows-in-training, generalist ophthalmologists and specialists alike.
Contents:
Chapter 1: The Role of Photography in Oculofacial Aesthetics
Chapter 2: Orbital Vascular Malformations: Current Concepts
Chapter 3: Surgical Management of Thyroid Eye Disease: Recent Updates
Chapter 4: Dacryology: Present and the Future
Chapter 5: Principles for Management of Orbital Trauma
Chapter 6: Periocular Rejuvenation: A Brief Overview
Chapter 7: Emerging Trends in Socket Reconstruction
Chapter 8: Targeted and Immune Therapy for Periocular and Orbital Malignancies.Digital Access Springer 2019 - DigitalVadim P. Nikolaenko, Yury S. Astakhov, editors.Summary: This book thoroughly reviews the diagnosis and treatment of injuries of the orbital walls and apex, including orbital floor, medial orbital wall, naso-orbito-ethmoid, orbitozygomatic, maxillary, and frontobasilar fractures. For each form of injury, signs and symptoms are identified and clear guidance is provided on the interpretation of clinical and radiological findings and on current surgical treatment methods. In addition, the role of orbital imaging techniques, including CT and MRI, in depicting anatomic relations is explained with the aid of a wealth of radiological images and photograph.Digital Access Springer 2015
- DigitalHakan Demirci, editor ; Arun D. Singh, series editor.Contents:
Orbital infection: Bacterial Orbital Cellulitis
Fungal Orbital Cellulitis
Mycobacterial Orbital Cellulitis
Viral Orbital Cellulitis
Parasitic Orbital Cellulitis. Idiopathic Orbital
Inflammation and IgG4 variant
Sarcoidosis
Wegener?s Granulomatosis
Churg-Strauss Syndrome
Sjogren Syndrome
Langerhans? cell histiocytosis
Adult xanthogranulomatous Disorders
Kimura Disease
Inflammation associated with intraocular and orbital tumors
Graves? Eye Disease
Orbital lymphoproliferative disorder. .Digital Access Springer 2015 - DigitalJack Rootman ; illustrations by Bruce Stewart.Summary: This 2nd edition of Orbital Surgery is actually three books in one. It's an overview on orbital diseases, an anatomical atlas, and a surgical atlas. Using a conceptual model, along with more than 800 photographic and hand-drawn illustrations this book provides the reader with a clear description of the factors to consider when deciding on the proper approach to lesions anywhere in and surrounding the orbit. In addition to a beautifully illustrated text, there's also an online site with more than 30 case examples covering all of the categories of surgical approaches. 30 narrated videos of orbital surgery illustrating principles and specifics of techniques and approaches can also be found on this site. Plus, illustrated lectures on approach to orbital diagnosis, analysis of imaging, pearls and pitfalls in surgery, surgical technology, and decompression and management of thyroid orbitopathy. Offers a philosophy of approach to the surgical management of diseases of the orbit Over 800 illustrations, 600 of which are in full-color On-line component includes case examples and surgical videos Takes a decision-making approach to approaching orbital lesions--Provided by publisher.Digital Access LWW Health Library 2014
- DigitalZeynel A. Karcioglu.Summary: Orbital Tumors, 2nd edition discusses advances in orbital disease and their treatment, offering readers an up-to-date, single volume reference for orbital tumors. Divided into two parts, this book covers everything from advances in oncogenesis and its relationship to orbital tumors, to medical genetics and the role of imaging in diagnosis of orbital tumors. Additionally, new information on incidence and behavior of tumors resulting from environmental and social trends is included. Written and edited by leaders in the fields of ophthalmology and oncology, Orbital Tumors, 2nd edition builds upon the first edition, proving to be a useful reference for orbital specialists and of significant interest to everyone dealing with orbital pathology from a clinical and scientific point of view.
- DigitalShaik Mahammad Khasim, Sadanand Nagesh Hegde, María Teresa González-Arnao, Kanchit Thammasiri, editors.Summary: This book on "Orchid Biology: Recent Trends & Challenges" reviews the latest strategies for the preservation and conservation of orchid diversity and orchid germplasm. It is an outcome of the Proceedings of the International Symposium on "Biodiversity of Medicinal Plants & Orchids: Emerging Trends and Challenges" held on 9-11 February 2018 at Acharya Nagarjuna University, India. In addition, eminent orchid experts from around the globe were invited to contribute to this book. All chapters were peer-reviewed by international experts. The Orchidaceae are one of the largest families of flowering plants, comprising over 700 genera and 22,500 species and contributing roughly 40 percent of monocotyledons. They also represent the second-largest flowering plant family in India, with 1,141 species in 166 genera, and contribute roughly 10% of Indian flora. Orchids comprise a unique group of plants and their flowers are among the most enchanting and exquisite creations of nature. Phylogenetically and taxonomically, the Orchidaceae are considered to be a highly evolved family among angiosperms. They show incredible diversity in terms of the shape, size and colour of their flowers, and are of great commercial importance in floriculture markets around the globe. Millions of cut flowers of Cymbidium, Dendrobium, Cattleya, Paphiopedilum, Phalaenopsis, Vanda etc., besides potted orchid plants, are sold in Western Countries and thus, the orchid cut flower industry has now become a multimillion-dollar business in Europe, the USA and South East Asia. Besides their ornamental value, orchids hold tremendous pharmaceutical potential. Root tubers of Habenaria edgeworthii form an important component of the 'Astavarga' group of drugs in Ayurvedic medicine. It is an established fact that tubers of some terrestrial orchids have been used to treat diarrhoea, dysentery, intestinal disorders, cough, cold and tuberculosis. Some orchids, particularly those belonging to the genera Aerides, Arachnis, Cattleya, Cymbidium, Dendrobium, Epidendrum, Oncidium, Paphiopedilum, Phalaenopsis, Renanthera, Vanda etc. have been extensively used to produce internationally acclaimed hybrids. Yet paradoxically, Indian orchids are victims of their own beauty and popularity. As a result, their natural populations have been declining rapidly because of unbridled commercial exploitation in India and abroad. In fact, some orchids are now at the verge of extinction, e.g. Renanthera imschootiana, Diplomeris hirsuta, Paphiopedilum fairrieanum, Cypripedium elegans, Taeniophylum andamanicum etc. Given the global importance of orchids in terms of securing human health and wealth, this comprehensive compilation, prepared by international experts, is highly topical. Its content is divided into five main sections: (I) Cryopreservation & Biotechnology, (II) Orchid Biodiversity & Conservation, (III) Anatomy & Physiology, (IV) Pollination Biology and (V) Orchid Chemicals & Bioactive Compounds. All contributions were written by eminent orchid experts/professors from around the world, making the book a valuable reference guide for all researchers, teachers, orchid enthusiasts, orchid growers and students of biotechnology, botany, pharmaceutical sciences and ethnomedicine. It will be equally valuable for readers from the horticultural industry, especially the orchid industry, agricultural scientists and policymakers.
Contents:
[I]. Cryopreservation and biotechnology: Cryopreservation development of some endangered Thai orchid species / Kanchit Thammasiri
Status of orchid industry in India / Sadanand N. Hegde
Cryobiotechnological studies in Vanilla : the orchid of multi-industrial uses / María Teresa González-Arnao, Fabiola Hernández-Ramírez, Natalia Raquel Dolce, Martha P. Rascón-Díaz, Carlos A. Cruz-Cruz
In vitro propagation and germplasm conservation of wild orchids from South America / Natalia Raquel Dolce, Ricardo Daniel Medina, Graciela Terada, María Teresa González-Arnao, Eduardo Alberto Flachsland
Postharvest technology of cut flowers of orchids / Mantana Buanong, Apiradee Uthairatanakij
Cryobiotechnology of Korean orchid biodiversity : a case study sing Cymbidium kanran / Elena Popova, Haeng-Hoon Kim. [II]. Orchid biodiversity and conservation: Species diversity and distribution of orchids in Rudraprayag District, Uttarakhand, India / V.P. Bhatt
Status of genetic diversity and its characterization in genus BUlbophyllum (Orchidaceae) from north-eastern India / Satyawada Rama Rao
Orchid diversity in Darjeeling Himalaya, India : present status and conservation / Mohammed Rahamtulla, Ashis Kumar Roy, S. M. Khasim
Orchid diversity in the eastern Ghats of Northern Andhra Pradesh, India / M. Venkaiah, J. Prakasa Rao, M. Tarakeswara Naidu, R. Prameela, P. Janaki Rao, S. B. Padal
History and scientific potential of the orchid collection of the Stock Greenhouse of the Main Botanical Garden RAS (Moscow, Russia) / Galina L. Kolomeitseva
Status of orchid diversity, conservation, and research and development in Arunachal Pradesh : an overview / Sadanand N. Hegde. [III]. Anatomy and physiology: Orchid mycorrhizal fungi : structure, function, and diversity / Kullaiyan Sathiyadash, Thangavelu Muthukumar, Velusamy Karthikeyan, Kuppu Rajendran
Orchid seed ultrastructure : ecological and taxonomic implications with reference to Epidendroideae (Orchidaceae) / J. Ramudu, S.M. Khasim, G. Ramesh
Structural adaptations of Bulbophyllum and Dendrobium (Orchidaceae) to the epiphytic habitat and their phylogenetic implications / G. Ramesh, J. Ramudu, S. M. Khasim, K. Thammasiri
Physiological response of Dendrobium cv Earsakul to plant growth promoters and growing systems / M. Raja Naik, K. Ajith Kumar, A. V. Santhoshkumar, P. K. Sudha Devi, M. Ramakrishna
Anatomical studies in some Indian Coelogyneae (Orchidaceae) / J. Ramudu, S.M. Khasim. [IV]. Pollination biology: Beauty of orchid flowers are not adequate to lure Indian biologists / Kamaladhasan N., Mohan Raj R., Soundararajan N., Indhar Saidanyan R., Saravanan S., Chandrasekaran S.
Evolution of organismal female wasp mimics in sexually deceptive orchid genus Chiloglottis (Orchidaceae) / Kamaladhasan N., Mohan Raj R., Krishnankutty N., Indhar Saidanyan R., Soundararajan N., Saravanan S. et al.
Pollination studies in the genus Habernaria Willd. (Orchidaceae) from western Ghats, India) / B.T. Dangat, R.V. Gurav. [V]. Orchid chemicals and bioactive compounds: Phytochemical analysis, antioxidant and anti-inflammatory activity of Eria tomentosa (Koen.) Hook. f. / Most. Tanzila Akter, Mohammed Kamrul Huda, Mohammed Mozammel Hoque, Minhajur Rahman
Medicinal orchids : production of bioactive compounds and biomass / So-Young Park, Thanh-Tam Ho, Kee-Yoeup Paek
Ethnomedicinal aspects of some orchids from Darjeeling Himalaya, India / Mohammed Rahamtulla, Udai C. Pradhan, Ashis Kumar Roy, Venkatesh Rampilla, S. M. Khasim
Evaluation pf phytoconstituents and antibacterial activity of Vanda tessellata using in vitro model / Karabi Biswas, Sankar Narayan Sinha
Screening of bioactive phytochemicals in some Indigenous epiphytic orchids of Bangladesh / M.M. hossain, S. Akter, S.B. Uddin
GC-MS analysis of organic extracts of Cymbidium aloifolium (L.) Sw. (Orchiadaceae) leaves from eastern Ghats of India / Venkatesh Rampilla, S.M. Khasim
Anticancer property in Acampe praemorsa and Aerides odorata (Orchidaceae), an in vitro approach / K. Jhansi, S.M. Khasim
Phytochemical screening and evaluation of antimicrobial potential of Dendrobium fimbriatum Hook / Sankar Narayan Sinha, Karabi Biswas. - DigitalFure-Chyi Chen, Shih-Wen Chin, editors.Summary: This book provides information on genome complexity and evolution, transcriptome analysis, miRNome, simple sequence repeats, genome relationships, molecular cytogenetics, polyploidy induction and application, flower and embryo development. Orchids account for a great part of the worldwide floriculture trade both as cut flowers and as potted plants and are assessed to comprise around 10% of global fresh cut flower trade. A better understanding of the basic botanical characteristics, flower regulation, molecular cytogenetics, karyotypes and DNA content of important orchids will aid in the efficient development of new cultivars. The book also describes the composition, expression and function of various microRNAs and simple sequence repeats. Information on their involvement in all aspects of plant growth and development will aid functional genomics studies.
Contents:
Chapter 1. The Global Orchid Market
Chapter 2. The Breeding of Phalaenopsis Hybrids
Chapter 3. The Tiny Twig Epiphyte Erycina Pusilla
Chapter 4. Phalaenopsis Genome and Transcriptome Exploitation and its Application for Breeding
Chapter 5. Chromosome Analysis of Phalaenopsis Yellow Cultivars
Chapter 6. Regulation of Flowering in Orchids
Chapter 7. The Roles of MADS-box Genes During Orchid Floral Development
Chapter 8. Genomics, Transcriptomics and miRNA Family Resources for Phalaenopsis Aphrodite and the Orchid Family
Chapter 9. Genes and Noncoding RNAs Involved in Flower Development in Orchis Italica
Chapter 10. Phylogeny, Polymorphism, and SSR Markers of Phalaenopsis. - DigitalEng Soon Teoh.Springer Nature eBook.Summary: A presentation of 491 popular orchid species with 13 varieties and 3 natural hybrids in 51 genera with names beginning with A to E carefully detailed with beautiful photographs and concise descriptions of the plants, their distribution and habitats by a well-known author and photographer. Each genus is assigned a separate chapter. Coverage of the most commonly cultivated Asian species including their varieties and cultivars (e.g. in Bulbophyllum 82 species; Coelogyne 37 species; Dendrobium 210 species) is exhaustive. The orchids are photographed from their best perspective as individual blooms or entire inflorescences. Many species are also shown growing in their natural habitat. Representative hybrids are included to illustrate how some species have contributed to show-worthiness of various genera, their adaptation to a wider climate range, and easy cultivation. This book is a pleasure to view; simultaneously, an easy reference for the identification of orchid species and it provides a guide on how best to grow them. Nowhere else will one find so many popular species beautifully illustrated in a single volume. Volume 1 is the first of a 3 Volume series that will showcase over 900 species plus varieties in 117 genera. A must for everyone fascinated by orchids or simply with a love for nature.
Contents:
Chapter 1: Introduction
Chapter 2: AcampeLindl
Chapter 3: AcanthephippiumBl
Chapter 4: AcriopsisReinw. Ex Bl
Chapter 5: AdenoncosBl
Chapter 6: AeridesLour
Chapter 7: Aeridostachya(Hook.f.) Brieger
Chapter 8: AgrostophyllumBl
Chapter 9: AmesiellaSchltr. ex Garay
Chapter 10: AniaBl
Chapter 11: AnoectochilusBl
Chapter 12: AnthogoniumLindl
Chapter 13: ApostasiaBl
Chapter 14: AppendiculaBl
Chapter 15: ArachnisBl
Chapter 16: ArundinaBl
Chapter 17: AscidieriaSeidenf
Chapter 18: AscocentrumSchltr
Chapter 19: BrachypezaGaray
Chapter 20: BromheadiaLindl
Chapter 21: ByrobiumLindl
Chapter 22: BulbophyllumThouars
Chapter 23: CalantheR. Br
Chapter 24: CallostylisBl
Chapter 25: CephalantheraRich
Chapter 26: CeratostylisBl
Chapter 27: CheirostylisBl
Chapter 28: Chelonistele(Bl.) Pfitz
Chapter 29: ChiloschistaLindl
Chapter 30: CleisocentronBruhl
Chapter 31: CleisostomaBl
Chapter 32: CoelogyneLindl
Chapter 33: CorymborkisThouars
Chapter 34: CrepidiumBl
Chapter 35: CryptochilusWall
Chapter 36: CryptostylisR. Br
Chapter 37: CylindrolobusBl
Chapter 38: CymbidiumSw
Chapter 39: CypripediumL
Chapter 40: DactylorhizaNeck ex Nevski
Chapter 41: DendrobiumSw
Chapter 42: DendrochilumBl
Chapter 43: DendroliriumBl
Chapter 44: DieniaLindl
Chapter 45: DimorphorchisRolfe
Chapter 46: DiploploraJ. D. Hooker
Chapter 47: DipodiumR Br
Chapter 48: DossiniaE. Morren
Chapter 49: DyakiaChristen
Chapter 50: EpigeniumGagn
Chapter 51: EriaLindl
Chapter 52: EulophiaR. Br. ex Lindl. - DigitalEng Soon Teoh.Summary: Did you know that Vanilla was formerly served as aphrodisiac by Cassanova and Madam Pompadour, and Elizabeth I loved its flavor? This is the first book that provides a complete worldwide coverage of orchids being employed as aphrodisiacs, medicine or charms and food. Opening with an in-depth historical account of orchids (orchis Greek testicle), the author describes how the Theory of Signatures influenced ancient herbalists to regard terrestrial orchid tubers as aphrodisiacs. Doctors and apothecaries promoted it during the Renaissance. Usage of orchids in Traditional Chinese Medicine, Indian Ayurvedic Medicine; by Tibetan yogins and Amchi healers for longevity pills, tonics and aphrodisiacs; by Africans to prepare 'health promoting' chikanda or as survival food when lost in the Australian bush are some highlights of the book. Early settlers in America and the East Indies often relied on native remedies and employment of orchids for such needs is described. Also covered are the search for medicinal compounds by scientists, attempts to prove the orchid's efficacy by experiment and the worry of conservationists.
Contents:
Chapter 1: INTRODUCTION: Orchids as Medicine: A Historical Overview
Chapter 2: An Ancient Fantasy
Salep as Aphrodisiac
Chapter 3: Foremost Among Medicinal Orchids
Chapter 4: Dwelling on Rocks (Shihu)
Chapter 5: METAMORPHOSIS: Modern medicine finds new uses for an ancient herb
Chapter 6: Spiritual Tibetan Medicine; popular wangle
Chapter 7: The Story of Vanilla
Chapter 8: Modern Treasure Hunters
Chapter 9: Medicinal Orchids of Central America
Chapter 10: Medicinal Orchids of South America
Chapter 11: Usage of Medicinal Orchids
Chapter 12: INDIA: Van Rheede, Caius, and others
Chapter 13: Medicinal Orchids of Nepal and Bhutan
Chapter 14: Medicinal Orchids of Thailand and Myanmar
Chapter 15: Medicinal Orchids in the Malay Archipelago
Chapter 16: Australian Orchids as Food and Medicine
Chapter 17: Medicinal Orchid Usage in Rural Africa
Chapter 18: The Challenge: Orchid Conservation. - PrintSamuel LeBaron.Summary: "In Ordinary Deaths, Dr. Samuel LeBaron reminds us of our need for human connection when faced with death and loss. Based on more than thirty years of working with children and adults dying from cancer, LeBaron's memoir contains stories of longing, confusion, love, and humility--often woven together. Sharing recollections from his childhood in rural Alberta and experiences from his career, LeBaron reveals a life of vital connection and intimacy with others. His employment at a morgue during medical school, his early years as a clinical psychologist, and later careers in primary care and hospice in California, all translate into compassion and a deep understanding of death. Writing as he faces his own terminal illness--stage IV lung cancer--LeBaron hopes to help readers find solace and confidence."-- Provided by publisher.
- PrintTracy K. Smith.Summary: "In Ordinary light, Pulitzer Prize-winning poet Tracy K. Smith explores her coming-of-age and the meaning of home against a complex backdrop of race, faith, and the unbreakable bond between a mother and daughter."--Page 4 of cover.
Contents:
Prologue: The miracle
My book house
Wild kingdom
Spirits and demons
Kin
Leroy
A home in the world
MGM
Little feats of daring
Total adaventure
Book a big band
A necessary rite
Humor
Uninvisible
The night stalker
Hot and fast
Shame
Mother
Epistolary
Positive
Kathleen
Something better
The woman at the well
A strange thing to do
I, too
Testimony
Another dialect of the soul
Something powerful at her side
A strange atfer
Abide
Clearances
Epilogue: Dear God
Acknowledgments. - PrintChristina Sharpe.Summary: A singular achievement, Ordinary Notes explores profound questions about loss and the shapes of Black life that emerge in the wake. In a series of 248 notes that gather meaning as we read them, Christina Sharpe skillfully weaves artifacts from the past—public ones alongside others that are poignantly personal—with present realities and possible futures, intricately constructing an immersive portrait of everyday Black existence. The themes and tones that echo through these pages—sometimes about language, beauty, memory; sometimes about history, art, photography, and literature—always attend, with exquisite care, to the ordinary-extraordinary dimensions of Black life. At the heart of Ordinary Notes is the indelible presence of the author’s mother, Ida Wright Sharpe. “I learned to see in my mother’s house,” writes Sharpe. “I learned how not to see in my mother’s house . . . My mother gifted me a love of beauty, a love of words.” Using these gifts and other ways of seeing, Sharpe steadily summons a chorus of voices and experiences to the page. She practices an aesthetic of "beauty as a method,” collects entries from a community of thinkers toward a “Dictionary of Untranslatable Blackness,” and rigorously examines sites of memory and memorial. And in the process, she forges a brilliant new literary form, as multivalent as the ways of Black being it traces. -- Provided by publisher.Digital Access 2023Limited to 1 simultaneous user
- Digitalvolume editors, M.A. Steiner, M. Yanagisawa, M. Clozel.Summary: "Discovered in 1998, the orexin system lies at the core of the sleep and wake state regulation inside our brain. This book summarizes recent research, ideas and perspectives from some of the most influential researchers in the fields of hypocretin/orexin and sleep. For example, it explains the intricate role of the orexin system in the different sleep phases and in the pathways that are related to memory and cognition. It also provides an overview of diseases which are caused by, or associated with, a dysfunctional orexin system, such as narcolepsy, insomnia, substance abuse, or Alzheimer's disease"-- Provided by publisher.
Contents:
Twenty-three years of hypocretins : the "Rosetta stone" of sleep/arousal circuits / de Lecea, L.
Interaction between orexin neurons and monoaminergic systems / Sakurai, T.; Saito, Y.C.; Yanagisawa, M.
Hypocretin/orexin receptor pharmacology and sleep phases / Sun, Y.; Tisdale, R.K.; Kilduff, T.S.
Sleep, Orexin and Cognition / Toor, B.; Ray, L.B.; Pozzobon, A.; Fogel, S.M.
Subsecond ensemble dynamics of orexin neurons link sensation and action / Burdakov, D.
Heterogeneity of hypocretin/orexin neurons / Sagi, D.; de Lecea, L.; Appelbaum, L.
Sleep and metabolism: implication of lateral hypothalamic neurons / Oesch, L.T.; Adamantidis, A.R.
Cellular signaling mechanisms of hypocretin/orexin / Kukkonen, J.P.; Turunen, P.M.
Sleep problems in narcolepsy and the role of hypocretin/orexin deficiency / Mignot, E.; Zeitzer, J.M.; Pizza, F.; Plazzi, G.
The insomnia-addiction positive feedback loop : Role of the orexin system / Fragale, J.; James, M.; Avila, J.; Spaeth, A.M.; Aurora, R.N.; Langleben, D.; Aston-Jones, G.
Causes and consequences of chronic sleep deficiency and the role of orexin / Mullington, J.M.; Cunningham, T.J.; Haack, M.; Yang, H.
Hypocretin/orexin, sleep and Alzheimer's disease / Dauvilliers, Y.Digital Access Karger 2021 - DigitalXiaoshun He, Jiefu Huang, editors.Summary: This book presents a view of the current environment of organ donation and transplantation after cardiac death in China, including legal and ethical aspects of cardiac death, assessment and management of potential organ donor, quality evaluation and machine perfusion of organ, as well as immunology, imaging and pathology related to transplantation from cardiac death donors. Since 2015, voluntary donation has been announced as the only legitimate venue for organ transplant in China. As cardiac death is adopted in China, the donation mode is different from those in other countries where brain death is adopted. It offers transplant surgeons and physicians valuable information on optimal practice proposal for organ donation after cardiac death in China.
Contents:
1 Legal, moral, and ethical issues related to cardiac death donation
2 Current situation of organ donation after cardiac death in china
3 Cardiac death donor evaluation and management
4 Organ procurement, quality evaluation and perfusion in cardiac death donation
5 Liver transplantation from cardiac Death Donors
6 Kidney transplantation from cardiac death donors
7 Lung transplantation from cardiac death donors
8 Pancreas and Islet Transplantation from Cardiac Death Donors
9 Multiple organ transplantation from cardiac death donors
10 Immunosuppressive strategies in transplantation using cardiac death donors
11 Ischemia and reperfusion injury in organ transplantation from cardiac death donors
12 Imaging related to transplantation from cardiac death donors
13 Pathological evaluation of DCD donor organs
14 Further Development of Organ Transplantation form Cardiac Death Donors in China. - Digitaledited by Ajit S. Narang, Ph.D. (Department of Pharmaceutical Sciences, ORIC Pharmaceuticals, Inc, South San Francisco, CA, USA) & Ram I. Mahato, Ph.D. (Department of Pharmaceutical Sciences, University of Nebraska Medical Center, Omaha, NE, USA).Summary: "This book provides up to date information on the multidisciplinary field of particle engineering and drug delivery to the lungs, in relation to the advancements of nanotechnology. The text presents a unique, pragmatic focus with case studies, that help translate deep scientific understanding to practical implementation. In addition to highlighting the successful case studies, it also offers practical advice on watch outs, limitations, and 'bookend' boundaries involved in the stages of testing and development. With the strategic focus on what matters during new product development, this book provides a guide to understanding and navigating new drug discovery and development for lung targets"-- Provided by publisher.
Contents:
Section I: In-vitro and Ex-vivo Methods
Estimating Clinically Relevant Measures of Inhaled Pharmaceutical Aerosol Performance with Advanced In Vitro and In Silico Methods / Conor A. Ruzycki, Warren H. Finlay, and Andrew R. Martin
In Vitro Assessment of Drug Release, Dissolution, and Absorption in the Lung / Rajan S. Bhattarai, Virender Kumar, Ajit S. Narang, and Ram I Mahato
Lung-on-a-Chip and other Organoid Models / Muhammad H. Malik, Shalaleh Masoumi, Xue Zhou, and Xinli Liu
Interaction between Inhalable Nanomedicines and Pulmonary Surfactant / Chuanbin Wu
Section I: Particle Design Understanding
Particle engineering for pulmonary drug delivery / Vikram Karde and Jerry Y.Y. Heng
Particle Architectonics for Pulmonary Drug Delivery / Kohsaku Kawakami
Engineered Particles for Aerosolisation and Lung Deposition / Rachel Yoon Kyung Chang and Hak Kim Chan
Section IV: Novel Technologies
Recent advances in inhalable nanomedicine for lung cancer therapy / Hadeer M. Abdelaziz, Mohamed Teleb, Sherine N. Khattab, Adnan A. Bekhit, Kadria A. Elkhodairy, Ahmed O. Elzoghby
Thin-Film Freeze-Drying Process for Versatile Particles for Inhalation Drug Delivery / Chaeho Moon, Sawittree Sahakijpijarn, and Robert O. Williams III
Nanoparticles as specific drug carriers to the lungs / Thaís Larissa do Amaral Montanheiro, Karla Faquine Rodrigues, Renata Guimarães Ribas, Vanessa Modelski Schatkoski, Raissa Monteiro Pereira, and Gilmar Patrocínio Thim
Section IV: Advancing Established Technologies
Surface modification of micronized drug particles for aerosolization / Tania Bajaj, Vishav Prabhjot Kaur, Urvashi Anwekar, Deepak Chitkara, Charan Singh
Spray Dried Particles for Inhalation / Raj Kumar, Neha Kumari, and David Oupicky
Inhalation Aerosol Phospholipid Particles for Targeted Lung Delivery / Basanth Babu Eedara, David Encinas-Basurto, Don Hayes Jr, and Heidi M. Mansour
Nebulizers / Ariel Berlinski
Protein and Peptide Delivery to the Lung via Inhalation / Xin, Wang, Kumar, Narang and Mahato
Exosomes Based Drug Delivery for Lung Cancer Treatment / Rajagopal and MunshiDigital Access TandFonline 2022 - DigitalDaniel Eberli, Sang Jin Lee, Andreas Traweger, editors.Summary: The notion of being able to engineer complete organs has inspired an entire generation of researchers. While recent years have brought significant progress in regenerative medicine and tissue engineering, the immense challenges encountered when trying to engineer an entire organ have to be acknowledged. Despite a good understanding of cell phenotypes, cellular niches and cell-to-biomaterial interactions, the formation of tissues composed of multiple cells remains highly challenging. Only a step-by-step approach will allow the future production of a living tissue construct ready for implantation and to augment organ function. In this book, expert authors present the current state of this approach. It offers a concise overview and serves as a great starting point for anyone interested in the application of tissue engineering or regenerative medicine for organ engineering. Each chapter contains a short overview including physiological and pathological changes as well as the current clinical need. The potential cell sources and suitable biomaterials for each organ type are discussed and possibilities to produce organ-like structures are illustrated. The ultimate goal is for the generated small tissues to unfold their full potential in vivo and to serve as a native tissue equivalent. By integrating and evolving, these implants will form functional tissue in-vivo. This book discusses the desired outcome by focusing on well-defined functional readouts. Each chapter addresses the status of clinical translations and closes with the discussion of current bottlenecks and an outlook for the coming years. A successful regenerative medicine approach could solve organ shortage by providing biological substitutes for clinical use - clearly, this merits a collaborative effort.
Contents:
Brain Central Neural System
Vison system, retina, cornea
Olfactory system
Craniomaxillofacial bone engineering
Ear, Nose and Throat
Dental, tooth
Thymus, Lymphoid
Oesophagus, Trachea
Lung
Gastro Intestinal Tract (Organoids)
Kidney
Bladder/Urethra
Liver (Biomaterial, Cells)
Endocrine Organs (Pancreas)
Salivary grand
Breast Tissue / Fat Tissue
Ovary
Penis
Great Vessels
Cell sheets for cardiac tissue engineering
Heart valve Bioengineering
Ligament
Meniskus als muskuloskelettaler Abschnitt
Tendons
Skeletal system and Muscle. - DigitalMitsuo Tagaya, Thomas Simmen, editors.Summary: "This book provides the first comprehensive coverage of the quickly evolving research field of membrane contact sites (MCS). A total of 16 chapters explain their organization and role and unveil the significance of MCS for various diseases. MCS, the intracellular structures where organellar membranes come in close contact with one another, mediate the exchange of proteins, lipids, and ions. Via these functions, MCS are critical for the survival and the growth of the cell. Owing to that central role in the functioning of cells, MCS dysfunctions lead to important defects of human physiology, influence viral and bacterial infection, and cause disease such as inflammation, type II diabetes, neurodegenerative disorders, and cancer. To approach such a multifaceted topic, this volume assembles a series of chapters dealing with the full array of research about MCS and their respective roles for diseases. Most chapters also introduce the history and the state of the art of MCS research, which will initiate discussion points for the respective types of MCS for years to come. This work will appeal to all cell biologists as well as researchers on diseases that are impacted by MCS dysfunction. Additionally, it will stimulate graduate students and postdocs who will energize, drive, and develop the research field in the near future."--Publisher's description.
Contents:
Organelle communication at membrane contact sites (MCS): from curiosity to center stage in cell biology and biomedical research / Thomas Simmen, Mitsuo Tagaya
Over six decades of discovery and characterization of the architecture at mitochondria-associated membranes (MAMS) / Maria Sol Herrera-Cruz, Thomas Simmen
Regulation of mitochondrial dynamics and autophagy by the mitochondria-associated membrane / Mitsuo Tagaya, Kohei Arasaki
Endoplasmic reticulum-mitochondria communication through Ca2+ signaling: the importance of mitochondria-associated membranes (MAMS) / Saverio Marchi, Mart Bittremieux, Sonia Missiroli, Claudia Morganti, Simone Patergnani [and others]
Ceramide transport from the endoplasmic reticulum to the trans Golgi region at organelle membrane contact sites / Kentaro Hanada
Endoplasmic reticulum-plasma membrane crosstalk mediated by the extended synaptotagmins / Yasunori Saheki
Endoplasmic reticulum-plasma membrane contacts regulate cellular excitability / Eamonn J. Dickson
The lipid droplet and the endoplasmic reticulum / Yuki Ohsaki, Kamil Sołtysik, Toyoshi Fujimoto
Role of intra- and inter-mitochondrial membrane contact sites in yeast phospholipid biogenesis / Yasushi Tamura, Toshiya Endo
Discovery and roles of ER-endolysosomal contact sites in disease / William Mike Henne
Alzheimer disease / Estela Area-Gomez, Eric A. Schon
Mitochondrial-associated membranes in Parkinson's disease / Nobutaka Hattori, Taku Arano, Taku Hatano, Akio Mori, Yuzuru Imai
Role of endoplasmic reticulum-mitochondria communication in type 2 diabetes / Jennifer Rieusset
Mitochondrial-endoplasmic reticulum contact sites mediate innate immune responses / Takuma Misawa, Michihiro Takahama, Tatsuya Saitoh
Hepatitis C virus replication / Tetsuro Suzuki
Hijacking of membrane contact sites by intracellular bacterial pathogens / Isabelle Derré
Alterations in Ca2+ signalling via ER-mitochondria contact site remodelling in cancer / Martijn Kerkhofs, Carlotta Giorgi, Saverio Marchi, Bruno Seitaj, Jan B. Parys [and others]. - DigitalGiuseppe Lembo, Elena Mente, editors.Summary: This book addresses, reviews and evaluates key themes in organic aquaculture and is set out to show how these relate to the challenges and bottlenecks for a responsible organic aquaculture production in Europe. The key themes reflect the main challenges facing the organic aquaculture industry: guarantee and certification system, nutrition, reproduction, production system design and animal welfare. In addition, it assesses the impact of new and future potential development of new knowledge to update and modify the criteria and standards for organic aquaculture. Organic aquaculture is an alternative production approach driven by the growing interest in sustainable utilization of resources. It is rightly viewed as an important contributor to the economy and to the well-being and health of communities. This work will contribute to the scientific knowledge that needs to strengthen effective organic aquaculture. The collation of information on research and data will be of applied value to researchers, university students, end users and policy authorities in the EU and worldwide.
Contents:
Intro; Preface; Acknowledgements; Contents; About the Editors and Contributors; List of Figures; List of Tables;
Chapter 1: Organic Aquaculture: Principles, Standards and Certification; Introduction; Organic Principles Applied to Aquaculture; Principle of Health; Principle of Ecology; Principle of Fairness; Principle of Care; Organic Aquaculture Standards and Regulations Around the World; Scope and Content of Organic Aquaculture Standards; Elements of Organic Aquaculture Standards; System Design and Location; Conversion to Organic Aquaculture; Sources of Stock, Breeds and Breeding Algae and Microalgae Production Production of Molluscs; Feeding and Nutrition of Aquaculture Animals; Health and Welfare; Harvest, Transportation and Slaughter; Processing and Labelling; Guarantee Systems, Certifications, Market Access and Labelling; Certification; Other Guarantee Systems; Labelling; Import Requirements; Hints on the Control and Certification System in Europe; References;
Chapter 2: EU Regulation on Organic Aquaculture; Introduction; Organic Aquaculture in Regulation (EC) No 834/2007; Organic Aquaculture in Regulation (EC) No 889/2008; Seaweed Production Animal Production: General Rules Origin of Aquaculture Animal; Aquaculture Husbandry Practices; Breeding; Feed for Fish, Crustacean and Echinoderm; Specific Rules for Mollusc; Disease Prevention and Veterinary Treatments; The Organic Control System; Steps and Obligation for the Organic Operators; The New Organic Control System; Labelling in the European Union; The Import Regime; System 1: Recognised Equivalent Third Countries; System 2: Control Bodies/Authorities Recognised for the Purpose of Equivalence; System 3: Control Bodies/Authorities Recognised for the Purpose of Compliance Impact of Aquaculture Breeding Programs Aquaculture Breeding Program Design; Inbreeding Management; Estimation of Breeding Values; Important Selection Traits for Organic Aquaculture; Feed Efficiency; Disease Resistance; Selection for Skewed Sex Ratio Stocks; Genotype by Environment Interaction (GxE) in Selective Breeding Programs; Novel Omics Technologies in Organic Aquaculture; Genomics; Transcriptomics; Proteomics; Metabolomics; Conclusion; References;
Chapter 5: Early Life Stages and Weaning; Development, Feeding, and Nutritional Requirements of Marine and Freshwater Fish Larvae System 4: Import Authorisations The Organic Import System in the New Organic Regulation; References;
Chapter 3: Organic Aquaculture: Economic, Market and Consumer Aspects; Background; Organic Aquaculture Production; The Economics of Organic Aquaculture; Consumer Awareness and Product Knowledge; Labels and Label Knowledge; Consumer Attitudes; Consumer Preferences and Willingness to Pay for Organic Seafood in Europe; Concluding Remarks; References;
Chapter 4: Genomics Era on Breeding Aquaculture Stocks; Aquaculture Selective Breeding Background; Introduction - PrintLednicer, Daniel; Mitscher, Lester A.
- DigitalAdam Renslo, PHD, Associate Professor, Department of Pharmaceutical Chemistry, School of Pharmacy, University of California, San Francisco.Summary: Organic Chemistry for Pharmacy is a textbook written specifically for the students taking the required Organic/Medical Pharmacy course. Using a building- block approach, the book delivers a basic, yet thorough discussion of the mode of action, therapeutic applications, and limitations of various pharmaceutical agents.
Contents:
Chemical structure and bonding / Adam Renslo, Dmitry Koltun
Non-covalent interactions / Adam Renslo
Stereochemistry / Adam Renslo
Conformations of small molecules / Adam Renslo
Acid-base chemistry / Susan M. Miller
Addition, substitution, and elimination reactions / Jie Jack Li, Adam Renslo
Reactions of carbonyl species / Adam Renslo
Radical chemistry / John Flygare, Adam Renslo.Digital Access AccessPharmacy 2016 - DigitalSarath Chandran C., Sabu Thomas, M.R. Unni, editors.Summary: This volume provides an overview of the fundamental concepts and recent advancements in organic farming, a form of agriculture that is increasing rapidly in popularity. Readers will discover information on the history of organic farming, environmental friendly practices and challenges, and innovations in the field. The chapter authors analyze pertinent aspects of this integrated farming system including strategies to improve seed quality, methods to improve soil fertility, and the advantages of using organic fertilizers. Particular attention is also given to weed management practices, bioenergy production and insights into the ways organic farming can adapt to global climate change and build sustainable food systems for future generations. Scientists, decision-makers, professors, and farmers who wish to work towards making agricultural systems more sustainable will find this book appealing.
Contents:
Intro; Preface; Contents; Organic Farming in Protecting Water Quality; Introduction; What Are the Different Ways by Which Water Quality Deteriorates?; Organic Farming; Aims and Definitions of Organic Farming; Organic Farming: Environmental Benefits; Nutrient Leaching and Runoff; How Organic Farming Controls Nutrient Leaching and Runoff; Positive Management Practices to Minimize Nutrient Leaching and Runoff; Soil Erosion; Positive Practices That Minimize Erosion; Pathogens; Positive Practices; Pesticides; Positive Practices; Heavy Metals; Conclusion; References Current Status and Soil Biology Impacts of Organic Conservation Tillage in the US Great PlainsIntroduction; Organic Continuous-NT Systems; Conservation-Tillage Impacts on the Soil Food Web; Effect of Conservation Tillage on the Soil Microbial Community; Impact of Tillage on Nematodes; Impact of Tillage on Soil Meso- and Macrofauna; Suggestions for Future Research; References; Use of Biochar in Organic Farming; Chapter Overview; Introduction: Biochar History and Use in Agricultural Systems; Biochar Generation and Properties; Biochar Generation; Physical and Structural Properties of Biochar Macromolecular Properties of BiocharInfluence of Biochar on Soil Properties; Soil Physical Properties; Soil Biochemical Properties; Soil Microorganisms; Influence of Biochar on Crop Productivity in Organic Agriculture; Biochar in Organic Agriculture: The San Juan Experience; Background and Biochar Generation; Study Design and Results; Linking Sustainable Agroforestry to Organic Farming; References; Pest and Disease Control Strategies in Organic Fruit Production; Soil Management Practices to Reduce Pest Incidence; Field Management Practices to Reduce Pest Incidence Physical Methods to Control Flying PestsBotanicals in Pest and Disease Control; Microbial Bioagents in Pest Control; Natural Enemies for Pest Management; Ecological Engineering Approaches; Biodiversity with Flowering Plants; Intercrops to Check Pest Incidence; Trap Cropping; Physical Methods to Control Postharvest Pests and Diseases; Plant Products to Control Postharvest Pests and Diseases in Fruits; Conclusion; References; Pesticides: Classification, Detection, and Degradation; Introduction; Detection of Pesticides; Chromatographic Techniques; Supercritical Fluid Extraction Pressurized Liquid ExtractionGel Permeation Chromatography; Analysis of Pesticides; Conclusion; References; Organic Animal Husbandry; Introduction; Objectives of Organic Animal Husbandry; Role of Livestock in Organic Agriculture; Animal Welfare in Organic Agriculture; Role of Organic Agriculture on Animal Health; Reduce Incidence of Diseases; Promotes Health of Animal; Reduces Pain and Stress Through Standard Animal Welfare; Organic Livestock Production Standards; The European Union Organic (EU Organic) Standard for Livestock Production - Digitaledited by Alexandru Mihai Grumezescu.Summary: "Organic Materials as Smart Nanocarriers for Drug Delivery presents the latest developments in the area of organic frameworks used in pharmaceutical nanotechnology. An up-to-date overview of organic smart nanocarriers is explored, along with the different types of nanocarriers, including polymeric micelles, cyclodextrins, hydrogels, lipid nanoparticles and nanoemlusions. Written by a diverse range of international academics, this book is a valuable reference for researchers in biomaterials, the pharmaceutical industry, and those who want to learn more about the current applications of organic smart nanocarriers. Explores the most recent molecular- and structure-based applications of organic smart nanocarriers in drug deliveryHighlights different smart nanocarriers and assesses their intricate organic structural properties for improving drug deliveryAssesses how molecular organic frameworks lead to more effective drug delivery systems"-- Provided by publisher.
Contents:
1. Metal-organic frameworkds as expanding hybrid carriers with diverse therapeutic applications
2. Natural and semisynthetic polymers in pharmaceutical nanotechnology
3. Current perspectives on drug release studies from polymeric nanoparticles
4. Polymeric nanofibers for controlled drug delivery applications
5. Polymeric hydrogels for contact lens-based ophthalmic drug delivery systems
6. Palm-based nanoemulsions for drug delivery systems
7. Strategies for the design and synthesis of pincer-based dendrimers: potential applications
8. Nanohydrogels: emerging trend for drug delivery
9. Lipid-based nanoparticles for dermal drug delivery
10. Lipid-based nanoparticles for cancer diagnosis and therapy
11. Lyotropic liquid crystal nanoparticles: a novel improved lipidic drug delivery system
12. Vesicular carriers as innovative nanodrug delivery formulations
13. Gemini surfactant-based systems for drug and gene delivery
14. Self-assembled quaternary ammonium surfactants for pharmaceuticals and biotechnology
15 Cyclodextrin-based nanoparticles
16. Cyclodextrin nanosponge-based systems in drug delivery and nanotherapeutics: current progress and future prospects.Digital Access ScienceDirect 2018 - Digitaledited by Pierre L. Roubertoux.Contents:
Organism Models: Choosing the Right Model
The Autistic Spectrum Disorders (ASD) : From the Clinics to the Molecular Analysis
Selecting the Right Species: Practical Information on Organism Models
Viewing Animal Models for Tuberous Sclerosis Complex in the Light of Evolution
In Vivo Imaging in Mice
Invertebrate Models of Synaptic Transmission in Autism Spectrum Disorders
Epigenetic Factors in Normal and Pathological Neuronal Development
Finding Endophenotypes for Autism Spectrum Disorders (ASD): cDNA Microarrays and Brain Transcripts
Serotonin Disturbance in Mouse Models of Autism Spectrum Disorders
Communication and Language in Animals
Social Relationships in Nonhuman Primates: Potential Models of Pervasive Disorders
Zebrafish Social Behaviour Testing in Developmental Brain Disorders
Maintaining Mice for Neurobehavioral Examination
Deficit in Social Relationships and Reduced Field of Interest in Mice
Modeling Autism Spectrum Disorders Motor Deficits in Mice
Neuro-Behavioral Testing of Mouse Models of Rett Syndrome
Mouse Models of Tuberous Sclerosis
Use of the Zebrafish Model to Understand Behavioral Disorders Associated with Altered Oxytocin System Development: Implications for Autism and Prader-Willi Syndrome
Epilogue: Perspectives and Caveats. - DigitalSteven D. Fleming, Alex C. Varghese, editors.Contents:
Part I: IVF Unit Establishment and Organization
IVF Unit Location, Design, and Construction
Batch IVF Program in ART: Practical Considerations
Risk and Regulation: The Role of Regulation in Managing an IVF Unit
Part II: Total Quality Management
Risk and Disaster Management of the IVF Laboratory
Staff Management
Patient Management: A Nursing Perspective
Low Risk Laboratory Management
Cryobank Management
PGD/PGS Management
Data Management
Implementation of a Total Quality Management System
Optimization of Treatment Outcomes for Assisted Reproductive Technologies
Statistical Process Control Analysis to Assess Laboratory Variation as a Means of Quality Control in ART
Part III: IVF Units and Society
Ethics of IVF Treatment
Implementing and Managing Natural and Modified Natural Cycle IVF
Public and Low-Cost IVF Units
Private and Corporate IVF Units
Part IV: Advertising and Marketing IVF Units
Marketing of IVF Units and Agencies
Websites for IVF Units
IVF Units and Social Media.Digital Access Springer 2016 - Digital/PrintDigital Access
- DigitalDamon C. Scales, Gordon D. Rubenfeld, editor.Summary: The origin of modern intensive care units (ICUs) has frequently been attributed to the widespread provision of mechanical ventilation within dedicated hospital areas during the 1952 Copenhagen polio epidemic. However, modern ICUs have developed to treat or monitor patients who have any severe, life-threatening disease or injury. These patients receive specialized care and vital organ assistance such as mechanical ventilation, cardiovascular support, or hemodialysis. ICU patients now typically occupy approximately 10% of inpatient acute care beds, yet the structure and organization of these ICUs can be quite different across hospitals. In The Organization of Critical Care: An Evidence-Based Approach to Improving Quality, leaders provide a concise, evidence-based review of ICU organizational factors that have been associated with improved patient (or other) outcomes. The topics covered are grouped according to four broad domains: (1) the organization, structure, and staffing of an ICU; (2) organizational approaches to improving quality of care in an ICU; (3) integrating ICU care with other healthcare provided within the hospital and across the broader healthcare system; and (4) international perspectives on critical care delivery. Each chapter summarizes a different aspect of ICU organization and targets individual clinicians and healthcare decision makers. A long overdue contribution to the field, The Organization of Critical Care: An Evidence-Based Approach to Improving Quality is an indispensable guide for all clinicians and health administrators concerned with achieving state-of-the-art outcomes for intensive care.
Contents:
Organizational Change in Critical Care: The Next Magic Bullet?
Origins of the Critically Ill: The Impetus for Critical Care Medicine
Intensivist and Alternative Models of ICU Staffing
Health Professionals in Critical Care
Computers in Intensive Care
Integrating Subspecialty Expertise in the Intensive Care Unit
Quality Improvement in the Intensive Care Unit
Facilitating Interactions Between Healthcare Providers in the ICU
Teamwork and Leadership in the Critical Care Unit
Caring for ICU Providers
Rationing Without Contemplation: Why Attention to Patient Flow Is Important and How to Make It Better
Rapid Response Systems
The Chronically Critically Ill
Regionalization of Critical Care
International Perspectives on Critical Care
Critical Care in Low-Resource Settings
Disaster Planning for the Intensive Care Unit: A Critical Framework.Digital Access Springer 2014 - Printeditor, Bijan K. Ghosh.
- DigitalJoé T. Martineau, Eric Racine, editors.Summary: Understanding and improving how organizations work and are managed is the object of management research and practice, and this topic is of longstanding interest in the academia and in society at large. More recently, the contribution that the study of the brain could make to, notably, our understanding of decisions, emotional reactions, and behaviors has led to the emergence of the field of "organizational neuroscience". Within the field of management, organizational neuroscience seeks to explore linkages between neuroscience research, theories, and methods and management research. Its primary goal is to incorporate findings on the cognitive processes underlying the thoughts, behaviors and attitudes of organizational actors in order to better inform management theories, and to assist in understanding, predicting and improving these behaviors in the workplace. As a result, we have seen in the last decade a flurry of research projects and publications in organizational neuroscience, as well as novel or rejuvenated innovations around neuromarketing, neuroleadership, and cognitive enhancement in the work place, to name a few. However, research and practical applications in organizational neuroscience pose profound ethical challenges about, for example, organizational responsibility in the responsible use of scientific innovation. Drawing on recent debates in the field, and in response to upcoming ethical challenges of organization neuroscience, this book introduces "organizational neuroethics" as an emerging interdisciplinary field that addresses the ethics of organizational neuroscience research and applications, as well as the neuroscience of organizational ethics. The first part focuses on the ethics of organizational neuroscience and several chapters tackle the ethics of neuromarketing or neuroleadership and discuss the ethical issues associated with neuroenhancement practice in the workplace. The second part of the book addresses cutting-edge topics in the neuroscience of organizational ethics. Written by international experts in the fields of management, neuroscience, ethics, and social science, this book will be of prime interest to practitioners, researchers and students in the various fields concerned with improving management research and practices, as well as organizational ethics.
Contents:
Intro; Acknowledgements; Contents; 1: Introduction; References; Part I: The Ethics of Organizational Neuroscience; 2:
Section Introduction: The Ethics of Organizational Neuroscience; 3: On the Ethics of Neuromarketing and Sensory Marketing; 3.1 Introduction; 3.2 What Is There to Worry About?; 3.2.1 Interim Summary; 3.3 Some Problematic Cases; 3.3.1 Some Outstanding Ethical Issues; 3.3.2 Multiple Uses for Commercial Neuromarketing; 3.3.3 Dealing with ``the File Drawer Problem;́́ 3.3.4 Ethical Concerns with the Use of Sensory Marketing 3.3.5 Sensory Marketing of Foods in an Obesogenic Environment3.4 Conclusion; References; 4: Neuroethics in Leadership Research and Practice; 4.1 Introduction; 4.2 The Neuroscience of Leadership; 4.3 Ethical Issues in Neuroleadership Research; 4.3.1 Methodological Concerns; 4.3.2 Types of Ethical Dilemmas; 4.4 Ethical Issues in Neuroleadership Practice; 4.4.1 Pre-assessment: Potential Coercion; 4.4.2 Neuro-screening: Employee Selection and Placement; 4.4.3 Neurofeedback: Leadership Training; 4.5 Conclusion; References 5: `Murder They Said:́ A Content Analysis and Further Ethical Reflection on the Application of Neuroscience in Management5.1 Introduction; 5.2 Content Analysis; 5.3 Conclusion; References; 6: Consumer Neuroscience: Recent Theoretical and Methodological Developments for Research and Practice Using a Cube Model; 6.1 Introduction; 6.1.1 Understanding the Consumer; 6.1.2 Measuring Unconscious and Implicit Decision-Making Processes; 6.1.3 Consumer Neuroscience; 6.2 The Cube Model of Consumer Neuroscience; 6.2.1 Potential Benefits of Consumer Neuroscience; 6.2.2 Limitations of Consumer Neuroscience 6.2.3 Consumer Neuroscience and Ethical Issues6.3 Conclusion and Further Research; References; 7: Neuroenhancement at Work: Addressing the Ethical, Legal, and Social Implications; 7.1 Introduction; 7.2 Existing Neuroenhancers Relevant to the Workplace; 7.2.1 Pharmaceutical Enhancement; 7.2.1.1 Methylphenidate; 7.2.1.2 Amphetamine; 7.2.1.3 Modafinil; 7.2.2 Neurotechnological Enhancement; 7.2.2.1 Transcranial Direct-Current Stimulation; 7.2.2.2 Transcranial Magnetic Stimulation; 7.2.2.3 Electroencephalography (EEG)-Based Devices; 7.3 Regulatory Options for Neuroenhancement; 7.4 ConclusionDigital Access Springer 2020 - DigitalMonika Schäfer-Korting, Silvya Stuchi Maria-Engler, Robert Landsiedel.Summary: This book provides latest findings in organotypic models in drug development and provides the scientific resonance needed in an emerging field of research in disciplines, such as molecular medicine, physiology, and pathophysiology. Today the research on human-based test systems has gained major interest and funding in the EU and the US has increased over the last years. Moreover, so-called 3R (reduce, replace, refine animal experiments) centres have been established worldwide.
Contents:
Human-Derived In Vitro Models Used for Skin Toxicity Testing Under REACh
How Qualification of 3D Disease Models Cuts the Gordian Knot in Preclinical Drug Development
Standardised Reconstructed Skin Models in Toxicology and Pharmacology: State of the Art and Future Development
In Vitro Models of the Blood-Brain Barrier
Neural In Vitro Models for Studying Substances Acting on the Central Nervous System
Engineered Heart Muscle Models in Phenotypic Drug Screens
Disease Models: Lung Models for Testing Drugs Against Inflammation and Infection
Skin Disease Models In Vitro and Inflammatory Mechanisms: Predictability for Drug Development
Immunocompetent Human Intestinal Models in Preclinical Drug Development
Tissue Engineering for Musculoskeletal Regeneration and Disease Modeling
Tumor Models and Cancer Systems Biology for the Investigation of Anticancer Drugs and Resistance Development
The CAM Assay as an Alternative In Vivo Model for Drug Testing. - DigitalJamie A. Davies and Melanie L. Lawrence.Contents:
1. Organoids and mini-organs: introduction, history, and potential
2. Elements of organoid design
3. Intestinal organoids: mini-guts grown in the laboratory
4. Three-dimensional breast culture models: new culture models for analyzing breast development and function
5. Prostate organoids: directed differentation from embyronic stem cells
6. Kidney organoids
7. Spontaneous self-assembly of liver organoids from differentiated human cells: human liver organoids
8. Cerebral organoids: building brains from stem cells
9. From organoids to mini-organs: a case study in the kidney
10. Intestinal organoids: a model for biomedical and nutritional research
11. A three-dimensional neurosphere system using human stem cells for nanotoxicology studies
12. Organoids for modeling kidney disease
13. Intestinal organoids in studying host-bacterial interactions
14. Four challenges for organoid engineers
Index.Digital Access ScienceDirect 2018 - DigitalPierre Pontarotti editor.Summary: The book includes 19 selected contributions presented at the 21st Evolutionary Biology Meeting, which took place in Marseille in September 2017. The chapters are grouped into the following five categories: · Genome/Phenotype Evolution · Self/Nonself Evolution · Origin of Biodiversity · Origin of Life · Concepts The annual Evolutionary Biology Meetings in Marseille serve to gather leading evolutionary biologists and other scientists using evolutionary biology concepts, e.g. for medical research. The aim of these meetings is to promote the exchange of ideas to encourage interdisciplinary collaborations. Offering an up-to-date overview of recent findings in the field of evolutionary biology, this book is in invaluable source of information for scientists, teachers and advanced students.
Contents:
Intro; Preface; Acknowledgements; Contents; Genome/Phenotype Evolution; Pmela and Tyrp1b Contribute to Melanophore Variation in Mexican Cavefish; 1 Introduction; 2 Materials and Methods; 2.1 Melanophore Scoring; 2.2 Quantitative Trait Locus (QTL) Association Mapping; 2.3 Gene Ontology (GO) Term Analysis; 2.4 RNA-Seq, Qualitative, and QPCR Expression Analyses; 2.5 Whole-Mount In Situ Hybridization; 2.6 Functional Validation in Zebrafish with MO Knockdowns; 3 Results. 3 Mechanisms of Thermotolerance in S. cerevisiae4 Methods for Improving Stress Tolerance; 5 Acquisition of Thermotolerance in Yeast by Adaptive Evolution; 6 Comprehensive Analysis of the Thermotolerant Yeast Strain YK60-1; 7 Genomic Analysis to Identify the Key Mutations for Improved Thermotolerance; 8 Conclusions and Perspectives; References; The Domestication Syndrome in Phaseolus Crop Plants: A Review of Two Key Domestication Traits; 1 Introduction; 2 Domestication Areas of Phaseolus Beans; 3 Phenotypic Evaluations of Two Key Domestication Traits in Phaseolus Beans; 3.1 Pod Shattering. 3.1 Cavefish × Surface Fish Hybrid Individuals Demonstrate Diversity in Melanophore Numbers in Distinct Regions Spanning the Body3.2 QTL Analysis Revealed 19 Genomic Regions Associated with Complex Melanophore Variation; 3.3 Comparative Analyses Narrowed Melanophore QTL Positions to Critical Genomic Regions in Astyanax and Danio; 3.4 Tyrp1b and Pmela Are Two Candidate Genes Associated with Numerical Melanophore Diversity; 3.5 Tyrp1b and Pmela Demonstrate Distinct Melanophore-Specific Expression Patterns Between Cave and Surface Morphotypes. 3.6 Functional Analyses of Tyrp1b and Pmela Reveal Altered Melanophore Dispersion and Structure in Morphants4 Discussion; 4.1 Tyrp1b and Pmela Contribute to Melanophore Number Variation in Cavefish; 4.2 Analysis of Complex Pigmentation Informs the Genetic Basis for Regressive Evolution in Cavefish; 4.3 Astyanax mexicanus Enables Investigation of Degenerative Pigmentation Disorders; References; Adaptive Evolution of Yeast Under Heat Stress and Genetic Reconstruction to Generate Thermotolerant Yeast; 1 Introduction; 2 Heat Stress in S. cerevisiae. 4 Seed Size5 Molecular Genetics and Genetic Architecture of Pod Shattering; 6 Genetic Architecture of Seed Weight; 7 Conclusions; References; Tracing the Evolutionary Origin of the Gut-Brain Axis; 1 Introduction-The Holobiont Imperative; 2 Developmental Symbiosis and the Evolution of New Organs; 3 Thoughts About the Evolution of the Nervous System; 4 Of Neurological Disorders and Animals as Complex Systems: Why Bacteria Matter; 5 The Gut-Brain Axis; 6 The Hydra Holobiont-A Model Organism to Study the Microbiota-Gut-Brain Axis; 7 Hydra Neurons Shape the Microbiota. - DigitalNobuo Masataka, editor.Summary: This book summarizes the latest research on the origins of language, with a focus on the process of evolution and differentiation of language. It provides an update on the earlier successful book, "The Origins of Language" edited by Nobuo Masataka and published in 2008, with new content on emerging topics. Drawing on the empirical evidence in each respective chapter, the editor presents a coherent account of how language evolved, how music differentiated from language, and how humans finally became neurodivergent as a species. Chapters on nonhuman primate communication reveal that the evolution of language required the neural rewiring of circuits that controlled vocalization. Language contributed not only to the differentiation of our conceptual ability but also to the differentiation of psychic functions of concepts, emotion, and behavior. It is noteworthy that a rudimentary form of syntax (regularity of call sequences) has emerged in nonhuman primates. The following chapters explain how music differentiated from language, whereas the pre-linguistic system, or the "prosodic protolanguage," in nonhuman primates provided a precursor for both language and music. Readers will gain a new understanding of music as a rudimentary form of language that has been discarded in the course of evolution and its role in restoring the primordial synthesis in the human psyche. The discussion leads to an inspiring insight into autism and neurodiversity in humans. This thought-provoking and carefully presented book will appeal to a wide range of readers in linguistics, psychology, phonology, biology, anthropology and music. -- Provided by publisher.
Contents:
Empirical evidence for the claim that the vocal theory of language origins and the gestural theory of language origins are not incompatible with one anoter / Nobuo Masataka
Primate vocal anatomy and physiology : similarities and differences between humans and nonhuman primates / Takeshi Nishimura
Integrations of multiple abilities underlying the vocal evolutions in primates / Hiroki Koda
Conversation among primate species / Loïc Pougnault, Florence Levréro, Alban Lemasson
Language evolution from a perspective of Broca's area / Masumi Wakita
Social scaffolding of vocal and language development / Hirokazu Doi
Emergence of the distinction between "verbal" and "musical" in early childhood development / Aleksey Nikolsky
"Talking Jew's harp" and its relation to vowel harmony as a paradigm of formative influence of music on language / Aleksey Nikolsky
Were musicians as well as artists in the Ice Age caves likely with autism spectrum disorder? A neurodiversity hypothesis / Nobua Masataka.Digital Access Springer 2020 - DigitalJoão N.A.R. Ferreira, James Fricton, Nelson Rhodus, editors.Summary: This cutting-edge book is a quick reference guide to the evidence-based evaluation, diagnosis, and management of the broad spectrum of orofacial disorders. Each chapter is devoted to a particular disease or disorder and presents advances in understanding of the condition, the most recent evaluation and diagnostic strategies, and up-to-date treatment approaches. In addition, strategies for integration of care into routine dental practice are explained, and information provided on practice management concepts. The coverage encompasses the latest technological advances in the field, such as gene transfer techniques, new pharmaceuticals, innovations in craniofacial imaging, and intelligent digital records for orofacial disorders. Although the management of orofacial disorders is emerging as a distinct field of dentistry, many dentists and physicians are unfamiliar with recent advances in the care of patients with orofacial disorders, orofacial pain, and headache. This book, written by world class experts, is deliberately geared to the level of understanding of a clinician nonscientist. It will serve as an ideal evidence-based reference and source of specific clinical recommendations in daily practice.
- DigitalNalini Vadivelu, Amarender Vadivelu, Alan David Kaye, editors.Contents:
1. The Neurobiology of Orofacial Pain
2. Oral Health Related Quality of Life and Facial Pain
3. Classification and Epidemiology of Orofacial Pain
4. Nociceptive Chemical Mediators In Oral Inflammation
5. Dental Sleep Medicine and the Use of Oral Devices
6. Local Anesthesia in the Orofacial Region
7. Analgesics and adjuvants for the management of orofacial pain across age groups
8. Cognitive-Behavioral Therapy in Pain Management
9. Management of Oral Ulcers and Burning Mouth Syndrome
10. Hypnosis and Biofeedback for Orofacial Pain Management
11. Headaches, Migraine and Cluster Headache
12. Management of Orofacial Neuropathic Pain
13. Preemptive Analgesia and Multimodal Pain Management for Temporomandibular Total Joint Replacement Surgery.Digital Access Springer 2014 - DigitalJean-Paul Goulet, Ana Miriam Velly, editors.Summary: This book provides up-to-date information on all aspects of orofacial pain biomarkers. It opens by presenting background information on clinical phenotypes and the neurobiological substrates underlying chronic orofacial pain and by explaining the potential role of biomarkers in the diagnosis, prognostic evaluation, and treatment of orofacial pain. The main section of the book examines the contribution of human and animal studies to the field of biomarkers for orofacial pain and discusses biomarkers for masticatory muscle pain, temporomandibular joint pain, neuropathic face pain, and autonomic nervous system involvement in trigeminal facial pain. The potential impacts of the immune system on orofacial pain biomarkers and candidate gene phenotypes with possible links to chronic orofacial pain conditions are also addressed, and differences and similarities between saliva and serum biomarkers for pain are explained as well. The final section covers research-related issues in assessment methods and statistical analyses used in evaluating biomarkers, identifies future challenges and suggests new directions in the field.
Contents:
Background: Chronic Orofacial Pain Conditions
Neurobiologic Mechanisms of Chronic Orofacial Pain
Biomarkers
Role for Diagnosis, Treatment and Prognosis of Orofacial Pain
Methodology: Saliva and Serum Biomarkers
The Search for Pain Biomarkers
Orofacial Pain Biomarkers: Contribution of Animal Studies
Masticatory Muscle Pain Biomarkers and Biochemical Fingerprint of Myofascial Trigger Points
Temporomandibular Joint Pain Biomarkers
Genetic Biomarkers and Temporomandibular Pain Disorders
Neurophysiologic and Neuropathologic Biomarkers in Neuropathic Face Pain
Biomarkers of Autonomic System Involvement in Trigeminal Face Pain
Immune System and the Modulation of Cytokines Biomarkers
New Perspectives: Future Studies, Limitation, Clinical Implication
Conclusion.Digital Access Springer 2017 - DigitalRaj Nair, editor.Summary: This easy-to-use book equips clinicians and health care professionals with all the information that they will require in order to identify and manage orofacial complications of cancer therapy. Readers will find precise information on the presenting symptoms and signs associated with local or systemic complications associated with individual drugs or modes of therapy in cancer care. Guidance is provided whenever possible on the initial examinations to be performed in each circumstance and the investigations that can deliver a definitive diagnosis. The effective management of cancer complications are explained with the help of up to date clinical practice guidelines for the management of complications secondary to cancer therapy. In addition, an introductory section outlines contemporary principles of cancer management based on precision oral oncology principles. The text is supported by numerous highly informative clinical photographs, tables and a bibliography.
Contents:
Management of Oral Cancer: Haematological Malignancies
Solid Tumours and Medical Oncology
Head and Neck Cancer
Cancer and Radiation Oncology Orofacial Complications in Cancer Therapy: Oral Mucositis
Oral Bacterial, Viral and Fungal Infections
Xerostomia and Other Salivary Gland Disorders
Soft Tissue and Hard Tissue Necrosis
Trismus and Temporomandibular Dysfunction
Cutaneous Manifestations
Fibrosis and Scarring
Dental and Oral Diseases
Drug-Specific Complications
Oral Assessment Tools
Graft Versus Host Disease (GVHD). Consequences of Orofacial Complications in Cancer Therapy: Dysphagia
Dysgeusia
Dysphonia
Altered Nutrition. Oral Oncology in Different Populations: Geriatric Cancer Population
Paediatric Cancer Population. Guidelines and Other Resources for Supportive Care Relevant to Oral Oncology: Role of Oral Oncologists in Supportive Care in Cancer
Guidelines for Orofacial Complications Management
Guidelines for Dental Management of the Cancer Patient
Interpretation of Investigations
Precision Oncology and Supportive Care in Cancer. - Digitaledited by Gauthier Desuter.Summary: This book is a practical guide that will assist ENT doctors in interpreting swallowing videoendoscopies correctly and in choosing complementary instrumental examinations to consolidate or exclude their provisional diagnosis. In addition, it provides speech-language pathologists with valuable hints on how to treat patients with oropharyngeal dysphagia more efficiently. The book is constructed around videoendoscopic features. The relevance of these features to diagnosis and treatment is carefully described with the aid of numerous high-quality illustrations. Beyond this, the relationship of videoendoscopy to two further instrumental examinations – videofluorography and pharyngeal manometry– and to the three treatment paths of texture adaptation, rehabilitation, and surgery is explained. The use of pictograms in this context helps to elucidate the connections, creating in the readers mind "clusters of behaviors" of benefit in clinical practice. The book also includes a short summary on swallowing anatomy and physiology, a chapter on medications inducing dysphagia, key take-home messages, and suggestions for further reading.
Contents:
1 Videoendoscopy
2 Videofluoroscopy. -3 High-Resolution Manometry
4 Transnasal Esophagoscopy
5 Physiology and Anatomy of Swallowing in a Nutshell
6 Dos and Donts in Deglutology
7 Multidisciplinary Texture Management
8 Rehabilitation.-9 Surgical Management.Digital Access Springer 2019 - PrintPhilip R. Reilly, MD, JD.Summary: "This book is about the struggle to save the lives of children who, because of a roll of the genetic dice, are born with any one of more than several thousand rare genetic disorders. It recounts the now century long effort of small groups of physicians and scientists to take on some of these genetic diseases. In many cases just a few physician-scientists have made an immense contribution to blazing a path toward new therapies"-- Provided by publisher.
- DigitalVincent Cottin, Jean-Francois Cordier, Luca Richeldi, editors.Summary: Focusing on clinical practice, this book explores the less common diseases affecting the airways, systematic disorders with lung involvement, interstitial lung diseases and many other orphan conditions of the lungs. It helps the reader to diagnose and manage these rare orphan diseases. Orphan Lung Diseases: A Clinical Guide to Rare Lung Disease is a practical, informative book written by a team of international authors with much experience in rare pulmonary diseases. Orphan Lung Diseases: A Clinical Guide to Rare Lung Disease provides synthesized and easily accessible information about the main orphan lung diseases, to aid clinicians in charge of patients with rare disease, or who consider the diagnosis of a rare disease in their patient.
Contents:
1. Orphan Lung Diseases: From definition to organisation of Care
2. The Challenge of clinical research in orphan lung diseases
3. Chronic bronchiolitis in adults
4. Diffuse bronchiectasis of genetic origin
5. Allergic bronchopulmonary mycosis
6. Orphan Tracheopathies
7. Amyloidosis and the respiratory tract
8. Churg-Strauss syndrome: A clinical and therapeutic approach
9. Granunomatosis with polyangiitis (Wegener?s granylomatosis)
10. Alveolar Hemorrhage
11. Pulmonary Involvement in Takayasu Arteritis and Behçet Disease
12. Pulmonary vascular manifestations of hereditary hemorrhagic
13. Hepatopulmonary syndrome
14. Non-Langerhans cell histiocytosis -including Erdheim-Chester disease- and the lung
15. Idiopathic eosinophilic pneumonia
16. Multiple cystic lung disease
17. Lymphangioleiomyomatosis
18. Pulmonary alveolar Proteinosis
19. Exogenous lipoid pneumonia
20. Pulmonary alveolar microlithiasis
21. Pulmonary Fibrosis and the many faces of UIP
22. The syndrome of combined pulmonary fibrosis and emphysema
23. Non-specific, Unclassifiable, and Rare Idiopathic Interstitial Pneumonia
24. Organizing Pneumonias
25. Interstitial lung disease in systemic sclerosis
26. Interstitial lung disease in connective tissue diseases other than systemic sclerosis
27. Interstitial Lung Disease in Undifferentiated Forms of Connective Tissue Disease
28. Langerhans cell Granulomatosis and smoking-related interstitial lung diseases
29. Rare causes and the spectrum of hypersensitivity penumonitis
30. Chronic beryllium disease and other insterstitial lung diseases of occupational origin
31. Lymphoproliferative lung disorders
32. Pulmonary manifestations of hematological malignancies
33. Pulmonary hypertension in orphan lung diseases
34. Orphan and rare drug-induced and iatrogenic respiratory disease
35. From cancer mimicking orphan lung disease to orphan thoracic oncology
36. Rare Diffuse lung diseases of genetic origin.Digital Access Springer 2015 - DigitalGiuseppe Filardo, Bert R. Mandelbaum, George F. Muschler, Scott A. Rodeo, Norimasa Nakamura, editors.Summary: This book presents the evidence related to the use of injectable biologics to provide faster and better healing for musculoskeletal lesions and conditions. The authors discuss approaches, such as blood derivatives and cell concentrates, applied to lesions of muscles, ligaments, tendons, bones, meniscus and cartilage, as well as osteoarthritis. Chapters are written by some of the most influential opinion leaders in the field, with up-to-date review of the current literature, where the authors explore both the potential and the limitations of these minimally invasive and promising treatments. The first section is devoted to the formulations and rationale for the use of injectable orthobiologics, while the second section reviews current treatment methods applied to specific joints and pathologies ranging from tendinopathies through non-unions to articular degenerative processes as well as the results of these treatment approaches. The third section explores future perspectives, such as pluripotent stem cells, gene therapy, and the stimulation of intrinsic stromal cell niches. Appealing to a broad readership, this book will be of interest to both laboratory research scientists and clinicians, including orthopedists, sports physicians, physiatrists, and regenerative medicine experts.
Contents:
I. Injectable OrthoBiologics: Formulations and Rationale 1. Bone marrow-derived cultured stromal cells and Bone Marrow Concentrate
2. Adipose-derived cultured stromal cells and Stromal Vascular Fraction from adipose tissue
3. Synovial-derived cultured stromal cells
4. Amniotic, Placenta, and Umbilical cord-derived cultured stromal cells
5. Allogeneic cells: pros and cons
6. Steroid hormones
7. Cytokines, chemokines, alpha-2-macroglobulin, growth factors
8. Platelet-rich plasma: leucocyte-rich, leukocyte-poor, autologous conditioned serum, autologous protein solution
9. Amniotic tissue extract, placenta tissue extract
10. Extracellular vesicles (exosomes)
II. Injectable OrthoBiolologics: evaluation methods and results based on pathology and anatomy
11. Rotator cuff tendinopathy: cell therapy
12. Rotator cuff tendinopathy: biologics
13. Tennis elbow: cell therapy
14. Tennis elbow: cell therapy biologics
15. Patellar tendinopathy: cell therapy
16. Patellar tendinopathy: biologics
17. Achilles tendinopathy: cell therapy
18. Achilles tendinopathy: biologics
19. Plantar Fasciitis: cell therapy
20. Plantar Fasciitis: biologics
21. Ligament lesions: cell therapy
22. Ligament lesions: biologics
23. Meniscal lesions: cell therapy
24. Meniscal lesions: biologics
25. Muscle lesions: cell therapy
26. Muscle lesions: biologics
27. Fractures (incl. Nonunions): cell therapy
28. Fractures (incl. Nonunions): biologics
29. Cartilage lesions and Osteoarthritis of the knee: cell therapy
30. Cartilage lesions and Osteoarthritis of the knee: biologics
31. Cartilage lesions and Osteoarthritis of the hip and ankle: cell therapy
32. Cartilage lesions and Osteoarthritis of the hip and ankle: biologics
III. Future directions 33. Pluripotent stem cells: Embryonic/Fetal stem cells and induced pluripotent stem (iPS) cells
34. Gene therapy
35. Stimulation of the intrinsic stromal cell niche
36 Conclusions. - Digitaleditors, Scott P. Bruder, Roy K. Aaron.Summary: "Developed in partnership with the American Academy of Orthopaedic Surgeons (AAOS) and edited by internationally renowned experts Drs. Scott P. Bruder and Roy K. Aaron, Orthobiologics: Scientific and Clinical Solutions for Orthopaedic Surgeons provides authoritative, comprehensive coverage of this fast-growing field. This one-stop reference is an ideal resource, covering technology and basic science through specific clinical applications. Covers the basic science clinicians need to know to understand the mechanisms of action of orthobiologic therapies for tissue repair and regeneration, as well as technology development, regulation, and the commercialization pathway Provides thorough discussions of current standards of care and clinical applications across all subspecialty areas, including upper and lower extremity pathology, as well as spinal pathology Uses a reader-friendly approach with more than 100 illustrations and dozens of helpful tables throughout Discusses options and solutions for intervertebral disc repair, spinal fusion, rotator cuff repair, peripheral nerve regeneration in the hand, challenging bone repairs and nonunion, skeletal muscle repair, meniscal repair and replacement, articular cartilage repair, knee and ankle osteoarthritis, ligament regeneration, and more. Enrich Your eBook Reading ExperienceRead directly on your preferred device(s),such as computer, tablet, or smartphone. Easily convert to audiobook,powering your content with natural language text-to-speech. "-- Provided by publisher.Digital Access Ovid 2024
- DigitalTheodore Eliades, Athanasios E. Athanasiou.Summary: For almost 20 years, clear aligners have been used with growing popularity in addressing with success patients' demands for esthetic orthodontic treatment. Many companies all over the world have developed methods of fabricating custom-made clear aligners designed to gradually and sequentially move teeth to their desired positions. Treatment efficacy with clear aligners has been reported to be good but further investigation of the various aspects of this kind of orthodontic treatment modality is needed for scientific evidence and further clinical improvement. This chapter presents an overview of the patients' esthetic treatment demands, which led to the popularity of this modality of orthodontic therapy, as well as important aspects of the clear aligner method, the orthodontic tooth movement with clear aligners, and the material properties of clear aligners. Clear aligner material efficiency and effectiveness should continue to be studied, as a better understanding of the material properties and treatment outcomes could lead to better sequencing of tooth movement and more efficient treatment.Digital Access Thieme MedOne Education 2020
- DigitalSamuel Berkowitz.Summary: This book reviews different treatment options for Cleft Lip and Palate problems emphasizing the cooperation between the areas of Orthodontics and Surgery. After an introduction to variations in cleft types, different CLP treatment plans are introduced and reviewed. The book represents some of the oldest and most thorough longitudinal documentation of cleft lip palate treatment. It is comprised of objective serial records using photos, dental casts, cephalographs and measurements. The last part of the book identifies pitfalls and complications in facial palate treatment. It discusses future directions and the importance of longitudinal facial and dental cast records. This book is intended to aid in the teaching of aspiring and practicing Orthodontists and Surgeons dealing with Cleft Lip and Palate problems. (TBE).
Contents:
Introduction to Cleft Lip Palate: The Normal Face and Facial Palatal Problems
Embryogenesis and Causes of Clefting
Variations in Cleft Types
Qualification of Cleft Team Members. Orthodontic and Surgical Treatment of Cleft Lip Palate: Presurgical Orthodontics
Molding Geometric Relationships
Palatal Surgery
Lip Surgery
Orthodontic Treatment to Reduce Anterior Openbite
Various Possible Treatments. Pitfalls and Future Directions in Cleft Lip Palate Treatment: The value of Longitudinal Facial & Dental Cast Records
The reasons for Success and Failure
Result of Early Surgical Setback
A Multicenter Retrospective
Questions to be answered
Conclusion. - DigitalSu-Jung Kim, Ki Beom Kim, editors.Summary: This well-illustrated book is an up-to-date guide to orthodontic diagnosis, treatment planning, and treatment delivery in patients with obstructive sleep apnea (OSA). The aim is to present the latest knowledge on the important contribution that orthodontic modalities can now make in the management of a disorder that has generally been the preserve of sleep doctors. This book comprises three parts of general understanding of OSA and medical approaches, orthodontic diagnostic process, and orthodontic treatment application. In particular, the treatment parts are subdivided into six chapters depending on the patients phenotype and age groups. The readers will come to realize how many modalities are available beyond the previously well-known options, and how important orthodontic contributions are for the treatment of OSA patients. The book will be an excellent resource providing well-organized diagnostic and therapeutic protocols from orthodontic point of view and will also be of value to other practitioners with an interest in OSA.
Contents:
Orthodontic diagnosis & planning: Comprehensive understanding of OSA as orthodontists
Orthodontic diagnosis: Anatomic & functional evaluation of upper airway
Phenotype-based clinical pathway for orthodontic intervention. Orthodontic treatment modalities: Early growth modification of snoring children with mouth breathing
Functional training for OSA patients with mouth breathing
Treatment of OSA adults with transverse skeletal discrepancy: Nasomaxillary skeletal expansion (NMSE)
Treatment of OSA adults with skeletal deformity I: Mandibular advancement device (MAD)
Treatment of OSA adults with Skeletal deformity II: Maxillomandibular advancement (MMA) surgery. - DigitalThomas E. Southard, Steven D. Marshall, Laura L. Bonner.Contents:
Foundations
Dental deep bites
Skeletal deep bites
Dental anterior open bites
Skeletal anterior open bites
Posterior open bites.Digital Access Wiley 2015 - DigitalIgor Popov ; translated by Natalia Lentsman.Summary: "This book reviews the convoluted history of orthogenesis with an emphasis of non-English sources, untangles relationships between various concepts of directed evolution and argues whether orthogenesis has something to offer modern biology. Darwinism claims that evolution occurs by selection from an extensive random variability. An alternative viewpoint--that the material for variability is limited and organisms are predisposed to vary in certain directions--is the essence of evolutionary concepts that can be grouped together under the name of orthogenesis. Dating back to Lamarck, orthogenesis has existed in many guises. Branded as mystical and discarded as unscientific, it keeps re-emerging in evolutionary discussions."-- Provided by publisher.
Contents:
Intro; Contents;
Chapter 1: Introduction; References; Part I: Orthogenesis: A History;
Chapter 2: The Sources. Formation of the Concept of Directed Evolution in the Nineteenth Century; References;
Chapter 3: Evolutionary Biology at the Turn of the Twentieth Century. New Concepts of Directed Evolution in the 1900-1930s; References;
Chapter 4: Declarations in Favour of Orthogenesis in the 1900-1930s; References;
Chapter 5: Orthogenesis and the Modern Evolutionary Synthesis; References;
Chapter 6: New Concepts of Directed Evolution in the Recent History of Evolutionary Biology; References.
Chapter 7: Statements in Support of Orthogenesis in the 1950s and LaterReferences; Part II: Orthogenesis: Pro et Contra;
Chapter 8: "Laws" in Biology; References;
Chapter 9: Species Senescence; References;
Chapter 10: Adaptation or Non-adaptation?; References;
Chapter 11: Anticipation, Parallelisms and Convergences; References;
Chapter 12: Constraints on Variation; References;
Chapter 13: Direct Impact of the Environment on Evolution and the Inheritance of Acquired Characteristics; References;
Chapter 14: Mystics or Unrealised Synthesis?; References;
Chapter 15: Conclusion; References; Index. - DigitalPaolo Falaschi, David R. Marsh, editors.Contents:
1 Introduction: why orthogeriatrics, worldwide distribution of orthogeriatric approach
2 Epidemiology of hip fracture and social costs.-3 Osteoporosis in the elderly patient
4 Frailty, sarcopenia and falls
5 Pre-operative management
6 Hip fracture: the choice of surgery
7 Orthogeriatric anaesthetics. 8 Post-operative management
9 The role of nursing
10 Rehabilitation
11 Multi-professional team: coordination and communication
12 How to implement a Fracture Liaison Service
13 Co-management of elective orthopaedic patients
14 Patient's and caregiver's psychological evaluation.Digital Access Springer 2017 - DigitalJeffrey C. Posnick.Summary: Capturing the latest thinking for the evaluation and treatment of dentofacial deformities, Orthognathic Surgery: Principles and Practice, covers the basic principles and concepts of dentofacial deformities along with planning, surgical techniques, surgical complications, classic patterns, and clinical presentations. Over 5,000 clinical photos and detailed art make this a valuable reference for clinical orthodontists, craniofacial surgeons, oral and maxillofacial surgeons, and residents in training. The latest in surgical protocols for OMS and Orthodontics puts you at the forefront of the orthognathic surgery field.Logically organized material aids you prior to developing treatment plans or in surgery.Over 5,000 new photos and illustrations boost your understanding of key teaching points and surgical techniques. Over 40 videos from Dr. Posnick's archive available on the companion website.Digital Access ScienceDirect 2014
- Digitaledited by Sonya Clarke and Julie Santy-Tomlinson.Contents:
An introduction to orthopaedic and trauma care / Julie Santy-Tomlinson and Sonya Clarke
The knowledge and evidence base for practice / Mark Limb and Peter Davis
Professional development, competence and education / Mary Drozd and Sinead Hassey
The musculoskeletal system and human movement / Lynne Newton-Triggs and Jean Rogers
The team approach and nursing roles in orthopaedic and musculoskeletal trauma care / Brain Lucas and Sandra Flynn
Rehabilitation and the orthopaedic and musculoskeletal trauma patient / Rebecca Jester
Clinical assessment of the orthopaedic and trauma patient / Rebecca Jester
Key musculoskeletal interventions / Lynne Newton-Triggs, Hannah Pugh, Jean Rogers and Anna Timms
The complications of musculoskeletal conditions and trauma / Julie Santy-Tomlinson, Sonya Clarke and Peter Davis
Nutrition and hydration / Rosemary Masterson
Pain assessment and management in orthopaedic and trauma care / Carolyn Mackintosh-Franklin
Wound management, tissue viability, and infection / Jeannie Donnelley, Alison Collins and Julie Santy-Tomlinson
Key conditions and principles of orthopaedic management / Elaine Wylie and Sonya Clarke
Elective orthopaedic surgery / Brian Lucas, Mary Drozd, Sandra Flynn and Vanessa Blair
Musculoskeletal oncology over the lifespan / Helen Stradling
Principles of trauma care / Fiona Heaney and Julie Santy-Tomlinson
Principles of fracture management / Sonya Clarke, Julie Santy-Tomlinson, Sinead MacDonald and Pamela Moore
Fractures in the older person / Karen Hertz and Julie Santy-Tomlinson
Spinal cord injury / Donna Poole and Pauline Robertson
Soft tissue injury, peripheral nerve and brachial plexus injury / Beverley Wellington
Key issues in caring for the child and young person with an orthopaedic or musculoskeletal trauma condition / Sonya Clarke and Lorna Liggett
Common childhood orthopaedic conditions, their care and management / Julia Judd
Fracture management in the infant, child and young person / Elizabeth Wright
Key fractures relating to infant child and young person / Thelma Begley and Sonya Clarke.Digital Access Wiley 2014 - Digitaledited by Roy K. AaronSummary: "This edition represents the scientific basis of orthopaedic surgery as of 2020. It is intended to inform clinical decision making by providing the basic sciences in a clinically relevant context. The production of the fifth edition of Orthopaedic Basic Science was a substantial undertaking contributed to by each of the authors. The author list is comprised of senior scientists and clinicians, and rising stars, a healthy mixture that reflects well on both sustained personal commitments and expectations for the future. Reflecting the growth in orthopaedic scientific information, all the previously included chapters have been revised and many new chapters have been added. Molecular biology has been refocused to emphasize the role of epigenetics. Biomaterials, repair, and tissue engineering are also emphasized. The significance of articular crosstalk is presented together with new chapters on joint biology and osteoarthritis. Consideration of gender differences in preclinical and clinical studies recognizes the spectrum of biological responses and the presentation of metabolic bone diseases acknowledges the importance of secondary fracture prevention. A completely redone section on the generation of clinical information recognizes advances in methodology, the assessment of large databases and the growth of registries, and best-practice guidelines"-- Provided by publisherDigital Access Ovid 2021
- DigitalJason Koh, Stefano Zaffagnini, Ryosuke Kuroda, Umile Giuseppe Longo, Farid Amirouche, editors.Summary: This book presents a fundamental basic overview of orthopedic biomechanics in sports medicine, with a special focus on the current methodologies used in modeling human joints, ligaments, and muscle forces. The first part discusses the principles and materials, including the use of finite element analysis (FEA) to analyze the stress-strain response in the implant-bone interface and design. The second part focuses on joint-specific biomechanics, highlighting the biomechanics of the knee and shoulder joints, their modeling, surgical techniques, and the clinical assessment of joint performance under various kinematic conditions resulting from different repair techniques. Written by international experts working at the cutting edge of their fields, this book is an easy-to-read guide to the fundamentals of biomechanics. It also offers a source of reference for readers wanting to explore new research topics, and is a valuable tool for orthopedic surgeons, residents, and medical students with an interest in orthopedic biomechanics.
Contents:
Orthopaedic biomechanics principles and materials. Biomechanics applications.-Moment arms and Forces at the joints
Ligament
Bone
Articular cartilage
Fibrocartilage.-Tendon
Muscle
Application to Orthopaedics. Joint specific orthopaedic biomechanics. Anatomy and kinematics of the shoulder joint
Biomechanics of rotator cuff injury and repair
Biomechanics of shoulder instability and repair
Biomechanics of acromioclavicular joint injury and repair
The Throwers shoulder. General elbow biomechanics
The Throwers elbow
Elbow tendon injuries and repair
Biomechanics of hip
Biomechanics of femoroacetabular impingement
Biomechanics of soft tissue injuries around the hip
Anatomy and biomechanics of the knee
Anatomy and biomechanics of the anterior cruciate ligament biomechanics
Biomechanics of Extra-articular ligaments and tenodesis
Collateral ligaments.-PCL biomechanics
Biomechanics of Osteotomies around the knee
Meniscal biomechanics
Patellofemoral biomechanics
Biomechanics of the native knee as related to total knee design and function
Biomechanics of Cruciate retaining and Posterior stabilized
Biomechanics of UKA
Biomechanics of Ankle Joint
Biomechanics alteration in relation to ligament injuries
Biomechanics of tissue repair techniques. Biomechanics of bone grafts and bone substitutes
Biomechanics of cartilage repair
Biomechanics of stem cell treatment and regenerative medicine. - DigitalAdam Greenspan, Javier Beltran ; foreword by Andrew J. Grainger.Summary: "A trusted radiology reference in its 7th edition that's established as an ideal comprehensive source for guidance for both radiologists and orthopedic surgeons on musculoskeletal imaging. It will retain its large trim size as is well regarded for the large images and very telegraphic style of the content. Curated by renowned musculoskeletal authorities over 3500 images that encompass conventional radiography, ultrasound, CT, dualenergy, CT, PET-CT and all other diagnostic imaging modalities used to evaluate musculoskeletal disorders, including numbers examples of 3-D imaging. And guidance provided on choosing the best imaging approach for each patient"-- Provided by publisher.Digital Access Ovid 2021
- Digitaleditor, Loretta B. Chou.Summary: "This comprehensive orthopaedic resource covers all aspects of foot and ankle surgery in a single, convenient volume. Developed in partnership with the American Academy of Orthopaedic Surgeons (AAOS) and edited by Loretta B. Chou, MD, FAAOS, Orthopaedic Knowledge Update®: Foot and Ankle 7 presents relevant, evidence-based information, discusses its practical application, and provides supporting references, all tailored to the needs of today's practicing orthopaedists and trainees. Written, edited, and peer-reviewed by dedicated foot and ankle surgeons, it offers a complete guide to the diagnosis, treatment, and management of orthopaedic foot and ankle injuries and disorders, supported by the latest evidence"-- Provided by publisher.Digital Access Ovid [2024], 2025
- Digitaleditor, Loretta B. ChouSummary: "Foot and Ankle 6 is a blend of relevant information, the current application of knowledge, and supporting references in an all-inclusive foot and ankle resource. It spans all facets of foot and ankle surgery with concentrated coverage of significant developments from the past five years, as well as diagnosis, treatment, and management of orthopaedic foot and ankle injuries and disorders. Chapters are written, edited, and peer reviewed by experts in the field and supported by the latest evidence"-- Provided by publisherDigital Access Ovid 2020
- Digitaledited by Michael A. Mont, Michael Tanzer.Summary: "Orthopaedic Knowledge Update®: Hip and Knee Reconstruction 6 allows you to advance patient care with the best practices available. Explore the many changes in hip and knee arthroplasty in the past 5 years with updated material related to controversial topics, state-of-the-art technologies, and recent advances. The book is organized into three sections: basic and applied science relevant to both knee and hip arthroplasty; specific total knee arthroplasty topics; and specific total hip arthroplasty topics. Written by world-renowned experts in each subject, this edition features cutting-edge developments, as well as completely new chapters on thromboprophylaxis, outpatient surgery, pain management, retrieval-hip and knee, medical and biologic treatment of arthritis, nonarthroplasty management, infection, periprosthetic fracture, anatomy and surgical approaches, and dual-mobility cups and large-diameter heads for primary and revision total hip arthroplasty. Key study points are presented at the end of each chapter so you can quickly review important content. Orthopaedic surgeons with a specialty interest in hip and knee reconstruction, and physicians and allied health professionals interested in staying up to date will benefit from this edition. Residents in training can review key topics paired with helpful guidelines and images"-- Provided by publisher.Digital Access Ovid 2021
- Digitaledited by Jeffrey E Martus.Summary: "Orthopaedic Knowledge Update®: Pediatrics 6 reflects the most recent clinical practice guidelines and appropriate use criteria, as well as the substantial number of high-quality studies in pediatric orthopaedics. This comprehensive multispecialty resource explores the latest advances in pediatric trauma, sports-related injuries, and upper and lower extremity conditions, with brand-new chapters on developmental biology, metabolism, high-energy injury and polytrauma, elbow trauma, knee trauma, and disaster response. Key study points are presented at the end of each chapter so you can quickly review important content. Recognized section editors and contributors bring fresh approaches and perspectives, with a focus on delivering a well-rounded update of this rapidly evolving subspecialty. This concentrated guide to new techniques, new approaches, and current controversies is ideal for anyone who treats pediatric musculoskeletal injuries"-- Provided by publisher.Digital Access Ovid 2022
- Digitaleditor, Gregory P. NicholsonSummary: "The field of shoulder and elbow surgery continues to rapidly expand and evolve. This fifth edition of Orthopaedic Knowledge Update® (OKU®): Shoulder and Elbow is focused on the most recent advances in this area of orthopaedics. It is written for practicing orthopaedic surgeons and presents, in a concise yet thorough manner, the most recent literature on the shoulder and the elbow and the advances in all areas of shoulder and elbow surgery. Shoulder and elbow specialists will also find this edition useful, along with residents and fellows, who will benefit from the knowledge and expertise of a world-class group of section editors and authors. New to this edition is an update on the design and biomechanics of reverse shoulder arthroplasty. New information on the biologics and indications and outcomes of these adjuncts to healing has been included. New chapters on the imaging of the shoulder specifically for the evaluation of the glenoid in instability and degenerative disease have been added. The chapter on complex regional pain syndrome and causalgia provides an update on current terminology, thought, diagnosis, and management. A chapter on both basic and advanced elbow arthroscopy is included. New information on management of elbow and shoulder injuries in throwing athletes is in this edition of OKU. In the past 5 years, the advent of the superior capsular reconstruction for rotator cuff-deficient shoulders has become more common. This edition brings the early science and results to the reader"-- Provided by publisherDigital Access Ovid 2021
- Digitaledited by Frederick M AzarSummary: "Orthopaedic Knowledge Update®: Sports Medicine 6 brings together the most relevant literature and the latest research from the past 5 years. More than 150 top-notch contributors collaborated on this succinct review of pertinent advances in sports medicine. Find brand-new content on hip instability and microinstability, return-to-play criteria following anterior cruciate ligament injury, exercise-induced bronchorestriction, development of emergency action plans, and imaging of the foot and ankle. Vivid illustrations help you fully comprehend new concepts, while expert section editors ensure a thorough yet unbiased presentation of relevant literature. Key study points are presented at the end of each chapter so you can quickly review important content. Whether you are an orthopaedic surgeon specializing in sports medicine, a physician assistant, physiatrist, or primary care physician, this is your go-to guide for diagnosis, treatment, rehabilitation, and beyond. Includes Surgical Techniques Video! In addition to providing guidance for managing challenging patient cases, this edition includes a link to access videos on the most in-demand and innovative surgical techniques in sports medicine. Close the time gap between reading content and applying innovative skills while expanding your surgical options"-- Provided by publisherDigital Access Ovid 2022
- Digitaledited by Javad Parvizi.Summary: "Orthopaedic Knowledge Update, 13th edition, is a comprehensive synthesis of the latest clinical thinking and best practices across all the orthopaedic specialty areas. Backed by clinical research, informed by practical experience and rigorously edited by specialty thought leaders, OKU 13 is the most up-to-date resource available for delivering high-quality orthopaedic patient care today. With all new content, OKU 13 is an essential resource at every level of orthopaedic specialization"-- Provided by publisherDigital Access Ovid 2021
- DigitalKenneth A. Egol, Stephanie C. Bazylewicz.Contents:
The specialty of orthopaedic surgery / Abdullah Qatu, Kenneth A. Egol
Getting to know your patient / Stephanie Bazylewicz
Getting to know your patient / Stephanie Bazylewicz
Evaluation of the new patient / Stephanie Bazylewicz
Orthopaedic surgical patients : an overview / Ariana Lott, Kenneth A. Egol
Operative management / Avraham Schulgasser
Nonoperative orthopaedic conditions / Rebekah Belayneh, Kenneth A. Egol
Navigating the operating room / David Kugelman, Kenneth A. Egol
Administrative services / Monica Racanelli
Tips and tricks of the trade / Monica Racanelli
Office procedures / Kenneth A. Egol.Digital Access Ovid 2018 - Printedited by D.N. Ghista, R. Roaf.
- DigitalJ.D. Hoppenfeld, Stanley Hoppenfeld ; in collaboration with Richard Hutton ; medical illustrations by Hugh Thomas and Bernie Kida.Summary: "Since its original publication, Orthopaedic Neurology: A Diagnostic Guide to Neurologic Levels has distinguished itself as a clearly written, uniquely focused text sought after by practitioners and trainees in orthopaedics, neurosurgery, physical medicine and rehabilitation, pain medicine, anesthesiology, neurology, and nursing, as well as primary care specialties. The second edition retains this standard of excellence while providing thorough updates in medical illustration, teaching techniques, and new approaches to the diagnosis and treatment of patients with spinal cord injuries. Now in vibrant full color, it offers a distinctive and practical combination of anatomy, the physical exam, and clinical pearls, highly readable and abundantly illustrated. Features:Discusses the diagnosis of neurologic levels according to common denominators, and combines them with the basic principles of neurology to assist in the appraisal of spinal cord and nerve root problems. Presents classic original drawings now carefully colorized for optimal visual reference, and additional drawings added as necessary. Corresponding radiographic imaging (predominantly MRI and CT) have also been added. Each chapter first covers basic neurologic information, then provides clinical significance by applying it to the diagnosis of the more common neurologic pathologies. Ideal for those who wish to understand more clearly the clinical concepts behind neurologic levels, moving systematically from concept to practice, and from general rules to specific applications."--Provided by publisher.
Contents:
Pt. 1: Nerve root lesions by neurologic level
Evaluation of nerve root lesions involving the upper extremity
Evaluation of nerve root lesions involving the trunk and lower extremity
Pt. 2: Spinal cord lesions by neurologic level
Cervical cord lesions: tetraplegia
Spinal cord lesions below T1, including the cauda equina
Meningomyelocele.Digital Access Ovid 2018 - DigitalMyrick, Karen M.Contents:
Cover
Title
Copyright
Contents
Contributors
Preface
Pass Guarantee
Chapter 1: Orthopaedic Nurse Certification: Benefits, Planning, and Preparation
Benefits of Certification
Certification Requirements
Certification Renewal
Certification Exam Study Guide
Chapter 2: Musculoskeletal Anatomy and Physiology
Introduction
Anatomy and Physiology of the Musculoskeletal System
Anatomy and Physiology of the Shoulder
Anatomy and Physiology of the Elbow and Forearm
Anatomy and Physiology of the Hand and Wrist
Anatomy and Physiology of the Spine Anatomy and Physiology of the Hip
Anatomy and Physiology of the Knee
Anatomy and Physiology of the Foot and Ankle
Knowledge Check: Chapter 2
Chapter 3: Assessment of the Musculoskeletal System
Introduction
General Physical Examination
Fractures
Shoulder Examination
Elbow and Forearm Examination
Wrist and Hand Examination
Spine Examination
Hip Examination
Knee Examination
Foot and Ankle Examination
Holistic Assessment
Knowledge Check: Chapter 3
Chapter 4: Laboratory and Imaging Studies in Orthopaedics
Introduction
Laboratory Diagnostics Radiographic Studies
Biopsies
Knowledge Check: Chapter 4
Chapter 5: Principles of Perioperative Care
Introduction
Teamwork and Patient Safety
Preoperative Assessment and Planning
Intraoperative Care
Postoperative Care and Evaluation
Knowledge Check: Chapter 5
Chapter 6: Degenerative Disorders
Introduction
Osteoarthritis
Degenerative Disc Disease
Tendinosis
Osteoporosis
Paget's Disease
Rheumatoid Arthritis
Knowledge Check: Chapter 6
Chapter 7: Orthopaedic Trauma
Introduction
Synopsis and Definition
Signs and Symptoms Assessment and Holistic Evaluation
Psychosocial Considerations
Nursing Considerations
Complications and Adverse Outcomes
Knowledge Check: Chapter 7
Chapter 8: Sports Injuries
Introduction
Ankle Sprains
Achilles Tendonitis
Patella Tendonitis
Anterior Cruciate Ligament Tear
Medial Collateral Ligament Tear
PCL Tear
Meniscus Tear
Hip Labral Tear
Lumbar Disc Herniation
Rotator Cuff Tendonitis
Ulnar Collateral Ligament Sprain
Tennis/Golfer's Elbow
Knowledge Check: Chapter 8
Chapter 9: Inflammatory Disorders
Introduction Polymyalgia Rheumatica
Gout
Rheumatic Fever
Lyme Disease
Seronegative Spondyloarthropathies
Systemic Sclerosis
Systemic Lupus Erythematosus
Fibromyalgia Syndrome
Knowledge Check: Chapter 9
Chapter 10: Metabolic Bone Disorders
Introduction
Osteoporosis
Osteomalacia
Hyperparathyroidism
Hypoparathyroidism
Paget's Disease
Knowledge Check: Chapter 10
Chapter 11: Congenital/Pediatric Disorders
Introduction
Achondroplasia
Blount's Disease
Cerebral Palsy
Hyperparathyroidism
Club Foot
Developmental Dysplasia of the HipDigital Access R2Library 2022 - Digital/PrintTerrance D. Peabody, Samer Attar, editors.Contents:
Principles of Musculoskeletal Biopsy / Raffi S. Avedian
Imaging Evaluation of Musculoskeletal Tumors / Nicholas Morley and Imran Omar
Benign Bone Tumors / Robert Steffner
Osteosarcoma / Drew D. Moore and Hue H. Luu
Ewing's Sarcoma of Bone / Drew D. Moore and Rex C. Haydon
Chondrosarcoma of Bone / Lee R. Leddy and Robert E. Holmes
Evaluation and Treatment of Spinal Metastatic Disease / Shah-Nawaz M. Dodwad, Jason Savage, Thomas J. Scharschmidt and Alpesh Patel
Evaluation and Treatment of Extremity Metastatic Disease / Aaron T. Creek, Drew A. Ratner and Scott E. Porter
Clinical Evaluation and Management of Benign Soft Tissue Tumors of the Extremities / Andrew S. Erwteman and Tessa Balach
Soft Tissue Sarcomas / Andre Spiguel.Digital Access Springer 2014 - DigitalVincent J. Vigorita, M.D., Professor of Pathology and Orthopaedic Surgery, State University of New York, Downstate Medical Center, Brooklyn, New York, Director of Orthopaedic Research, Kingsbrook Jewish Medical Center. Brooklyn, New York, and New York Presbyterian Lower Manhattan Hospital, New York, Core Faculty Department of Orthopaedic Surgery, New York Medical College, Valhalla, New York, Lenox Hill Hospital, New York, New York, Maimonides Medical Center, Brooklyn, New York, Attending Pathologist, Maimonides Medical Center, Brooklyn, New York, with Bernard Ghelman, MD, and Douglas Mintz, MD, Attending Radiologists, the Hospital for Special Surgery, New York, New York.Summary: "The updated third edition of Orthopedic Pathology is a comprehensive, practical guide to diagnosing musculoskeletal disorders, offering details on the pathologic and radiologic characteristics of all bone and joint diseases. Highlighted by more than 1,700 high-quality illustrations, it focuses on helping you reach an accurate diagnosis for virtually any orthopedic disorder you're likely to encounter." -- Back cover
Contents:
Basic science of bone
Skeletal and extraskeletal calcification and ossification syndromes
Metabolic bone disease. Part I
Metabolic bone disease. Part II
Osteomyelitis and septic arthritis
Bone cysts and giant-cell tumor
Periosteum
Fibrous lesions
Bone forming bone tumors and tumor-like lesions
Cartilage tumors
Vascular and other mesenchymal tumors and lesions
Bone manifestations of hematologic disorders and small-cell tumors / Vincent J. Vigorita, and Jeffrey F. Lipton
Metastatic bone disease / Vincent J. Vigorita, and Jeffrey F. Lipton
Osteonecrosis
Synovium
Arthritis
Joint arthroplasty pathology
Soft tissue pathology
Commonly performed orthopaedic procedures / Adam Phillip Breceda, Eli Bryk, Vincent Vigorita.Digital Access Ovid 2016 - Digitaleditors, Amiethab A. Aiyer, William N. Levine ; associate editors, Jonathan R. Kaplan, Matthew A. Varacallo.Summary: "The concept behind the Orthopaedic Rotations Survival Guide has been inspired by you-the students, residents, and colleagues-with whom we have worked alongside and from whom we have learned so much. The editorial team has carefully curated content experts who are leaders in their fields and dedicated educators genuinely committed to advancing your understanding of orthopaedics. Along with each of the content experts, the editorial team is passionate about encouraging your interest in orthopaedics. The Orthopaedic Rotations Survival Guide edited by Amiethab A. Aiyer and William N. Levine, represents an extension of our commitment to your interest in musculoskeletal patient care. Furthermore, whether you are considering a career in orthopaedic surgery, physical therapy, athletic training, or otherwise, the goal of this text is to provide you with a "one-stop shop" resource for high-yield information as you move between learning experiences in the clinic or in the operating room. The primary goal of this text is to provide readily accessible information on topics that are high yield for anyone interested in orthopaedics. The text is designed to teach key principles in musculoskeletal education ranging from history and physical examination pearls to important nuances of planning and advanced imaging, to surgical approach considerations across all major orthopaedic subspecialties. Each chapter is accompanied by select recent literature to further broaden your breadth of knowledge"-- Provided by publisher.
Contents:
The orthopaedic physical examination / Matthew A. Varacallo,, Jonathan R. Kaplan
Imaging / Yoshimi Endo, Carolyn M. Sofka, Hollis G. Potter
I fell and cannot get up : lower extremity trauma / Alexandra K. Schwartz, Samir Mehta, Giselle M. Hernandez, Theodore T. Guild, John Y. Kwon, Fernando E. Vilella, Danielle C. Marshall, Diane Ismat Ghanem, Babar Shafiq
I fell and cannot use my upper extremity / Robert Z. Tashjian, Nicole S. Schroeder
My shoulder hurts : now what? / William N. Levine, Julianne Munoz
My elbow hurts / Charles M. Jobin, Charles Cassidy
My hand hurts / Dawn M. LaPorte, Seth D. Dodds
My hip hurts / Aaron Gipsman, Eric Strauss, Matthew A. Varacallo
My knee hurts / Joseph D. Lamplot, Robert H. Brophy
I need a joint replacement / Melvyn A. Harrington, Jr, Javad Parvizi, Matthew Blue, Graham Goh, Brian I. Nwannunu
My foot and ankle hurt / Lauren E. Geaney, Jonathan R. Kaplan, MaCalus V. Hogan
Spine : my back is killing me / S. Elizabeth Ames, Emmanuel Menga
Tumor ABCs / Tessa Balach, Cara A. Cipriano, Sheila Ann Conway, Ginger E. Holt
Pediatrics / Monica Kogan, Brian Scannell, Mara S. Karamitopoulos.Digital Access LWW Health Library 2024 - Digital[editors] Mark D. Miller [and 5 others].Contents:
Approach to the Surgical Patient
Shoulder and Arm
Elbow and Forearm
Wrist and Hand
Spine
Hip and Pelvis
Knee and Lower Leg
Foot and Ankle.Digital Access ClinicalKey 2015 - DigitalJuan de Dios Robinson, editor.Contents:
Introduction: Do you really want to help?- The Conflict and the low resource environment
General Principles
Perioperative management with scarce resources
Practical guides to orthopaedic trauma management in the austere environment
Common challenges in the austere environment
Important considerations. .Digital Access Springer 2016 - Digital[edited by] Emil H. Schemitsch, Michael D. McKee.Contents:
Part I: Shoulder. Rotator cuff. Acromioplasty
Rotator cuff repair: open technique for partial-thickness or small or medium full-thickness tears
Rotator cuff repair: arthroscopic technique for partial-thickness or small or medium full-thickness tears
Open repair of rotator cuff tears
Arthroscopic repair of massive rotator cuff tears
Operative fixation of symptomatic os acromiale
Arthritic shoulder. Humeral head resurfacing arthroplasty,
Humeral hemiarthroplasty with biologic glenoid resurfacing
Total shoulder arthroplasty
Rotator cuff tear arthroplasty: open surgical treatment
Open unconstrained revision shoulder arthroplasty
Instability. Closed treatment of shoulder dislocations
Arthroscopic treatment of traumatic anterior instability of the shoulder
Open treatment of anterior-inferior multidirectional instability of the shoulder
Arthroscopic treatment of anterior-inferior multidirectional instability of the shoulder
Anterior glenohumeral instability associated with glenoid or humeral bone deficiency: the latarjet procedure
Open treatment of posterior-inferior shoulder instability
Arthroscopic treatment of posterior-inferior multidirectional instability of the shoulder
Open Bankart procedure for recurrent anterior shoulder dislocation
Biceps tendon. Mini-open biceps tenodesis
Arthroscopic biceps tenodesis
SLAP lesion: arthroscopic reconstruction of the labrum and biceps anchor
Treatment of the unstable shoulder with humeral head bone loss
Clavicle. Open distal clavicle excision
Arthroscopic distal clavicle resection
Open treatment of acute and chronic acromioclavicular dislocations
Sternoclavicular joint reconstruction using semitendinosus graft
Trauma. Open reduction and internal fixation of acute midshaft clavicular fractures
Intramedullary fixation of clavicle fractures
Operative treatment of two-part proximal humerus fractures
Open reduction and internal fixation of three- and four-part proximal humerus fractures
Percutaneous fixation of proximal humerus fractures
Proximal humerus fractures: hemiarthroplasty
Operative management of scapular fractures
Miscellaneous. Surgical approaches to the shoulder
Arthrodesis of the shoulder
Open and arthroscopic suprascapular nerve decompression
Scapular surgery
Adhesive capsulitis
Arthroscopic treatment of calcific tendinitis in the shoulder
Nerve transfers for shoulder and elbow restoration after upper trunk brachial plexus injuries
Thoracic outlet syndrome
Suprascapular nerve neuropathy
Part II: Elbow. Introduction. Surgical approaches for open treatment of the elbow
Elbow arthroscopy. Arthroscopy of the elbow: setup and portals
Elbow arthritis and stiffness: open treatment
Elbow arthritis and stiffness: arthroscopic treatment
Arthroplasty. Radial head fractures: radial head replacement
Total elbow arthroplasty
Total elbow arthroplasty for the treatment of complex distal humerus fractures
Radiocapitellar replacement
Revision total elbow arthroplasty
Soft tissue pathology. Medial epicondylitis: open treatment
Lateral epicondylitis: arthroscopic and open treatment
Repair of distal biceps tendon ruptures
Repair and reconstruction of the ruptured triceps
Nerves. Endoscopic cubital tunnel release
Submuscular ulnar nerve transposition
Surgical decompression for radial tunnel syndrome
Trauma. Distal humerus fractures, including isolated distal lateral column and capitellar fractures
Radial head fractures: open reduction and internal fixation
Open treatment of complex traumatic elbow instability
Surgical reconstruction of longitudinal radioulnar dissociation (Essex-Lopresti injury)
Ulnar collateral ligament reconstruction using the modified Jobe technique
Lateral ulnar collateral ligament reconstruction
Miscellaneous. Soft tissue coverage
Operative management of olecranon bursitis
Elbow arthroscopic débridement for osteochondritis dissecans.Digital Access ClinicalKey 2020 - DigitalJohn F. Sarwark, Rebecca L. Carl, editors.Summary: Primary care providers caring for newborns must be able to recognize orthopaedic disorders that affect infants, particularly when these conditions require early treatment or are part of an underlying syndrome. This book provides pediatricians, neonatologists, family medicine physicians and licensed independent practitioners with a useful framework for the diagnosis and management of common pediatric orthopaedic conditions that typically present during infancy. The text begins with an overview of orthopaedic embryology and relevant physical examination techniques. The second section details congenital and developmental conditions affecting the limbs and spine. The third section includes topics related to birth trauma. The final section focuses on orthopaedic manifestations of systemic diseases and syndromes. Each chapter has a consistent, intuitive layout including a brief overview and sections on clinical presentation, evaluation and management, as well as a detailed discussion of the condition being discussed. When relevant, clinical vignettes are included to illustrate practical application of the subject matter. The design of the sections allow providers to easily reference appropriate information in the clinic setting. Written by experts in the field, Orthopaedics for the Newborn and Young Child is a valuable resource for pediatric orthopaedic providers, primary care physicians and other specialists who treat children. .
Contents:
Intro
Preface
Acknowledgments
Contents
Contributors
Part I: Overview
Chapter 1: Essentials of Embryology for the Musculoskeletal System
The Embryonic Period
The Fetal Period (8 Weeks-Birth)
Development of the Skeletal System
Development of Axial Skeleton
Development of the Appendicular Skeleton
Common Congenital Disorders of Skeletal System
The Muscle System
Common Disorders of Muscle Development
Limb Formation
Disorders of Limb Development
References
Chapter 2: Musculoskeletal Physical Examination of the Newborn
Brief Overview Clinical Presentation: History and Physical
General
Head
Neck
Shoulders/Clavicle/Scapula
Chest and Abdomen
Spine
Upper Extremity
Elbows
Hands
Hips
Lower Extremity
Knees and Legs
Feet
Clinical Vignettes/Pearls
Reference
Part II: Congenital and Developmental Disorders
Chapter 3: Metatarsus Adductus
Brief Overview of Condition
Background Including Epidemiology and Pathophysiology
Clinical Presentation: History and Physical
Evaluation
Management
Clinical Vignettes/Clinical Pearls
Natural History, Primary and Secondary Prevention Natural History, Primary and Secondary Prevention
References
Chapter 6: Congenital Vertical Talus
Brief Overview of Condition
Background Including Epidemiology and Pathoanatomy
Clinical Presentation: History and Physical
Evaluation
Management
Natural History, Primary and Secondary Prevention
References
Chapter 7: Congenital Curly Toe Contractures
Background
Clinical Presentation
Testing and Evaluation
Treatment
Non-operative Management
Operative Management
Open Tenotomy of FDB Tendon Slip
Open Tenotomy of FDB and FDL Tendon Slips Transfer of FDL to Extensor Hood
References
Chapter 8: Congenital Dislocation of the Knee (CKD)
Brief Overview of Condition
Background Including Epidemiology and Pathophysiology
Clinical Presentation: History and Physical
Radiographic Evaluation
Management
Clinical Vignettes/Clinical Pearls
Natural History, Primary and Secondary Prevention
References
Chapter 9: Fibular Hemimelia/Congenital Short Femur/LLE Deformity
Introduction
Background: Epidemiology and Pathophysiology
Clinical Presentation: History and Physical
Evaluation
Management - DigitalAndreas Roth ; Translated by Gustav F. Preller.Summary: This book is a practical, step-by-step guide to orthopedic examination and diagnosis. The author explains a systematic classification of clinical findings that has proven very useful in diagnosing orthopedic disorders in daily routine. The approach to examination begins with a checklist covering the complete patient history, including subjective descriptions of complaints. This is followed by a stepwise approach to physical examination of the patient and collection of clinical findings. Photographs and illustrations clearly depict the necessary examination techniques. The main symptoms are then determined from the patient history and clinical findings, leading to a diagnosis. An overview of all relevant orthopedic conditions for each region of the body facilitates differential diagnosis and thereby completes the examination findings. This book will be of particular value for new residents in orthopedics and trauma but will also be useful for the experienced physician as a means of refreshing knowledge or as a reference.
Contents:
Spine: History
Systematic investigation
Main symptoms
Diseases. Upper limb: History
Systematic investigation
Main symptoms
Diseases. Lower limb: History
Systematic investigation
Main symptoms
Diseases.Digital Access Springer 2017 - DigitalBingyun Li, Thomas Webster, editors.Summary: This book covers the latest progress in the biology and manufacturing of orthopedic biomaterials, as well as key industry perspectives. Topics covered include the development of biomaterial-based medical products for orthopedic applications, anti-infection technologies for orthopedic implants, additive manufacturing of orthopedic implants, and more. This is an ideal book for graduate students, researchers and professionals working with orthopedic biomaterials and tissue engineering. This book also: Provides an industry perspective on technologies to prevent orthopedic implant related infection Thoroughly covers how to modulate innate inflammatory reactions in the application of orthopedic biomaterials Details the state-of-the-art research on 3D printed porous bone constructs.
Contents:
Intro; Preface; Contents; Part I: Design, Manufacturing, Assessment, and Applications; Nanotechnology for Orthopedic Applications: From Manufacturing Processes to Clinical Applications; 1 Introduction; 2 The Extracellular Matrix (ECM); 2.1 ECM Composition; 2.2 The ECM as a Molecular Reservoir; 2.3 Cell-ECM Interactions; 2.4 Bone; 2.4.1 Cortical Bone; 2.4.2 Cancellous Bone; 3 Tissue Engineering; 3.1 Nanotechnology for Tissue Engineering; 3.2 Control of Cell Functions Using Nanotechnology; 3.3 Cell Sensitivity to Nanofeatures; 3.4 Important Features of Scaffolds for Tissue Engineering. 3.1.3 Titanium Alloys3.1.4 Tantalum; 3.2 Other Biomaterials; 3.2.1 PEEK; 3.2.2 Ceramics; 4 AM Design Considerations; 4.1 Patient-Specific Design Procedures; 4.2 Porosity; 4.3 Clinical Applications; 4.4 Patient Variability; 4.5 Shoulder and Other Joint Replacements; 4.6 Fracture Fixation; 4.7 Large Bone Defects; 4.8 Surgical Guides; 4.9 Additional Clinical Examples; 5 Summary; References; 3D Printed Porous Bone Constructs; 1 Introduction; 2 3D Printing Techniques; 3 Porous Materials for Cell Growth; 4 3D Printing of Porous Ceramic Materials; 5 3D Printing of Porous Metal Materials. 3.5 Materials for Scaffold Construction4 Unmet Clinical Need; 4.1 Substrate Properties for Osseointegration; 4.2 Substrate Properties to Resist Bacterial Infection; 4.2.1 Shot Peened 316 L Stainless Steel; 4.2.2 Electrophoretic Deposition; 5 Conclusions; References; Additive Manufacturing of Orthopedic Implants; 1 Introduction; 2 Additive Manufacturing Techniques; 2.1 Binder Jetting; 2.2 Directed Energy Deposition (DED); 2.3 Powder Bed Fusion (PBF); 2.4 Material Extrusion; 3 Additively Manufactured Biomaterials; 3.1 Metallic Biomaterials; 3.1.1 Stainless Steel; 3.1.2 Co-Cr Alloys. 6 3D Printing of Porous Polymer Materials7 Conclusions; References; Biopolymer Based Interfacial Tissue Engineering for Arthritis; 1 Introduction; 2 Anatomy of Osteochondral Tissue Interface; 3 Conventional Vs. Interfacial Tissue Engineering; 4 Polymeric Biomaterials for Interfacial Tissue Engineering; 5 Design Considerations for Interfacial Tissue Engineering; 5.1 Stratified Scaffold Design; 5.2 Gradient Scaffold Design; 6 Present Clinical Status of Interfacial Tissue Engineering; 7 Future Perspectives of Interfacial Tissue Engineering in Orthopedic Applications; 8 Conclusion; References. Performance of Bore-Cone Taper Junctions on Explanted Total Knee Replacements with Modular Stem Extensions: Mechanical Disassembly and Corrosion Analysis of Two Designs1 Introduction; 2 Materials and Methods; 2.1 Implant Retrieval and Archiving; 2.2 Assessment of Surface Corrosion Area; 2.3 Damage Mode Characterization; 2.4 Data Analysis; 3 Results; 4 Discussion; 4.1 Effects of Design and Modes of Corrosion; 4.2 Effects of Patient Factors and Anatomical Location; 4.3 Mechanical Disassembly and Surface Corrosion Area; 4.4 Limitations; 5 Conclusion; References. - DigitalPaul Brinckmann, Institute of Experimental Biomechanics, University of Münster, Münster, Germany, Federal School of Prosthetics and Orthotics, Dortmund, Germany, Wolfgang Frobin, Institute of Experimental Biomechanics, University of Münster, Münster, Germany, Gunnar Leivseth, Institute of Clinical Medicine, UiT The Arctic University of Norway, Tromsø, Norway, Burkhard Drerup, Institute of Experimental Biomechanics, Department of Orthopedic Technology and Rehabilitation, University of Münster, Münster, Germany, Federal School of Prosthetics and Orthotics, Dortmund, Germany.Contents:
Basic concepts from physics and mechanics
Mechanical properties of solid materials
Deformation and strength of structures
Vector algebra
Matrix notation
Translation and rotation in a plane
Mathematical description of translation and rotation in three-dimensional space
Mechanical properties of bone and cartilage
Structure and function of skeletal muscle
Mechanical aspects of skin
Dimension, mass, location of the center of mass and moment of inertia of the segments of the human body
Determination of joint load in a model calculation
Mechanical aspects of the hip joint
Mechanical aspects of the knee joint
Mechanical aspects of the lumbar spine
Mechanical aspects of the shoulder
Biomechanics of the foot
Gait
Solved problems.Digital Access Thieme MedOne Plastic Surgery 2016 - DigitalPhilip D. Nowicki, editor.Summary: Many of the existing books focusing on the orthopedic management of patients with cerebral palsy encompass only care for the young patient, but this practical text reviews and delineates orthopedic care for patients with cerebral palsy throughout the lifespan. Readers will find a discussion of both non-operative and operative orthopedic management across all ages and functional levels. The text presents a general overview of cerebral palsy, evaluation of patients with cerebral palsy, and procedures commonly used to treat various orthopedic conditions in patients with cerebral palsy. Spasticity management and gait evaluation are likewise highlighted, and surgical chapters cover techniques for the hip, knee, foot and ankle, and spine. It also incorporates chapters focused on issues related to the rehabilitation of patients with cerebral palsy, including bracing, orthotics and other durable medical equipment, physical and occupational therapy, pain management, and adaptive activities and sports, which aim to improve the overall quality of life for patients through the lifespan. Finally, there is a chapter focused on the care transition from childhood to adulthood, an area of importance often neglected in current texts covering patients with cerebral palsy. Whether in the operating room, multi-specialty clinic or private office, Orthopedic Care of Patients with Cerebral Palsy will be a go-to resource for orthopedists, pediatricians and all medical professionals caring for this population.
Contents:
Introduction: History, Prevalence and Pathophysiology
Principles of Orthotics and Other Durable Medical Equipment
Spasticity Management: Operative, Non-operative and Pain Management
Gait Evaluation for Patients with Cerebral Palsy
Multi-level Orthopedic Surgery for Patients with Cerebral Palsy
Orthopedic Hip Surgery for Patients with Cerebral Palsy
Orthopedic Leg and Knee Surgery for Patients with Cerebral Palsy
Orthopedic Foot and Ankle Surgery for Patients with Cerebral Palsy
Orthopedic Spine Surgery for Patients with Cerebral Palsy
Rehabilitation: Physical Therapy, Occupational Therapy and Pain Management
Adaptive Sports for Patients with Cerebral Pals
Transition/Lifespan Care for Patients with Cerebral Palsy.Digital Access Springer 2020 - Digital/PrintDigital AccessPrint Access
- DigitalJonathan D. Hodax, Adam E.M. Eltorai, Alan H. Daniels, editors.Summary: This is a quick-reference resource covering the most common acute orthopedic injuries. Including bulleted text and easy-to-follow algorithms, protocols, and images, this "pocket consultant" provides the most up-to-date information when you need it most. Organized anatomically for fast reference, each chapter is broken down into the most common and most serious injuries with tips on how to evaluate and treat adult and pediatric patients. Each injury pattern discussed includes a brief description covering what to ask, what to bring, what to request, what to test, what to look for, and how to further evaluate. The contributing authors are senior orthopedic surgery residents at a major Level-1 Trauma Center who have experience managing a high volume of orthopedic injuries and who have trained many young residents. Covering all aspects of acute care, The Orthopedic Consult Survival Guide is an indispensable tool for medical students, residents, fellows, attendings, and affiliated providers in orthopedic surgery, emergency medicine, and surgery caring for orthopedic patients in emergency rooms, urgent care centers, and primary practice settings.Digital Access Springer 2017
- DigitalMelvin C. Makhni, Eric C. Makhni, Eric F. Swart, Charles S. Day, editors.Summary: This book is a one-stop guide to managing acute orthopedic injuries. Unlike other handbooks, this reference provides a comprehensive, yet concise, set of diagnostic and management tools to help readers deliver optimal, evidence-based, and efficient patient care. Additional focus on physical exam techniques, emergency room orthopedic procedures, and on-field athletic management strategies empowers readers with real tips and tricks used by orthopedic surgeons at top-tier institutions. This guide is a must have for emergency medicine providers, orthopedic surgeons, and other clinicians, trainees, and students caring for adult or pediatric patients in the emergency setting.
Contents:
Emergency Orthopedic Evaluation
True Orthopedic Emergencies
Spine
Shoulder and Upper Arm
Wrist and Hand
Pelvis and Lower Extremity
Foot and Ankle
Pediatrics
Emergency Sideline Management of Athletic Conditions
Appendix A: Physical Exam Overview
Appendix B: Procedure Guides.Digital Access Springer 2017 - DigitalAdam Greenspan, MD, FACR, Professor Emeritus of Radiology and Orthopedic Surgery, University of California, Davis School of Medicine, Former Director, Section of Musculoskeletal Imaging, Department of Radiology, University of California Davis Medical Center, Sacramento, California, Consultant, Shriners Hospital for Children, Sacramento, California, Javier Beltran, MD, FACR, Professor and Chairman of Radilogy, Maimonides Medical Center, Brooklyn, New York ; foreword by Lynne S. Steinbach, MD, FACR, Professor of Radilogy and Orthopedic Surgery, Director, Musculoskeletal Imaging, Department of Radiology, University of California, San Francisco, California.Digital Access Ovid 2015
- DigitalJochen Schomacher, PhD, PT-OMT, DPT, MCMK, Physical Therapist, Küsnacht, Switzerland.Summary: "Orthopedic Manual Therapy presents a systematic, step-by-step guide to manual therapy for disorders of the extremities and spine. Readers will find detailed examination and treatment techniques, the newest scientific and clinical advances, and updates on pain physiology, biomechanics, neurodynamics, and the biopsychosocial model of disease as the foundation for manual therapy"--Publisher's website.
Contents:
The history and definition of orthopedic manual therapy
Manual therapy in the context of the biopsychosocial model
Manual therapy and joint mechanics
The manual therapy system
Overview of orthopedic manual therapy
Aspects of movement testing
Therapeutic model of manual therapy
The effects of manual therapy
The six categories of treatment
Key aspects in the treatment of the joints
Research
Indications and contraindications to treatment of the joints using translatoric
Movements
Notes on the practical section
Extremity joints.Digital Access Thieme MedOne Education 2014 - DigitalAbdelhamid H. Elgazzar.Contents:
Basic sciences of bone and joint diseases
Diagnosis of inflammatory bone diseases
Diagnosis of metabolic, endocrine, and congenital bone disease
Diagnosis of traumatic disorders
Diagnosis of circulatory disorders
Neoplastic bone diseases
Diagnosis of joint disorders
Bone marrow imaging
Diagnosis of soft tissue calcification
Hybrid imaging in the diagnosis of bone diseases
Therapeutic use of radionuclides in bone and joint disease.Digital Access Springer 2017 - PrintAvice Kerr.Contents:
v
.1. Initial and emergency care. - DigitalDavid J. Magee, Robert C. Manske.Contents:
Principles and concepts
Head and face
Cervical spine
Temporomandibular joint
Shoulder
Elbow
Forearm, wrist, and hand
Thoracic (dorsal) spine
Lumbar spine
Pelvis
Hip
Knee
Lower leg, ankle, and foot
Assessment of gait
Assessment of posture
Assessment of the amputee
Primary care assessment
Emergency sports assessment.Digital Access - Digitaleditors, Eric C. Makhni, Melvin C. Makhni, Eric F. Stewart and Charles A. Bush-Joseph.Digital Access Springer 2019
- DigitalSurena Namdari, Stephan G. Pill and Samir Mehta.Contents:
Adult reconstruction
Basic science
Foot and ankle
Hand
Orthopedic oncology
Pediatric orthopedics
Rehabilitation and neuro-orthopedic surgery
Shoulder and elbow
Spine
Sports
Orthopedic trauma.Digital Access ClinicalKey 2015 - DigitalJeffrey N. Weiss.Summary: This book is a concise guide that provides an easy to follow template for other physicians to develop similar stem cell based treatments within their specialty. It identifies and summarizes the current world-wide orthopedic stem cell trials. Organized into three sections, Orthopedic Stem Cell Surgery presents clinical studies that examine the procedures for setting up and implementing stem cell surgery within the specialty of orthopedics. Chapters maintain an accessible narrative while also addressing complex studies related to orthopedic stem cell surgery. A sister text to the recently published, Retinal and Optic Nerve Stem Cell Surgery, and Neurologic Stem Cell Surgery this expertly written book examines critical Institutional Review Board (IRB) approved studies.
Contents:
Intro
Preface
Contents
Part I: Rotator Cuff Repair
1: Mesenchymal Stem Cell Augmentation in Patients Undergoing Arthroscopic Rotator Cuff Repair
Summary
Intervention
Outcome Measures
Primary Outcome
Secondary Outcome
Functional Outcome
Patient-Centered Outcome
Eligibility
Inclusion Criteria
Exclusion Criteria
Further Reading
2: Bone Marrow-Derived Stem Cells for the Treatment of Rotator Cuff Tears
Summary
Intervention
Outcome Measures
Primary Outcome
Secondary Outcome
Inclusion Criteria
Exclusion Criteria 3: Regenexx™ SD Versus Exercise Therapy for Rotator Cuff Tears
Summary
Intervention
Outcome Measures
Primary Outcome
Secondary Outcome
Inclusion Criteria
Exclusion Criteria
Further Reading
4: Safety and Efficacy of Adult Adipose-Derived Stem Cell Injection into Partial-Thickness Rotator Cuff Tears
Summary
Intervention
Outcome Measures
Primary Outcome
Secondary Outcome Measures
Inclusion Criteria
Exclusion Criteria
5: Autologous Adult Adipose-Derived Regenerative Cell Injection into Chronic Partial-Thickness Rotator Cuff Tears
Summary Intervention
Primary Outcome Measures
Secondary Outcome Measures
Other Outcome Measures
Inclusion Criteria
Exclusion Criteria
6: Clinical Study on Mesenchymal Stem Cells Used in the Reconstruction Surgery of the Supraspinatus Muscle Lesions
Summary
Intervention
Primary Outcome Measures
Secondary Outcome Measures
Inclusion Criteria
Exclusion Criteria
Further Reading
7: Efficacy of Microfragmented Lipoaspirate Tissue in Arthroscopic Rotator Cuff Repair
Summary
Intervention
Primary Outcome Measures
Secondary Outcome Measures
Inclusion Criteria Exclusion Criteria
8: Mesenchymal Stem Cells in Rotator Cuff Repair
Summary
Intervention
Primary Outcome Measures
Secondary Outcome Measures
Inclusion Criteria
Exclusion Criteria
9: Treatment of Tendon Disease Using Autologous Adipose-Derived Mesenchymal Stem Cells
Intervention
Primary Outcome Measures
Secondary Outcome Measures
Inclusion Criteria
Exclusion Criteria
Further Reading
10: Adipose-Derived Mesenchymal Stem Cells in Osteoarthritis
Intervention
Primary Outcome Measures
Secondary Outcome Measures
Criteria
Inclusion Criteria Exclusion Criteria
Part II: Knee Osteoarthritis
11: Impact of Mesenchymal Stem Cells in Knee Osteoarthritis
Summary
Intervention
Outcome Measures
Primary Outcome Measures
Secondary Outcome Measures
Inclusion Criteria
Knee Osteoarthritis Subjects
Focal Chondral Defect Subjects
Inclusion Criteria
Exclusion Criteria
Further Reading
12: Multicenter Trial of Stem Cell Therapy for Osteoarthritis (MILES)
Summary
Intervention
Outcome
Secondary Outcome Measures
Inclusion Criteria
Exclusion Criteria - DigitalAdam E.M. Eltorai, Craig P. Eberson, Alan H. Daniels, editors.Summary: This quick-reference guide is the first book written specifically for the many third- and fourth-year medical students rotating on an orthopedic surgery service. Organized anatomically, it focuses on the diagnosis and management of the most common pathologic entities. Each chapter covers history, physical examination, imaging, and common diagnoses. For each diagnosis, the book sets out the typical presentation, options for non-operative and operative management, and expected outcomes. Chapters include key illustrations, quick-reference charts, tables, diagrams, and bulleted lists. Each chapter is co-authored by a senior resident or fellow and an established academic physician and is concise enough to be read in two or three hours. Students can read the text from cover to cover to gain a general foundation of knowledge that can be built upon when they begin their rotation, then use specific chapters to review a sub-specialty before starting a new rotation or seeing a patient with a sub-specialty attending. Practical and user-friendly, Orthopedic Surgery Clerkship is the ideal, on-the-spot resource for medical students and practitioners seeking fast facts on diagnosis and management. Its bullet-pointed outline format makes it a perfect quick-reference, and its content breadth covers the most commonly encountered orthopedic problems in practice.
Contents:
Part I: The Basics
Part II: The Upper Extremity
Part III: The Lower Extremity
Part IV: The Axial Skeleton
Part V: Pediatric Orthopedics
Part VI: Systemic Conditions.Digital Access Springer 2017 - DigitalAdam E. M. Eltorai, Craig P. Eberson, Alan H. Daniels, editors.Summary: The 4th year of medical school represents an important transition with new goals and expectations. Matching into orthopedic surgery residency is increasingly competitive. Performing well on orthopedic surgery rotations during the 4th year of medical school is critical for match success. The goal of this guide book is to help students ace their orthopedic rotations. Orthopedic Surgery Rotation focuses on practical tips for success from optimal study resources, key technical skills, and strategies for being a standout orthopedic team player. Each chapter is written by current orthopedic residents, who not only know from personal experience on how to excel but also are actively involved in evaluating the performance of 4th year medical students. This book will serve as tool to propel students to the next level and help them start their journey as orthopedists on the right foot.
Contents:
Rotating at Your Home Institution
The Outpatient Setting
The Inpatient Setting
The Operating Room
Top Resources
The Away Rotation
Landing a Residency Position.Digital Access Springer 2017 - DigitalHarzem Özger, Franklin H. Sim, Ajay Puri, Levent Eralp, editors.Summary: This atlas presents a collection of richly illustrated teaching cases. It covers the fundamentals of orthopedic oncology complemented with relevant aspects that are demonstrated using individual cases. In a specialty that deals with a relatively smaller number of cases compared to tumors of other systems, this atlas prepares readers for clinical practice by combining a problem-based learning (PBL) approach, which lies on the continuum between structured and guided learning, with theory and practical insights. The book is divided into sections, arranged according to anatomical regions and the reconstruction type. Each section focuses on a specific anatomical region, and each case presentation includes the basic clinical history, basic principles, preoperative, perioperative and radiographic images, a pitfall list, treatment strategy, technical pearls, outcomes and complications. For each region the authors discuss both the biological and non-biological reconstruction techniques. The book is designed to actively involve the reader, making it an invaluable tool for all orthopedic surgeons confronted with oncologic surgery. The book is intended for trainees in orthopedics, orthopedic oncology fellows as well as practicing consultants.
Contents:
Part 1: Philosophy of limb salvage surgery.-1. When and why biological/ implant reconstruction?
Part 2: Mobile Spine
2. Biological reconstruction using frozen autograft in total en bloc spondylectomy for spinal tumors.-3. Implant Reconstruction of the Mobile Spine
Part 3: Sacrum
4. Biological Sacral Reconstruction
5. Total Sacrectomy without Spinopelvic Reconstruction
6. Implant Reconstruction of the Sacrum: modular sacrum prosthesis
Part 4: Pelvis.-7. Biological Reconstruction of the Pelvis I: liquid nitrogen treated autograft & onlaid free vascular fibula
8. Biological Reconstruction of the Pelvis - II: femoral head plus total hip replacement
9. Implant Reconstruction of the Pelvis - I: modular hemipelvic prosthesis
10. Implant Reconstruction of the Pelvis II: modular pedestal cup prosthesis.-11. Implant Reconstruction of the Pelvis III: high acetabular placement & prosthetic femoral extension.-12. Implant Reconstruction of the Pelvis - IV: 3D-printed custom-made prosthesis
Part 5: Proximal femur.-13. Biological Reconstruction of the Proximal Femur With extracorporeally irradiated autograft.-14. Implant Reconstruction of the Proximal Femur: Modular Prosthesis.-15. Prosthetic reconstruction for soft tissue sarcomas with bone involvement
Part 6: Femoral diaphysis.-16. Biological Reconstruction of the Femoral Diaphysis: Van Nes rotationplasty.-17. Implant Reconstruction of the Femoral Diaphysis - I: intercalary femur prosthesis.-18. Implant Reconstruction of the Femoral Diaphysis - II: short-segment dynamic-compression stem.-19. Implant Reconstruction of the Femoral Diaphysis - III: percutaneous ossoeintegrated prosthesis
Part 7: Distal femur.-20. Biological Reconstruction of the Distal Femur - I: massive allograft & inlaid free vascular fibula
21. Biological Reconstruction of the Distal Femur - II: resurfacing allograft-prosthesis composite.-2 2. Biological Reconstruction of the Distal Femur III: liquid nitrogen treated autograft & inlaid free vascular fibula (the "frozen hotdog")
23. Implant Reconstruction of the Distal Femur - I: modular prosthesis
24. Implant Reconstruction of the Distal Femur - II: joint-preserving resection & reconstruction with image-guided computer navigation
25. Implant Reconstruction of the Distal Femur - III: expandable prosthesis.-26. Implant Reconstruction of the Distal Femur - IV: prosthesis revision
Part 8: Proximal tibia
27. Biological Reconstruction of the Proximal Shaft of Tibia - I: Pedicle frozen autograft
28. Biological Reconstruction of the Proximal Tibia II: Distraction-Epiphysiolysis before resection of the tumor
29. Implant Reconstruction of the Proximal Tibia: modular prosthesis rotational gastrocnemius flap.-Part 9: Tibial diaphysis and ankle
30. Biological Reconstruction of the Tibial Diaphysis & Ankle - I: Ilizarov technique
31. Biological Reconstruction of the Tibial Diaphysis & Ankle - II: fibular centralization technique.-32. Biological Reconstruction of the Tibial Diaphysis & Ankle - III: arthrodesis with massive allograft.-33. Implant Reconstruction of the Tibial Diaphysis & Ankle: 3D-printed custom-made prosthesis
Part 10: Foot
34. Biological Reconstruction of the Foot free vascular iliac flap
35. Implant Reconstruction of the Foot 3D-printed custom-made prosthesis
Part 11: Shoulder girdle
36. Biological Reconstruction of the Shoulder Girdle - scapular massive allograft
37. Implant Reconstruction of the Shoulder Girdle: scapular prosthesis.-Part 12: Proximal humerus
38. Proximal Humerus, Biological Reconstruction
39. Claviculo-Pro-Humero reconstruction following proximal humeral resection for sarcoma
40. Biological Reconstruction of the Proximal Humerus - III massive allograft & inlaid free vascular fibula with epiphyseal transfer
41. Implant Reconstruction of the Proximal Humerus
42. Implant Reconstruction of the Proximal Humerus - II: reverse prosthesis
Part 13: Humeral diaphysis
43. Biological Reconstruction of the Humeral Diaphysis: irradiated autograft
44. Implant Reconstruction of the Humeral Diaphysis: total humerus prosthesis
Part 14: Distal humerus & elbow
45. Implant Reconstruction of the Distal Humerus & Elbow - modular prosthesis
Part 15: Forearm, wrist & hand
46. Biological Reconstruction of the Forearm, Wrist & Hand - I: free vascular fibula
47. Biological Reconstruction of the Forearm, Wrist & Hand - II: transposition of the distal ulna
48. Implant Reconstruction of the forearm, wrist, and hand Distal Radius Endoprosthesis
Part 16: Complications of orthopedic oncologic reconstructions
49. Biological
50. Implant. - DigitalManish K. Sethi, William T. Obremskey, A. Alex Jahangir, editors ; Thomas J. Iorio, Michelle S. Shen, Basem Attum, associate editors.Digital Access Springer 2018
- DigitalJohn A. Gracy.Summary: This practical introductory guide provides PA/NP students with the tools to recognize and begin treatment of the most common orthopedic problems, to avoid missing critical diagnoses, and to serve as a base of knowledge to which they can add depending on their chosen career path. Utilizing this concise text, PA/NP students will gain a basic familiarity with how to describe a problem (including imaging) to an orthopedic surgeon as well as how to begin treatment. In addition, the student should have no difficulty passing the orthopedic portion of the PA/NP credentialing exams. The essentials of imaging, fracture description and operating room procedures are presented first. Then, proceeding anatomically from upper to lower extremity and the spine, chapters utilize a user-friendly chapter format covering fractures, dislocations and trauma as well as non-traumatic injury, focusing on pathophysiology, diagnosis and differential diagnosis, and brief treatment protocols. Since many PAs are office-based, only the highlights of surgery are presented, with an emphasis on what to look for regarding post-operative complications as well as the goals of the rehabilitation process (both non-operative and post-operative). Many books intended for orthopedic PA/NP students are written for those already in practice, usually providing far more information than the student can absorb in the usual 4-week orthopedic rotation, while others tend to skip important areas. This guide provides concise yet comprehensive coverage for a well-rounded presentation of everything orthopedic PA/NP students need to know to succeed.
Contents:
Introduction
History, Physical Exam and Diagnostic Testing
The Operating Room
The Hand and Wrist
The Elbow and Forearm
The Shoulder and Humerus
The Foot and Ankle
The Knee
The Hip and Thigh
The Spine: Cervical, Thoracic, Lumbar
Tumors
Pediatric Orthopedics
Rheumatological Disorders
Compartment Syndrome. - DigitalNikolaj Wolfson, editor ; Alexander Lerner, Leonid Roshal, co-editors.Digital Access Springer 2016
- DigitalK. Mohan Iyer, Wasim S. Khan, editors.Summary: The second edition of this book provides a practical guide to the latest diagnostic and therapeutic techniques in orthopedics for both the upper and lower limb. Extensively revised chapters provide detailed step-by-step instructions on how to perform basic clinical and surface anatomy examinations on joints including the hand, elbow and ankle, the application of relevant surgical procedures and post-operative management. New topics covered include cruciate ligament injuries, and robot assisted surgery. Orthopedics of the Upper and Lower Limb is an ideal resource for trainees and junior surgeons seeking an easy to follow clinical manual on how to successfully diagnose and treat patients with orthopedic disorders affecting both limbs. It is also of use to the experienced practitioner seeking a detailed resource on the latest advances in the field.
Contents:
Intro
Foreword
Foreword for the First Edition/Orthopedics of the Upper and Lower Limb, by K. Mohan Iyer
Preface
Acknowledgements
Preface
Acknowledgements
Contents
Contributors
Part I: The Upper Limb
1: Clinical Examination of the Shoulder (Basic and Surface Anatomy) with Special Tests
Ossification of the Bones of the Shoulder
Relations of the Joint
Rotator Cuff Muscles
Functions of the Rotator Cuff Muscles
Bursae in Relation to the Shoulder Joint
Blood Supply and Nerve Supply
Movements of the Shoulder
Special Tests for the Shoulder Stability of the Shoulder
Biceps Tests
Impingement Tests
Other Tests
References
2: Shoulder Joint
Dislocation/Recurrent/Habitual Dislocation of the Shoulder
Dislocation of the Shoulder
Epidemiology
Anatomy
Pathoanatomy of Shoulder Dislocations
Clinical Features
Radiographic Evaluation
Management
Complications
Recurrent Dislocation of the Shoulder
Normal Functional Anatomy of the Shoulder Joint
Glenohumeral Ligaments
Muscles Around the Shoulder Joint
Importance of Synchronous Movement of the Scapula
Pathoanatomy
Classification Matsen's [1, 2] Simplified Classification System
History
Stability of the Shoulder Joint
Rehabilitation Program after Anterior Capsulolabral Reconstruction
Reconstruction of Anterior Glenoid Using Iliac Crest Bone Autograft
Unsuccessful Surgical Repairs for Anterior Instability
Posterior Instability of the Shoulder
Conservative Treatment
Indications of Surgery
Surgical Treatment
Neer Inferior Capsular Shift Procedure Through a Posterior Approach
Causes of Failure in Surgical Repair of Posterior Shoulder Instability
McLaughlin Procedure Multidirectional Instability of the Shoulder
Arthroscopic Procedure
Habitual Dislocation of the Shoulder
Milwaukee Shoulder Syndrome (MSS)
Shoulder Dystocia (SD)
Acromioclavicular Joint Arthritis
Risk Factors
Causes
Primary Osteoarthritis
Posttraumatic Arthritis
Distal Clavicle Osteolysis
Grading of Osteoarthritis
Types of Separation
Shoulder Separations are Graded from Type I to VI
Evaluation and Diagnosis
Specific Tests
Radiological Examination
X-Rays
Ultrasonography
MRI
Sternoclavicular Joint
Scapular Winging
Frozen Shoulder Etiopathogenesis
Pathology
Secondary Frozen Shoulder
Clinical Features
Natural History
Diagnosis
Investigations
Treatment
Disorders of the Rotator Cuff (Impingement Syndrome)
Etiology
Developmental Stages of Impingement Syndrome
Treatment
Shoulder Arthroplasty
Indications for Shoulder Arthroplasty
Surgical Approach
Cemented vs. Press-Fit Humeral Components
Need for Modularity
Other Anatomic Variables to Consider
Osteoarthritis of the Shoulder
Recommendation Based on Experience
Recommendations Based on Evidence - DigitalAhmet Turan Isik, Pinar Soysal, editors.Summary: This book provides a comprehensive and practical guide to orthostatic hypotension (OH) for doctors and nurses involved in the care of older adults, together with a state-of-the-art update on OH, covering its epidemiology, pathophysiology, assessment, diagnosis, causes, prevention, management, and relevance for geriatric practice. In addition, it addresses mechanisms of orthostatic tolerance and other orthostasis related conditions, as well as drugs, comorbidities and geriatric syndromes related to OH. The homeostatic ability to maintain blood pressure while standing requires an adequate blood volume and the integrity of the nervous system, heart, blood vessels and muscle pump. However, in older adults, some age-related factors can contribute to the development of OH. For example, decreased baroreflex sensitivity, α-1-adrenergic vasoconstrictor response to sympathetic stimuli, parasympathetic activity, renal salt and water conservation, increased vascular stiffness and decreased ventricular diastolic filling, as well as concentrated capacities of the kidney may be associated with changes in postural blood pressure. It has also been shown that OH is associated with falls, cardiac events, heart failure, stroke, reduced quality of life, and increased risk of overall mortality in these patients. "Orthostatic Hypotension in Older Adults" will be of considerable interest to all professionals working in the fields of geriatrics, geriatric psychiatry, neurology, internal medicine, cardiology, and emergency medicine, or working with older people in hospitals or in their community.
Contents:
1 Mechanisms of Orthostatic Tolerance and Age Related Changes in Orthostatic Challenge
2 Orthostatic Hypotension: A New Geriatric Syndrome?
3 Epidemiology and Risk Factors Associated with Orthostatic Hypotension in Older Adults
4 Orthostatic Hypotension: Clinical Features
5 Diagnosis and Differential Diagnosis
6 Orthostatic Hypotension and Drugs: Drug Induced Orthostatic Hypotension
7 Comorbidities and Geriatric Syndromes Related to Orthostatic Hypotension
8 Orthostatic Hypotension in Neurodegenerative Disease
9 Orthostatic Hypotension and Complications
10 Nursing Perspective for Older Patient with Orthostatic Hypotension
11 Prevention and Treatment
12 Orthostatic Hypertension
Other Syndromes of Orthostatic Intolerance: Delayed Orthostatic Hypotension, Postprandial Hypotension, Postural Orthostatic Tachycardia and Reflex Syncope. - DigitalKevin C. Chui, Milagros "Millee" Jorge, Sheng-Che Yen, Michelle M. Lusardi.Contents:
Orthotics and prosthetics in rehabilitation: multidisciplinary approach
Aging and activity tolerance : implications for orthotic and prosthetic rehabilitation
Motor control, motor learning, and neural plasticity in orthotic and prosthetic rehabilitation
Evidence-based approach to orthotic and prosthetic rehabilitation
Clinical assessment of gait
Materials and technology
Footwear: foundation for lower extremity orthoses
Foot orthoses
Principles of lower extremity orthoses
Neurological and neuromuscular disease implications for orthotic use
Orthoses for knee dysfunction
Orthoses in orthopedic care and trauma
Orthoses for spinal dysfunction
Orthoses in the management of hand dysfunction
Orthoses in burn care : splinting, orthotics, and prosthetics in the management of burns
Prescription wheelchairs: seating and mobility systems
Etiology of amputation
High-risk foot and wound healing
Amputation surgeries for the lower limb
Postoperative and preprosthetic care
Understanding and selecting prosthetic feet
Postsurgical management of partial foot and Syme amputation
Transtibial prosthetics
Transfemoral prostheses
Prosthetic options for persons with high-level and bilateral amputation
Early rehabilitation in lower extremity dysvascular amputation
Advanced rehabilitation for people with microprocessor knee prostheses
Athletic options for persons with limb loss
Rehabilitation for children with limb deficiencies
Prosthetic options for persons with upper extremity amputation
Rehabilitation for persons with upper extremity amputation.Digital Access ClinicalKey 2020 - DigitalAnne G. Osborn, MD, FACR (University Distinguished Professor and Professor of Radiology and Imaging Sciences, William H. and Patricia W. Child Presidential Endowed Chair in Radiology, University of Utah School of Medicine, Salt Lake City, Utah), Gary L. Hedlund, DO (Pediatric Radiologist and Neuroradiologist, Primary Children's Hospital, Department of Medical Imaging, Intermountain Healthcare, Adjunct Professor of Radiology, University of Utah School of Medicine, Salt Lake City, Utah), Karen L. Salzman, MD (Professor of Radiology and Imaging Sciences, Neuroradiology Section Chief and Fellowship Director, Leslie W. Davis Endowed Chair in Neuroradiology, University of Utah School of Medicine, Salt Lake City, Utah).Contents:
Section 1. Trauma
Section 2. Nontraumatic hemorrhage and vascular lesions
Section 3. Infection, inflammation, and demyelinating diseases
Section 4. Neoplasms, cysts, and tumor-like lesions
Section 5. Toxic, metabolic, degenerative and CSF disorders
Section 6. Congenital malformations of the skull and brain.Digital Access Ovid 2018 - DigitalOsmoprotectant-mediated Abiotic Stress Tolerance in Plants : Recent Advances and Future PerspectivesMohammad Anwar Hossain, Vinay Kumar, David J. Burritt, Masayuki Fujita, Pirjo S.A. Mäkelä, editors.Summary: In nature, plants are constantly challenged by various abiotic and biotic stresses that can restrict their growth, development and yields. In the course of their evolution, plants have evolved a variety of sophisticated and efficient mechanisms to sense, respond to, and adapt to changes in the surrounding environment. A common defensive mechanism activated by plants in response to abiotic stress is the production and accumulation of compatible solutes (also called osmolytes). This include amino acids (mainly proline), amines (such as glycinebetaine and polyamines), and sugars (such as trehalose and sugar alcohols), all of which are readily soluble in water and non-toxic at high concentrations. The metabolic pathways involved in the biosynthesis and catabolism of compatible solutes, and the mechanisms that regulate their cellular concentrations and compartmentalization are well characterized in many important plant species. Numerous studies have provided evidence that enhanced accumulation of compatible solutes in plants correlates with increased resistance to abiotic stresses. New insights into the mechanisms associated with osmolyte accumulation in transgenic plants and the responses of plants to exogenous application of osmolyte, will further enhance our understanding of the mechanisms by which compatible solutes help to protect plants from damage due to abiotic stress and the potential roles compatible solutes could play in improving plants growth and development under optimal conditions for growth. Although there has been significant progress made in understanding the multiple roles of compatible solute in abiotic stress tolerance, many aspects associated with compatible solute-mediated abiotic stress responses and stress tolerance still require more research. As well as providing basic up-to-date information on the biosynthesis, compartmentalization and transport of compatible solute in plants, this book will also give insights into the direct or indirect invol vement of these key compatible solutes in many important metabolic processes and physiological functions, including their antioxidant and signaling functions, and roles in modulating plant growth, development and abiotic stress tolerance. In this book, Osmoprotectant-mediated abiotic stress tolerance in plants: recent advances and future perspectives, we present a collection of 16 chapters written by leading experts engaged with compatible solute-induced abiotic stress tolerance in plants. The main objective of this volume is to promote the important roles of these compatible solutes in plant biology, by providing an integrated and comprehensive mix of basic and advanced information for students, scholars and scientists interested in, or already engaged in, research involving osmoprotectant. Finally, this book will be a valuable resource for future environmental stress-related research, and can be considered as a textbook for graduate students and as a reference book for front-line researchers working on the relationships between osmoprotectant and abiotic stress responses and tolerance in plants.
Contents:
1. Osmoprotectant-related genes in plants under abiotic stress: expression dynamics, in silico genome mapping, and biotechnology
2. Proline metabolism and its functions in development and stress tolerance
3. Regulation of proline accumulation and its molecular and physiological functions in stress defence
4. Exogenous proline-mediated abiotic stress tolerance in plants: possible mechanisms
5. Biosynthesis and degradation of glycine betaine and its potential to control plant growth and development
6. Exogenous glycinebetaine-mediated modulation of abiotic stress tolerance in plants: possible mechanisms
7. Roles of endogenous glycinebetaine in plant abiotic stress responses
8. Biosynthesis and degradation of trehalose, and its potential to control
9. Proline, glycinebetaine and trehalose uptake and inter-organ transport in plants under stress
10. Transgenic plants overexpressing trehalose biosynthetic genes and abiotic stress tolerance in plants
11. The role of proline, glycine betaine and trehalose in stress responsive gene expression
12. Seed osmolyte priming and abiotic stress tolerance
13. Relationship between polyamines and osmoprotectants in the response to salinity of the legume-rhizobia symbiosis
14. Engineering polyamines metabolic pathways for abiotic stress tolerance in plants.-15. Fructan metabolism in plant growth and development and stress tolerance.- - DigitalMohit Kapoor, Nizar N. Mahomed, editors.Contents:
1. Pathogenesis of Osteoarthritis
2. Hip and Knee Osteoarthritis
3. Shoulder and Elbow Osteoarthritis
4. Lumbar Spine Osteoarthritis
5. Ankle Osteoarthritis
6. Hand and Wrist Osteoarthritis
7. Imaging in Osteoarthritis
8. Osteoarthritis : Joint Conservation Strategies
9. Osteoarthritis Biomarkers
10. Drug/Agent Treatments for Osteoarthritis : Present and Future
11. Safety Profile of Current OA Therapies : Evidence from Clinical Trials
12. Regenerative Medicine Approaches for Treatment of Osteoarthritis
13. Precision Medicine for Osteoarthritis.Digital Access Springer 2015 - DigitalJ. Miguel Oliveira, Sandra Pina, Rui L. Reis, Julio San Roman, editors.Digital Access Springer 2018
- Digitaledited by J. Miguel Oliveira, Sandra Pina, Rui L. Reis, Julio San Roman.Summary: This book reviews the most recent developments in the field of osteochondral tissue engineering (OCTE) and presents challenges and strategies being developed that face not only bone and cartilage regeneration, but also establish osteochondral interface formation in order to translate it into a clinical setting. Topics include nanotechnology approaches and biomaterials advances in osteochondral engineering, advanced processing methodology, as well as scaffolding and surface engineering strategies in OCTE. Hydrogel systems for osteochondral applications are also detailed thoroughly. Osteochondral Tissue Engineering: Nanotechnology, Scaffolding-Related Developments and Translation is an ideal book for biomedical engineering students and a wide range of established researchers and professionals working in the orthopedic field.
Contents:
Part I: Biomaterials advances in Osteochondral Tissue
Natural Origin Materials for Osteochondral Tissue Engineering
Synthetic Materials for Osteochondral Tissue Engineering
Bioceramics for Osteochondral Tissue Engineering and Regeneration
Part II: Nanotechnology approaches for Osteochondral Tissue Engineering
Nanomaterials/nanocomposites for Osteochondral Tissue
Nano- and Micro-Fibers for Osteochondral Tissue Engineering
Micro/Nano Scaffolds for Osteochondral Tissue Engineering
Part III: Osteochondral Tissue Scaffolding
Mimetic Hierarchical Approaches for Osteochondral Tissue Engineering
Porous scaffolds for regeneration of cartilage, bone and osteochondral tissue
Layered Scaffolds for Osteochondral Tissue Engineering
Part IV: Advanced Processing Methodology
Preparation of polymeric and composite scaffolds by 3D Bioprinting
The Use of Electrospinning Technique on OsteoChondral Tissue Engineering
Supercritical Fluid Technology as a Tool to Prepare Gradient Multifunctional Architectures towards Regeneration of Osteochondral Injuries
Part V: Hydrogels Systems for Osteochondral Tissue Applications
Gellan Gum-based Hydrogels for Osteochondral Repair
Silk Fibroin-Based Hydrogels and Scaffolds for Osteochondral Repair and Regeneration
In Situ Crosslinkable Polymer Systems and Composites for Osteochondral Regeneration
Part VI: Translation of Osteochondral Tissue Products
Stem Cells in Osteochondral Tissue Engineering
Osteochondral Tissue Engineering: Translational Research and Turning Research into Products
Clinical trials and Management of Osteochondral Lesions
Commercial Products for Osteochondral Tissue Repair and Regeneration
Index. - Digitaledited by Richard W. Kruse.Summary: Osteogenesis imperfecta (OI), also known as brittle bone disease, is a genetic disease involving primarily the skeleton but affecting all organ systems. It is an extremely multifarious condition causing frequent fractures and limb and spinal deformity, which can often be severe. While there are described surgical procedures to treat these patients, due to the variety of the deformities and the fragility of the bone, the orthopaedic surgeon is often forced to adapt or modify a plan during an operation to achieve success. Surgical experience with the disease worldwide is often limited and variable, and due to constraints on medical equipment and surgical implants in resource-constrained countries, alternate methods of achieving the similar surgical endpoints are possible. This book will help guide decision-making in surgery using biologic and surgical principles to assist the planning and execution of surgery with available resources. It will then provide the surgeon with background knowledge of the genetic, medical and surgical principles necessary to formulate a comprehensive treatment plan, illustrated by varied and complex patient cases from experienced surgeons and clinicians worldwide. Beginning with an introduction to osteogenesis imperfecta and the general care of the patient, the book is divided into thematic sections covering general surgical considerations, principles of extremity surgery, and surgical cases on the pelvis, upper and lower extremities, and the spine, it will incorporate aspects of surgical decision-making, including cultural and geographic factors, to give a truly global perspective on the care of these complex patients.
Contents:
Part I- General Considerations in Treating OI for the Surgeon
Introduction to Osteogenesis Imperfecta
Patient Evaluation and Medical Treatment for Osteogenesis Imperfecta
Therapy, Orthotics and Assistive Devices for Osteogenesis Imperfecta
The Structure and Functioning of the Multidisciplinary Clinic in Managing and Monitoring Patients with Osteogenesis Imperfecta in the UK
Quality of Life and Functional Evaluation Measures for Osteogenesis Imperfecta
Part II- Surgery and Surgical Planning
Personal Reflections on Care for Osteogenesis Imperfecta
Surgical Principles in Treating Osteogenesis Imperfecta
Anesthetic and Post-Operative Pain Management in Osteogenesis Imperfecta
Part III: Surgical Cases-Pelvis and Extremities
Morphological Features and Treatment of the Hip and Proximal Femur in Osteogenesis Imperfecta
Osteogenesis Imperfecta in the Femur and Knee
Osteogenesis Imperfecta in the Tibia and Ankle
Osteogenesis Imperfecta in the Upper Extremity
Osteogenesis Imperfecta in the Spine
Unique Considerations of the Adult with Osteogenesis Imperfecta
Extremity Surgery in Adult with osteogenesis imperfecta
Management of Osteogenesis Imperfecta in India.Digital Access Springer 2020 - DigitalKyung-Hoi Koo, Michael A. Mont, Lynne C Jones, editors.Contents:
Part I. History
1. Osteonecrosis: Historical Perspective / Marvin E. Steinberg and David R. Steinberg
Part II. Anatomy and Blood Flow
2. Vascular Anatomy and Blood Supply to the Femoral Head / Marcin Zlotorowicz and Jaroslaw Czubak
3. Ischemia and Reperfusion Injury in Bone / Howard Winet
Part III. Epidemiology
4. The Prevalence of Osteonecrosis in Different Parts of the World / A.C. Gosling-Gardeniers, W.H.C. Rijnen, and J.W.M. Gardeniers
5. Epidemiology of Osteonecrosis in the USA / Sameer M. Naranje and Edward Y. Cheng
6. The Epidemiology of Osteonecrosis in Japan / Takuaki Yamamoto, Ryosuke Yamaguchi, and Yukihide Iwamoto
7. Epidemiology of Osteonecrosis of the Femoral Head in South Korea / Joon Soon Kang and Kee Hyung Rhyu --8. Current Trends of Osteonecrosis of the Femoral Head in Taiwan and China / Fang-Tsai Lee, Tso-Chiang Ma, and Mel S. Lee
Part IV. Etiology
9. Genetic Studies in Osteonecrosis of the Femoral Head / Shin-Yoon Kim and Tae-Ho Kim
10. Osteonecrosis and Intravascular Coagulation Revisited / Lynne C. Jones and Deborah McK. Ciombor
11. Glucocorticoids (as an Etiologic Factor) / Eun Young Lee and Yun Jong Lee
12. Corticosteroid Usage and Osteonecrosis of the Hip / Jeffrey J. Cherian, Bhaveen H. Kapadia, Samik Banerjee, Julio J. Jauregui, and Michael A. Mont
13. Alcohol / Wakaba Fukushima and Yoshio Hirota
14. Traumatic Avascular Necrosis of the Femoral Head / Simon Damian Steppacher, Pascal Cyrill Haefeli, Helen Anwander, Klaus Arno Siebenrock, and Moritz Tannast
15. Posttraumatic Osteonecrosis of the Femoral Head / Taek Rim Yoon and Ha Sung Kim
16. Osteonecrosis in Sickle-Cell Disease / Philippe Hernigou and Gildasio Daltro
17. Autoimmune Disease (SLE, Antiphospholipid Syndrome), Posttransplantation (Kidney, Liver, Heart, Bone Marrow), and Other Risk Factors (Chemotherapy, Caisson Disease, Radiation, Pancreatitis, Gaucher's Disease) / Jeong Joon Yoo
Part V. Pathology
18. Pathophysiology of Ischemic Diseases of the Hip: Osteonecrosis, Borderline Necrosis, and Bone Marrow Edema Syndrome / Kyung-Hoi Koo, Young-Kyun Lee, and Yun Jong Lee
19. The Pathology of Osteonecrosis of the Femoral Head / Takuaki Yamamoto
Part VI. Clinical Manifestation
20. Natural History of Osteonecrosis / Samik Banerjee, Bhaveen H. Kapadia, Julio J. Jauregui, Jeffrey J. Cherian, and Michael A. Mont
21. Causes of Pain in Early and Advanced Stage Osteonecrosis / Vivek S. Jagadale and Edward Y. Cheng
22. Accumulation of Necrotic Fatty Marrow in Osteonecrotic Hips Mimicking Septic Arthritis / Tae-Young Kim, Kyung-Hoi Koo, and Javad Parvizi
Part VII. Imaging Diagnosis
23. Radiography, MRI, CT, Bone Scan, and PET-CT / Kyung Nam Ryu, Wook Jin, and Ji Seon Park
Part VIII. Staging and Classification
24. Ficat Staging System / Kyung-Hoi Koo
25. The University of Pennsylvania Classification of Osteonecrosis / David R. Steinberg and Marvin E. Steinberg
26. Natural Course and the JIC Classification of Osteonecrosis of the Femoral Head / Nobuhiko Sugano and Kenji Ohzono
27. Modified Kerboul Classification System of Necrotic Extent Using MRI / Yong-Chan Ha, Young-Kyun Lee, and Kyung-Hoi Koo
28. The ARCO Staging System: Generation and Evolution Since 1991 / J.W.M. Gardeniers, A.C. Gosling-Gardeniers, and W.H.C. Rijnen
Part IX. Differential Diagnosis
29. Subchondral Stress Fracture of the Femoral Head / Hee Joong Kim, Jeong Joon Yoo, and Pil Whan Yoon
30. Bone Marrow Edema Syndrome of the Hip / Young-Kyun Lee and Kyung-Hoi Koo
31. Distinguishing Bone Marrow Edema Syndrome from Osteonecrosis / Marc W. Hungerford and Kyung-Hoi Koo
Part X. Non-surgical Treatments
32. Treatment of Osteonecrosis of the Hip and Knee with Enoxaparin / Charles J. Glueck, Richard A. Freiberg, and Ping Wang
33. The Role of Coagulopathy in the Pathogenesis and Prevention of Corticosteroid-Induced Osteonecrosis / Takuaki Yamamoto, Goro Motomura, Ryosuke Yamaguchi, and Yukihide Iwamoto
34. Lipid-Lowering Agents and Their Effects on Osteonecrosis: Pros and Cons / Abdurrahman Kandil and Quanjun Cui
35. Is There a Role for BMPs in the Treatment of Osteonecrosis? / Philipp Leucht and Stuart B. Goodman
36. Alendronate in the Prevention of Collapse of the Femoral Head in Nontraumatic Osteonecrosis / Chung-Hwan Chen and Gwo-Jaw Wang
37. New Therapies of Bone Necrosis / Wolf Drescher, Matthias Knobe, Wolfgang Wagner, and Thomas Pufe
Part XI. Surgical Treatments
38. Principles of Core Decompression for Osteonecrosis of the Hip / Bhaveen H. Kapadia, Samik Banerjee, Jeffrey J. Cherian, Julio J. Jauregui and Michael A. Mont
39. Stem Cells in Osteonecrosis: Cons / Anjan P. Kaushik, Anusuya Das, and Quanjun Cui
40. Cement Techniques in Hip Osteonecrosis with Collapse: From Traditional Methyl Methacrylate to Bone Substitutes and Stem Cells / Philippe Hernigou and Gildasio Daltro
41. Impaction Bone Grafting / Seung-Hoon Baek and Shin-Yoon Kim
42. Principles of Bone Grafting for Osteonecrosis of the Hip / Julio J. Jauregui, Samik Banerjee, Bhaveen H. Kapadia, Jeffrey J. Cherian, Kimona Issa, and Michael A. Mont
43. Vascularized Pedicle Iliac Bone Grafting for Osteonecrosis of the Femoral Head / Mel S. Lee
44. The Vascularized Fibular Graft in the Treatment of Osteonecrosis: Data, Dogma, and Controversies / Will Eward
45. Transtrochanteric Rotational Osteotomy for Femoral Head Osteonecrosis / Yong-Chan Ha, Jae-Hwi Nho, and Kyung-Hoi Koo
46. Posterior Rotational Osteotomy for Severe Femoral Head Osteonecrosis / Takashi Atsumi
47. Transtrochanteric Curved Varus Osteotomy for the Treatment of Osteonecrosis of the Femoral Head / Takuaki Yamamoto, Satoshi Ikemura, and Yukihide Iwamoto
48. Total Hip Arthroplasty Using Ceramic-on- Ceramic Articulation / Young-Kyun Lee, Ki-Choul Kim, Bun Jung Kang, and Kyung-Hoi Koo
49. Highly Crosslinked -Polyethylene Liners in Patients with Osteonecrosis of the Femoral Head in the United States and Europe / Patrick O'Toole and Javad Parvizi
50. Alumina Ceramic-on-Highly Cross- Linked Polyethylene Bearing in Cementless Total Hip Arthroplasty in Young Patients with Osteonecrosis of Femoral Head / Young-Hoo Kim
51. Hip Arthroplasty for Osteonecrosis of the Femoral Head / Harlan C. Amstutz, Michel J. Le Duff, and Mariam Al-Hamad
52. Resurfacing Arthroplasty for Osteonecrosis of the Femoral Head / Bernard N. Stulberg and Jayson D. Zadzilka
Part XII. Osteonecrosis in Bones Other than the Hip
53. Multifocal Osteonecrosis / Samik Banerjee, Bhaveen H. Kapadia, Jeffrey J. Cherian, Julio J. Jauregui, and Michael A. Mont
54. Osteonecrosis of the Humeral Head / Nobuhiko Sugano
55. Knee Osteonecrosis / Karthik E. Ponnusamy, Savyasachi Thakkar, and Harpal S. Khanuja
56. Osteonecrosis of the Talus / Kyoung Min Lee, Sung Hun Won, and Moon Seok Park
57. Kienböck's Disease of the Lunate / Dawn M. LaPorte and Thomas J. Kim
Part XIII. Legg-Calvé-Perthes Disease
58. The Epidemiology and Etiology of Perthes' Disease / Daniel C. Perry
59. Legg-Calvé-Perthes Disease: Pathology, Pathophysiology, and Pathogenesis of Deformity / Harry K.W. Kim
60. Legg-Calvé-Perthes Disease: Diagnosis, Imaging, and Classifications / Benjamin Shore and Harry K.W. Kim
61. Legg-Calvé-Perthes Disease: Treatments / Benjamin D. Martin and Harry K.W. Kim
62. Developing Medical Therapy for Legg-Calvé-Perthes' Disease / Harry K.W. Kim and David G. Little
63. Corticosteroid-Associated Osteonecrosis in Children / Scott Rosenfeld and Harry K.W. Kim
Part XIV. Animal Models
64. Animal Models of Corticosteroid- Associated Bone Diseases / Lynne C. Jones, Michelle A. Tucci, Azeb Haile, and Dongqing Wang
65. Animal Models of Bone Necrosis: An Overview / Wagner Drescher, Matthias Knobe, Wolfgang Wagner, and Thomas Pufe. - DigitalSharon Gustowski, Maria Budner-Gentry, Ryan Seals ; illustrations by Markus Voll, Karl Wesker.Contents:
Osteopathic concepts and learning osteopathic manipulative treatment
Overview of osteopathic manipulative treatment
Osteopathic screening exams
Somatic dysfunction diagnosis
Soft tissue techniques
Myofascial release techniques
Lymphatic techniques
Indirect techniques
Articulatory techniques
Challenge the barrier technique
Muscle energy techniques
High velocity, low amplitude techniques
Osteopathic cranial manipulative medicine techniques
Visceral techniques
Counterstrain techniques.Digital Access Thieme MedOne Education 2017 - DigitalNatalie E. Cusano, editor.Summary: Comprised of clinical cases of patients with osteoporosis, this concise, practical casebook will provide clinicians with the best real-world strategies to properly diagnose and treat the various elements of the disorder they may encounter. It presents a detailed cross-section of patients across all age groups, with different etiologies of the disease and possible complications, to present sensible management scenarios to physicians treating patients with osteoporosis. The cases presented include considerations for screening and diagnosis, assessment tools, nutrition and lifestyle choices, medical treatments, specific populations including men, the elderly and athletes, and more. Pragmatic and reader-friendly, Osteoporosis: A Clinical Casebook is an excellent resource for primary care providers, endocrinologists, rheumatologists, and other clinicians caring for patients with this disease.
Contents:
1. Challenges in Screening and Diagnosis of Osteoporosis
2. Nutrition and Lifestyle Approaches to Optimize Skeletal Health
3. The Utility and Applicability of Risk Assessment Tools and Trabecular Bone Score
4. Steroids, Aromatase Inhibitors, and Other Drugs Associated with Osteoporosis
5. Secondary Causes and Contributors to Osteoporosis
6. Osteoporosis in premenopausal women
7. Osteoporosis in Men
8. Osteoporosis in the Elderly
9. Relative Energy Deficiency in Sport/Functional Hypothalamic Amenorrhea
10. Chronic Kidney Disease
Mineral and Bone Disorder (CKD-MBD)
11. Antiresorptive Therapy for Osteoporosis
12. Adverse Effects of Antiresorptive Therapy
13. PTH and PTHrP Analogs
14. Sclerostin Inhibition
15. Drug Holidays : When and How
16. Osteoporosis Treatment Success and Failure. - Digitaledited by Benjamin Z. Leder, Marc N. Wein.Summary: Completely revised and updated, and utilizing the most current evidence and practice guidelines for the treatment of osteoporosis, this comprehensive third edition discusses the basic aspects of bone metabolism, the pathophysiology of osteoporosis, current diagnostic techniques and medical treatment strategies. Osteoporosis is a common disorder that is prevalent in over 20 million Americans over the age of 60. One and a half million osteoporotic fractures occur in the United States every year, including 300,000 hip fractures. Mortality rates after hip fracture approach 25%, with another 50% of patients experiencing a major decrease in their prior level of independence and quality of life. Despite the wide prevalence and severe consequences of osteoporosis, it remains a disorder that is severely under-diagnosed and treated. In this context, specialists and primary care physicians alike are having increasing difficulty keeping up with the rapid changes to the field and incorporating these advances to clinical care. In the years since the last edition of this book was published, the osteoporosis field has changed drastically. In addition to revising and updating existing chapters and removing a few that are no longer as relevant, new chapters discuss an advanced understanding of the cellular and molecular mechanisms underlying the disorder, the introduction of new diagnostic imaging techniques, a more nuanced appreciation of the risks and benefits of osteoporosis therapies, and the introduction of two new classes of osteoporosis medications. Following the format of the second edition, and including helpful key points at the opening of each chapter, this text will present a comprehensive overview of both the basic and clinical concepts relating to each topic, when appropriate. Chapter authors were chosen based on their high level of expertise and leadership in the field. Taken together, this text should thus be of great interest to physicians of multiple specialties, allied health professionals, as well as basic and clinical researchers.
Contents:
Basic Aspects of Osteoblast Function
Basic Aspects of Osteoclast Differentiation and Function
Basic Aspects of Osteocyte Function
Vitamin D and Bone Health: Basic and Clinical Aspects
Basic Aspects of Bone Mineralization
Determinants of Peak Bone Mass Acquisition
Osteoporosis Screening and Diagnosis
New Imaging Techniques for Bone
Biochemical Markers of Bone Turnover
Biomechanics of Bone
Exercise in the Prevention of Osteoporosis-Related Fractures
Effects of Estrogens and SERMs on Bone Metabolism: Clinical Aspects
The Effects of Androgens on Bone Metabolism: Clinical Aspects
Bisphosphonates: Mechanisms of Action and Role in Osteoporosis Therapy
Denosumab: Mechanisms and Therapeutic Effects in the Treatment of Osteoporosis
The Parathyroid Hormone Receptor Type 1
PTH and PTHrP Analogs: Treatment of Osteoporosis
Combination and Sequential Osteoanabolic/Antiresorptive Therapy in Osteoporosis Treatment
Sclerostin Inhibition in the treatment of Osteoporosis
Osteoporosis in Men. Glucocorticoid-Induced Osteoporosis
Transplantation Osteoporosis
Osteoporosis in Premenopausal Women
Safety Considerations for Osteoporosis Therapies
Genetic Determinants and Pharmacogenetics of Osteoporosis and Osteoporotic Fracture. - Digitaledited by Jennifer J. Westendorf and Andre J. van Wijnen, Mayo Clinic, Rochester, MN, USA .Contents:
Isolation of osteocytes from mature and aged murine bone / Amber Rath Stern and Lynda F. Bonewald
Primary murine rowth plate and articular chondrocyte isolation and cell culture / Jennifer H. Jonason, Donna Hoak, and Regis J. O'Keefe
Isolating endosteal mesenchymal progenitors from rodent long bones / Ji Zhu, Valerie A. Siclari, and Ling Qin
Engineering cartilage tissue by pellet coculture of chondrocytes and mesenchymal stromal cells / Ling Wu, Janine N. Post, and Marcel Karperien
Generation of induced pluripotent stem cells / David R. Deyle
Profiling histone modifications by chromatin immunoprecipitation coupled to deep sequencing in skeletal cells / Mark B. Meyer, Nancy A. Benkusky, and J. Wesley Pike
Identification of microRNAs in human plasma / Bram C. van der Eerden ... [and 7 others]
Immunohistochemistry of skeletal tissues / Crystal Idleburg, Elizabeth N. DeLassus, and Deborah V. Novack
In vivo axial loading of the mouse tibia / Katherine M. Melville, Alexander G. Robling, and Marjolein C.H. van der Meulen
Four-point bending protocols to study the effects of dynamic strain in osteoblastic cells in vitro / Gabriel L. Galea and Joanna S. Price
EPIC-[mu]CT imaging of articular cartilage / Angela S.P. Lin, Giuliana E. Salazar-Noratto, and Robert E. Guldberg
Mouse models of osteoarthrits : surgical model of posttraumatic osteoarthritis induced by destabilization of the medial meniscus / Kirsty L. Culley ... [and 7 others]
Assessment of knee joint pain in experimental rodent models of osteoarthritis / Margaret J. Piel, Jeffrey S. Kroin, and Hee-Jeong Im
Induction of fully stabilized cortical bone defects to study intramembranous bone regeneration / Meghan E. McGee-Lawrence and David F. Razidlo
Surgical procedures and experimental outcomes of closed fractures in rodent models / Hicham Drissi and David N. Paglia.Digital Access Springer 2015 - DigitalYoichi Shimada, Naohisa Miyakoshi, editors.Contents:
Part I Basic Research and Assessments
Chapter 1 Skeletal Adaptation to Mechanical Strain: A Key Role in Osteoporosis
Chapter 2 Osteoclast
Mediated Pain in Osteoporosis
Chapter 3 Collagen Crosslinks as a Determinant of Bone Quality
Chapter 4 Assessment of Femoral Geometric Strength in Osteoporosis Using Hip Structure Analysis
Chapter 5 Vertebral Strength Changes as Assessed by Finite Element Analysis
Part II Factors Affecting Osteoporosis
Chapter 6 The Geometry of Lower Extremity and Atypical Femoral Fractures
Chapter 7 Spondylosis and Osteoporotic Vertebral Fractures
Chapter 8 Sarcopenia and Osteoporosis
Part III Clinical Applications of Antiosteoporotic Agents
Chapter 9 Effects of Vitamin D on Bone and Skeletal Muscle
Chapter 10 Applications of Teriparatide for Fracture Repair and Osteosynthetic Surgery in Osteoporosis
Part IV Exercise and Osteoporosis
Chapter 11 Exercise and Fall Prevention
Chapter 12 Back Extensor Strengthening Exercise and Osteoporosis.Digital Access Springer 2016 - DigitalReiner Bartl and Christoph Bartl ; with contributions by Andrea Baur-Melnyk and Tobias Geith.Summary: This comprehensive manual covers all aspects of the prevention, diagnosis and management of osteoporosis, offering an upbeat and optimistic assessment of what can be achieved. While scientifically based, the book provides easy-to-follow guidelines for lifelong maintenance of skeletal structure and function. It deals with everything from the basic physiology of bone and mineral metabolism to the diagnostic utility of radiologic imaging and specialized tests and current treatment recommendations, including for fracture management. The relationship of osteoporosis to a variety of other disorders is also thoroughly explored and elucidated. Osteoporosis represents a global threat because every human being is vulnerable to it as time passes. The authors point out the enormous scale of the problem in terms of the human suffering, morbidity, and mortality on the one hand and the associated astronomical national and global costs on the other. Osteoporosis is preventable, and every doctor in every medical discipline can contribute to this goal. And though prevention is better than cure, it is never too late for effective therapy, as outlined in this book. Bone is every doctorʼs and every bodyʼs business!Digital Access Springer 2019
- DigitalChristina V. Oleson.Summary: Taking an expansive perspective on osteoporosis and its ramifications, but with a central focus on the transition from diagnosis to treatment, rehabilitation and current management options, this practical guide discusses the most recent knowledge and literature on osteoporosis for the wide cross-section of professionals involved in treating this pervasive condition. It enables the physician or physician extender to develop a strategy for diagnosing osteoporosis, including detailed laboratory tests as well as imaging, interpreting findings, and determining options appropriate to the needs of individual patients. The material offers guidance on how to treat osteoporosis patients who are suffering from neurological conditions such as brain and spinal cord injuries, rheumatologic syndromes, peripheral neuropathies, gastrointestinal conditions, as well as cardiopulmonary, liver and kidney disorders, among others. Additional chapters address management of osteoporosis in men, patients with advanced medical illnesses including various forms of cancer, organ failure and organ transplantation, pediatric onset of primary and secondary osteoporosis, and the female athlete triad. Covering the gamut of considerations presented by osteoporosis patients, Osteoporosis Rehabilitation: A Practical Approach is a timely, interdisciplinary resource for orthopedists, rehabilitation specialists, primary care physicians, nurses and any other professionals who bring their expertise to bear on the management of this common condition.
Contents:
Introduction
Causes and Risk Factors for Osteoporosis
Diagnosis of Osteoporosis
Prevention of Osteoporosis
Interventions for Osteoporosis
Osteoporosis in Men
Osteoporosis in Disorders of the Brain
Osteoporosis in Traumatic and Non-traumatic Spinal Cord Injury
Osteoporosis in Multiple Sclerosis
Osteoporosis in Patients with Peripheral Neuropathy and Vascular Disease
Bone Disorders in Rheumatological Conditions and Inflammatory Conditions
Bone Disorders in Cancer
Osteoporosis in Cardiopulmonary Diseases
Bone Disorders in Liver and Kidney Disease
Osteoporosis in Conditions of Pediatric Onset
The Female Athlete Triad
Conclusion: The Challenge of Osteoporosis.Digital Access Springer 2017 - DigitalElaine Dennison, editor.Summary: This book provides a practical overview of osteoporosis for the wide spectrum of clinicians that might encounter the osteoporotic patient. Concise and well-structured chapters examine the public health importance of the condition, the current treatment gap, how to identify individuals who would benefit from treatment, bone turnover and how this can be modified by osteoporosis therapies, adjuvant lifestyle modification, the calcium and vitamin D story, antiresorptive therapies, anabolic therapies, emerging therapies, adherence and compliance with therapy and the perception of fracture risk. Osteoporosis Treatment: A Clinical Overview meets the need for a book that improves awareness of this major public health problem and possible therapeutic approaches. Primary care physicians, endocrinologists, rheumatologists, orthopaedic surgeons and those providing specialist care for the elderly will all benefit from this highly accessible and informative guide to treating osteoporosis.
Contents:
The epidemiology of fracture: why treatment matters
The treatment gap
How to identify those requiring fracture
The Bone turnover cycle
Antiresorptive therapies
Anabolic therapies
Emerging therapies
Improving compliance
Non-pharmacological therapies. . - DigitalHideaki E. Takahashi, David B. Burr, Noriaki Yamamoto, editors.Summary: This edited book describes what fragile bone is, how the condition is assessed, and how it can be treated. It is intended for multi-professional trainees and practitioners in health and social care fields who care for and treat the elderly. Chapters within the book provide the latest advances in cell and molecular biology, morphology, radiology, and the biomechanics of bone in health and disease. The basic concept of Remodeling and Modeling is described for better understanding of the mechanisms of osteoporosis. Methods of identifying and assessing osteoporosis are described, as are risk factors for bone fracture and non-unions. Furthermore, the effects of various drugs used to treat osteoporosis at both material and structural levels of bone and their cost effectiveness are described. Operative treatments for fracture that maintain or improve the quality of life of patients are included Treatment of Osteoporotic Fracture and Systemic Skeletal Disorders attempts to provide a holistic and translational view of the pathogenesis and treatment of osteoporosis and some other musculoskeletal diseases, with an overview of treatment modalities in various clinical settings.
Contents:
Part I. Bone Morphometry, and Radiological Assessment
1. Past, Present and Future of Bone Histomorphometry
2. Effects of aging on bone fragility.-3. Cellular and molecular biology in bone remodeling
4. Modeling and Modeling-based bone formation in trabecular packets
5. A role of canopy and reversal cells in bone remodeling
6. Significance of reversal-resorption phase in cortical porosity
7. A role of focal osteoporosis defects in hip fracture
8. Bone Tissue and its mechanical regulation
9. Minimodeling, modeling-based formation, in human trabeculae and bone
10. Fracture healing and cause of non-union
11. Disturbance of osteonal remodeling in atypical femoral fracture
12. Microcrack and microdamage
13. 3D microstructure of bone tissue 14. 3D bone morphometry
15. DXA and SQ assessment of osteoporosis
16. Assessment of osteoporosis by HR-pQCT, QCT, MRI
17. FRAX (John A. Kanis)
Part II Metabolic and Systemic Disorders and Bone
18. Skeletal disorders on Hypovitamin D
19. Diabetes and bone
20. CKD-MBD
21. Ehlers-Danlos Syndrome, IgG4 related disorders and Hepatitis type C
Part III. Medical and Conservative Treatment
22. Effects of Osteoporosis Drugs BMD and Morphological Assessment.-23. Vibration as an exercise modality to prevent sarcopenia
Part IV Operative Treatment
24. Operative treatment of hip fracture
25. Balloon Kyphoplasty
26. Operative treatment of spinal disorders with consideration of dynamic axis of spinal column and lower extremities
27. Operative treatment of spinal disorders with minimum invasive technique. - DigitalTakafumi Ueda, Akira Kawai, editors.Contents:
Part I: Basic Research and Experimental Therapy
Chapter 1. Genetics of Osteosarcoma
Chapter 2. Basic Research for Osteosarcoma Lung Metastasis (LM8)
Chapter 3. Immunotherapy for Osteosarcoma
Part II: Clinical Features
Chapter 4. Outcome of Treatment for Osteosarcoma of the Extremities over the Last 20 Years: Report from 11 Referral Centers in Japan
Chapter 5. Osteosarcoma in the Elderly: Clinical Features and Outcome
Chapter 6. Prognosti c Factors for Osteosarcoma Patients
Part III: Chemotherapy
Chapter 7. Neoadjuvant Chemotherapy Developed in Japan
Chapter 8. Neoadjuvant Chemotherapy (OOS-A, B, C, D regimens)
Chapter 9. Caffeine-Potentiated Chemotherapy for Osteosarcoma
Part IV: Surgery
Chapter 10. Endoprosthetic Reconstruction for Extremity Osteosarcoma
Chapter 11. Limb-Salvage Surgery and Reconstruction for Skeletally Immatur Childhood Osteosarcoma: Extendible Endoprostheses
Chapter 12. Limb-Salvage Surgery for Pelvic Osteosarcoma
Chapter 13. Management of Postoperative Infection after Limb Salvage Surgery in Osteosarcoma Patients
Part V: Surgery : Biological Reconstruction
Chapter 14. Biological Reconstruction for Extremity Osteosarcoma: Long Term Results and Current Concept of Intraoperative Extracorporeal Irradiated Bone Graft (IORBG)
Chapter 15. Biological Reconstruction for Extremity Osteosarcoma: Pasteurized Autogenous Bone Graft
Chapter 16. Biological Reconstruction for Extremity Osteosarcoma: Liquid Nitrogen Treated Tumor-Bearing Bone Graft
Chapter 17. Biological Reconstruction for Extremity Osteosarcoma: Distraction Osteogenesis Technique
Chapter 18. Limb-Saving Surgery Using In Situ Preparation (ISP) Method
Part VI: Unresectable / Metastatic Disease
Chapter 19. Carbon Ion Radiotherapy for Un resectable Osteosarcoma of the Trunk
Chapter 20. Treatment of Osteosarcoma Patients with Pulmonary Metastasis
Chapter 21. Long-Term Outcomes and Quality of Life (QOL) in Survivors of Pediatric and Adolescent Osteosarcoma. - DigitalGustavo Duque, editor.Summary: This edited work presents the most current evidence on osteosarcopenia from bench to bedside, which is expected to facilitate the understanding of this syndrome and to develop preventive and therapeutic strategies. With our aging population, chronic diseases such as osteoporosis and sarcopenia are becoming highly prevalent. Fortunately, our understanding of the bone and muscle interactions has increased in recent years. This has allowed to the coining of the term osteosarcopenia to describe a syndrome in which these two diseases overlap. This overlap between osteoporosis and sarcopenia has major negative effects not only on our older adults but also on health systems worldwide. Readers will find a highly translational approach that starts with a summary of recent discoveries on stem cells biology, muscle and bone interactions ? including the role of local bone and muscle fat ? followed by comprehensive reviews on myokines (i.e. myostatin), osteokines (i.e. osteocalcin) and adipokines (i.e. interleukins) as major players and determinants of bone and muscle loss with aging. In addition, the role of sex steroids (i.e. estrogens, androgens), and calciotropic hormones (i.e. parathyroid hormone, vitamin D) in the pathogenesis of this syndrome is also reviewed. Moreover, using practical diagnostic and therapeutic tips, this book summarizes the clinical characteristics of osteosarcopenic patients thus facilitating the diagnosis and treatment of this syndrome in clinical practice. Finally, the book presents the case for the Falls and Fractures Clinic as the optimal model of care for this syndrome, aimed to avoid fragmentation and optimize osteosarcopenia care, and simultaneously prevent falls and fractures in older persons. This book offers relevant information on the mechanisms of osteosarcopenia, and a practical guide on how to identify and treat this geriatric syndrome and its adverse outcomes, which are dramatically affecting our aging population. The work is written by leaders in the field and is especially suited not only to any researcher in the musculoskeletal arena but also to medical specialists and allied health professionals involved in the care of older persons.
Contents:
Dedication
Foreword
Preface
Acknowledgements
PART I Biology of Muscle and Bone
Muscle and Bone Biology
Mesenchymal stem cells as regulators of bone, muscle, and fat formation
Age-related changes in muscle and bone
Cross-talk between muscle and bone
Role of connexins and pannexins in bone and muscle mass and function
Osteosarcopenia as a Lipotoxic Disease
The endocrine actions of undercarboxylated osteocalcin in skeletal muscle: effects and mechanisms
Sex steroid hormones and osteosarcopenia
Calciotropic hormones and osteosarcopenia
Genetics of Osteosarcopenia
PART II Clinical Characteristics
Diagnosis of Osteosarcopenia ? clinical
Diagnosis of Osteosarcopenia ? Imaging
Diagnosis of osteosarcopenia ? Biochemistry and pathology
Osteosarcopenic obesity
Non-pharmacological interventions for osteosarcopenia
The Falls and Fractures Clinic ? An integrated model of care for osteosarcopenic patients
Index. - DigitalHartmut Förstner.Contents:
Biology of fracture healing
Nonoperative fracture management
Surgical fracture management
Differential indication
Principles of surgical management of hand fractures
Postoperative treatment
Implants and instruments
Surgical approaches
Surgical procedures.Digital Access Thieme-Connect 2017 - DigitalSam Oussedik, Sebastien Lustig, editors.Summary: Degenerative conditions of the knee place an increasing burden on health economies and lead to pain and functional loss for sufferers. Although arthroplasty may not offer a level of functional restoration that meets all patients expectations, joint preservation through osteotomy is a viable option in younger, more physically active patients. This volume is a comprehensive technical guide to performing knee-preserving surgery to treat degenerative conditions and malalignment-associated knee instability. Drawing on their extensive experience of these procedures, the authors provide valuable insights into identifying patients who may benefit, as well as planning and performing the procedures with a high degree of precision, and explaining the results that can be achieved. This book both initiates novices and provides technical tips for experienced surgeons, and as such is an indispensible resource for all clinicians who treat patients with knee conditions.
Contents:
Part 1. Basic science
From Hippocrates to Coventry and beyond
the history of joint realignment
Load, alignment and wear
Principles of alignment correction surgery
Part II. Realignment surgery (HTO/DFO)
Outcomes of surgery for medial arthrosis
Outcomes of surgery for lateral arthrosis
Outcomes of surgery for sagittal instability
Outcomes of surgery for coronal instability
Part III. Surgical technique
Medial opening wedge high tibial osteotomy
Lateral closing wedge high tibial osteotomy
Lateral opening wedge distal femoral osteotomy
Medial closing wedge distal femoral osteotomy
Lateral opening wedge high tibial osteotomy
Medial closing wedge high tibial osteotomy
Sagittal plane correction
PSI for High Tibial HTO
Navigation for HTO
Part IV. Revision surgery
Indications and Outcomes of revision to another HTO
Revision to TKR
Outcomes of Total Knee Arthroplasty for failed osteotomy. - DigitalAli Azadi, Jeffrey L. Cornella, Peter L. Dwyer, Felicia L. Lane.Digital Access LWW Health Library [2023]
- DigitalAndrew Baldwin.Summary: "Offers readers an alternative way of conceptualising humanism in relation to global change, one that draws in particular from black studies as opposed to one located in the ontological fold of European humanism"-- Provided by publisher.Digital Access ProQuest Ebook Central 2022
- DigitalBarbara Lucini.Summary: This timely treatise introduces an innovative prevention/preparedness model for cities to address and counter terrorist threats and events. It offers theoretical background, mixed-method research, and tools for creating a resilience-based response to terrorism, as opposed to the security-based frameworks commonly in use worldwide. The extended example of Milan as a "resilient-healthy" city pinpoints sociological, political, and economic factors that contribute to terror risk, and outlines how law enforcement and emergency management professionals can adopt more proactive measures. From these observations and findings, the author also makes recommendations for the professional training and city planning sectors to address preparedness issues, and for community inclusion programs to deter criminal activities in at-risk youth. Features of the coverage: Summary of sociological theories of terrorism The Resilience D model for assessing and managing urban terrorist activity Findings on resilience and vulnerabilities of terror groups Photo-illustrated analysis of neighborhoods in Milan, describing areas of risk and resilience Virtual ethnography with perspectives from native residents, recent immigrants, and security experts Proposals for coordinated communications between resource agencies The Other Side of Resilience to Terrorism will hold considerable interest for students, stakeholders, practitioners, and researchers. It makes a worthwhile text for various academic disciplines (e.g., urban sociology, crisis management) as well as for public agencies and policymakers.Digital Access Springer 2017
- DigitalDiego Preciado, editor.Summary: Otitis media (OM) is the most common diagnosis at medical visits in preschool-age children, and the literature suggests that as many as 80% of children will suffer from at least one episode. Written by acknowledged experts, this is a state of the art reference on the disesase and controversies in the field. Recent important advances in our understanding of predisposition to the disease and vaccine development are described and diagnostic best practices are presented. Otitis Media: State of the Art Concepts and Treatment is for any health care provider who works with children, and their abilit.Digital Access Springer 2015
- Digital/PrintDigital AccessPrint Access
- Digital[edited by] Raza Pasha, MD, Justin S. Golub, MD, MS.Summary: "The now classic "Pocket Pasha" -- Otolaryngology-Head and Neck Surgery: Clinical Reference Guide -- returns for its sixth edition. This universally standard guidebook concisely reviews all aspects of otolaryngology including rhinology, laryngology, otology, plastic surgery, sleep medicine, and more. All chapters focus on the key basic science and clinical information to quickly digest the essentials. This "high-yield" book retains a "by residents, for residents" feel while also including expert content useful not only for students and residents but also allied health professionals, primary care providers, and other health providers. The concise, outline format is useful for rapid reading during urgent clinical situations as well as a last-minute refresher before rounds. The guide has proven essential for board review and maintenance of certification exams"-- Provided by publisher.
Contents:
Allergy Rhinology / Daniel B. Spielman and David A. Gudis
Laryngology / Apoorva T. Ramaswamy and Amanda Hu
Otolaryngologic Endocrinology / Sallie M. Long and Andrew B. Tassler
Sleep Medicine / Elliot Morse and Raza Pasha
General Otolaryngology / Deborah Xie, Wesley L. Davison, and Daniel Schuster
Head and Neck Cancer / Sallie M. Long, Justin R. Shinn, and Richard Chan Woo Park
Otology and Neurotology / Alexander Chern, Joshua J. Sturm, Scott H. Troob, Syed F. Ahsan, Justin S. Golub, Theodore R. McRackan, Matthew L. Carlson
Reconstructive and Facial Plastic Surgery / Andre Shomorony, Brittany R. Barber, and Malika Atmakuri
Pediatric Otolaryngology / Valerie Cote, Carol Li, and Peggy E. Kelley
Head and Neck Trauma / Jacob S. Brady and Jonnae Y. Ostrom.Digital Access ProQuest Ebook Central 2021 - DigitalMatthew L. Carlson, Kathryn M. Van Abel, David J. Archibald, Daniel L. Price.Summary: "This publication will provide residents and practicing otolaryngologists a well-organized and concise resource for rapid examination review. It contains succinct and high-yield facts using simple one to two phrase questions and answers. Over 9,100 Q & A are included, half in the book and half online as part of WinkingSkull.com. We will include drawings to illustrate important points when needed. Chapters will be divided based on the various subspecialties in the field (rhinology, facial plastics, otology etc)"--Provided by publisher.Digital Access Thieme MedOne Otolaryngology 2015
- Digital[edited by] Myles L. Pensak, Catherine K. Hart, Yash J. Patil.Digital Access
- DigitalAmerican Academy of Otolaryngology, Head and Neck Surgery Foundation.Digital Access
- Digitaledited by Elliott D. Kozin.Summary: The first book of its kind to explore this timely topic in depth, Otologic and Lateral Skull Base Trauma addresses the many facets of temporal bone trauma, including its epidemiology, diagnosis, and medical and surgical management, and contemporary research. Ideal for both trainees and more advanced general practitioners and specialists, this text is a valuable resource for otolaryngologists and pediatric otolaryngologists, otologists and neurotologists, and audiologists, as well as neurosurgeons, neurologists, physical medicine and rehabilitation providers, and occupational and physical therapists. Covers the epidemiology, basic pathophysiology, diagnostic evaluation, and treatment of temporal bone trauma, including complex injuries of the lateral skull base. Contains multiple chapters co-written by leading speciality experts: imaging of the temporal bone and brain following head injury (co-written by leading neuroradiologists); facial nerve injury management (co-written by leading facial nerve specialists); vascular injury management (co-written by leading neurosurgeons); soft tissue repair of auricular trauma (co-written by leading facial plastic surgeons); acoustic overexposure and blast injury management (co-written by leading experts in noise-induced hearing loss); rehabilitation following head trauma (co-written by leading physical medicine and rehabilitation providers, occupational therapists, and physical therapists) and more. Includes detailed coverage of labyrinthine concussion diagnosis and management, medical and surgical management of temporal bone fractures, conductive and sensorineural hearing loss and rehabilitation after head injury, balance disturbance after head injury, and much more. Discusses animal models of head injury and current research, with a focus on the auditory system. Consolidates today's available information on this timely topic into a single, convenient resource.
Contents:
Epidemiology of traumatic brain injury and lateral skull base injury in the United States
Imaging of the temporal bone following otologic and lateral skull base trauma
Surgical management of auricular trauma
Physiology of acoustic blast injury
Acute and chronic management of otologic blast injury
Conductive hearing loss after head injury: diagnosis and management
Medical and surgical management of temporal bone fractures
Labyrinthine concussion: diagnosis and management
The neurosurgical management of lateral skull base trauma
Vascular injury following lateral skull base trauma: diagnosis and management
Facial nerve injury following temporal bone fracture: diagnosis and management
Management of cerebrospinal fluid leak following lateral skull base trauma
Medical and surgical management of otic barotrauma
Adult vestibular dysfunction following head injury: diagnosis and management
Vestibular rehabilitation following head injury
Management of pediatric otologic trauma
Pediatric vestibular dysfunction following head injury: Diagnosis and management.Digital Access ClinicalKey [2023] - Digital[edited by] Derald E. Brackmann, Clough Shelton, Moisés A. Arriaga ; associate editor, Richard K. Gurgel.Digital Access ClinicalKey 2023
- DigitalJanez Rebol.Summary: The book is intended to serve as a practical guide to effective ear examination. Learning to perform otoscopy is not easy because the external auditory canal is obstructed by cerumen, otorrhea can be present, and the tympanic membrane is sometimes only partially visible. In children, it is even more difficult because of the narrow ear canal, the alignment of the tympanic membrane, and the restlessness of the child. Uncertainty in diagnosis can lead to overtreatment, as in the case of acute otitis media and unnecessary prescription of antibiotics. On the other hand, delay in diagnosis may lead to severe complications such as mastoiditis, meningitis and brain abscess in case of overlooked middle ear cholesteatoma. This textbook aims to facilitate learning through a wealth of full color otoscopic pictures and is divided into chapters that cover the major otologic pathologies. The volume includes images related to cochlear implants and bone conduction devices, along with the images of the major surgical procedures or conditions associated with them. It also helps the reader to identify the conditions in which surgical intervention is mandatory. Given its didactic approach, this guide will be an invaluable resource for medical students and residents in otolaryngology, and in paediatrics and general medicine alike.
Contents:
1.Otoscopy
2.Middle ear,. 3. diseases of the external auditory canal: Cerumen. Cysts of the external auditory canal. Exostoses and osteomas. Foreign bodies in the external auditory canal. Bullous myringitis. Granulomatous myringitis. Herpes zoster oticus (Ramsey Hunt syndrome). Otomycosis. Diffuse otitis externa. 4. Secretory otitis media
5.Adhesive otitis
6.Acute and chronic otitis: Definition. Risk factors. Pathophysiology. Recurrent acute otitis. Tympanosclerosis
7.Cholesteatoma
8.Fractures of the temporal bone
9.Paragangliomas of the temporal bone
10.Cochlear implants
11. BCD (bone conduction devices)
12.Conditions after operations. - DigitalMichele K. Lewis.Summary: "In Our Biosocial Brains, Michele Lewis underscores culture, brain, behavior, and social problems to advocate for a more inclusive cultural neuroscience. Traditional neuroscientists to date have not prioritized studying the impact of power, bias, and injustice on neural processing and the brain's perception of marginalized humans. Lewis explains current events, historical events, and scientific studies, in Our Biosocial Brains. Readers will be drawn to the relevancy of brain science to examples of injustices and social bias. Lewis also argues that incorporating non-western African-Centered Psychology is vital to diversifying research questions and diversifying interpretations of existing brain science, because African-Centered Psychology is not rooted in racist, classist, and exclusionary hegemonic methods. Lewis argues for attention to marginalized populations, regarding the impact of violence, disrespect, othering, slurs, environmental injustice, health, and general disregard on humans' brains and behavior. Using hundreds of peer-reviewed studies and original research, the author presents scientific studies that are integrated with sociocultural explanations to foster wider understanding of how our sociocultural world shapes our brains, and how our brains' responses influence how humans perceive and treat one another."--Publisher's website.
Contents:
Still wretched
Subhuman to superhuman : cultural neuroscience of illusory blackness
Cultural neuroscience and poverty : emotional emancipation circle for Black women
The Black Women in Poverty study : a cultural neuroscience of social injustice
That female is ratchet : mixed-slurs
Negative emotionality and disgust activation towards LGBT persons
Collectivist and individualist brains
Minding perceptions of Native people
Killing loneliness, saving humanity
Environmental injustices
Forever Fanon
Future directions.Digital Access ProQuest Ebook Central [2020] - PrintJulia Lee ; foreword by Henry Louis Gates Jr.Summary: "It was the age of Jim Crow, riddled with racial violence and unrest. But in the world of Our Gang, black and white children happily played and made mischief together. They even had their own black and white version of the KKK, the Cluck Cluck Klams--and the public loved it. The story of race and Our Gang, or The Little Rascals, is rife with the contradictions and aspirations of the sharply conflicted, changing American society that was its theater. Exposing these connections for the first time, Julia Lee shows us how much this series, from the first silent shorts in 1922 to its television revival in the 1950s, reveals about black and white American culture--on either side of the silver screen. Behind the scenes, we find unconventional men like Hal Roach and his gag writers, whose Rascals tapped into powerful American myths about race and childhood. We meet the four black stars of the series--Ernie "Sunshine Sammy" Morrison, Allen "Farina" Hoskins, Matthew "Stymie" Beard, and Billie "Buckwheat" Thomas--the gang within the Gang, whose personal histories Lee pursues through the passing years and shifting political landscape. In their checkered lives, and in the tumultuous life of the series, we discover an unexplored story of America, the messy, multiracial nation that found in Our Gang a comic avatar, a slapstick version of democracy itself."-- Provided by publisher.
Contents:
Foreword / Henry Louis Gates, Jr.
Introduction: All of us
The eternal boy
A boy and his gang
100 percent American
Sambo's awakening
Everyman
The new Negro
Movie-made children
The good soldier
The Little Rascals
The good old days
Epilogue: Coming home. - PrintAshley Hope Pérez.Summary: New London, Texas. 1937. Naomi Vargas and Wash Fuller know about the lines in East Texas as well as anyone. They know the signs that mark them. They know the people who enforce them. But sometimes the attraction between two people is so powerful it breaks through even the most entrenched color lines. And the consequences can be explosive. (Set during the 1937 New London school explosion, the deadliest school disaster in American history.).
- DigitalBasavana G. Goudra, Preet Mohinder Singh, editors.Contents:
Part I. General Concepts
1. Pharmacology of sedative drugs used in out of operating room anesthesia
2. Pharmacology of anesthetic drugs used in out of operating room anesthesia
3. Principles of delivery of sedatives and intravenous anesthetics in out of operating room anesthesia
Part II. Patient Safety in Procedures Outside the Operating Room
4. Preoperative assessment: general priciples
5. Fasting guidelines: do they need to be different?
6. Organization of the sedation suite: setting the standards
Part III. Anesthesia for Endoscopic Procedures
7. Anesthesia for upper GI endoscopy including advanced endoscopic procedures
8. Anesthesia for colonoscopy
9. Anesthesia for ERCP
10. Anesthesia for bronchoscopy
11. Airway devices in GI endoscopy
Part IV. Anesthesia for Cardiac Procedures
12. Anesthesia and sedation strategies in electrophysiology: general concepts
13. Anesthesia for cardioversion
14. Anesthesia for cardiac ablation procedures
15. Ventilation strategies including high frequency jet ventilation
Part V. Anesthesia for Neuroradiology
16. Anesthesia in the MRI suite and for CT scan
17. Anesthesia for procedures in the neurointerventional suite
Part VI. Anesthesia for Other Out of Operating Room Procedures
18. Anesthesia for outpatient dental procedures
19. Anesthesia for electroconvulsive therapy
20. Anesthesia and sedation for interventional pain procedures
Part VII. Special Situations
21. Pediatric off site anesthesia
22. Procedural sedation in the emergency department
23. Cosmetic procedures and office based sedation
24. Anesthesia for ophthalmologic surgery
Anesthesia and radiotherapy suite
25. Anesthesia and radiotherapy suite
26. Infertility treatment: the role of anesthesia techniques
27. Challenges of performing out of operating room anesthesia on the morbidly obese
Part VIII. Future and Controversies
28. Sedation for gastrointestinal endoscopy: gastroenterologists perspective
29. Propofol infusion platforms
30. Regional techniques: roles and pitfalls
31. Newer drugs for sedation: soft pharmacology
32. Future research and directions in out of operating room anesthesia
Index.Digital Access Springer 2017 - Digitalsenior editors, Arthur L. Kellermann, Eric Elster ; associate editors, Charles Babington, Racine Harris.Contents:
Foreword / Arthur L. Kellerman and Eric Elster
Foundations. A soldier's story / Daniel B. Allyn
A heritage of innovation / Dale C. Smith ; Learning from "Black Hawk Down" / Brian C. Lein
Educating military health leaders / Craig Llewellyn, Jerri Curtis and Brian V. Reamy ; Bushmaster's legacy / Kelly A. Murray
Combat casualty care research / David G. Baer, Andrew Cap and Todd E. Rasmussen
Futurist thinking: military health services system 2020 / Patrick Scully and William R. Rowley
Innovations. The health challenges of Operation Enduring Freedom and Operation Iraqi Freedom / Stephen L. Jones and Clinton K. Murray
Force health protection: preventing deployment-related diseases and nonbattle injuries / Mark S. Riddle, John W. Sanders and Bonnie Smoak
The joint trauma system / Jeffrey Bailey, Donald Jenkins and Susan West ; The military's "Learning healthcare system" / Donald M. Berwick
Devising countermeasures: the Joint Trauma Analysis for Prevention of Injury in Combat Program / Colin M. Greene
Battlefield tourniquets / John F. Kragh Jr. and John B. Holcomb ; Getting the right equipment into theater / Jeffrey W. Timby
Tactical combat casualty care / Frank K. Butler and Robert Mabry
Topical hemostatic agents / Patrick Georgoff, Peter Rhee and Hassan Alam
MEDEVAC lessons from the Iraqi and Afghan Wars / Robert Mabry ; Preventing in-flight hypothermia on MEDEVAC helicopters / Bruce L. Gillingham
The forward surgical team / Stephen P. Hetz
Damage control surgery / Michael F. Rotondo, William Schwab and Brian J. Eastridge ; One team, one fight / Kory Cornum and Rhonda Cornum. Balanced resuscitation / Jeremy W. Cannon, Peter M. Rhee and Martin A. Schreiber
Tranexamic acid / Matthew J. Martin and Todd E. Rasmussen
Battlefield pain control: 19th century medicine meets a 21st century conflict / Chester C. Buckenmaier III and Guy F. Disney ; Ketamine for battlefield pain relief / Andrew D. Fisher
Decompressive craniectomy and control of vasospasm / M. Benjamin Larkin, Brian Curry, Rocco Armonda and Randy Bell
Advancing burn care during combat / Leopoldo C. Cancio
Combat ocular trauma / Marcus H. Colyer and Kevin Jackson
Controlling pain with "soldier-friendly" regional anesthesia / Chester C. Buckenmaier III and Brian Wilhelm
Helicopter evacuation with en route critical care nurses / Marla J. De Jong, James J. Geracci and Kimberlie Biever ; Tactical critical care evacuation from the point of entry / Bart O. Iddins
Telehealth in the Centra Command Region / Daniel Kral and Ron Poropatich ; A pediatrician goes to war / Martin G. Ottolini
Critical care air transport teams / Jay Johannigman and Paul K. Carlton Jr ; A different paradigm / Thomas W. Travis
Limb salvage and reconstruction / Benjamin K. Potter and Romney C. Andersen
Preventing and treating infectious complications in wounded warriors / Clinton K. Murray, Daniel R. Robles and David R. Tribble
Advances in combat amputee care / Paul F. Pasquina and Benjamin K. Potter ; A message from Boston / Jessica Kensky and Patrick Downes
Rehabilitationn of blast casualties with traumatic brain injury / Paul F. Pasquina, Louis M. French and Rory A. Cooper ; Americans helping wounded warriors / Arnold Fisher. Recognition and management of posttraumatic stress disorder and combat-related stress reactions / James C. West, Gary H. Wynn and David M. Benedek
Warrior care and transition: patient-centered care for wounded, ill, and injured warriors / Eric B. Schoomaker ; A former wounded warrior's personal journey / Gregory D. Gadson
Assessing suicide risk and resilience in service members: the Army STARRS Program / Robert J. Ursano, Paul E. Hurwitz, Robert K. Gifford and Murray B. Stein
Family and community support / Stephen J. Cozza, Paula Rauch and Mary Keller
Challenges. Anticipating the challenges of potential battlefields / Stephen L. Jones, Bruce L. Gillingham and Sean L. Murray
Prehospital casualty care: the next frontier / Robert L. Mabry and Russ Kotwal
Pushing past the limits: strategies to advance rsuscitation and recovery / Matthew J. Martin, Hassan Alam and Jeremy Perkins
Endovascular control of bleeding / Joseph J. Dubose and Todd E. Rasmussen
Optimizing surgical outcomes with biomarker-based decision-making / Eric Elster and Arnaud Belard
Neuroscience / Alicia T. Crowder, Jamie Grimes and Regina C. Armstrong ; Targeting traumatic brain injury / Richard W. Thomas
Applying regenerative medicine to battlefield injuries / Anthony Atala, Jonathan Forsberg and Karen Richardson
In-theater research: optimizing the combat environment to continue to advance the state of the science / Lisa Osborne, M. Margaret Knudson and John B. Holcomb
Human performance optimization / Patricia A. Deuster and Francis G. O'Connor
Beyond the battlefield: civilian-military trauma collaboration / John H. Armstrong, M. Margaret Knudson and David B. Hoyt ; Ensuring the future of military trauma care / Raquel Bono
Homecoming / Thomas W. Travis
Afterword / Jonathan Woodson and Charles L. Rice.Digital Access R2Library 2017 - PrintRodney P. Anderson.Summary: "The science of microbiology is fascinating to those of us who have taken up the challenge of researching and teaching in this largely undiscovered and rapidly expanding field. One of the significant challenges faced by microbiology educators is to balance the need for providing a content foundation to students against the time required to demonstrate how microbiology affects their lives. The goal of Outbreak: Cases in Real-World Microbiology is to help students make the important connections between the content of the course, their everyday lives, and the ways in which microbiology impacts society as a whole. These real-world cases provide an opportunity for students to apply practical knowledge and to integrate their solutions to specific problems in cultures where customs, religion, public resources, and infrastructure influence the analysis"-- Provided by publisher.
Contents:
Outbreaks of Diseases of the Respiratory Tract
Outbreaks of Disease of the Gastrointestinal Tract
Pathogens and Diseases That Are Transmitted Sexually
Outbreaks of Diseases of the Skin, Soft Tissues, and Eyes
Outbreaks of Diseases of the Cardiovascular and Lymphatic Systems
Outbreaks of Diseases of the Nervous System. - DigitalZahi Touma, editor.Summary: Systemic Lupus Erythematosus (SLE) is a chronic autoimmune disease that manifests with a myriad of clinical and laboratory features. The assessment of SLE is comprehensive and includes different core set domains; disease activity, damage, health-related quality of life, adverse events and economic impact. This comprehensive book is focused on the instruments and outcome measures utilized in the assessment of SLE. It targets different audiences including physicians, scientists/researchers and different health professionals interested in learning about the art of measurement in SLE. The book highlights the importance of measurement in the assessment of SLE in a clinical settings, research and clinical trials. Each of the chapters provide a systematic approach to the instruments utilized in the assessment of a specific construct in SLE (e.g., disease activity, fatigue, etc.) and incorporate a comprehensive coverage of disease specific and disease generic measures. It also discusses different patient-reported outcomes that are crucial to reflect patient perceptions of their health condition and cover constructs such as fatigue, pain, anxiety and depression, cognition, frailty, and many others.
Contents:
Intro
Preface
Acknowledgment
Contents
Contributors
Chapter 1: Introduction: Metrics and Domains Measured in SLE
Introduction
Core Set of Domains in SLE, Classification, and Response Criteria
Core Domain 1: Disease Activity
Core Domain 2: Chronic Damage Resulting from Lupus Activity or Its Treatment
Disease Activity and Damage in Special Circumstances: Childhood and Pregnancy
Childhood
Pregnancy
Core Domain 3: Health-Related Quality of Life
Core Domains 4: Adverse Events of Drugs
Core Domain 5: Economic Impact Emerging Concepts in SLE and Deep Insights on Selected Concepts
Cognitive Impairment
Depression and Anxiety
Fatigue and Pain
Frailty
Instrument Selection: The OMERACT Process
Facilitating Development of Response Criteria and Classification Criteria: EULAR/ACR Collaborative Projects
Conclusion
Bibliography
Chapter 2: Clinical Aspects of Systemic Lupus Erythematosus
Introduction
Classification of SLE
General Manifestations
Cutaneous Manifestations
Acute Cutaneous Lupus
Chronic Cutaneous Lupus
Non-specific Cutaneous Lesions
Musculoskeletal Features Lupus Myositis
Other Musculoskeletal Manifestations
Renal Manifestations
Neuropsychiatric Manifestations
Gastrointestinal Involvement
Mucocutaneous Lesions
Lupus Enteritis
Serositis
Associated Hepatobiliary Manifestations
Hematologic Manifestations
Pulmonary Involvement
Cardiac Manifestations
Accelerated Atherosclerosis
References
Chapter 3: Diagnosis and Classification of Systemic Lupus Erythematosus
Introduction
Classification Criteria Are Not Diagnostic Criteria
2019 EULAR/ACR Classification Criteria Item Generation and New Insights About What Constitutes SLE
Phase 2. Reducing the Number of Criteria and Other Lessons Learned
Phase 3. Weighting and Threshold Identification
Phase 4. Validation
Summary
References
Chapter 4: Challenges and Advances in SLE Autoantibody Detection and Interpretation
Introduction
Important Considerations in Interpretation of ANA Test Results and Reports
Specific Autoantibodies
Chromatin Components
Double-Stranded DNA
Histones
Nucleosomes
High-Mobility Group Proteins
Dense Fine Speckled (DFS) - DigitalRobert Miller, John Dennison, editors ; translated by John Dennison and Robert Miller.Digital Access Springer 2015
- Digital[edited by] Valentin Antoci, Adam E.M. Eltorai.Summary: "Surgery combines knowledge and skill and, therefore, is difficult to teach and learn, often involving years of direct observation, mentorship, and practice. Unfortunately, for a young trainee, medical student, or operating room staff, the learning curve is steep, frustrating, and intimidating. Resources that attempt to translate the art of surgery often do so in a comprehensive manner, which can be quite overwhelming. As an analogy, a topographic map can be quite difficult to interpret for somebody not familiar with the science behind it. A set of simple directions can be much more helpful instead. Outlines in Orthopaedic Surgery offers a simplified map to surgery. Knowing the steps to surgery provides the necessary foundation on which to build and expand. The current work is not meant to be comprehensive, instead it is a quick, pocket reference outlining the steps to most common surgeries. The text will allow plenty of space to add notes, specifics, and pearls along the way, while serving as starting point for surgical techniques"-- Provided by publisher.
Contents:
Pre-operative planning and preparation / Kyle Andrews, Megan Mooney, Emily Wynkoop
Hip and knee arthroplasty templating / Jeremy Raducha and Valentin Antoci
Open carpal tunnel release / Andrew P. Harris and Alexander S. Kuczmarski
Trigger finger release / Tyler S. Pidgeon
Open reduction internal fixation of distal radius fractures / Travis Blood
Both bone forearm fracture / M. Wesley Honeycutt and Daniel Kim
Monteggia fracture including olecranon fracture / Christopher Grant Sanford, Jr. and Martin Skie
Distal and diaphyseal humerus plating / Martin Skie
Proximal humerus open reduction and internal fixation / Joseph J. King and Matthew R. Patrick
Shoulder arthroplasty / LeeAnne Torres and Alan Koester
Posterior approach to hip arthroplasty / Daniel Kim, Jonathan Gillig, and G. Daxton Steele
Anterolateral approach to total hip arthroplasty / Stephen Maraccio
Direct anterior approach to total hip arthroplasty / Daniel J. Gehling
Component positioning in hip arthroplasty / Katharine Hollnagel and Daniel J. Gehling
Total Knee Arthroplasty / Stephen Marcaccio
Knee arthroscopy and meniscectomy / John R. Tuttle
Anterior cruciate ligament reconstruction / Steven F. DeFroda and Brett D. Owens
Shoulder arthroscopy and labral repair / Steven F. DeFroda and Brett D. Owens
Hip arthroscopy / Brian Harris Cohen and Jonathan R. Schiller
Anterior cervical discectomy and fusion (ACDF) / Alim F. Ramji and Sean M. Esmende
Lumbar microdiscectomy / Alim F. Ramji and Sean M. Esmende
Posterior lumbar laminectomy and pedicle screw instrumentation / Alim F Ramji and Sean M. Esmende
Antegrade femoral nailing / Jeremy Raducha
Retrograde femoral nailing / Stephen Maraccio
Tibial nailing / M. Wesley Honeycutt
Lateral tibial plateau open reduction internal fixation / Stephen Marcaccio
Lateral malleolus/bimalleolar ankle fractures / Jonathan S. Markowitz, Philip K. Louie, and Ettore Vulcano
Ankle arthroscopy / C. Lucas Myerson, Jimmy Chan, and Ettore Vulcano
Modified brostrom procedure / Jordan Ernst and Dalton Michael Ryba
Achilles tendon repair / C. Lucas Myerson, Jimmy Chan, Ettore Vulcano
Hallux valgus surgery / Dalton Michael Ryba and Jordan Ernst
Intramedullary fixation of midshaft forearm fractures / Carson James Smith and Francisco Schwartz Fernandes
Supracondylar humeral fracture / M. Wesley Honeycutt and Mark A. Prevost II
Femoral rotational osteotomy / Viorel Raducan and Adam Kopiec
Gastrocnemius, hamstring, and adductor releases/lengthening / Anna L. Johnson.Digital Access Thieme-Connect 2020 - Digital/PrintPrepared for the use of students, at the Harvard medical school, Boston, 1901-02-.Digital Access
- Digital/Printby J.H. Wythe ... [v. 1].Contents:
pt.
1. General histology. I. Living matter in health and disease. II. Normal and pathological histology of nutrient fluids.Digital Access - Digitaleditor, Alfonso M. Pluchinotta.Contents:
The Breast Clinic
The Asymptomatic Woman
Anatomy, Congenital Aberrations, and Physiological Changes
Clinical Examination of the Breast
Imaging in Breast Related Diseases
Breast Tissue Diagnosis
Breast Pain
Inflammatory Diseases of the Breast
Benign Lesions of the Breast
Nipple Discharge
Miscellaneous Minor Disorders of the Breast
Staging and Work Up of the Non Invasive Breast Cancer
Staging and Work Up of Invasive Breast Cancer
Breast Cancer Special Issues
Breast Cancer in General Population
The Role of Surgery
The Role of Adjuvant Radiation Therapy
The role of Adjuvant Systemic Therapy
Male Breast Diseases
Loco-Regional Breast Cancer Recurrences
Follow Up.Digital Access Springer 2015 - DigitalHeide Schatten, editor.Summary: The present book on Molecular & Diagnostic Imaging and Treatment Strategies of ovarian cancer is one of two companion books with the second one being focused on Cell and Molecular Biology of Ovarian Cancer. Both books include new exciting aspects of ovarian cancer research with chapters written by experts in their respective fields who contributed their unique expertise in specific ovarian cancer research areas and include cell and molecular details that are important for the specific subtopics. Comprehensive and concise reviews are included of key topics in the field.
Contents:
1. Current and Futuristic Roadmap of Ovarian Cancer Management: An Overview
2. Epithelial ovarian cancer and cancer stem cells
3. Ovarian Cancer: Therapeutic Strategies to Overcome Immune Suppression
4. Pharmacological effects of natural components against ovarian cancer and mechanisms
5. Modeling the Early Steps of Ovarian Cancer Dissemination in an Organotypic Culture of the Human Peritoneal Cavity
6. PAX8, an emerging player in Ovarian Cancer
7. Single Cell RNA Sequencing of Ovarian Cancer: Promises and Challenges.-8. Enforced expression of METCAM/MUC18 decreases in vitro motility and invasiveness and tumorigenesis and in vivo tumorigenesis of human ovarian cancer BG-1 cells
9. 3D Models for Ovarian Cancer
10. Ovarian Cancer Stem Cells: Characterization and Role in Tumorigenesis. - DigitalGilles Freyer, editor.Contents:
1. Systemic treatment of cancer in the older-aged persons
2. Cognitive function during and after treatment in elderly ovarian cancer patients
3. Histopathology of ovarian cancers in elderly patients
4. Care of the elderly ovarian cancer patient: the surgical challenge
5. Chemotherapy: first-line strategy
6. Chemotherapy for recurrent ovarian cancer in the elderly patients
7. Management of antiangiogenic agents
8. How to design clinical trials?
9. Biological research: current directions. - DigitalEric Pujade-Lauraine, Isabelle Ray-Coquard, Fabrice Lécuru, editors.Digital Access Springer 2017
- DigitalAnna Padoa, Talli Y. Rosenbaum, editors.Contents:
Definitions and Basic Etiology of the Overactive Pelvic Floor
Overactive Pelvic Floor: Female Sexual Functioning
The Pelvic Floor and Male Sexual Function
Female Genital Pain and Penetration Disorders
Bladder Pain Syndromes/Interstitial Cystitis and the Overactive Pelvic Floor
Chronic Pelvic Pain Syndromes in Males
Musculoskeletal Conditions Related to Pelvic Floor Muscle Overactivity
Female Voiding Dysfunction
Overactive Pelvic Floor: Gastrointestinal Morbidities
Subjective Assessment
Objective Assessment of the Overactive Pelvic Floor
Electromyography
Female pelvic floor imaging with emphasis on the overactive pelvic floor
Urodynamic assessment
Medical Therapies for the Treatment of Overactive Pelvic Floor
Treatment Only: A Classical Physical Therapy Approach to an Overactive Pelvic Floor
An Alternative Physical Therapy Approach to the Overactive Pelvic Floor
A Tale of Two Pain States- The Integrative Physical Therapy Approach to the Overactive Pelvic Floor
Complementary and Alternative Therapies for the Overactive Pelvic Floor
Psychosocial Management. - DigitalSusan E. Sprich, Steven A. Safren.Summary: "This Client Workbook is an accompaniment to the Therapist Guide, "Overcoming ADHD in Adolescence: A Cognitive Behavioral Approach." The treatment and manuals are designed for clients to complete with the help of a therapist who is familiar with cognitive behavioral therapy (CBT) and/or structured therapeutic approaches. The program is designed to help adolescent clients with ADHD learn skills to help them cope with their ADHD symptoms. Core modules on organizing and planning, reducing distractibility, and adaptive thinking are included, as is an optional module on reducing procrastination. The emphasis is primarily on teaching the adolescent how to learn skills to combat ADHD and function independently. Information is provided regarding how to include parents in the treatment-inviting a parent or parents in at the end of sessions, including parents in goal setting in joint sessions with the adolescent and optional coaching sessions without the adolescent present. The guide concludes with a discussion of how to help the client maintain the gains that they have made in treatment. The client workbook and therapist guide include a discussion of how to incorporate technology into the treatment and "signposts of change" sections in each chapter. The manuals include many worksheets and forms as well as a link to an assessment measure that can be used repeatedly to gauge progress in treatment"-- Provided by publisher.Digital Access Oxford [2020]
- DigitalSusan E. Sprich, Steven A. Safren.Summary: "This Therapist Guide is accompanied by a Client Workbook entitled, "Overcoming ADHD in Adolescence: A Cognitive Behavioral Approach." The treatment and manuals are designed for clients to complete with the help of a therapist who is familiar with cognitive behavioral therapy (CBT) and/or structured therapeutic approaches. The program is designed to help adolescent clients with ADHD learn skills to help them cope with their ADHD symptoms. Core modules on organizing and planning, reducing distractibility, and adaptive thinking are included, as is an optional module on reducing procrastination. The emphasis is primarily on teaching the adolescent how to learn skills to combat ADHD and function independently. Information is provided regarding how to include parents in the treatment-inviting a parent or parents in at the end of sessions, including parents in goal setting in joint sessions with the adolescent and optional coaching sessions without the adolescent present. The guide concludes with a discussion of how to help the client maintain the gains that they have made in treatment. The client workbook and therapist guide include a discussion of how to incorporate technology into the treatment and "signposts of change" sections in each chapter. The manuals include many worksheets and forms as well as a link to an assessment measure that can be used repeatedly to gauge progress in treatment"-- Provided by publisher.Digital Access Oxford [2020]
- DigitalStephen K. Tyring, Stephen Andrew Moore, Angela Yen Moore, Omar Lupi, editors.Summary: This book is a thorough, practical review of the challenges facing clinicians treating skin microbes and how to combat these therapeutic dilemmas. It expresses the critical public health concern of antimicrobial resistance and shows how microorganisms are developing the ability to halt the progress of antimicrobials like antibiotics, antivirals, and antifungals. Chapters are grouped together in five sections for ease of use. The first three sections of the book convey foundational information on the mechanisms of antibiotics, antivirals, and antifungals resistance, as well as the implications of lack of vaccination. The fourth section then turns to the specifics of drug resistance for protozoan and helminth infections focusing primarily on initial and subsequent resistance to treatment. The book closes with a discussion on the potential solutions of innovative therapy including new delivery mechanisms, broad-spectrum antibiotics, phytocompounds, and biofilms. Chapters feature magnified, microscopic photos for identifying structures as they appear on the skin. Part of the Updates in Clinical Dermatology series, Overcoming Antimicrobial Resistance of the Skin is an important resource relevant during the COVID-19 pandemic, and is written for all medical healthcare professionals.
Contents:
Section I: Emerging Bacterial Resistance to Antibiotics
Ch 1: Mechanisms of Bacterial Resistance
Ch 2: Emerging Bacterial Infections
Ch 3: Re-Emerging Bacterial Infections of the Skin
Section II: Emerging Resistance to Antivirals
Ch 4: Mechanisms of Nonretroviral Resistance
Ch 5: Mechanisms of Retroviral Resistance
Ch 6: Emerging Viral Infections
Ch 7: Re-Emerging Viral Infections - Implications of Lack of Vaccination
Section III: Emerging Resistance to Antifungals
Ch 8: Mechanisms of Antifungal Resistance
Ch 9: Emerging and Re-Emerging Fungal Infections
Section IV: Emerging Resistance to Drugs for Protozoan and Helminth Infections
Ch 10: Mechanisms of Anti-Protozoan/Helminth Drug Resistance
Ch 11: Emerging and Re-Emerging Protozoan/Helminth Infections
Section V: Innovative Therapies on the Forefront
Ch 12: Phage Therapy
Ch 13: The Role of Biofilms and the Microbiome
Ch 14: New Classes of Broad-Spectrum Antibiotics and New Mechanisms of Delivery
Ch 15: Phytocompounds
Ch 16: Summary: Overcoming Antimicrobial Resistance of the Skin. - Digital/PrintTiffany Jana, Matthew Freeman.Summary: The authors use vivid stories and activities to uncover hidden biases. -- adapted from book.
Contents:
Acknowledgments
Preface
Introduction: why is everybody biased but me?
What is bias and why does it matter?
Start with you
In-groups and out-groups
Check your privilege (and your ego)
Scan to expand
Ask, don't assume
Listen, don't judge
Lunch
Conclusion
Activity guide
Notes
About the authors.Digital Access 2016 - DigitalTamie Nakajima, Keiko Nakamura, Keiko Nohara, Akihiko Kondoh, editors.Summary: This thought-provoking book examines how the accumulated knowledge on past and present environmental issues and risks within Japan can be applied in order to help deliver the transformation to a sustainable and well-being society. The book opens with a series of case analyses on environmental pollution events and pollution-related diseases within the country over the past half century or more. Lessons learned regarding the harm to society are highlighted. Diverse current environmental issues are then explored in detail, ranging from the management of hazardous chemical and asbestos exposure to marine plastic pollution and nuclear disasters. This discussion forms the basis for the final part of the book, which focuses on how progress can be made towards the Sustainable Development Goals set out in the United Nations' 2030 Agenda for Sustainable Development. Important insights are also provided into future directions in human ecology and ecotoxicology. The book will be a valuable resource for both new and established researchers as well as for those seeking comprehensive information on environmental/occupational health and health promotion.
Contents:
1 Purpose of This e-Book
Part 1 Learning from Case Analysis of Past Environmental Risks
2 Minamata Disease
3 Itai-Itai Disease: Health issues caused by environmental exposure to cadmium and residents' fight to rebuild the environment in the Jinzu River Basin in Toyama
4 Arsenic intoxication in Toroku district of Japan
5 Yokkaichi asthma: Health effects of air pollutants in Japan
6 Environmental Policy and International Environmental Cooperation Learned from the YOKKAICHI Air Pollution
7 What We Have Learned from the Pollution that Occurred in Japan a Half Century Ago
Part 2 Environmental Issues That the World Is Watching Now
8 Current Status and Problems Concerning the Management of Persistent Organic Chemicals Used in Products and those of Unintentional Products in Japan
9 Health risk assessment and management of asbestos exposure to the public in Japan
10 Marine plastic pollution: chemical aspects and possible solutions
11 Solution and Agreement in the Nuclear Disaster: Toward an Inclusive Society Respecting Relationship from Sacrificial System
12 Current environmental risks and their management in Japan
Part 3 Towards the Realization of a Sustainable and Well-Being Society
13 The Future of Washing
14 Initiatives On Responsible Consumption : Oguni Town
15 From Court Decisions on Pollution to Targets of Future Actions
16 An Initiative of an Environmental Model City: Featuring Sustainable and Healthy Cities
17 Divorcing from plastics for a sustainable future society
18 Issues of environmental risks in the Anthropocene
19 Spectrum of Environmental Risk -Assessment, Management and Communication. - DigitalJack D. Edinger, Colleen E. Carney.Summary: "It is estimated that one in ten U.S. adults suffers from chronic insomnia. If left untreated, chronic insomnia reduces quality of life and increases risk for psychiatric and medical disease, especially depression and anxiety. The Overcoming Insomnia treatment program uses evidence-based cognitive-behavioral therapy (CBT) methods to correct poor sleep habits. CBT has been proven in multiple studies to improve sleep by reducing time spent in bed before sleep onset, reducing time spent awake after first sleep onset, and increasing the quality and efficiency of sleep. Developed by Jack D. Edinger and Colleen E. Carney, this second edition has been thoroughly updated according to the DSM-5, which now conceptualizes insomnia as a sleep-wake disorder, rather than a sleep disorder only. The DSM-5 has also eliminated the differentiation between primary and secondary insomnias, so this program provides an expanded discussion of daytime related issues as well as delivery issues specific to those with comorbid mental and medical problems. Patients are first given information about healthy sleep and the reasons for improving sleep habits, then a behavioral program is developed to address that patient's specific sleep problems. Use of a sleep diary, assessment forms, and other homework (all provided in the corresponding patient Workbook) allows client and therapist to work together to develop an effective sleep regimen tailored specifically for each client, and several sessions are dedicated to increasing compliance and problem-solving"--Provided by publisher.
Contents:
Introductory Information for Therapists
Pre-Treatment Assessment
Session 1: Psychoeducational and Behavioral Therapy Components
Session 2: Cognitive Therapy Components
Follow-Up Sessions
Considerations in CBT Delivery: Challenging Patients and Treatment Settings
Sleep History Questionnaire
Daytime Insomnia Symptom Response Scale (DISRS).Digital Access Oxford 2015 - PrintJack D. Edinger, Colleen E. Carney.Summary: It is estimated that one in ten U.S. adults suffers from chronic insomnia. If left untreated, chronic insomnia reduces quality of life and increases risk for psychiatric and medical disease, especially depression and anxiety. The Overcoming Insomnia treatment program uses evidence-based cognitive-behavioral therapy (CBT) methods to correct poor sleep habits. CBT has been proven in multiple studies to improve sleep by reducing time spent in bed before sleep onset, reducing time spent awake after first sleep onset, and increasing the quality and efficiency of sleep. This second edition has been.Digital Access Oxford 2014
- Digitaledited by Abigail M. Judge, Robin M. Deutsch.Summary: In recent years there has been heightened interest in the clinical and legal management of families in which children resist contact with one parent and become aligned with the other following divorce. Families affected by these dynamics require disproportionate resources and time from mental health and legal professionals, and cases require a specialized clinical approach. Traditional models of individual and family therapy are not designed to address these issues, and strategies and resources for mental health and legal professionals have been extremely limited. This text describes interventions for families experiencing a high conflict divorce impasse where a child is resisting contact with a parent. It examines in detail one such intervention, the Overcoming Barriers approach, involving the entire family and combining psycho-education and clinical intervention.
Contents:
Part I. Family-based Interventions : indicators, models and clinical challenges. Clinical decision making in parent-child contact problem cases : tailoring the intervention to the family's needs / Barbara Fidler and Peggie Ward
The current status of outpatient approaches to parent-child contact problems / Shely Polak and Jack Moran
More than words : the use of experiential therapies in the treatment of families with parent-child contact problems and parental alienation / Abigail Judge and Rebecca Bailey
The perfect storm : high conflict family dynamics, complex therapist reactions and suggestions for clinical management / Abigail Judge and Peggie Ward
Part II. The Overcoming Barriers Approach. Overview of the Overcoming Barriers approach / Peggie Ward, Robin Deutsch, and Matt Sullivan
Management of the camp experience : the integration of the milieu and the clinical team / Carole Blane, Tyler Sullivan, Daniel Wolfson and Abigail Judge
"East Group" : group work with favored parents / Peggie Ward
"West Group" : group interventions for rejected parents / Matthew J. Sullivan
"Common Ground" : the children's group / Robin Deutsch, Abigail Judge, and Barbara Fidler
Co-parenting, parenting and child-focused interventions / Matt Sullivan, Robin Deutsch, and Peggie Ward
Translating the Overcoming Barriers approach to outpatient settings / Barbara Fidler, Peggie Ward, and Robin Deutsch
Program evaluation, training and dissemination / Michael Saini and Robin Deutsch.Digital Access Oxford [2017] - Digitalby Flavio Cadegiani.Summary: This book discusses major changes in our understanding of the most prevalent non-orthopedic, sports-related condition - overtraining syndrome (OTS), arguing that it should be considered as the manifestation of burnout in athletes, rather than simply the result of excessive training. While the chronic adaptations of the cardiovascular and musculoskeletal systems to exercise are well documented, those of the endocrine system are less well known, and adaptations of the hormonal ranges for athletes are yet to be determined. There is also a lack of standardized diagnostic criteria, consistent assessment methods and biomarkers. This book offers a systematic review of the hormonal aspects of overtraining syndrome, and a comparison with sports-related syndromes triggered by chronic deprivation of different sorts, including the female athlete triad (and its derivative, RED-S) and burnout syndrome of the athlete (BSA). It demonstrates that these conditions, although studied separately from each other, may all be different manifestations of the same condition, leading to 'maladaptive (dysfunctional forced adaptations to a hostile environment) changes in response to chronic depletion of energy and mechanisms of repair, causing multiple dysfunctions. The author proposes that OTS/Paradoxical Deconditioning Syndrome (PDS), RED-S/TRIAD and BSA are parts of a same condition, or at least a group of similar conditions. Further, the book offers a chronological overview of OTS, based on preliminary research. Given its broad scope, this concise reference book will appeal to a range of health professionals. It allows readers, including those without a strong academic background, to gain a systematic understanding of OTS.
Contents:
Introduction, historical perspective, and basic concepts on overtraining syndrome
Classical understanding of overtraining syndrome
Methodological challenges and limitations of the research of overtraining syndrome
New findings on overtraining syndrome
Clinical, metabolic, and biochemical behaviors in overtraining syndrome and overall athletes
New Understanding, Concepts, and Special Topics on Overtraining Syndrome
The underappreciated Athlete: Overtraining Syndrome in Resistance training, high intensity functional training (HIFT), and in female athletes
Recovery from overtraining syndrome
learnings from the eros-longitudinal study
Female athlete triad (Triad), relative energy deficiency of the sport (Red-s), and burnout syndrome of the athlete (BSA): concepts, similarities, and differences from overtraining syndrome (OTS)
Special topics on overtraining syndrome (OTS) / paradoxical deconditioning syndrome (PDS)
Practical approach to the Athlete Suspected or at high-risk for OTS
Research and Future Perspectives on Overtraining Syndrome.-Clinical Hormonal Guidelines for the Research of the Endocrinology in Sports and Athletes: Beyond Overtraining Syndrome
Endocrinology of Physical Activity and Sport in Practice: How to Research? Models for the Chronology and Tests of Studies on Athletes
Novel Insights in Overtraining Syndrome: Summary and Conclusions.Digital Access Springer 2020 - Digitaledited by Eunjoo Pacifici, Susan Bain.Summary: Today's challenge, especially for many newcomers to the regulated industry, is not necessarily to gather regulatory information, but to know how to interpret and apply it. The ability to discern what is important from what is not, and to interpret regulatory documents correctly, provides a valuable competitive advantage to any newcomer or established professional in this field. An Overview of FDA Regulated Products: From Drugs and Medical Devices to Food and Tobacco provides a valuable summary of the key information to unveil the meaning of critical, and often complex, regulatory concepts. Concise and easy to read with practical explanations, key points, summaries and case studies, this book highlights the regulatory processes involved in bringing an FDA regulated product from research and development to approval and market. Although the primary focus will be on the US system, this book also features global perspectives where appropriate. A valuable resource for students, professors and professionals, An Overview of FDA Regulated Products illustrates the most important elements and concepts so that the reader can focus on the critical issues and make the necessary connections to be successful.Digital Access ScienceDirect 2018
- DigitalRoy Homburg.Summary: The second edition of this highly successful book updates the reader on progress and developments in the field of ovulation induction and controlled ovarian stimulation. Furthermore, it provides the busy clinician with a reliable overview of the principles involved and the management needed. As with the previous edition, the emphasis throughout this book is on logical evidence and evidence-based solutions, supplemented with Professor Roy Homburgs extensive clinical experience gleaned from more than forty years working in the field. A number of highly useful algorithms and explanatory tables reinforce this approach, ensuring that the reader is presented with easy-to-grasp, well-presented information that maximizes clarity and understanding. Ovulation Induction and Controlled Ovarian Stimulation: A Practical Guide offers a concise, no-nonsense, practical guide to ovulation induction and controlled ovarian stimulation and will be an essential resource for general gynaecologists, fertility specialists and trainees, health workers and students.
- Digital[edited by] Dr. Sanja Thompson, Dr. Nicolsa Lovett, Professor John Grimley Evans, Professor Sarah Pendlebury.Summary: Based around the specialist training curriculum for geriatrics, this volume covers the presentation, management, and treatment of illness in older people and relevant social and ethical issues.Digital Access Oxford 2016
- DigitalHelen V. Firth, Jane A. Hurst.Summary: "This book on clinical genetics and genomics includes many common-sense approaches, useful standards and definitions, suggestions for appropriate testing, and excellent references. It is meant to be ‘first-line’ support. It is designed to provide a basic guide to the clinical consultation, be it in outpatients or on the ward, and is intended to be used with other data sources, web resources, and texts. Blank pages are distributed throughout the book to enable the reader to update and personalize the copy with notes from current journals, guidelines, seminars, and lectures. Medical genetics trainees, residents, and fellows should particularly find this book useful; the mature and experienced clinical geneticist should also find it useful and thoughtfully constructed"--Publisher's description.
Contents:
Introduction
Clinical approach
Common consultations
Cancer
Chromosomes
Pregnancy and fertility
Appendix.Digital Access Oxford 2017 - DigitalSummary: A complete text of the 2nd. ed. of the Oxford English dictionary with quarterly updates, including revisions not available in any other form.Digital Access Database
- DigitalHeather Baid, Fiona Creed, and Jessica Hargreaves.Summary: A practical, concise, easily accessible and evidence-based guide for all levels of nursing staff working in critical care environments.
Contents:
Admission to critical care
Systematic assessment
Generic care of the critically ill patient
Respiratory assessment and monitoring
Respiratory support
Cardiovascular assessment and monitoring
Cardiovascular support
Neurological care
Renal care
Gastrointestinal care
Sepsis
Metabolic disorders
Immunology
Haematology
Managing emergencies
Obstetric ergencies
Poisoning
Trauma
End-of-life care
Transfer of the critical care patient
Rehabilitation and discharge.Digital Access Oxford 2016 - Digitaledited by Robert Crouch, Alan Charters, Mary Dawood, and Paula Bennett.Contents:
General principles of emergency nursing
First principles
Investigations
Emergency care of the infant and child
Obstetric emergencies
Neurological emergencies
Respiratory emergencies
Cardiovascular emergencies
Musculoskeletal injuries
Gastrointestinal emergencies
Genitourinary emergencies
Skin emergencies
Ophthalmological emergencies
ENT emergencies
Major trauma
Endocrine and metabolic emergencies
Haematological emergencies
Overdose and poisoning
Mental health emergencies
Emergencies in older patients
Skills reminder.Digital Access Oxford 2017 - Digitaledited by Janet Medforth, Linda Ball, Angela Walker, Sue Battersby, and Sarah Stables.Summary: This handbook provides midwives with everything they need for successful practice. It contains concise, practical and expert guidance on all aspects of the midwife's role, from pre-conceptual advice to the final post-natal examination of the mother and baby.
Contents:
1. Introduction
2. Pre-conception care
3. Sexual health
4. Antenatal care
5. Health advice in pregnancy
6. Minor disorders of pregnancy
7. Helping women cope with pregnancy : complementary therapies
8. The need for social support
9. Recognizing and managing pregnancy complications
10. Medical conditions during pregnancy
11. Normal labour : first stage
12. Pain relief : non-pharmacological
13. Pain relief : pharmacological
14. Normal labour : second stage
15. Normal labour : third stage
16. Immediate care of the newborn
17. Management of malpositions and malpresentations
18. High-risk labour
19. Emergencies during pregnancy, labour, and postnatally
20. Postnatal care
21. Disorders of the postnatal period
22. Contraception
23. Care of the newborn
24. Breast feeding
25. Artificial feeding.Digital Access Oxford 2017 - Digitaledited by Brenda Major, John F. Dovidio, Bruce G. Link.Summary: This volume's unique multidisciplinary approach brings together social and health psychologists, sociologists, public health scholars, and medical ethicists to comprehensively assess stigma's impact on health. It goes beyond the common practice of studying one stigmatized group at a time to examine the stigma-health link across multiple stigmatized groups. This broad, multidisciplinary framework not only illuminates the significant effects stigma has when aggregated across the health of many groups but also increases understanding of which stigma processes are general across groups and which are particular to specific groups. Here, a compendium of leading international experts point readers toward potential policy responses and possibilities for intervention as well as to the large gaps in understanding that remain.
Contents:
Part one. Background
Stigma and its implications for health : introduction and overview / Brenda Major, John F. Dovidio, Bruce G. Link, and Sarah K. Calabrese
Physical health disparities and stigma : race, sexual orientation, and body weight / John F. Dovidio, Louis A. Penner, Sarah K. Calabrese, and Rebecca L. Pearl
Stigma as a fundamental cause of health inequality / Bruce G. Link, Jo c. Phelan, and Mark L. Hatzenbuehler
Power, status, and stigma : their implications for health / Jeffrey W. Lucas, Hsiang-Yuan Ho, and Kristin Kerns
Stigma, social identity threat, and health / Brenda Major and Toni Schmader
Structural stigma and health / Mark L. Hatzenbuehler
Part two. Pathways from stigma to health
Discriminating ecologies : a life history approach to stigma and health / Steven L. Neuberg and Andreana C. Kenrick
Segregation, stigma, and stratification : a biosocial model / Douglas S. Massey and Brandon Wagner
Racial discrimination and racial disparities in health / Naomi Priest and David R. Williams
Patient stigma, medical interactions, and health care disparities : a selective review / Louis A. Penner, Sean M. Phelan, Valerie Earnshaw, Terrance L. Albrecht, and John F. Dovidio
Interpersonal discrimination and physical health / Laura S. Richman, Elizabeth Pascoe, and Micah Lattanner
Biopsychosocial mechanisms linking discrimination to health : a focus on social cognition / Elizabeth Brondolo, Irene V. Blair, and Amandeep Kaur
Neural and cardiovascular pathways from stigma to suboptimal health / Belle Derks and Daan Scheepers
Affective reactions as mediators of the relationship between stigma and health / Wendy Berry Mendes and Keely A. Muscatell
Part three. Moderators of the stigma-health relationship
When stigma is concealable : the costs and benefits for health / Diane M. Quinn
Social identity, stigma, and health / Jolanda Jetten, S. Alexander Haslam, Tegan Cruwys, and Nyla R. Branscombe
Social stigma and health : an identity-based motivation perspective / Daphna Oyserman and Oliver Fisher
Parenting as a buffer that deters discrimination and race-related stressors from getting under the skin : theories, findings, and future directions / Allen W. Barton and Gene H. Brody
Perceived racial discrimination and health behavior : mediation and moderation / Frederick X. Gibbons and Michelle L. Stock
Stigma, health, and individual differences / Rodolfo Mendoza-Denton and Jordan B. Leiner
Part four. Anti-stigma interventions
Getting underneath the power of contact : revisiting the fundamental level of stigma as a social network phenomenon / Bernice A. Pescosolido and Bianca Manago
Reducing physical illness stigma : insights from the mental illness arena / Patrick W. Corrigan, Andrea B. Bink, and Annie Schmidt
Public health with a punch : fear, stigma, and hard-hitting media campaigns / Amy L. Fairchild and Ronald Bayer
Public health and social justice : an argument against stigma as a tool of health promotion and disease prevention / Erika Blacksher
Part five. Bidirectional processes in stigma and health
Stigma and the social epidemic of HIV : understanding bidirectional mechanisms of risk and resilience / Stephenie R. Chaudoir and Jeffrey D. Fisher
Sexual minority stigma and health / John E. Pachankis and David J. Lick
The negative and bidirectional effects of weight stigma on health / Brenda Major, A. Janet Tomiyama, and Jeffrey M. Hunger
Mental and physical health consequences of the stigma associated with mental illnesses / Bruce G. Link, Jo C. Phelan, and Greer Sullivan.Digital Access Oxford 2018 - DigitalMark Radford, Maria Kisiel, Alison Smith, editors.Contents:
1. Introduction to the surgical patient
2. Managing the surgical ward
3. Surgical Care models
4. Pre-operative assessment and preparation
5. Pre-operative optimization
6. Transfer to other departments or theatre
7. Intraoperative care
8. Ward post-operative care
9. Pain management
10. Nutrition and hydration
11. Transfusion of blood products
12. Wound care
13. Skin assessment
14. Infection: prevention, control, and treatment
15. Post-operative complications
16. Surgical Nursing Procedures
17. Opthalmology
18. Upper gastrointestinal and hepatobiliary surgery
19. Colorectal and lower gastrointestinal surgery
20. Trauma and orthopaedics
21. Vascular surgery
22. Urology and renal
23. Neurological and spinal surgery
24. Burns and plastic surgery
25. Thoracic surgery
26. Cardiac surgery
27. Breast surgery
28. Gynaecological surgery.Digital Access Oxford 2016 - Digitaledited by Robert Davidson, Andrew Brent, Anna Seale.Summary: "This handbook is the definitive resource for medical problems in tropical regions, and in low-resource settings. It includes brand new chapters on humanitarian crises, poisoning and envenoming, nosocomial infections, and antibiotic resistance." -- Publisher.
Contents:
1. Management of the sick child
2. Malaria
3. HIV/AIDS
4. Tuberculosis
5. Chest medicine
6. Diarrhoeal diseases
7. Gastroenterology
8. Cardiovascular medicine
9. Renal medicine
10. Neurology
11. Haematology
12. Endocrinology and biochemistry
13. Ophthalmology
14. Dermatology
15. Bone, joint, and soft tissue infections
16. Sexually-transmitted infections
17. Nutrition
18. Multi-system diseases and infections
19. Mental health
20. Trauma
21. Poisoning and envenoming
22. Immunization
23. Health emergencies in humanitarian crises
24. Obstetrics and Gynaecology: emergencies
25. Nosocomial infection, antibiotic prescribing, and resistance.Digital Access Ovid 2014 - Digitaledited by Delan Devakumar, Jennifer Hall, Zeshan Qureshi, Joy Lawn.Summary: The aim of this book is to provide a summary of the current concepts and challenges in global maternal and child health in a format that appeals to students of the subject, the general public, and current practitioners in the field. It also provides study exercises that may inform tutors on undergraduate and postgraduate courses.
Contents:
SECTION 1 Introduction
1 Women's, children's, and adolescents' health in a changing world
2 Strategies through the lifecourse to improve maternal, newborn, child, and adolescent health
3 Agencies and actors in women's, children's, and adolescents' health
SECTION 2 Research methods
4 Research methods and evidence-based medicine
5 Economic evaluation in global health
SECTION 3 Important concepts across the lifecourse
6 Social determinants of health7 Developmental origins of health and disease
8 Health workers and health systems
9 The environment and health
10 Conflict, disasters, and humanitarian response
SECTION 4 Adolescent health
11 Introduction to adolescent health
12 Adolescent sexual and reproductive health
13 Adolescent non-communicable diseases
14 Adolescent mental health
15 Adolescent HIV and infection
16 Adolescent injuries
17 Strategies to improve adolescent health
SECTION 5 Women's reproductive and maternal health
18 Introduction to maternal and reproductive health 19 Sexual and reproductive health20 Contraception and abortion
21 Direct maternal deaths
22 Indirect maternal deaths
23 Maternal morbidity
24 Maternal nutrition
25 Maternal mental health
26 Strategies to improve maternal and reproductive health
SECTION 6 Newborn health
27 Introduction to newborn health
28 Stillbirths
29 Preterm births
30 Intrapartum-related events affecting the newborn
31 Neonatal infection
32 Congenital disorders
33 Low birthweight and poor foetal growth
34 Strategies to improve newborn health and prevent stillbirths
SECTION 7 Child health 35 Introduction to child health36 Child infection
37 Child nutrition
38 Child development and disability
39 Non-communicable diseases in childhood
40 Children in difficult circumstances
41 Child injury, maltreatment, and safeguarding
42 Strategies to improve child health
SECTION 8 Influencing policy
43 Ethics and rights
44 Translating research into policy
45 Advocacy to improve health
46 Current challenges and debates for women's, children's, and adolescents' health
IndexDigital Access Oxford 2019 - Digitaledited by Betty R. Ferrell, RN, PhD, MA, FAAN, FPCN, CHPN, Professor and Director, Department of Nursing Research and Education, City of Hope Comprehensive Cancer Center, Duarte, California, Nessa Coyle, ACHPN, PhD, FAAN, Consultant, Palliative Care and Clinical Ethics in Oncology, New York, New York, Judith A. Paice, PhD, RN, FAAN, Director of Cancer Pain Program, Division of Hematology-Oncology, Feinberg School of Medicine, Northwestern University, Chicago, Illinois.Contents:
SECTION VI: PEDIATRIC PALLIATIVE CARE: Symptom management in pediatric palliative care / Melody Brown-Hellsten and Stacey Berg
Pediatric hospice and palliative care / Vanessa Battista and Gwenn LaRagione
Pediatric care: transitioning goals of care in the emergency department, intensive care unit, and in between / Barbara Jones, Marcia Levetown and Melody Brown Hellsten
End-of-life decision-making in pediatric oncology / Pamela S. Hinds, Linda L. Oakes, and Wayne L. Furman
Palliative care in the neonatal intensive care unit / Cheryl Thaxton, Brigit Carter, and Chi Dang Hornik
Grief and bereavement in pediatric palliative care / Rana Limbo and Betty Davies
Pediatric pain: knowing the child before you / Mary Layman-Goldstein and Dane Kramer --Digital Access Oxford 2015 - Digitaledited by Julian Abel, Allan Kellehear.Summary: Death, dying, loss, and care giving are not just medical issues, but societal ones. This volume explores the adoption of public health principles to palliative care, including harm reduction, early intervention, health and well-being promotion, and compassionate communities.Digital Access Oxford 2022
- DigitalCanhua Huang, Yuanyuan Zhang, editors.Summary: This book offers a systematic review of the cutting-edge knowledge in stress medicine. Cellular redox imbalance, resulting from overproduction of reactive oxide species (ROS), leads to oxidative stress and subsequent occurrence and development of many diseases, such as cancer, diabetes, pain, etc. In addition, ROS can induce post-translational modification of proteins and play roles through redox signaling pathways. In this book, the authors attempt to re-define the key concepts in oxidative stress, such as oxidative eustress and oxidative distress, revisit the pivotal signaling of oxidative stress in human diseases, and discuss the debate in current anti-oxidant strategies, such as natural products and drug repurposing. This book serves as a reference to graduate students and researchers in this growing field.
Contents:
Oxidative stress and anti-oxidant strategies in human diseases
Oxidative stress in the tumorimmune microenvironment
Oxidative stress-mediated stem cell aging
Stress proteins: Biological functions, human diseases and virus infections
Importance of mitochondrial quality controls in Parkinsons disease: the potential interplay of mitochondrial unfolded protein response and mitophagy
Autophagy in cellular stress responses
Cysteine metabolism in cancer progression and therapy resistance
Stress and circadians
ROS, glucose and lipid metabolism
Drug repurposing: An avenue towards stress medicine in cancer therapy
Redox regulation of metabolic enzymes in cancer
Stress and inflammation
Oxidative stress in cell signaling and cell fate determination under glucose starvation. - Digital/Printedited by Mieczyslaw Pokorski.Summary: Cardiorespiratory function is prominently affected by oxidative stress. Cigarette smoking is the archetype of oxidative and nitrative stress and free radical formation. New adverse effects of smoking keep on ppopping up in research. The chapters provide the comprehensive view of new developments in this area regarding cardiovascular and lung function and muscle catabolism. Alterations in inflammatory cytokines and proteins as well as degradation of muscle proteins due to smoking, by far unrecognized, caused by oxidative stress also are presented. Much less is known about the effect of cognitive stress on vagally-mediated cardiorespiratory function and surprisingly, on vagal immune pathway. The experimental studies also show that clinically important meconium aspiration syndrome contains an oxidative trait which is amenable to antioxidative treatment. This volume creates a source of information on the damaging role of oxidative stress in cardiorespiratory function that has by far not been available.
Contents:
Peroxynitrite induces degradation of myosin heavy chain via p38 MAPK and muscle-specific E3 ubiquitin ligases in C2 skeletal myotubes
Alterations in the coagulation system of active smokers from the Ludwigshafen Risk and Cardiovascular Health (LURIC) study
C-reactive protein and lipoprotein-associated phospholipase A2 in smokers and nonsmokers of the Ludwigshafen Risk and Cardiovascular Health (LURIC) Study
Green tea drinking improves erythrocytes and saliva oxidative status in the elderly
Cardiovascular effects of N-acetylcysteine in meconium-induced acute lung injury
Alterations in vagal-immune pathway in long-lasting mental stress
Nocturnal parasympathetic modulation of heart rate in obesity-hypoventilation patients
N-acetylcysteine Alleviates the Meconium-Induced Acute Lung Injury
Index. - PrintCadenas, Enrique; Packer, Lester.Print
- Digital/PrintJordi Camps, editor.Contents:
Introduction: Oxidation and inflammation, a molecular link between non-communicable diseases
Oxidative stress and DNA damage in obesity-related tumorigenesis
High density lipoproteins and ischemia reperfusion injury: the therapeutic potential of HDL to modulate cell survival pathways
The DING family of phosphate binding proteins in inflammatory diseases
Inflammation, infection, cancer and all that...the role of paraoxonases
Autophagy is an inflammation-related defensive mechanism against disease
Delta-5 and delta-6 desaturases: crucial enzymes in polyunsaturated fatty acid-related pathways with pleiotropic influences in health and disease
Systemic inflammation, intestine and paraoxonase-1
Serotonin modulation of macrophage polarization: inflammation and beyond
Energy metabolism and metabolic sensors in stem cells: the metabostem crossroads of aging and cancer
Molecular promiscuity of plant polyphenols in the management of age-related diseases: far beyond their antioxidant properties
Postprandial inflammation: targeting glucose and lipids
Dynamic interplay between metabolic syndrome and immunity
The axis AGE-RAGE-soluble RAGE and oxidative stress in chronic kidney disease
The chemokine (C-C motif) ligand 2 in neuroinflammation and neurodegeneration.Digital Access Springer 2014 - DigitalSajal Chakraborti, Naranjan S Dhalla, Nirmal K Ganguly, Madhu Dikshit, editors.Summary: This book bridges the gap between fundamental and translational research in the area of heart disease. It describes a multidisciplinary approach, and demonstrates biochemical mechanisms associated with dysregulation of redox signaling, which leads heart disease. Presenting recent studies on improved forms of ROS scavenging enzymes; specific inhibitors for different ROS generating enzymes; and oxidant induced signaling pathways and their antagonists that allow subtle modulation of redox signaling, it also discusses the spatial and temporal aspects of oxidative stress in the cardiovascular system, which are of vital importance in developing better strategies for treating heart disease. Each chapter offers researchers valuable insights into identifying targets for drug development for different types of heart disease.
Contents:
I. Role of Oxidative Stress in Heart Diseases
1. J.L Johnson. Laboratory of cardiovascular pathology, School of Clinical Sciences, University of Bristol, Bristol. UK
2. M.A. Srivastava, Department of Physiology, McGill University, Canada
3. P. Balakumar. Pharmacology Unit, AIMST University, Semeling 08100 Bedong, Kedah Darul Aman, Malaysia
4. K.B Pasumarthi. Department of Pharmacology, Dalhousie University, Halifax, Nova Scotia, Canada
5. B. Turan. Department of Biophysics, Ankara University, Faculty of Medicine, Ankara, Turkey
6. Z. Xie. Marshall Institute of Interdisciplinary Research, Marshall University, Huntington, WV, USA
7. T.L. Haas. Angiogenesis Research Group, School of Health Sciences, York University, Toronto, Canada
8. A. Kukol. School of Life and Medical Sciences, University of Hertfordshire, Hatfield, UK
9. N.S. Dhalla, Cardiovascular Research Institute, University of Manitoba, Winnipeg, Canada
10. A.K. Srivastava. Cell Signalling laboratory, McGill University, Canada
11. S. Chakraborti, University of Kalyani, Kalyani 741235, West Bengal, India
12. S. Goswami, School of Life Sciences, Jawaharlal Nehru University, New Delhi, India
13. C.C. Kartha, Rajiv Gandhi Institute of Biotechnology, Thiruvanatapuram, India
14. S.K. Malick, Department of Pharmacology. AIIMS, New Delhi, India
15. S. Chatterjee, Anna University, Chennai, India
16. N. Mahapatra, IIT-Madras, Chennai, India
17. R. Bhunya, Department of Biochemistry and Biophysicvs, University of kalyani, West Bengal, India
18. S. Nandi, North Est Hill University, Meghalaya, India
19. N.K. Ganguly, Sir gangaram Hospital, New Delhi
20. M. Dixit, CSIR-CDR, -Lucknow, India
21. A.D. Abell, University of Adelaide, Australia
22. Chava Kimchi Sarfaty, Centre for Biologics Evaluation and Research, Foodand Drug Administration, Bethesda, Maryland, USA
23. B. Furhman, Technion Faculty of Medicine and Ramban Medical Center, Hiafa, Israel
24. R.F. Gerlach, Depa rtment of Physiology, University of Sao Paulo, Brazil
25.T.L. Haas, School of Kinesiology and Health Sciences, York University, Toronto, Canada
26. B. Mittal, Department of Genetics. Sanjay Gandhi Post Graduate Institute of Medical Sciences, Lucknow, Uttap Pradesh, India
27. Richard Schulz, Department of Pedfiatrics, University of Alberta, Canada
28. Bodh J Jugdutt, Mackenzie Haeth Sciences Centre, Division of Cardiology, University of Alberta, Canada
29. Vibha Rani, Jaypee Institute of Information Technology, Noida, Uttar Pradesh, India
34. Veena Dhawan, Department of Experimental Medicine and Biotechnology, PGIMER, Chandigarh, India
30. Surekha Rani, Department of Genetics, Osmania University, Hyderabad, Telengana State, India. - DigitalAshok Agarwal, Rakesh Sharma, Sajal Gupta, Avi Harlev, Gulfam Ahmad, Stefan S. du Plessis, Sandro C. Esteves, Siew May Wang, Damayanthi Durairajanayagam, editors.Digital Access Springer 2017
- DigitalSajal Chakraborti [and three others], editors.Summary: This first volume of the comprehensive, two-volume work on oxidative stress in lung disease introduces the molecular mechanisms, and the role of oxidants in the progression of different lung diseases. The lungs of humans and animals are under constant threat from oxidants from either endogenous (e.g. in situ metabolic reactions) or exogenous sources (e.g. air pollutants). Further, oxidative stress causes the oxidation of proteins, DNA and lipids, which in turn generates secondary metabolic products. The book consists of sections, each focusing on different aspects of oxidant-mediated lung diseases. As such it is a unique reference resource for postgraduate students, biomedical researchers and also for the clinicians who are interested in studying and understanding oxidant-mediated lung diseases. The second volume will incorporate other aspects of oxidant-mediated lung diseases, including prevention and therapeutics.
Contents:
Intro; Preface; Contents; Editors and Contributors; Part I: General Implications of Oxidative Stress on Lungs;
1: Nutrition in Inflammatory Lung Diseases; 1.1 Introduction; 1.2 Oxidative Stress; 1.2.1 Free Radicals; 1.2.2 Oxygen Reactive Species; 1.2.3 Oxidative Stress; 1.2.3.1 Implications of Oxidative Stress in the Organism; 1.2.3.2 Oxidative Damage in Lung; 1.3 Inflammation in Lung Diseases; 1.3.1 Inflammatory Cellular Response; 1.3.2 Biological Barriers in Lung; 1.3.3 Acute and Chronic Lung Inflammation; 1.4 Interaction of Nutrients with Inflammatory Elements 1.5 Role of the Diet in Lung Diseases1.5.1 Mediterranean Diet; 1.5.2 Western Diet; 1.5.3 Fruit and Vegetable Consumption; 1.6 Conclusion; References;
2: Oxidative Stress and Smoke-Related Lung Diseases: A Tentative Approach Through the Blood, Lungs, and Gut; 2.1 Introduction; 2.2 Exogenous and Endogenous Oxidation; 2.3 Regeneration of Lung Cells; 2.4 Oxidative Stress in the Lungs; 2.5 Oxidative Stress Markers; 2.6 Antioxidant Defense System; 2.7 Lung Pathology and Oxidative Stress; 2.7.1 COPD; 2.7.2 Bronchial Asthma; 2.7.3 Idiopathic Pulmonary Fibrosis; 2.7.4 Lung Cancer 2.8 Lung Disease Statistics2.9 Molecular Mechanism of Lung Diseases; 2.10 Impact of Smoking on Lung Diseases; 2.11 Lung Disease and Gut Ecosystem; 2.12 Rational Basis for a Systemic Antioxidant and Parenteral/Transmucosal Oxygen-Ozone Tentative Interventional Trial: The Cell-Energy Modulation Biotech, CMB® Protocol; 2.13 Using Natural Antioxidants and Nutrigenomic Cytoprotective Agents to Prevent Oxidative Stress Damage in Lung Caused by Cigarette Smoking; 2.14 Conclusion and Future Direction; References;
3: Oxidative Stress in Neonatal Lung Diseases; 3.1 Introduction 3.2 Perinatal Transition3.3 Vasoactive Molecules Are Involved in the Perinatal Transition; 3.3.1 Nitric Oxide (NO); 3.3.2 Prostacyclin (PGI2); 3.3.3 Thromboxane A2 (TXA2); 3.3.4 Endothelin; 3.4 Free Radical Generating Systems; 3.4.1 Mitochondrial Electron Transport Chain; 3.4.2 NADPH Oxidase (NOX); 3.4.3 eNOS Uncoupling; 3.5 Free Radicals in Neonates; 3.6 Antioxidant System; 3.6.1 General Aspects; 3.6.2 Caffeine; 3.6.3 Melatonin; 3.6.4 Taurine; 3.7 Neonatal Lung Diseases; 3.7.1 General Aspects; 3.7.2 Respiratory Distress Syndrome (RDS) and Bronchopulmonary Dysplasia (BPD) 3.7.3 Persistent Pulmonary Hypertension of the Newborn (PPHN)3.8 Conclusion; References;
4: DNA Repair Protein OGG1 in Pulmonary Infection and Other Inflammatory Lung Diseases; 4.1 Introduction; 4.2 DNA Repair Protein OGG1 Response to Lung Infection; 4.2.1 OGG1 Plays a Role in Bacterial Infection; 4.2.1.1 Pseudomonas aeruginosa; 4.2.1.2 Klebsiella pneumoniae; 4.2.1.3 Other Bacteria; 4.2.2 OGG1 Affects Viral Infection; 4.2.3 OGG1 Affects Fungus Infection; 4.3 OGG1 Is Linked to Inflammatory Lung Diseases; 4.3.1 OGG1 Responses in Pulmonary Hyperoxia - DigitalSajal Chakraborti, Narasimham L. Parinandi, Rita Ghosh, Nirmal K. Ganguly, Tapati Chakraborti, editors.Summary: This is the second volume of the comprehensive, two-volume work on oxidative stress in lung diseases. Adopting a multidisciplinary approach, it demonstrates the cellular and molecular mechanisms associated with ROS (reactive oxygen species)-induced initiation and progression of a variety of lung diseases, such as COPD, emphysema, asthma, cystic fibrosis, occupational pulmonary diseases and pulmonary hypertension and discusses points for therapeutic intervention. The book also covers translational research and the latest research on prevention and therapeutics. Each chapter includes in-depth insights into the mechanisms associated with lung diseases and into identifying targets for drug development. Bridging the gap between fundamental and translational research, and examining applications in the biomedical and pharmaceutical industry, it is a thought- provoking read for basic and applied scientists engaged in biomedical research.
Contents:
Part A
Chapter 1. The effects of oxidative stress on the pulmonary surfactant and the role of lipids in this scenario
Chapter 2. Oxidative stress in experimental models of acute lung injury
Chapter 3. Potential of mesenchymal stem cells in modulating oxidative stress in the management of lung diseases
Chapter 4. Role of NADPH oxidase induced oxidative stress in matrix metalloprotease-mediated lung diseases
Chapter 5. Oxidative stress mechanisms in the pathogenesis of environmental lung diseases
Part B
Chapter 6. Oxidative stress induced mitochondrial dysfunction and asthma
Chapter 7. Regulation of antioxidant Nrf2 signaling, an important pathway in COPD
Chapter 8. Role of smoke-induced oxidative stress in pathogenesis of chronic obstructive pulmonary disease
Chapter 9. Oxidative stress in obstructive and restrictive lung diseases
Chapter 10. The use of ozone as redox modulator in the treatment of the chronic obstructive pulmonary disease
Chapter 11. TRP channels, oxidative stress and chronic obstructive pulmonary disease
Chapter 12. Paraquat induced oxidative stress and lung inflammation
Chapter 13. Environmental, occupational and cancer drug induced oxidative stress in lung fibrosis
Part C
Chapter 14. Respiratory syncytial virus-induced oxidative stress in lung pathogenesis
Chapter 15. Reactive oxygen species: Friends or foes of lung cancer?
Chapter 16. Roles of long non-coding RNAs in lung cancer
Chapter 17. modulator of therapeutic response in non small cell lung carcinoma
Chapter 18. old story, new modalities!. Part D
Chapter 19. Oxidative stress and therapeutic development in lung cancer
Chapter 20. Regulation of oxidative stress by nitric oxide defines lung development and Diseases
Chapter 21. Epidermal growth factor receptor: promising targets for non-small cell lung cancer
Chapter 22. Oxygenated lipid products in COPD and asthma: a clinical picture.Digital Access Springer 2020 - DigitalSajal Chakraborti, Tapati Chakraborti, Dhrubajyoti Chattopadhyay, Chandrima Shaha, editors.Summary: This book discusses recent advances in our understanding of the role of oxidants in microbial pathophysiology, providing valuable insights into the complex role of reactive oxygen species (ROS) in host-microbial interactions. The various chapters take readers through the function of ROS in infections ranging from viral to bacterial, and describe how microorganisms have developed complex strategies to not only avoid contact with phagocyte-derived oxidants, but also protect themselves from injury when oxidants are encountered. Featuring the latest research in the field of microbial diseases, this timely book is a ready reference for scientists looking to develop new anti-microbial drugs.
Contents:
Intro; Preface; Contents; Editors and Contributors; Part I: General Aspects of Oxidant Stress in Microbial Diseases;
1: Role of Reactive Oxygen Species in the Correlation Between Host and Microbes; 1.1 Introduction; 1.2 Involvement of ROS in Cellular Signaling Network; 1.3 ROS Production in Host Cells in Response to Microbial Infection; 1.4 Modulations of Host ROS Level by Pathogenic Microbes; 1.5 Enzymatic Antioxidant System in Microbes Against ROS; 1.6 Intracellular Response by Oxidative Stress; 1.7 Natural Antimicrobial Agent for Controlling Microbial Infection; 1.8 Conclusion 2.3.2.3 Reduced Glutathione (rGSH), Glutathione Peroxidase (GSH-Px), and Glutathione Reductase (GR)2.3.2.4 Catalase; 2.3.2.5 Uric Acid; 2.3.2.6 Vitamin C; 2.4 Biomarkers of Oxidative Stress in Canine Leishmaniosis; 2.4.1 Biomarkers of Oxidant Status; 2.4.1.1 Total Oxidant Status(TOS); 2.4.1.2 Erythrocyte/Plasma Lipid Peroxidation (LPO); 2.4.2 Biomarkers of Antioxidant Status; 2.4.2.1 Total Antioxidant Status (TAS); 2.4.2.2 Paraoxonase-1 (PON-1); 2.4.2.3 Thiols; 2.4.2.4 Superoxide Dismutase (SOD); 2.5 Conclusions; References
3: Reactive Oxygen and Nitrogen Species in the Oral Cavity3.1 Introduction; 3.2 Reactive Oxygen and Nitrogen Species in the Oral Cavity; 3.2.1 Reactive Oxygen Species (ROS); 3.2.2 Reactive Nitrogen Species (RNS); 3.2.3 Oxidative and Nitrosative Stress in Oral Microbial Diseases; 3.2.4 Regulation of Systemic Homeostasis and Dysbiosis by Oral Reactive Oxygen and Nitrogen Species; 3.3 ROS- and RNS-Based Therapeutics; References;
4: Role of Gut Microbiota in Combating Oxidative Stress; 4.1 Introduction; 4.2 Gastrointestinal Tract: Its Influence on Gut Microbiota 4.3 Gut Microbiota: Health and Diseases4.3.1 Early Colonization; 4.3.2 Healthy Gut Microbiota; 4.3.3 Leaky Gut and Dysbiosis; 4.3.4 F/B Ratio: An Important Determinant of Gut Health; 4.3.5 Microbial SCFAs in Combating Oxidative Stress; 4.4 Understanding the Secret World of Microbes: Technological Advancements; 4.4.1 Molecular Techniques; 4.4.2 Sequence-Based Metagenomics; 4.4.3 Choice of Samples and Model System; 4.4.4 Modern High-Throughput Techniques; 4.5 Diseases Inducing Oxidative Stress: Role of Microbiota; 4.5.1 Metabolic Diseases; 4.5.1.1 Obesity; 4.5.1.2 Diabetes - Digital[edited by] Glenn D. Posner, Amanda Black, Griffith D. Jones, Darine El-Chaar.Summary: "A must-buy for the ob-gyn, ob nurse, and midwife, the book presents vital information in a clearly illustrated manner, making it an essential for any practitioner performing or assisting in childbirth. It includes a review of anatomy and proper examination of the patient; variations of fetal presentation are detailed along with proper management and birthing technique. The seventh edition continues to offer explicit management instruction for a variety of complications and delivery scenarios including hemorrhage, fetal concerns, preterm and prolonged labor, dystocia, and more. The book ends with a chapter on preliminary neonatal care"-- Provided by publisher.Digital Access AccessObGyn 2023
- Digital/PrintDigital Access WHO 2016
- DigitalPan-Dong Ryu, Joseph C. LaManna, David K. Harrison, Sang-Suk Lee, editors.Contents:
Intro
The Heritage, Foundation, Mission and Legacy of ISOTT
Preface
Acknowledgments
Panel of Reviewers
ISOTT Participants at the Seoul National University
Local Organizing Committee
ISOTT Officers and Executive Committee
ISOTT Award Winners
The Melvin H. Knisely Award
Melvin H. Knisely Award Recipients
The Dietrich W. Lübbers Award
Dietrich W. Lübbers Award Recipients
The Britton Chance Award
Britton Chance Award Recipients
The Duane F. Bruley Travel Awards
The Duane F. Bruley Travel Award Recipients
Kovách Lecture Kovách Lecture Recipients
Peter Vaupel Lecture
Peter Vaupel Lecture Recipients
Contents
Part I: Brain Oxygenation and Function
Near-Infrared Spectroscopy Measured Cerebral Blood Flow from Spontaneous Oxygenation Changes in Neonatal Brain Injury
1 Introduction
2 Methods
2.1 Data Collection
2.2 Data Analysis
3 Results
4 Discussion
References
Nonlinear Transfer Entropy to Assess the Neurovascular Coupling in Premature Neonates
1 Introduction
2 Dataset
3 Methods
4 Results
5 Discussion and Conclusions
References Reference Value of Brain Tissue Oxygen Saturation in Newborns Immediately After Birth
1 Introduction
2 Methods
3 Results
4 Discussion
5 Limitation
6 Conclusion
References
Changes in Brain Tissue Oxygenation and Metabolism During Rewarming After Neonatal Encephalopathy are Related to Electrical Abnormality
1 Introduction
2 Methods
3 Data Analysis
4 Results
5 Discussion
References
Impact of Skull Thickness on Cerebral NIRS Oximetry in Neonates: An in silico Study
1 Introduction
2 Methods
3 Results
4 Discussion and Conclusions
References Resuscitation with Drag Reducing Polymers after Traumatic Brain Injury with Hemorrhagic Shock Reduces Microthrombosis and Oxidative Stress
1 Introduction
2 Methods
3 Results
4 Discussion
5 Conclusion
References
Anodal Transcranial Direct Current Stimulation Improves Impaired Cerebrovascular Reactivity in Traumatized Mouse Brain
1 Introduction
2 Methods
2.1 Experimental Design
2.2 Two-Photon Laser Scanning Microscopy
2.3 Cerebrovascular Reactivity Test
2.4 Statistical Analyses
3 Results
4 Discussion
5 Conclusion
References Comparative Analysis of Simultaneous Transcranial Doppler and Perfusion Computed Tomography for Cerebral Perfusion Evaluation in Patients with Traumatic Brain Injury
1 Introduction
2 Materials and Methods
3 Results
4 Discussion
5 Conclusion
References
Meningeal Lymphatic Pathway of Brain Clearing From the Blood After Haemorrhagic Injuries
1 Introduction
2 Methods
3 Results
3.1 Brain Clearance from Blood after Brain Hemorrhage Associated with Hypoxia
3.2 Activation of Brain Drainage Via the Meningeal Lymphatics after Brain HemorrhageDigital Access Springer 2020 - DigitalHoward J. Halpern, Joseph C. LaManna, David K. Harrison, Boris Epel.Contents:
Cell Metabolism, Tissue Oxygenation and Treatment. Oxygen Sensing by the Carotid Body: Past and Present / Nanduri R. Prabhakar, Ying-Jie Peng
Predicted Decrease in Membrane Oxygen Permeability with Addition of Cholesterol / Gary Angles, Rachel Dotson, Kristina Bueche, Sally C. Pias
Chronic Diseases as Barriers to Oxygen Delivery: A Unifying Hypothesis of Tissue Reoxygenation Therapy / G.A. Perdrizet
Dorsiflexor Muscle Oxygenation During Low, Moderate and Submaximal Sustained Isometric Contraction / Adkham Paiziev, Martin Wolf, Fikrat Kerimov
Factors Determining the Oxygen Permeability of Biological Membranes: Oxygen Transport Across Eye Lens Fiber-Cell Plasma Membranes / Witold Karol Subczynski, Justyna Widomska, Laxman Mainali
Multi-site Measurements of Muscle O2 Dynamics During Cycling Exercise in Early Post-myocardial Infarction / Shun Takagi, Ryotaro Kime, Norio Murase, Masatsugu Niwayama, Takuya Osada [and others]
Effects of 8 Weeks' Training on Systemic and Muscle Oxygen Dynamics in University Rugby Players / Shun Takagi, Ryotaro Kime, Masatsugu Niwayama, Kuniaki Hirayama, Shizuo Sakamoto
Imaging Redox State in Mouse Muscles of Different Ages / Lily Moon, David W. Frederick, Joseph A. Baur, Lin Z. Li
Amino Acid Hydration Decreases Radiation-Induced Nausea in Mice: A Pica Model / Liangjie Yin, Lauren Vaught, Paul Okunieff, Katherine Casey-Sawicki [and others] / Chapter / Pages / Evaluation of Haemoglobin and Cytochrome Responses During Forearm Ischaemia Using Multi-wavelength Time Domain NIRS / Frédéric Lange, Luke Dunne, Ilias Tachtsidis
Influence of Free Radicals on the Intrinsic MRI Relaxation Properties / Rong-Wen Tain, Alessandro M. Scotti, Weiguo Li, Xiaohong Joe Zhou, Kejia Cai
Inter-individual Differences in Exercise-Induced Spatial Working Memory Improvement: A Near-Infrared Spectroscopy Study / Yudai Yamazaki, Daisuke Sato, Koya Yamashiro, Atsuhiro Tsubaki, Yui Yamaguchi [and others]
Cancer Oxygenation and Metabolism. Tumor Oxygenation Status: Facts and Fallacies / Peter Vaupel, Arnulf Mayer
Multiparametric Analysis of the Tumor Microenvironment: Hypoxia Markers and Beyond / Arnulf Mayer, Peter Vaupel
Computational Simulation of Tumor Hypoxia Based on In Vivo Microvasculature Assessed in a Dorsal Skin Window Chamber / Lina Xu, Peter Vaupel, Siwei Bai, Bjoern Menze, Kuangyu Shi
Hypoxia-Related Tumor Acidosis Affects MicroRNA Expression Pattern in Prostate and Breast Tumor Cells / A. Riemann, S. Reime, O. Thews. Brain Oxygenation and Function. Cortical and Autonomic Stress Responses in Adults with High Versus Low Levels of Trait Anxiety: A Pilot Study / A. Brugnera, C. Zarbo, R. Adorni, A. Compare, K. Sakatani
Relation Between EEG Activity and Brain Oxygenation in Preterm Neonates / Alexander Caicedo, Liesbeth Thewissen, Anne Smits, Gunnar Naulaers, Karel Allegaert [and others]
Functional NIRS Measurement of Cytochrome-C-Oxidase Demonstrates a More Brain-Specific Marker of Frontal Lobe Activation Compared to the Haemoglobins / Isabel de Roever, Gemma Bale, Robert J. Cooper, Ilias Tachtsidis
Brain Tissue PO2 Measurement During Normoxia and Hypoxia Using Two-Photon Phosphorescence Lifetime Microscopy / Kui Xu, David A. Boas, Sava Sakadžić, Joseph C. LaManna
Age-Related Changes in Physiological Reactivity to a Stress Task: A Near-Infrared Spectroscopy Study / A. Brugnera, C. Zarbo, R. Adorni, A. Gatti, A. Compare, K. Sakatani
Development and Validation of a Sensor Prototype for Near-Infrared Imaging of the Newborn Brain / Linda Ahnen, Helene Stachel, Stefan Kleiser, Cornelia Hagmann, Jingjing Jiang [and others]
Directional Migration of MDA-MB-231 Cells Under O2/pH Gradients / Y. Enokida, Y. Tsuruno, K. Okubo, Y. Yamaoka, E. Takahashi
Environmental Enrichment Induces Increased Cerebral Capillary Density and Improved Cognitive Function in Mice / Chuan He, Constantinos P. Tsipis, Joseph C. LaManna, Kui Xu
Improving Retinal Image Quality Using Registration with an SIFT Algorithm in Quasi-Confocal Line Scanning Ophthalmoscope / Yi He, Yuanyuan Wang, Ling Wei, Xiqi Li, Jinsheng Yang, Yudong Zhang
A New Method Based on Graphics Processing Units for Fast Near-Infrared Optical Tomography / Jingjing Jiang, Linda Ahnen, Alexander Kalyanov, Scott Lindner, Martin Wolf [and others]
PFC Blood Oxygenation Changes in Four Different Cognitive Tasks / Tomotaka Takeda, Yoshiaki Kawakami, Michiyo Konno, Yoshiaki Matsuda, Masayasu Nishino [and others]
Diet-Induced Ketosis Protects Against Focal Cerebral Ischemia in Mouse / Kui Xu, Lena Ye, Katyayini Sharma, Yongming Jin, Matthew M. Harrison, Tylor Caldwell [and others]
Evaluation of Pleasure-Displeasure Induced by Use of Lipsticks with Near-Infrared Spectroscopy (NIRS): Usefulness of 2-Channel NIRS in Neuromarketing / M. Tanida, M. Okabe, K. Tagai, K. Sakatani
Relationships Between Gum Chewing and Stroop Test: A Pilot Study / Y. Kawakami, T. Takeda, M. Konno, Y. Suzuki, Y. Kawano, T. Ozawa, Y. Kondo, K. Sakatani
Effects of Motor Imagery on Cognitive Function and Prefrontal Cortex Activity in Normal Adults Evaluated by NIRS / M. Moriya, K. Sakatani
Site Specificity of Changes in Cortical Oxyhaemoglobin Concentration Induced by Water Immersion / D. Sato, K. Yamashiro, Y. Yamazaki, A. Tsubaki, H. Onishi, N. Takehara, A. Maruyama
Changes in Oxyhemoglobin Concentration in the Prefrontal Cortex and Primary Motor Cortex During Low- and Moderate-Intensity Exercise on a Cycle Ergometer / Nana Takehara, Atsuhiro Tsubaki, Yudai Yamazaki, Chiaki Kanaya, Daisuke Sato [and others]
Tissue Blood Volume Parameters Measured by Continuous-Wave and Spatially Resolved NIRS Show Different Changes During Prolonged Cycling Exercise / Takuya Osawa, Keisuke Shiose, Hideyuki Takahashi
Delayed Onset of Reoxygenation in Inactive Muscles After High-Intensity Exercise / Takuya Osawa, Keisuke Shiose, Hideyuki Takahashi
Cortical Oxyhemoglobin Elevation Persists After Moderate-Intensity Cycling Exercise: A Near-Infrared Spectroscopy Study / Atsuhiro Tsubaki, Nana Takehara, Daisuke Sato, Shinichiro Morishita, Yuta Tokunaga [and others]
Relation Between Cognitive Function and Baseline Concentrations of Hemoglobin in Prefrontal Cortex of Elderly People Measured by Time-Resolved Near-Infrared Spectroscopy / Y. Murayama, Y. Sato, L. Hu, A. Brugnera, A. Compare, Kaoru Sakatani
Physiological Effects of Continuous Colored Light Exposure on Mayer Wave Activity in Cerebral Hemodynamics: A Functional Near-Infrared Spectroscopy (fNIRS) Study / A.J. Metz, S.D. Klein, F. Scholkmann, U. Wolf
EPR Oximetry and Imaging. Electron Paramagnetic Resonance pO2 Image Tumor Oxygen-Guided Radiation Therapy Optimization / Boris Epel, Matt Maggio, Charles Pelizzari, Howard J. Halpern
Using India Ink as a Sensor for Oximetry: Evidence of its Safety as a Medical Device / Ann Barry Flood, Victoria A. Wood, Harold M. Swartz
Measurement of pO2 in a Pre-clinical Model of Rabbit Tumor Using OxyChip, a Paramagnetic Oxygen Sensor / H. Hou, N. Khan, P. Kuppusamy
Correlation Between Hypoxia Proteins and EPR-Detected Hypoxia in Tumors / Martyna Krzykawska-Serda, Richard C. Miller, Martyna Elas, Boris Epel, Eugene D. Barth [and others]
Triarylmethyl Radical OX063d24 Oximetry: Electron Spin Relaxation at 250 MHz and RF Frequency Dependence of Relaxation and Signal-to-Noise / Yilin Shi, Richard W. Quine, George A. Rinard, Laura Buchanan, Sandra S. Eaton [and others]
In Vivo EPR Resolution Enhancement Using Techniques Known from Quantum Computing Spin Technology / Robabeh Rahimi, Howard J. Halpern, Takeji Takui. Blood Products and Substitutes. Hemoglobin-Based Oxygen Carrier (HBOC) Development in Trauma: Previous Regulatory Challenges, Lessons Learned, and a Path Forward / Peter E. Keipert PhD
The Penultimate Tyrosine Residues are Critical for the Genotoxic Effect of Human Hemoglobin / Sandeep Chakane, Vijay Markad, Kisan Kodam, Leif Bülow
Methemoglobin: A New Way to Distinguish Burn Depth / Guennadi Saiko
Characterization of Protein-Protein Interactions in Recombinant Hemoglobin Producing Escherichia coli Cells Using Molecularly Imprinted Polymers / Ka Zhang, Tongchang Zhou, Lei Ye, Leif Bülow
Tissue-Integrating Oxygen Sensors: Continuous Tracking of Tissue Hypoxia / Natalie A. Wisniewski, Scott P. Nichols, Soya J. Gamsey, Steve Pullins, Kit Y. Au-Yeung [and others]
Optical Design of Adaptive Optics Confocal Scanning Laser Ophthalmoscope with Two Deformable Mirrors / Jinsheng Yang, Yuanyuan Wang, Xuejun Rao, Ling Wei, Xiqi Li, Yi He
Construction of 0.15 Tesla Overhauser Enhanced MRI / Yuumi Tokunaga, Motonao Nakao, Tatsuya Naganuma, Kazuhiro Ichikawa
Gold Nanoparticle-Based Fluorescent Contrast Agent with Enhanced Sensitivity / Kyung Aih Kang, Mai-Dung Nguyen
Potential Erythropoiesis in the Primo-Vascular System in Heart Failure / Chae Jeong Lim, Yiming Shen, So Yeong Lee, Pan Dong Ryu
Addendum. Quantitative Biology of Exercise-Induced Signal Transduction Pathways / Timon Cheng-Yi Liu, Gang Liu, Shao-Juan Hu, Ling Zhu, Xiang-Bo Yang, Quan-Guang Zhang. - Digital/PrintHarold M. Swartz, David K. Harrison, Duane F. Bruley, editors.Contents:
Mitochondrial genetic abnormalities after radiation exposure
Crediting six discoverers of oxygen
Hypoxia in tumors: pathogenesis-related classifi cation, characterization of hypoxia subtypes, and associated biological and clinical implications
Heterogeneity in tissue oxygenation: from physiological variability in normal tissues to pathophysiological chaos in malignant tumours
Oxygen diffusion: an enzyme-controlled variable parameter
Role of microvascular shunts in the loss of cerebral blood flow autoregulation
Impact of hypoxia-related tumor acidosis on cytotoxicity of different chemotherapeutic drugs in vitro and in vivo
The founding of ISOTT: the Shamattawa of engineering science and medical science
A tale of two methods: combining near- infrared spectroscopy with MRI for studies of brain oxygenation and metabolism
Advances in probes and methods for clinical EPR oximetry
Real-time, in vivo determination of dynamic changes In lung and heart tissue oxygenation using EPR oximetry
Modulation of hypoxia by magnetic nanoparticle hyperthermia to augment therapeutic index
Skeletal muscle and glioma oxygenation by carbogen inhalation in rats: a longitudinal study by EPR oximetry using single-probe implantable oxygen sensors
Recurrent low-dose chemotherapy to inhibit and oxygenate head and neck tumors
How in vivo EPR measures and images oxygen
What we learn from in vivo EPR oxygen images
EPR image based oxygen movies for transient hypoxia
Repetitive measurements of intrarenal oxygenation in vivo using L band electron paramagnetic resonance
Quantitative hypoxia imaging for treatment planning of radiotherapy
A new flavonoid regulates angiogenesis and reactive oxygen species production
Angiotensin II reduces transport-dependent oxygen consumption but increases transport-independent oxygen consumption in immortalized mouse proximal tubular cells
Investigation of cerebral autoregulation In the newborn piglet during anaesthesia and surgery
Influence of the maternal use of labetalol on the neurogenic mechanism for cerebral autoregulation assessed by means of NIRS
Development of a near infrared multi- wavelength, multi-channel, time-resolved spectrometer for measuring brain tissue haemodynamics and metabolism
Simulating NIRS and MRS measurements during cerebral hypoxia-ischaemia in piglets using a computational model
Analysis of slow wave oscillations in cerebral haemodynamics and metabolism following subarachnoid haemorrhage
Effects of enriched environment on hippocampal neuronal cell death and neurogenesis in rat global ischemia
Automated image analysis for diameters and branching points of cerebral penetrating arteries and veins captured with two-photon microscopy
Cerebral hemodynamic change and metabolic alteration in severe hemorrhagic shock
Physiological mechanism of increase In deoxy-hemoglobin concentration during neuronal activation in patients with cerebral ischemia: a simulation study with the balloon model
Effect of blood in the cerebrospinal fluid on the accuracy of cerebral oxygenation measured by near infrared spectroscopy
Vessel specifi c imaging of glucose transfer with fluorescent glucose analogue in anesthetized mouse cortex
Ischemic pretreatment delays ischemic brain vasospasm Injury in gerbils
Changes in cerebral blood oxygenation induced by active standing test in children with POTS and NMS
Optical imaging of brain activation in Gambian infants
Asymmetrical changes in cerebral blood oxygenation induced by an active standing test in children with postural tachycardia syndrome
Changes of cerebral tissue oxygen saturation at sleep transitions in adolescents
Influence of subjective happiness on the prefrontal brain activity: an fNIRS study
Ginkobiloba extract improves working memory performance in middle-aged women: role of asymmetry of prefrontal cortex activity during a working memory task
Bayesian prediction of anxiety level in aged people at rest using 2-channel NIRS data from prefrontal cortex
Short-term hypoxic preconditioning improved survival following cardiac arrest and resuscitation in rats
Venular valves and retrograde perfusion
Monitoring of filter patency during carotid artery stenting using near-infrared spectroscopy with high time-resolution
Use of NIRS to assess effect of training on peripheral muscle oxygenation changes in elite rugby players performing repeated supramaximal cycling tests
Skeletal muscle deoxygenation responses during treadmill exercise in children
Development of a hybrid microwave-optical thermoregulation monitor for the muscle
Evaluation of a textile-based near infrared spectroscopy system in calf muscle oxygenation measurements
Skin temperature in lower hind limb subjected to distal vein arterialization in rats.Digital Access Springer 2014 - Digital/PrintClare E. Elwell, Terence S. Leung, David K. Harrison, editors.Summary: This book contains the refereed contributions from the 42nd annual meeting of ISOTT. The annual meetings of ISOTT bring together scientists from various fields (medicine, physiology, mathematics, biology, chemistry, physics, engineering, etc.) in a unique international forum. ISOTT conferences are a place where an atmosphere of interaction is created, where many questions are asked after each presentation and lively discussions occur at a high scientific level. This vivid interaction is the main motivation for members to participate and gain new ideas and knowledge in the broad field of oxygen transport to tissue. The papers in this volume summarize some of the outstanding contributions from the 42nd annual meeting, which included sessions on: cellular hypoxia and mitochondria; blood substitutes and oxygen therapeutics; oxygen transport in critical care medicine and disease; muscle oxygenation; multi modal imaging techniques; brain oxygenation and imaging; optical techniques for oxygen measurement; microcirculation; mathematical modelling of oxygen transport; and cancer metabolism.Digital Access Springer 2016
- Digital/PrintQingming Luo, Lin Z. Li, David K. Harrison, Hua Shi, Duane F. Bruley, editors.Digital Access Springer 2016
- DigitalOliver Thews, Joseph LaManna, David K. Harrison, editors.Summary: "The book contains the refereed contributions from the 45th Annual Meeting of the International Society on Oxygen Transport to Tissue (ISOTT) 2017. This volume covers cross-disciplinary work on a broad range of topics related to the dynamics of oxygen transport: microcirculation and vascular medicine; O2 deficiency and its impact on molecular processes in cells and tissues; cellular metabolism and mitochondrial function; multimodal functional imaging; mathematical modeling; the clinical relevance of oxygen supply as well as therapeutic interventions (e.g. in oncology or critical care medicine). The annual meetings of ISOTT bring together scientists from diverse fields (medicine, physiology, mathematics, biology, chemistry, physics, engineering, etc.) in a unique international forum. The book includes sections on brain oxygenation and function, NIRS oxygenation measurements, tumor oxygenation, cell metabolism, tissue oxygenation and treatment, methodical aspects of O2 measurements and physicochemical aspects of oxygen diffusion"--Publisher's description.
Contents:
Brain oxygenation and function. Cerebral angioplasticity: the anatomical contribution to ensuring appropriate oxygen transport to brain
Changes in cytochrome-C-oxidase account for changes in attenuation of near-infrared light in the healthy infant brain
Hyperspectral imaging of the hemodynamic and metabolic states of the exposed cortex: investigating a commercial snapshot solution
Increases in microvascular perfusion and tissue oxygenation via vasodilatation after anodal transcranial direct current stimulation in the healthy and traumatized mouse brain
Fluctuations of nutrition-associated markers after decompressive hemicraniectomy in middle cerebral artery occlusion patients
Resuscitation fluid with drag reducing polymer enhances cerebral microcirculation and tissue oxygenation after traumatic brain injury complicated by hemorrhagic shock
Comparison of quantitative and qualitative oxygen extraction fraction (OEF) in acute stroke patients with large vessel occlusion
Relation between asymmetry of prefrontal activity and autonomic nervous system in post-stroke patients with a disorder of consciousness
Cerebral hemodynamics after transcranial direct current stimulation (tDCS) in patients with consequences of traumatic brain injury
Differences in tissue oxygenation, perfusion and optical properties in brain areas affected by stroke: a time-resolved NIRS study
Changes of doublecortin-immunoreactive cells from the acute phase to chronic phase after transient global brain ischemia in rat cingulate cortex
Post-resuscitation arterial blood pressure on survival and change of capillary density following cardiac arrest and resuscitation in rats
Monitoring of brain oxygenation during and after cardiopulmonary resuscitation: a prospective porcine study
NIRS oxygenation measurements. Effects of aerobic cycling training on O2 dynamics in several leg muscles in early post-myocardial infarction
Evaluation of functional hyperemia using NIRTRS without the influence of fat layer thickness
Changes in spinal muscle oxygenation and perfusion during the Biering-Sørensen test: preliminary results of a study employing NIRS-based muscle oximetry
Near infrared spectroscopy (NIRS) observation of vastus lateralis (muscle) and prefrontal cortex (brain) tissue oxygenation during synchronised swimming routines in elite athletes
Impact of changes in systemic physiology on fNIRS/NIRS Signals: analysis based on oblique subspace projections decomposition
Changes in cerebral oxyhaemoglobin levels during and after a single 20-minute bout of moderate-intensity cycling
Changes in the prefrontal cortex oxygenation levels during cycling in the supine and upright positions
Trail making test induces prefrontal cortex activation as revealed by a cw wearable-wireless fNIRS/DOT imager
Prediction of MMSE score using time-resolved near-infrared spectroscopy
Broadband NIRS cerebral cytochrome-C-oxidase response to anoxia before and after hypoxic-ischaemic injury in piglets
Tumor oxygenation and metabolism. Multispectral near-infrared optical tomography for cancer hypoxia study in mice
Hypoxia-/HIF-1[alpha]-driven factors of the tumor microenvironment impeding antitumor immune responses and promoting malignant progression
Differential expression of PGC1[alpha] in intratumor redox subpopulations of breast cancer
Accounting for two forms of hypoxia for predicting tumour control probability in radiotherapy: an in silico study
Impact of temporal heterogeneity of acute hypoxia on the radiation response of experimental tumors
Mathematical description of changes in tumour oxygenation from repeated functional imaging
An in vitro model for determining tumor cell migration under metabolic gradients
Expression of microRNAs in fibroblasts and macrophages is regulated by hypoxia-induced extracellular acidosis
Influence of extracellular acidosis on matrix protein homeostasis in tumour cells and fibroblasts
Cell metabolism, tissue oxygenation and treatment. Novel redox active tyrosine mutations enhance the regeneration of functional oxyhemoglobin from methemoglobin: implications for design of blood substitutes
Septic-induced microRNA expression modulations are linked to angiogenesis, vasomotion, and hypoxia-induced processes
Guidance to transfer 'bench-ready' medical technology into usual clinical practice: case study: sensors and spectrometer used in EPR oximetry
Regulation of oxygen tension in the mammalian retina during systemic hyperoxia is species dependent
Intravital observation of microvascular remodeling during chronic exposure to hypoxia in mice
Analysis of aortic remodeling and stiffness in patients with obstructive sleep apnea syndrome: preliminary results
Does vascular endothelial cell or smooth muscle affect the decrease in oxygen consumption of arteriolar wall during vasodilation?
Hyperbaric oxygen therapy in necrotizing soft tissue infections: a retrospective study
Dynamic exercise elicits dissociated changes between tissue oxygenation and cerebral blood flow in the prefrontal cortex: a study using NIRS and PET
Mucine-1 is related to cell-mediated immunoexpression and blood pressure in pulmonary artery in pulmonary arterial hypertension (PAH): preliminary results
The mitochondrial Na+/Ca2+ exchanger is necessary but not sufficient for Ca2+ homeostasis and viability
Cell metabolism, tissue oxygenation and treatment
Fatigue, muscle oxygen consumption and blood flow to the skeletal muscle after allogeneic hematopoietic stem cell transplantation
Methodology of O2 measurements. reliability of wearable two channel CW-NIRS in measurements of brain function
Investigation of confounding factors in measuring tissue saturation with NIRS spatially resolved spectroscopy
ABroAD: a machine learning based approach to detect broadband NIRS artefacts
Long-term changes in optical properties ([mu]a, [mu]′s, [mu]eff and DPF) of human head tissue during functional neuroimaging experiments
A fibreless multiwavelength nirs system for imaging localised changes in cerebral oxidised cytochrome C Oxidase
Use of a turn coil and channel above a GMR-SV device to observe and measure the properties of deoxidized red blood cells coupled to magnetic beads
Long-term in vivo oxygen sensors for peripheral artery disease monitoring
A new method based on virtual fluence detectors and software toolbox for handheld spectral optoacoustic tomography
Computerized video-capillaroscopy alteration related to diabetes mellitus and its complications
Contrast ratio quantification during visualization of microvasculature
In vitro comparisons of near-infrared spectroscopy oximeters: impact of slow changes in scattering of liquid phantoms
Liquid blood phantoms to validate nirs oximeters: yeast versus nitrogen for deoxygenation
Visualization of methemoglobin distribution in tissues: phantom validation
Special topics. Polyunsaturated fatty acids induce ROS synthesis in microvascular endothelial cells
Effect of chain unsaturation and temperature on oxygen diffusion through lipid membranes from simulations
Reduced oxygen permeability upon protein incorporation within phospholipid bilayers
Sanal-cell cycle and primo vascular system: regeneration via sanals
Role of CXCR4 antagonist in megakaryocyte reinstatement with increased sinusoidal vessel density
Solid-phase extraction with packed-fiber is a biological sample preparation tool for neuro-active molecule detection
Salivary alpha-amylase and behavior reaction in acute stress and the impact of tridimensional personality. - DigitalEdwin M. Nemoto, Eileen M. Harrison, Sally C. Pias, Denis E. Bragin, David K. Harrison, Joseph C. LaManna, editors.Summary: This book presents cutting-edge papers and perspectives on the transport of oxygen to tissues by scientists in a multitude of disciplines such as biochemistry, engineering, mathematics, medicine, physics, physiology, veterinary and complementary medicine. The book is composed of the following 6 parts: Brain Oxygenation and Function, Tumor Oxygenation and Metabolism, Muscle Oxygenation and Sports Medicine, Cell Metabolism and Tissue Oxygenation, Methodology of O2 Measurements, and Special Topics. The articles in this book have been presented at the 47th annual meeting of the International Society on Oxygen Transport to Tissue (ISOTT 2019) held in Albuquerque, New Mexico, USA, from July 28 to July 31, 2019. Academics, clinical and industry researchers, engineers, as well as graduate students who are interested in oxygen transport to tissue will find this book a great reference and a useful learning resource. The chapters "Near-Infrared Spectroscopy Measured Cerebral Blood Flow from Spontaneous Oxygenation Changes in Neonatal Brain Injury", "Developing a Model to Simulate the Effect of Hypothermia on Cerebral Blood Flow and Metabolism" and "Broadband NIRS Cerebral Evaluation of the Hemodynamic and Oxidative State of Cytochrome-c-Oxidase Responses to +Gz Acceleration in Healthy Volunteers" are available open access under a Creative Commons Attribution 4.0 International License via link.springer.com.
Popular Books
- Harrison's Principles of Internal Medicine
- AAP Red Book Online
- Robbins & Cotran Pathologic Basis of Disease
- Sabiston Textbook of Surgery
- Nelson's Textbook of Pediatrics
- Surgical Exposures in Orthopaedics
- Mandell, Douglas, & Bennett's Principles & Practice of Infectious Diseases
- Red Book Online
- ICU Book
- Primary Care Medicine
- Campbell-Walsh Urology
Access restricted to Stanford community
Lane Library Bookmarklet
To install, drag this button to your browser bookmarks or tools bar.
Bookmark on Other Websites
- To Install, Right Click this Button.
- Select "Add to Favorites" (click “Continue” if you see a security alert)
- From the "Create in" menu, select “Favorites Bar” (IE8, IE9) to install
- Once installed it will look like this
- Click "Bookmark on Lane" to bookmark any webpage
- Your saved bookmark will appear on this page
Can't Find It?
Browse by Publisher
Biomedical Publishers
- AccessMedicine
- Springer Protocols
- Books@Ovid
- ClinicalKey
- MyiLibrary
- Stat!Ref
- Lange Series
- National Academy Press
- NCBI Bookshelf
- PsychiatryOnline
- CogNet
- Thieme Atlases
Bioresearch Publishers
- Safari Tech Books
- SpringerLink
- CRCnet base
- MyiLibrary
- ebrary
- EBSCOhost (Choose Research Databases... eBook Collection)
Beyond Stanford
A repository of medical knowledge from internal medicine, cardiology, genetics, pharmacy, diagnosis and management, basic sciences, patient care, and more.
Continuously expanding, all databases in the repository contain the latest editions of selected medical titles.
MicroMedex: Premier pharmaceutical information source containing multiple databases and drug reference tools. Of particular value is DRUGDEX Evaluations, one of the most comprehensive drug sources available. DynaMed is a clinical information resource used to answer questions quickly at the point-of-care. Easy-to-interpret Levels of Evidence help clinicians rapidly determine the quality of the available evidence.Biomedical and pharmacological abstracting and indexing database of published literature, by Elsevier. Embase® contains over 32 million records from over 8,500 currently published journals (1947-present) and is noteworthy for its extensive coverage of the international pharmaceutical and alternative/complementary medicine literature.
Scopus is the largest abstract and citation database of peer-reviewed literature: scientific journals, books and conference proceedings. A drug information resource containing: American Hospital Formulary System (AHFS), drug formulary for Lucile Packard Children's Hospital (LPCH) and Stanford Hospital & Clinics (SHC), Lexi-Drugs (adverse reactions, dosage and administration, mechanism of action, storage, use, and administration information), Lexi-Calc, Lexi-ID, Lexi-I.V. Compatibility (King Guide), Lexi-Interact, and Lexi-PALS. A knowledge database that provides access to topic reviews based on over 6000 clinically relevant articles. The evidence-based content, updated regularly, provides the latest practice guidelines in 59 medical specialties. Selects from the biomedical literature original studies and systematic reviews that are immediately clinically relevant and then summarizes these articles in an enhanced abstract with expert commentary.Multidisciplinary coverage of over 10,000 high-impact journals in the sciences, social sciences, and arts and humanities, as well as international proceedings coverage for over 120,000 conferences.
Includes cited reference searching, citation maps, and an analyze tool.
Features systematic reviews that summarize the effects of interventions and makes a determination whether the intervention is efficacious or not.
Cochrane reviews are created through a strict process of compiling and analyzing data from multiple randomized control trials to ensure comprehensiveness and reliability.
Provides drug information targeted for patients. ECRI Guidelines Trust: A comprehensive database of evidence-based clinical practice guidelines and related documents. MedlinePlus: A repository of health information from the National Library of Medicine. Links are from trusted sites. No advertising, no endorsement of commercial companies or products LPCH CareNotes via MicroMedex: Patient education handouts customized by LPCH clinical staff Micromedex Lab Advisor: Evidence based laboratory test information Provides patient handouts from the American Academy of Family Physician.Largest, broadest eBook package; covers all sciences, as well as technology (including software), medicine, and humanities.
In addition to covering Wiley and Springer, MyiLibrary is also the only provider for Oxford and Cambridge University Press titles. No seat restrictions.
A collection of biomedical books that can be searched directly by concept, and linked to terms in PubMed abstracts.A web-based, decision support system for infectious diseases, epidemiology, microbiology and antimicrobial chemotherapy. The database, updated weekly, currently includes 337 diseases, 224 countries, 1,147 microbial taxa and 306 antibacterial (-fungal, -parasitic, -viral) agents and vaccines.
Over 10,000 notes outline the status of specific infections within each country.
Provides online, full-text access to Springer's journal titles as well as journals from other publishers.
Subjects include: life sciences, chemical sciences, environmental sciences, geosciences, computer science, mathematics, medicine, physics and astronomy, engineering and economics. Also includes eBooks.
Collection of over 8 thousand fulltext titles in engineering, math, and basic and applied biomedical research. Coverage is from 1967 to the present. A library of ebooks on a wide array of topics, digitized and made available online in conjunction with the original publishers.